install longstanding and complicated package frankenstein

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4311 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

94 files changed, 32844 insertions, 2 deletions

diff --git a/Build/cdbuild/ctan2tds.pl b/Build/cdbuild/ctan2tds.pl
index 29796e2a57d..c566c8be360 100755
--- a/Build/cdbuild/ctan2tds.pl
+++ b/Build/cdbuild/ctan2tds.pl
@@ -157,7 +157,6 @@ chdir $startdir || die "chdir($startdir) failed: $!";
  'fp',		"&MAKEfp",
  'fpl',		"&MAKEflatten",
  'fragments',	"print \"skipping fragments, not a package\"",
- 'frankenstein',"print \"skipping frankenstein, too hard\"",
  'frcursive',	"&MAKEflatten",
  'germbib',	"&MAKEgermbib",
  'graphics',	"&MAKEcopy",  # we use latex-tds/graphics.zip
@@ -692,6 +691,7 @@ $standardtex='\.cfg|\.sty|\.clo|\.ldf|\.cls|\.def|\.fd$';
  'fltpoint',	'\.sty|\.tex',
  'fontch',	'\.tex',
  'footnpag',	'footnpag\.sty',
+ 'frankenstein',"\.(sto|stq)|$standardtex",
  'genmisc',	'\.sty|\.tex',
  'geometry',	'\.sty|\.clo|\.ldf|\.cls|\.def|\.fd$', # not cfg
  'ginpenc',	'\.gie|\.sty',
diff --git a/Build/tools/tpm-ctan-check b/Build/tools/tpm-ctan-check
index 497a080944d..2d7bce732f4 100755
--- a/Build/tools/tpm-ctan-check
+++ b/Build/tools/tpm-ctan-check
@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ my @WorkingTPM = qw(
           flagderiv flippdf float floatflt floatrow flowfram fltpoint
           fmtcount fncychap foekfont fontch fontspec footbib forloop formular
           fourier fouriernc
-          fp free-math-font-survey frenchle fribrief fullpict functan
+          fp frankenstein free-math-font-survey
+          frenchle fribrief fullpict functan
         galois gastex gatech-thesis genmisc genmpage germbib ginpenc
           glossaries gmdoc gmeometric
           gmiflink gmutils gmverb gnuplottex gost graphics
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/frankenstein/frankenstein.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/frankenstein/frankenstein.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..27d598454bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/frankenstein/frankenstein.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,6378 @@
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\hyphenation{pen-guin aes-thetic aes-thet-ics fest-schrift}" }
+@STRING{jobs	= {Journal of Beckett Studies} }
+@STRING{jobsns	= {Journal of Beckett Studies, {\normalfont n.s.},} }
+@STRING{l-bc	= {BC O'Neill} }
+@STRING{l-bcburns={BC Burns} }
+@STRING{l-bruce	= {Bruce Fraser, private collection} }
+@STRING{l-hayden= {MIT Hayden} }
+@STRING{l-hill	= {Geoffrey Hill, private collection} }
+@STRING{l-m	= {BU Mugar} }
+@STRING{l-me	= {Matthew Swift, private collection} }
+@STRING{l-mmicro= {BU Mugar Micro} }
+@STRING{l-mmusic= {BU Music} }
+@STRING{l-msy	= {BU Special Collection Y} }
+@STRING{l-rul	= {Reading University Library Beckett Archive} }
+@STRING{l-se	= {BU Science/Engineering} }
+@STRING{l-te	= {Tufts Engineering} }
+@STRING{l-tw	= {Tufts Wessell} }
+@STRING{l-unc	= {UNC (Chapel Hill) Davis} }
+@STRING{l-widener={Harvard Widener} }
+@STRING{tbc	= {The Beckett Circle: Newsletter of the Samuel Beckett
+		  Society} }
+
+@Book{		  abbey:slickrock,
+  author	= "Edward Abbey and Philip Hyde",
+  title		= "Slickrock",
+  publisher	= "Peregrine Smith",
+  year		= 1987
+}
+
+@Book{		  abbey:solitaire,
+  author	= "Edward Abbey",
+  title		= "Desert Solitaire",
+  publisher	= "Ballantine",
+  year		= 1968
+}
+
+@Article{	  abbott:beckett:grammar,
+  author	= "Porter Abbott, H.",
+  title		= "A Grammar for Being Elsewhere",
+  journal	= "Journal of Modern Literature",
+  year		= 1977,
+  volume	= 6,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "39--46",
+  month		= feb,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  abbott:beckett:harpoon,
+  author	= "Porter Abbott, H.",
+  title		= "The Harpooned Notebook: \book{Malone Dies} and the
+		  Conventions of Intercalated Narrative",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "71--79",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  abrams:natural,
+  author	= "M. H. Abrams",
+  title		= "Natural Supernaturalism: Tradition and Revolution in
+		  {R}omantic Literature",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1973,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PN603.A3 1973",
+  keywords	= "neoplatonism hermetism gnosticism romantic wordsworth
+		  proust",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "Sweet book."
+}
+
+@Book{		  abrams:romantic,
+  author	= "M. H. Abrams",
+  title		= "The Mirror and the Lamp: {R}omantic Theory and the
+		  Critical Tradition",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  address	= "London",
+  year		= 1953
+}
+
+@Article{	  acheson:beckett:murphy,
+  author	= "James Acheson",
+  title		= "Murphy's Metaphysics",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1979,
+  number	= 5,
+  pages		= "9--23",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  ackerley:beckett:augustine,
+  author	= "Chris Ackerley",
+  title		= "\Wrapquotes{Do Not Despair}: {S}amuel {B}eckett and
+		  {R}obert {G}reene",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1997,
+  volume	= 6,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "119--24",
+  invis		= "Quoting Robert Greene, \Wrapquotes{The Repentance of
+		  Robert Greene}, [1592], in Vol.~12 of \book{The Life and
+		  Complete Works in Prose and Verse of Robert Greene}, edited
+		  by Alexander Grossart (London and Aylesbury: printed for
+		  private circulation, n.d. [1881--86]; reprint, New York:
+		  Russell and Russell, 1964), 151--88 [180--81] FIX what does
+		  last thing mean? I think it means the page range in the
+		  original edition.",
+  keywords	= "augustine beckett thieves theif greene"
+}
+
+@Article{	  ackerley:beckett:hiss,
+  author	= "Chris Ackerley",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's Sibilants; or, Why Does {M}urphy Hiss?",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1998,
+  volume	= 8,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "119-20",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  ackerley:dp,
+  author	= "C. J. Ackerley",
+  title		= "Demented Particulars: The Annotated \book{Murphy}",
+  year		= 1998,
+  note		= "Published as volume~7 nos. 1--2 of the \journal{Journal of
+		  Beckett Studies}",
+  invis		= "Also published somehow as a ``Journal of Beckett Studies
+		  Book.'' Gontarski's course description on the web gives
+		  details like this: C. J. Ackerley, \book{Demented
+		  Particulars: The Annotated \book{Murphy}}, Journal of
+		  Beckett Studies Books: Tallahassee, FL, 1998."
+}
+
+@Book{		  admussen:beckett:manuscripts,
+  author	= "Richard L. Admussen",
+  title		= "The {S}amuel {B}eckett Manuscripts: A Study",
+  publisher	= "G.~K. Hall and Co.",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "Boston",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z5623",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  amiran:beckett:wandering,
+  author	= "Eyal Amiran",
+  title		= "Wandering and Home: {B}eckett's Metaphysical Narrative",
+  publisher	= "Pennsylvania State University Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  address	= "University Park",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z5632 1993",
+  keywords	= "neoplatonism geometry",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  andonian:beckett:response,
+  editor	= "Cathleen Culotta Andonian",
+  title		= "The Critical Response to Samuel Beckett",
+  publisher	= "Greenwood Press",
+  year		= 1998,
+  number	= 30,
+  series	= "Critical Responses in Arts and Letters",
+  address	= "Westport CT",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z6234 1998",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  anspaugh:beckett:faith,
+  author	= "Kelly Anspaugh",
+  title		= "\Wrapquotes{Faith, Hope, and---What Was It?}: {B}eckett
+		  Reading {J}oyce Reading {D}ante",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1996,
+  volume	= 5,
+  number	= "1--2",
+  pages		= "19--38",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  aquinas:summa:1,
+  author	= "Aquinas, Thomas, Saint",
+  title		= "Christian Theology ({Ia}. {I})",
+  volume	= 1,
+  series	= "Summa Theologiae",
+  publisher	= "Blackfriars",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  invis		= "FIX: check publishers and addresses",
+  year		= 1964,
+  seriesedition	= "60~vols.",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  argyros:order,
+  series	= "Studies in Literature and Science",
+  author	= "Alex Argyros",
+  title		= "A Blessed Rage for Order",
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B809.6A74 1991",
+  invis		= "FIX Alexander or Alex on title page?",
+  address	= "Ann Arbor",
+  publisher	= "University of Michigan Press",
+  year		= 1991,
+  annotation	= "A devastating attack on deconstruction. Literature
+		  $\rightarrow$ science: all theories of discourse apply to
+		  science. Science $\rightarrow$ literature: science provides
+		  universal context for all discourses. p. 6: ``This book
+		  argues that the only nonmetaphysical way around the impasse
+		  generated by the apotheosis of textuality is through a kind
+		  of foundationalism based on a view of the universe as a
+		  communicative, dynamical, and evolving system. ``Our
+		  awareness of the natural world occurs at many sites within
+		  our individual experience and in human culture {\em in
+		  toto}, and a systematic review of these sites would
+		  certainly include much of what is called the philosophy of
+		  science, and much of what is called poetics and literary
+		  criticism.'' (My note, I think.) ``The difference between
+		  the sciences and arts as they are practiced and theorized
+		  today is exactly that science is conducted in a context
+		  assumed to be manifest, fixed, and interesting, whereas the
+		  arts have lost this context through deconstruction. Each
+		  field has experienced crises which have reconciled these
+		  differences somewhat....'' (my note)."
+}
+
+@Book{		  aristophanes:fitts:four,
+  author	= "Aristophanes",
+  editor	= "Dudley Fitts",
+  title		= "Four Comedies",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt Brace Jovanovich",
+  year		= 1962,
+  address	= "San Diego",
+  annotation	= "Includes \play{Lysistrata}, \play{The Frogs}, \play{The
+		  Birds}, and \play{Ladies' Day}"
+}
+
+@Article{	  armstrong:beckett:biology,
+  author	= "Gordon Armstrong",
+  title		= "Cultural Politics and the {I}rish Theatre: {S}amuel
+		  {B}eckett and the New Biology",
+  journal	= "Theatre Research International",
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 18,
+  number	= 3,
+  month		= "autumn",
+  pages		= "215--21",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  atanasijevic:bruno,
+  author	= "Ksenija Atanasijevic",
+  title		= "The Metaphysical and Geometrical Doctrine of {B}runo As
+		  Given in His Work \book{De Triplici Minimo}",
+  publisher	= "Warren H. Green",
+  year		= 1972,
+  address	= "Saint Louis, Missouri",
+  oyear		= 1923,
+  series	= "Modern Concepts of Philosophy",
+  translator	= "George Vid Tomashevich",
+  call		= "B783.D373F72",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  auster:nyt,
+  author	= "Paul Auster",
+  title		= "The {N}ew {Y}ork Trilogy",
+  publisher	= "Penguin Books",
+  year		= 1990,
+  call		= "PS3551.U77N49 1990",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "City of Glass first in US 1985, Ghosts 1986, The Locked
+		  Room 1986."
+}
+
+@Book{		  ayer:perception,
+  author	= "A. J. Ayer and others",
+  editor	= "Graham Macdonald",
+  title		= "Perception and Identity: Essays Presented to {A}.~{J}.
+		  {A}yer, With His Replies",
+  booktitle	= "Perception and Identity: Essays Presented to {A}.~{J}.
+		  {A}yer, With His Replies",
+  publisher	= "Cornell University Press",
+  year		= 1979,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  baars:plateau,
+  author	= "Donald Baars",
+  title		= "The {C}olorado {P}lateau: A Geologic History",
+  publisher	= "University of New Mexico",
+  year		= 1983
+}
+
+@Book{		  bair:beckett:bio,
+  author	= "Deirdre Bair",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: A Biography",
+  publisher	= "Summit Books",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z584 1990 or $\sim$ Z564 1978",
+  library	= l-me,
+  note		= "First published in 1978 by Harcourt Brace Jovanovich (New
+		  York) and Jonathan Cape, but this edition does not appear,
+		  technically, to be a reprint.",
+  invis		= "See reviews in \jobs."
+}
+
+@Book{		  baker:beckett:psycho,
+  author	= "Phil Baker",
+  title		= "Beckett and the Mythology of Psychoanalysis",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press",
+  year		= 1997,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z5642 1997",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  bate:criticism,
+  title		= "Criticism: The Major Texts",
+  booktitle	= "Criticism: The Major Texts",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt Brace Jovanovich",
+  edition	= "Enl.~ed.",
+  year		= 1970,
+  editor	= "Walter Jackson Bate",
+  address	= "San Diego",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:company,
+  title		= "Company",
+  year		= 1980,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282C65 1980",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:company:krance,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "Charles Krance",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's
+		  \book{Company}/\linebreak[2]\book{Compagnie} and \play{A
+		  Piece of Monologue}/\linebreak[2]\play{Solo}: A Bilingual
+		  Variorum Edition",
+  publisher	= "Garland Publishing",
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 1400,
+  series	= "Garland Reference Library of the Humanities",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E28C6714 1993",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:csp,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  booktitle	= "Collected Shorter Plays",
+  title		= "Collected Shorter Plays",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:csp:all,
+  title		= "All That Fall",
+  crossref	= "beckett:csp",
+  pages		= "9--41"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:csp:krapp,
+  title		= "Krapp's Last Tape",
+  crossref	= "beckett:csp",
+  pages		= "53--63"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:csp:that,
+  title		= "That Time",
+  crossref	= "beckett:csp",
+  pages		= "225--35"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:cspr,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: The Complete Short Prose, 1929--1989",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett: The Complete Short Prose, 1929--1989",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1995,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282A6 1995",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:dialogues,
+  title		= "Three Dialogues with {G}eorge {D}uthuit",
+  crossref	= "beckett:disjecta",
+  pages		= "138--45",
+  year		= 1949
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:disjecta,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Disjecta: Miscellaneous Writings and a Dramatic Fragment",
+  booktitle	= "Disjecta: Miscellaneous Writings and a Dramatic Fragment",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1984,
+  editor	= "Ruby Cohn",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:dream,
+  bookauthor	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "Eoin O'Brien and Edith Fournier",
+  title		= "Dream of Fair to middling Women",
+  booktitle	= "Dream of Fair to middling Women",
+  publisher	= "Arcade Publishing in association with Riverrun Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1993,
+  yearcomp	= 1932,
+  call		= "PR6003.E282D74 1993",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "In this edition, references to the title in the
+		  Publisher's Note and the Foreward use a lowercase
+		  `middling'. Copyright date is 1992, but copyright page is
+		  clear on 1993 date of publication.
+		  \citeNP[279]{beckett:cspr} notes: Dublin: The Black Cat
+		  Press, 1992; and New York: Arcade Press, 1993. ISBN for my
+		  (hardcover) edition: 1559702176 (from Amazon). ISBN for
+		  Calder 1993 hardcover: 07145-42121 (from amazon.co.uk and
+		  Calder web). ISBN for Calder 1995 paperback: 07145-4213-X
+		  (from amazon.co.uk)",
+  annotation	= "See \citeNP{gontarski:beckett:editing} and references
+		  therein for discussion of this edition, a preceding edition
+		  from The Black Cat Press (1992), and the manuscript.
+		  Gontarski says, quoting O'Brien in \journal{TLS}: {"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:eleu,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Eleuth{\'e}ria: A Play in Three Acts",
+  publisher	= "Foxrock",
+  year		= 1995,
+  address	= "New York",
+  flanguage	= "French",
+  translator	= "Michael Brodsky",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:endgame,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Endgame",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1958,
+  address	= "New York",
+  flanguage	= "French"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:fizzles,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Fizzles",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1976,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:godot,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Waiting for {G}odot",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1956,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "First Evergreen ed.",
+  oyear		= 1954,
+  opublisher	= "Grove Press",
+  oaddress	= "New York",
+  yearcomp	= 1948,
+  fyear		= 1952,
+  flanguage	= "French",
+  ftitle	= "En attendant {G}odot",
+  translator	= "{the author}",
+  note		= "Premiered in French in~1953, in English in~1955",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:godot:grove00,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Waiting for {G}odot",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1997,
+  address	= "New York",
+  invis		= "this is the paperback as seen on amazon.com"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:howitis,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "How It Is",
+  year		= 1964,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  translator	= "{the author}",
+  ftitle	= "Comment c'est",
+  flanguage	= "French",
+  faddress	= "Paris",
+  fpublisher	= "Les Editions de Minuit",
+  fyear		= 1961,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:ill,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Ill Seen Ill Said",
+  year		= 1981,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:ill:krance,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "Charles Krance",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's \book{Mal vu mal
+		  dit}/\linebreak[2]\book{Ill Seen Ill Said}: A Bilingual,
+		  Evolutionary, and Synoptic Variorum Edition",
+  publisher	= "Garland Publishing",
+  year		= 1996,
+  volume	= 1266,
+  series	= "Garland Reference Library of the Humanities",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  beckett:letter:killachter,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Letter [of 22 April 1958] from {S}amuel {B}eckett
+		  concerning manuscript of story \storytitle{Killachter
+		  Meadow}",
+  journal	= "Review of Contemporary Fiction",
+  year		= 1983,
+  volume	= 3,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "156--57"
+}
+
+@Misc{		  beckett:letter:yellow,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  note		= "Letter to Barney Rosset of Grove Press in the Special
+		  Collections of Syracuse University Library, Syracuse, New
+		  York.",
+  month		= "7~"  # apr,
+  year		= 1956
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:letters:schneider,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett and Alan Schneider",
+  editor	= "Maurice Harmon",
+  title		= "No Author Better Served: The Correspondence of {S}amuel
+		  {B}eckett and {A}lan {S}chneider",
+  publisher	= "Harvard University Press",
+  year		= 1998,
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:love,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "First Love and Other Shorts",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1974,
+  address	= "New York",
+  keywords	= "{From an Abandoned Work} Enough {Imagination Dead Imagine}
+		  Ping {Not I} Breath",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:malone,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Malone Dies",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1956,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "My copy signed by Anne Hoffman, wife of the actor Dustin."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:mercier,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Mercier and {C}amier",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1974,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "French Edition 1970. Written between \book{Watt} and
+		  \book{Molloy}."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:mexican,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "Octavio Paz",
+  title		= "Mexican Poetry: An Anthology",
+  publisher	= "Grove",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1958,
+  opublisher	= "Indiana University Press",
+  oaddress	= "Bloomington",
+  call		= "PQ7263.E5M49 1985",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Paz is compiler, Beckett is translator, authors are
+		  various"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:molloy,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Molloy",
+  year		= 1955,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  translator	= "Patrick Bowles and Samuel Beckett",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "My copy signed by Anne Hoffman, wife of the actor Dustin."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:murphy,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Murphy",
+  year		= 1957,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1938,
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "FIX first published by Routledge? Grove ISBN
+		  0-8021-5037-3"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:negro,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "Alan Warren Friedman",
+  title		= "Beckett in Black and Red: The Translations for {N}ancy
+		  {C}unard's \book{Negro} (1934)",
+  publisher	= "University Press of Kentucky",
+  year		= 2000,
+  address	= "Lexington",
+  call		= "CB235.B43 1999",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Beckett is translator, authors are various"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:nohowon,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Nohow On",
+  publisher	= "Riverrun Press",
+  year		= 1983
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:notebook:dream,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "John Pilling",
+  title		= "Beckett's \book{Dream} Notebook",
+  publisher	= "Beckett International Foundation",
+  year		= 1999,
+  address	= "Reading, England",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:notebook:endgame,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "Endgame: With a Revised Text",
+  publisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 2,
+  series	= "The Theatrical Notebooks of Samuel Beckett",
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-bc
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:notebook:godot,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "Dougald McMillan and James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Waiting for {G}odot: With a Revised Text",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1994,
+  volume	= 1,
+  series	= "The Theatrical Notebooks of Samuel Beckett",
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1993,
+  fpublisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  faddress	= "Great Britain",
+  call		= "PQ2603.E378E53 1994",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:notebook:happy,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Happy Days: The Production Notebook of {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1985,
+  fpublisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  faddress	= "London",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "The Theatrical Notebooks of Samuel Beckett series lists
+		  this book, in retrospect, as an unnumbered member, but this
+		  is not mentioned in the book itself."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:notebook:krapp,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Krapp's Last Tape: With a Revised Text",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 3,
+  series	= "The Theatrical Notebooks of Samuel Beckett",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282K7",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:notebook:shorter,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "The Shorter Plays: With Revised Texts",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1999,
+  volume	= 4,
+  series	= "The Theatrical Notebooks of Samuel Beckett",
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1999,
+  fpublisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  faddress	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282A6 1999",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Published simultaneously by Grove and Faber and Faber.
+		  Subtitle taken from cataloging-in-publication data rather
+		  than title page"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:ohio,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Three Plays: \play{Ohio Impromptu}, \play{Catastrophe},
+		  \play{What Where}",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Unpublished{	  beckett:pechos,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Echo's Bones",
+  note		= "Typescript story in the Special Collections of Dartmouth
+		  College Library, Hanover, New Hampshire. 28 pages.",
+  year		= "c. 1934"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:ping,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Ping",
+  crossref	= "beckett:cspr",
+  pages		= "193--96"
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:poems,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Collected Poems in {E}nglish and {F}rench",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1977,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:pricks,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "More Pricks Than Kicks",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1972,
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1934,
+  fpublisher	= "Chatto and Windus",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:proust,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Proust",
+  year		= 1957,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  oyear		= 1931,
+  invis		= "FIX NEED ORIGINAL PUBLISHER AND ADDRESS",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:still,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Stirrings Still",
+  publisher	= "North Star Line",
+  year		= 1991,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1988,
+  opublisher	= "Blue Moon Books",
+  illustrator	= "Louis le Brocquy",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282S84 1988",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:stories,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Stories and Texts for Nothing",
+  year		= 1967,
+  oyear		= 1958,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:story,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "As the Story Was Told: Uncollected and Late Prose",
+  publisher	= "Riverrun Press",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282A9 1990",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:story:ricks,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "As the Story Was Told",
+  publisher	= "Rampant Lions Press",
+  year		= 1987,
+  editor	= "Christopher B. Ricks",
+  address	= "Cambridge, England",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282 A923 1987",
+  library	= l-msy,
+  annotation	= "``The variant readings in this edition \lips were
+		  transcribed by Christopher Ricks, and the passages \lips
+		  chosen by him''---Colophon. ``Three hundred and twenty-five
+		  copies were printed''---Colophon."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:trilogy,
+  title		= "Three Novels",
+  year		= "1955--58",
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  invis		= "FIX NEED ORIGINAL PUBLISHER YEAR ETC; new Grove edition
+		  says first Black Cat edition 1965, first Evergreen edition
+		  1991",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  annotation	= "Contains ``the trilogy'': \book{Molloy}, \book{Malone
+		  Dies}, and \book{The Unnamable}",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:unnamable,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "The Unnamable",
+  year		= 1958,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "My copy signed by Anne Hoffman, wife of the actor Dustin."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:watt,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Watt",
+  year		= 1959,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1953,
+  opublisher	= "Olympia Press",
+  oaddress	= "Paris",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:wishes,
+  title		= "Human Wishes",
+  crossref	= "beckett:disjecta",
+  pages		= "155--66",
+  year		= 1937
+}
+
+@Book{		  beckett:worst,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Worstward Ho",
+  year		= 1983,
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282C65 1980",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  beckett:yellow,
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  title		= "Yellow",
+  pages		= "108--19",
+  publisher	= "New American Library",
+  year		= 1956,
+  booktitle	= "New World Writing",
+  volume	= 10,
+  series	= "New American Library Mentor Books",
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Also in \citeNP{beckett:pricks}, 158--74, with minor
+		  differences."
+}
+
+@Article{	  beer:beckett:bilingual,
+  author	= "Ann Beer",
+  title		= "\book{Watt}, {K}nott, and {B}eckett's Bilingualism",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1985,
+  number	= 10,
+  pages		= "37--75",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  beja:beckett:humanistic,
+  editor	= "Morris Beja and S. E. Gontarski and Pierre Astier",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: Humanistic Perspectives",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett: Humanistic Perspectives",
+  publisher	= "Ohio State University Press",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "Columbus",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  ben-zvi:beckett:mauthner,
+  author	= "Linda Ben-Zvi",
+  title		= "Fritz {M}authner for Company",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1984,
+  number	= 9,
+  pages		= "65--88",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  benet:readers-encyc,
+  author	= "William Rose Ben{\'e}t",
+  title		= "The Reader's Encyclopedia",
+  publisher	= "Thomas Y. Crowell",
+  year		= 1965,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  benson:beckett:hardy,
+  author	= "Michael Benson",
+  title		= "Moving Bodies in {H}ardy and {B}eckett",
+  journal	= "Essays in Criticism",
+  year		= 1984,
+  volume	= 34,
+  number	= 3,
+  pages		= "229--43",
+  month		= jul,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  blake:job,
+  author	= "William Blake",
+  title		= "Blake's {J}ob: {W}illiam {B}lake's \book{Illustrations of
+		  the Book of Job}",
+  publisher	= "University Press of New England",
+  year		= 1966,
+  editor	= "S. Foster Damon",
+  call		= "NE642.B5A4 1982a",
+  keywords	= "job",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  blissett:jones,
+  author	= "William Blisset",
+  title		= "The Syntax of Violence",
+  crossref	= "matthias:jones",
+  pages		= "193--208"
+}
+
+@Book{		  bloom:anxiety:1,
+  author	= "Harold Bloom",
+  title		= "The Anxiety of Influence: A Theory of Poetry",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1973,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  bloom:beckett:intromcv,
+  author	= "Harold Bloom",
+  title		= "Introduction",
+  crossref	= "bloom:beckett:mcv",
+  pages		= "1--5",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  bloom:beckett:mcv,
+  editor	= "Harold Bloom",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Chelsea House Publishers",
+  year		= 1985,
+  series	= "Modern Critical Views",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-hayden
+}
+
+@Book{		  bloom:beckett:trilogy,
+  editor	= "Harold Bloom",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's \book{Molloy}, \book{Malone Dies},
+		  \book{The Unnamable}",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett's \book{Molloy}, \book{Malone Dies},
+		  \book{The Unnamable}",
+  publisher	= "Chelsea House Publishers",
+  year		= 1988,
+  series	= "Modern Critical Interpretations",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E19.M53 1988",
+  invis		= "PR6003.E19.M53 1988 at MIT -- inexplicably differs from LC
+		  CIP data in frontispiece."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  bloom:beckett:trilogyintro,
+  author	= "Harold Bloom",
+  title		= "Introduction",
+  crossref	= "bloom:beckett:trilogy",
+  pages		= "1--12",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  boden:ai,
+  title		= "The Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence",
+  editor	= "Margaret A. Boden",
+  year		= 1990,
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  library	= l-se,
+  call		= "Q335.P48 1990",
+  invisible	= "Frontmatter filed"
+}
+
+@Book{		  bomberg:tate,
+  author	= "David Bomberg",
+  title		= "David {B}omberg",
+  booktitle	= "David {B}omberg",
+  year		= 1988,
+  publisher	= "Tate Gallery",
+  address	= "London",
+  note		= "For the exhibition of 17~Feb to 8~May 1988",
+  call		= "N6797.B58A4 1988",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  bonnerot:jones,
+  author	= "Louis Bonnerot",
+  title		= "David {J}ones and the Notion of Fragments",
+  journal	= "Agenda",
+  year		= "1973--1974",
+  volume	= "11 (4)--12 (1)",
+  pages		= "76--89",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  bonola:geometry,
+  author	= "Roberto Bonola",
+  title		= "Non-{E}uclidean Geometry: A Critical and Historical Study
+		  of its Development",
+  publisher	= "Open Court Publishing",
+  year		= 1912,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  translator	= "H. S. Carslaw",
+  note		= "Authorized translation",
+  call		= "QA685.F12",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  borges:ficciones,
+  author	= "Jorge Luis Borges",
+  editor	= "Anthony Kerrigan",
+  title		= "Ficciones",
+  publisher	= "Grove Weidenfeld",
+  year		= 1963,
+  address	= "New York",
+  translator	= "{the editor} and others",
+  flanguage	= "Spanish",
+  fyear		= "1956",
+  fpublisher	= "Emec{\'e} Editores",
+  faddress	= "Buenos Aires",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  boulger:calvin,
+  author	= "James D. Boulger",
+  title		= "The {C}alvinist Temper in {E}nglish Poetry",
+  publisher	= "Mouton Publishers",
+  address	= "The Hague",
+  year		= 1980
+}
+
+@Book{		  brater:beckett:80,
+  booktitle	= "Beckett at 80\slash {B}eckett in Context",
+  title		= "Beckett at 80\slash {B}eckett in Context",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  editor	= "Enoch Brater",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z5717 1986",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  brater:beckett:memory,
+  author	= "Enoch Brater",
+  title		= "The \book{Company} {B}eckett Keep: The Shape of Memory and
+		  One Fabulist's Decay of Lying",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "157--71",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  brater:beckett:mistakes,
+  author	= "Enoch Brater",
+  title		= "Mis-Takes, Mathematical and Otherwise, in \book{The Lost
+		  Ones}",
+  journal	= "Modern Fiction Studies",
+  year		= 1983,
+  volume	= 29,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "93--109",
+  month		= "spring",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  brater:beckett:why,
+  author	= "Enoch Brater",
+  title		= "Why {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Thames and Hudson",
+  year		= 1989,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  breuer:beckett:paradox,
+  author	= "Rolf Breuer",
+  title		= "Paradox in {B}eckett",
+  journal	= "Modern Language Review",
+  year		= 1993,
+  pages		= "559--80",
+  volume	= 88,
+  month		= jul,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. It's vol 88 part 3."
+}
+
+@Manual{	  britannica:15,
+  author	= "Encyclopaedia Britannica",
+  title		= "Encyclopaedia {B}ritannica",
+  organization	= "University of Chicago",
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  edition	= "15th~ed.",
+  year		= 1993
+}
+
+@Book{		  brooke:letters:keynes,
+  author	= "Rupert Brooke",
+  title		= "The Letters of {R}upert {B}rooke",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt, Brace and World",
+  year		= 1968,
+  editor	= "Geoffrey Keynes",
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "PR6003.R58Z5 F68",
+  address	= "New York"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  bruno:cpone,
+  author	= "Giordano Bruno",
+  title		= "Concerning the Cause, Principle, and One",
+  booktitle	= "The Infinite in {G}iordano {B}runo, With a Translation of
+		  His Dialogue \book{Concerning the Cause, Principle, and
+		  One}",
+  translator	= "Sidney Greenburg",
+  publisher	= "King's Crown Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1950,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B783.Z7 F50"
+}
+
+@Book{		  bryden:beckett:god,
+  author	= "Mary Bryden",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett and the Idea of {G}od",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press",
+  year		= 1998,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  bryden:beckett:golgotha,
+  author	= "Mary Bryden",
+  title		= "Figures of {G}olgotha: {B}eckett's Pinioned People",
+  crossref	= "pilling:beckett:onion",
+  pages		= "45--62"
+}
+
+@Article{	  bryden:beckett:saintsernin,
+  author	= "Mary Bryden",
+  title		= "The Carved Rats of {S}aint-{S}ernin",
+  journal	= tbc,
+  year		= 1999,
+  volume	= 21,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= 9,
+  month		= "fall"
+}
+
+@Article{	  bryden:beckett:smiles,
+  author	= "Mary Bryden",
+  title		= "Beckett and the Three {D}antean Smiles",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1995,
+  volume	= 4,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "29--33",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  bulfinch:myth,
+  author	= "Thomas Bulfinch",
+  title		= "Bulfinch's Mythology",
+  publisher	= "Gramercy Books",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annote	= "Contains: The Age of Fable (1855); The Age of Chivalry
+		  (1858); Legends of Charlemagne or Romance of the Middle
+		  Ages (1863)"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  buning:beckett:via,
+  author	= "Marius Buning",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's Negative Way: Intimations of the
+		  \foreign{Via Negativa} in his Late Plays",
+  crossref	= "jasper:literature",
+  chapter	= 9,
+  pages		= "129--42",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  burnet:greeks,
+  author	= "John Burnet",
+  title		= "Greek Philosophy: {T}hales to {P}lato",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press",
+  year		= 1964,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "1st~ed., reset and reprinted",
+  fyear		= 1914,
+  call		= "B171.B85 1968",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  burrows:beckett:interview,
+  author	= "Rachel Burrows",
+  title		= "Interview with {R}achel {B}urrows, {D}ublin, {B}loomsday,
+		  1982",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1989,
+  number	= "11--12",
+  pages		= "6--15",
+  note		= "Interviewed by S.~E. Gontarski, Martha Feshenfeld, and
+		  Dougald McMillan",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  butler:beckett:essays,
+  editor	= "Lance St John Butler",
+  title		= "Critical Essays on {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  booktitle	= "Critical Essays on {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Scolar Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  number	= 4,
+  series	= "Critical Thought Series",
+  address	= "Hants, England",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z623 1993",
+  library	= l-bc
+}
+
+@Article{	  butler:beckett:review:bryden,
+  author	= "Lance St John Butler",
+  title		= "Review of \book{Samuel Beckett and the Idea of God} by
+		  {M}ary {B}ryden ({N}ew {Y}ork: St. Martin's, 1998)",
+  journal	= tbc,
+  year		= 1999,
+  volume	= 21,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "10--11",
+  month		= "Fall"
+}
+
+@Book{		  calder:beckett:60,
+  editor	= "John Calder",
+  title		= "Beckett at~60: A {F}estschrift",
+  booktitle	= "Beckett at~60: A {F}estschrift",
+  publisher	= "Calder and Boyars",
+  year		= 1967,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z57",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Some good stuff."
+}
+
+@Article{	  calder:beckett:bair,
+  author	= "John Calder",
+  title		= "Review of \book{Samuel Beckett: A Biography} by {D}eirdre
+		  {B}air (Jonathan Cape, 1978)",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1979,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "74--79",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  calder:beckett:dare,
+  title		= "As No Other Dare Fail: For {S}amuel {B}eckett on his 80th
+		  Birthday",
+  key		= "John Calder (Publishers)",
+  publisher	= "John Calder",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "London"
+}
+
+@Book{		  calder:beckett:reader,
+  bookauthor	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  author	= "Samuel Beckett",
+  editor	= "John Calder",
+  title		= "A {S}amuel {B}eckett Reader",
+  booktitle	= "A {S}amuel {B}eckett Reader",
+  publisher	= "Pan Books",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282A6 1983"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  calder:beckett:readerintro,
+  author	= "John Calder",
+  title		= "Introduction",
+  crossref	= "calder:beckett:reader",
+  pages		= "9--42",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  campbell:atlas,
+  author	= "Joseph Campbell",
+  title		= "Historical Atlas of World Mythology",
+  publisher	= "Summerfield Press",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "BL311.C26 1983",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Check on the publisher - see Mugar."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  carey:beckett:introjoyce,
+  author	= "Phyllis Carey and Ed Jewinski",
+  title		= "Introduction",
+  crossref	= "carey:beckett:joyce",
+  pages		= "xi--xviii",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. Contains overview of the book."
+}
+
+@Book{		  carey:beckett:joyce,
+  editor	= "Phyllis Carey and Ed Jewinski",
+  title		= "Re: {J}oyce'n {B}eckett",
+  booktitle	= "Re: {J}oyce'n {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Fordham University Press",
+  year		= 1992,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR8754.R4 1991",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Review in JOBS somewhere."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  carey:beckett:pieta,
+  author	= "Phyllis Carey",
+  title		= "Stephen {D}edalus, {B}elacqua {S}huah, and {D}ante's
+		  \foreign{Piet{\`a}}",
+  crossref	= "carey:beckett:joyce",
+  pages		= "104--16",
+  chapter	= 8,
+  annotation	= "Highest quality.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  carnap:foundations,
+  author	= "Rudolf Carnap",
+  title		= "Philosophical Foundations of Physics",
+  publisher	= "Basic Books",
+  year		= 1966,
+  editor	= "Martin Gardner",
+  call		= "QC6.F662A",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  carroll:complete,
+  author	= "Lewis Carroll",
+  title		= "The Complete Works of {L}ewis {C}arroll",
+  publisher	= "Random House",
+  year		= "n.d.",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "No ISBN in the book either!"
+}
+
+@Book{		  carroll:dante:purgatorio,
+  author	= "John S. Carroll",
+  title		= "Prisoners of Hope: an Exposition of {D}ante's
+		  \book{Purgatorio}",
+  publisher	= "Hodder and Stoughton",
+  year		= 1906,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PQ4447.F06",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  cassedy:group,
+  author	= "Steven Cassedy",
+  title		= "Mathematics, Relationism, and the Rise of Modern Literary
+		  Aesthetics",
+  journal	= "Journal of the History of Ideas",
+  year		= 1988,
+  pages		= "109--32",
+  volume	= 49,
+  number	= 1,
+  annotation	= "History of how abstract mathematics of mid-19th century
+		  had a direct influence on French Symbolist and Russian
+		  Formalist writers.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  castillo:beckett:towns,
+  author	= "Debra A. Castillo",
+  title		= "Beckett's Metaphorical Towns",
+  journal	= "Modern Fiction Studies",
+  year		= 1982,
+  volume	= 28,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "189--200",
+  month		= "summer",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  chambers-murray,
+  author	= "Sir William Smith and Sir John Lockwood",
+  title		= "Chambers {M}urray {L}atin-{E}nglish Dictionary",
+  publisher	= "W and R Chambers and John Murray",
+  year		= 1976,
+  address	= "Edinburgh and London (respectively)",
+  note		= "Also known as \book{A Smaller Latin-English Dictionary} in
+		  a 1933 edition.",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  cheng:panther,
+  author	= "Vincent J. Cheng",
+  title		= "Stephen {D}edalus and the Black Panther Vampire",
+  journal	= "James Joyce Quarterly",
+  year		= 1987,
+  volume	= 24,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "161--76",
+  month		= "winter",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Manual{	  chicago,
+  title		= "The {C}hicago Manual of Style",
+  edition	= "13th~ed.",
+  organization	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Manual{	  chicago:14,
+  title		= "The {C}hicago Manual of Style",
+  edition	= "14th~ed.",
+  organization	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  call		= "Z253.U69 1993",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  coe:beckett:english,
+  author	= "Richard N. Coe",
+  title		= "Beckett's {E}nglish",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "36--57",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  coetzee:beckett:revisions,
+  author	= "J. M. Coetzee",
+  title		= "The Manuscript Revisions of {B}eckett's \book{Watt}",
+  journal	= "Journal of Modern Literature",
+  year		= 1972,
+  volume	= 2,
+  pages		= "472--80",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  cohen:rosenberg,
+  author	= "Joseph Cohen",
+  title		= "Journey to the Trenches: The Life of {I}saac {R}osenberg
+		  1890--1918",
+  publisher	= "Basic Books",
+  year		= 1975,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6035.O67Z6 1975b",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  cohn:beckett:collection,
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: A Collection of Criticism",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett: A Collection of Criticism",
+  publisher	= "McGraw-Hill",
+  year		= 1975,
+  editor	= "Ruby Cohn",
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-bcburns # l-unc # l-widener,
+  invis		= "Have several of these articles photocopied."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  cohn:beckett:laughter,
+  author	= "Ruby Cohn",
+  title		= "The Laughter of Sad {S}am {B}eckett",
+  crossref	= "friedman:beckett:now",
+  pages		= "185--97",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  cohn:beckett:play,
+  author	= "Ruby Cohn",
+  title		= "Just Play: {B}eckett's Theater",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "Princeton",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  common-prayer,
+  key		= "Common Prayer",
+  title		= "The Book of Common Prayer and Administration of the
+		  Sacraments and Other Rites and Ceremonies of the Church",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1789,
+  note		= "\Wrapquotes{This edition \lips was \lips reproduced from a
+		  certified edition \lips as adopted by the General
+		  Convention of 1928 and emended by subsequent Conventions.}",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  companion:mind,
+  title		= "The {O}xford Companion to the Mind",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1987,
+  editor	= "Richard L. Gregory",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  call		= "BF31.O94 1987"
+}
+
+@Book{		  concordance:murphy,
+  editor	= "Mich{\`e}le Aina Barale and Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "A {KWIC} Concordance to {S}amuel {B}eckett's
+		  \book{Murphy}",
+  booktitle	= "A {KWIC} Concordance to {S}amuel {B}eckett's
+		  \book{Murphy}",
+  publisher	= "Garland Publishing",
+  year		= 1990,
+  volume	= 1079,
+  series	= "Garland Reference Library of the Humanities",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282M8338",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  concordance:trilogy,
+  editor	= "Mich{\`e}le Aina Barale and Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "A {KWIC} Concordance to {S}amuel {B}eckett's Trilogy:
+		  \book{Molloy}, \book{Malone Dies}, and \book{The
+		  Unnamable}",
+  publisher	= "Garland Publishing",
+  year		= 1988,
+  edition	= "2~vols.",
+  volume	= 753,
+  series	= "Garland Reference Library of the Humanities",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PQ2603.E378M633 1988",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  conley:beckett:color,
+  author	= "Tom Conley",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: Color, Letter, and Line",
+  journal	= "Visible Language",
+  year		= 1985,
+  volume	= 19,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "484--98",
+  month		= "autumn",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  connor:beckett:animals,
+  author	= "Steven Connor",
+  title		= "Beckett's Animals",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1982,
+  number	= 8,
+  pages		= "29--44",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  cook:curves,
+  author	= "Theodore Andrea Cook",
+  title		= "The Curves of Life: Being an Account of Spiral Formations
+		  and Their Application to Growth in Nature, to Science and
+		  to Art; with Special reference To the Manuscripts of
+		  {L}eonardo da {V}inci",
+  publisher	= "Dover Publications",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1914,
+  keywords	= "goldenratio spirals",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:1,
+  oyear		= 1946,
+  volume	= 1,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  title		= "Greece and {R}ome",
+  booktitle	= "Greece and {R}ome",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:2,
+  oyear		= 1950,
+  volume	= 2,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  title		= "Augustine to {S}cotus",
+  booktitle	= "Augustine to {S}cotus",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:3,
+  oyear		= 1953,
+  volume	= 3,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  title		= "Ockham to {S}uarez",
+  booktitle	= "Ockham to {S}uarez",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:4,
+  oyear		= 1960,
+  volume	= 4,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  title		= "Descartes to {L}eibniz",
+  booktitle	= "Descartes to {L}eibniz",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:5,
+  oyear		= 1959,
+  volume	= 5,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  title		= "Hobbes to {H}ume",
+  booktitle	= "Hobbes to {H}ume",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:6,
+  oyear		= 1960,
+  volume	= 6,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  title		= "Wolff to {K}ant",
+  booktitle	= "Wolff to {K}ant",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:7,
+  oyear		= 1963,
+  volume	= 7,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  title		= "Fichte to {N}ietzsche",
+  booktitle	= "Fichte to {N}ietzsche",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:8,
+  oyear		= 1966,
+  volume	= 8,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  title		= "Bentham to {R}ussell",
+  booktitle	= "Bentham to {R}ussell",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@Book{		  copleston:phil:9,
+  oyear		= 1974,
+  volume	= 9,
+  author	= "Frederick Copleston",
+  title		= "Maine de {B}iran to {S}artre",
+  booktitle	= "Maine de {B}iran to {S}artre",
+  series	= "A History of Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Image Books",
+  opublisher	= "Newman Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  seriesedition	= "9~vols. in 3~books"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  copleston:phil:bergson,
+  title		= "Henri {B}ergson",
+  type		= "Chapters",
+  chapter	= "9--10",
+  crossref	= "copleston:phil:9"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  copleston:phil:comte,
+  title		= "August {C}omte",
+  chapter	= 5,
+  crossref	= "copleston:phil:9"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  copleston:phil:cusa,
+  title		= "Nicholas of {C}usa",
+  chapter	= 15,
+  crossref	= "copleston:phil:3"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  copleston:phil:pseudo,
+  title		= "The {P}seudo-{D}ionysius",
+  crossref	= "copleston:phil:2",
+  chapter	= 9,
+  invis		= "pages 91--100"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  copleston:phil:schop,
+  title		= "Schopenhauer",
+  type		= "Chapters",
+  chapter	= "13--14",
+  crossref	= "copleston:phil:7"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  cork:bomberg,
+  author	= "Richard Cork",
+  title		= "Bomberg's Odyssey",
+  crossref	= "bomberg:tate"
+}
+
+@Article{	  cousineau:beckett:consolation,
+  author	= "Thomas J. Cousineau",
+  title		= "\book{Watt}: Language as Interdiction and Consolation",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1979,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "1--13",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  cronin:beckett:modernist,
+  author	= "Anthony Cronin",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: The Last {M}odernist",
+  publisher	= "HarperCollins",
+  year		= 1996,
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "This biography seems to be a subset of Knowlson."
+}
+
+@Article{	  culik:beckett:math,
+  author	= "Hugh Culik",
+  title		= "Mathematics as Metaphor: {S}amuel {B}eckett and and the
+		  Esthetics of Incompleteness",
+  journal	= "Papers on Language \& Literature",
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 29,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "131--51",
+  month		= "spring",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  culik:beckett:neurological,
+  author	= "Hugh Culik",
+  title		= "Neurological Disorder and the Evolution of {B}eckett's
+		  Maternal Images",
+  crossref	= "butler:beckett:essays",
+  pages		= "366--373",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  culik:beckett:watt,
+  author	= "Hugh Culik",
+  title		= "The Place of \book{Watt} in {B}eckett's Development",
+  journal	= "Modern Fiction Studies",
+  year		= 1983,
+  volume	= 29,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "57--71",
+  month		= "spring",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  dakers:wwi,
+  author	= "Caroline Dakers",
+  title		= "The Countryside at War 1914--1918",
+  publisher	= "Constable",
+  year		= 1987,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "DA566.4.D35 1987",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Have a few pages photocopied."
+}
+
+@Book{		  dallin:folksongs,
+  author	= "Leon Dallin and Lynn Dallin",
+  title		= "Folk Songster",
+  publisher	= "Wm. C. Brown",
+  year		= 1967,
+  address	= "Dubuque"
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:ciardi:inferno,
+  title		= "The Inferno",
+  author	= "Dante Alighieri",
+  publisher	= "New American Library",
+  year		= 1954,
+  address	= "New York",
+  flanguage	= "Italian",
+  translator	= "John Ciardi",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:ciardi:paradiso,
+  title		= "The Paradiso",
+  author	= "Dante Alighieri",
+  publisher	= "New American Library",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "New York",
+  flanguage	= "Italian",
+  translator	= "John Ciardi",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:ciardi:purgatorio,
+  title		= "The Purgatorio",
+  author	= "Dante Alighieri",
+  publisher	= "New American Library",
+  year		= 1961,
+  address	= "New York",
+  flanguage	= "Italian",
+  translator	= "John Ciardi",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:inferno:ciardi,
+  author	= "Dante Alighieri",
+  title		= "The {I}nferno",
+  publisher	= "PenGuin",
+  year		= 1954,
+  translator	= "John Ciardi",
+  flanguage	= "Italian",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:mandelbaum:comedy,
+  author	= "Dante Alighieri",
+  title		= "The Divine Comedy",
+  series	= "The Divine Comedy",
+  publisher	= "Bantam Books",
+  year		= "1982--86",
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "Bantam Classic~ed.",
+  flanguage	= "Italian",
+  illustrator	= "Barry Moser",
+  translator	= "Allen Mandelbaum",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:mandelbaum:inferno,
+  title		= "Purgatorio: A Verse Translation",
+  year		= 1982,
+  crossref	= "dante:mandelbaum:comedy",
+  note		= "Notes by Allen Mandelbaum and Gabriel Marruzzo, with Larry
+		  Magnus.",
+  volume	= 1
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:mandelbaum:paradiso,
+  title		= "Purgatorio: A Verse Translation",
+  year		= 1986,
+  crossref	= "dante:mandelbaum:comedy",
+  note		= "Notes by Anthony Oldcorn and Daniel Feldman, with Giuseppe
+		  Di Scipio",
+  volume	= 3
+}
+
+@Book{		  dante:mandelbaum:purgatorio,
+  title		= "Purgatorio: A Verse Translation",
+  year		= 1984,
+  crossref	= "dante:mandelbaum:comedy",
+  note		= "Notes by Laury Magnus, Allen Mandelbaum, and Anthony
+		  Oldcorn, with Daniel Feldman.",
+  volume	= 2
+}
+
+@Book{		  davidson:angels,
+  author	= "Gustav Davidson",
+  title		= "A Dictionary of Angels Including the Fallen Angels",
+  publisher	= "Free Press",
+  year		= 1967,
+  address	= "New York"
+}
+
+@Book{		  davies:beckett:ideal,
+  author	= "Paul Davies",
+  title		= "The Ideal Real: {B}eckett's Fiction and Imagination",
+  publisher	= "Associated University Presses",
+  year		= 1994,
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z62475 1994",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  day:panther,
+  author	= "Robert Adams Day",
+  title		= "How {S}tephen Wrote His Vampire Poem",
+  journal	= "James Joyce Quarterly",
+  year		= 1980,
+  volume	= 17,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "183--98",
+  month		= "winter",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  dearlove:beckett:residual,
+  author	= "J. E. Dearlove",
+  title		= "\Wrapquotes{Last Images}: {S}amuel {B}eckett's Residual
+		  Fiction",
+  journal	= "Journal of Modern Literature",
+  year		= 1977,
+  volume	= 6,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "104--126",
+  month		= feb,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  dearlove:beckett:syntax,
+  author	= "Judith E. Dearlove",
+  title		= "\Wrapquotes{Syntax Upended in Opposite Corners}:
+		  Alterations in {B}eckett's Linguistic Theories",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "122--28",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  doherty:beckett:lowry,
+  author	= "Francis Doherty",
+  title		= "Visions of Hell: {L}owry and {B}eckett",
+  crossref	= "jasper:literature",
+  pages		= "117--28",
+  chapter	= 8,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  donne:paradoxes,
+  author	= "John Donne",
+  editor	= "Helen Peters",
+  title		= "Paradoxes and Problems",
+  publisher	= "Clarendon Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  call		= "PR2247.P3 1980"
+}
+
+@Article{	  downes:beckett:stomach,
+  author	= "Rackstraw Downes",
+  title		= "Theater for the Free Mind and the Strong Stomach",
+  journal	= "New York Times",
+  year		= 1996,
+  pages		= "H5",
+  month		= "28~"  # jul,
+  invis		= "Have clipping."
+}
+
+@Book{		  drake:bruno,
+  author	= "Stillman Drake",
+  title		= "Copernicus---Philosophy and Science: {B}runo, {K}epler,
+		  {G}alileo",
+  publisher	= "Burndy Library",
+  address	= "Norwalk, Connecticut",
+  year		= 1973,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "QB36.C8D7",
+  annotation	= "Rough survey of Bruno's life. Claims Bruno was introduced
+		  to the Copernican system in England by the work of a
+		  particular person whose name I forget. That person had made
+		  the addition to Copernicus of not having the stars fixed in
+		  an outer sphere, but spreading outward."
+}
+
+@Article{	  driver:beckett:madeleine,
+  author	= "Tom F. Driver",
+  title		= "Beckett by the {M}adeleine",
+  journal	= "Columbia University Forum",
+  year		= 1961,
+  volume	= 4,
+  number	= 3,
+  pages		= "21--25",
+  month		= "summer",
+  note		= "Note: Driver ``reconstructs'' Beckett's words ``from notes
+		  made immediately after'' their conversation (p.~22).",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. Reprinted in
+		  \cite[217--23]{graver:beckett:heritage}"
+}
+
+@Article{	  eade:beckett:scarf,
+  author	= "J. C. Eade",
+  title		= "The Seventh Scarf: A Note on \book{Murphy}",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1981,
+  number	= 7,
+  pages		= "115--17",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  edson:clam,
+  author	= "Russell Edson",
+  title		= "The Clam Theater",
+  publisher	= "Wesleyan University Press",
+  year		= 1973,
+  volume	= 64,
+  series	= "Wesleyan Poetry Program",
+  address	= "Middletown",
+  call		= "PS3509.D583.C5",
+  library	= l-hayden,
+  annotation	= "Full photocopy in files."
+}
+
+@Book{		  eiseley:starthrower,
+  author	= "Loren Eiseley",
+  title		= "The Star Thrower",
+  publisher	= "Harvest Books",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "San Diego",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "ISBN 0-15-684909-7; copyright 1978"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  elam:beckett:arse,
+  author	= "Keir Elam",
+  title		= "\play{Not I}: {B}eckett's Mouth and the Ars(e) Rhetorica",
+  crossref	= "brater:beckett:80",
+  pages		= "124--48"
+}
+
+@Book{		  eliot:complete,
+  author	= "T. S. Eliot",
+  title		= "The Complete Poems and Plays 1909--1950",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt Brace Jovanovich",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  eliot:middlemarch:random,
+  author	= "George Eliot",
+  title		= "Middlemarch",
+  publisher	= "Random House",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR4662A1 1984",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  ellis:beckett:surds,
+  author	= "Reuben J. Ellis",
+  title		= "\Wrapquotes{Matrix of Surds}: {H}eisenberg's Algebra in
+		  {B}eckett's \book{Murphy}",
+  journal	= "Papers on Language \& Literature",
+  year		= 1989,
+  volume	= 25,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "120--23",
+  month		= "winter",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellis:gestalt,
+  author	= "Willis D. Ellis",
+  title		= "A Source Book of Gestalt Psychology",
+  publisher	= "Humanities Press",
+  year		= 1950,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "BF203 F50",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmann:joyce,
+  author	= "Richard Ellmann",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntest1:joyce,
+  author	= "Richard Ellmanna",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntest1:joyce",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntest2:joyce,
+  author	= "Ell Mann, Richard",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntest2.",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntest3:joyce,
+  author	= "Ell Manna, Richard",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntest3",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntestr1:joyce,
+  author	= "Romulus Ellmanna",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntestr1",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntestr2:joyce,
+  author	= "Ell Mann, Romulus",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntestr2",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntestr3:joyce,
+  author	= "Ell Manna, Romulus",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntestr3",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntestr:joyce,
+  author	= "Romulus Ellmann",
+  key		= "ellmanntestr-key",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntestr",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntestrlate:joyce,
+  author	= "Romulus Ellmann",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntestrlate",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ellmanntestrx:joyce,
+  author	= "Romulus Ellmann",
+  key		= "ellmanntestrx-key",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "New and Rev.~ed.",
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY ellmanntestrx",
+  fyear		= 1959,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  empson:ambiguity,
+  author	= "William Empson",
+  title		= "Seven Types of Ambiguity",
+  publisher	= "New Directions",
+  year		= 1947,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PN1031 F603",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "FIX check coverpage, \manual, and Mugar's notes. I don't
+		  think Mugar is right to call it 3d edition and date it
+		  1966, it seems to me that this is the 1947 edition
+		  reprinted as a paperback. "
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  esslin:beckett:dionysos,
+  author	= "Martin Esslin",
+  title		= "Dionysos' Dianoetic Laugh",
+  crossref	= "calder:beckett:dare",
+  pages		= "15--23"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  esslin:beckett:infinity,
+  author	= "Martin Esslin",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett---Infinity, Eternity",
+  crossref	= "brater:beckett:80",
+  pages		= "110--23"
+}
+
+@Book{		  euclid:elements:brit,
+  author	= "Euclid",
+  title		= "The Thirteen Books of {E}uclid's Elements",
+  publisher	= "Encylopaedia Britannica",
+  year		= 1952,
+  volume	= 11,
+  series	= "Great Books of the Western World",
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  opublisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  translator	= "Sir Thomas L. Heath",
+  call		= "AC1.G72",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  farrow:beckett:art,
+  author	= "Anthony Farrow",
+  title		= "Early {B}eckett: Art and Allusion in \book{More Pricks
+		  Than Kicks} and \book{Murphy}",
+  publisher	= "Whitston Publishing",
+  year		= 1991,
+  address	= "Troy, New York",
+  library	= l-bc,
+  invis		= "Have much photocopied. All?"
+}
+
+@Book{		  federman:beckett:chaos,
+  author	= "Raymond Federman",
+  title		= "Journey to Chaos: {S}amuel {B}eckett's Early Fiction",
+  publisher	= "University of California Press",
+  year		= 1965,
+  address	= "Berkeley"
+}
+
+@Book{		  federman:beckett:works,
+  author	= "Raymond Federman and John Fletcher",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: His Works and His Critics; An Essay in
+		  Bibliography",
+  publisher	= "University of California Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "Berkeley",
+  library	= l-hayden,
+  call		= "Z8086.37.F293"
+}
+
+@Book{		  fergusson:dante:purgatorio,
+  author	= "Francis Fergusson",
+  title		= "Dante's Drama of the Mind: A Modern Reading of the
+		  \book{Purgatorio}",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1953,
+  call		= "PQ4447F53",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  festugiere:hermes,
+  author	= "A. J. Festugi{\`e}re",
+  title		= "La R{\'e}v{\'e}lation d'Herm{\`e}s Trism{\'e}giste",
+  publisher	= "Paris",
+  year		= 1950,
+  note		= "Cited in \citeNP{yates:bruno}: page references are to
+		  Yates",
+  library	= l-hayden,
+  invis		= "FIX: need to clear up note by insertion into my original
+		  citation",
+  call		= "BF1598.H6F418 1949"
+}
+
+@Book{		  fletcher:beckett:art,
+  author	= "John Fletcher",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's Art",
+  publisher	= "Chatto and Windus",
+  year		= 1967,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z664",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  fowlie:beckett:dante,
+  author	= "Wallace Fowlie",
+  title		= "Dante and {B}eckett",
+  booktitle	= "Dante Among the {M}oderns",
+  publisher	= "University of North Carolina Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  editor	= "Stuart Y. McDougal",
+  pages		= "128--52",
+  address	= "Chapel Hill and London",
+  call		= "PR473.D27 1985",
+  library	= l-unc,
+  annotation	= "Good on Dante, bad on Beckett."
+}
+
+@Book{		  frazer:bough:macmillan,
+  author	= "James George Frazer",
+  title		= "The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion",
+  publisher	= "Macmillan",
+  year		= 1948,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "1~vol. Abridged~ed.",
+  oyear		= 1922,
+  call		= "BL310.F72 1948",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:btpp,
+  title		= "Beyond the Pleasure Principle",
+  year		= 1920,
+  crossref	= "freud:se",
+  pages		= "18:1--64"
+}
+
+@Book{		  freud:btpp:norton,
+  author	= "Sigmund Freud",
+  editor	= "James Strachey",
+  title		= "Beyond the Pleasure Principle",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  opublisher	= "Liveright",
+  oyear		= 1961,
+  oaddress	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1920,
+  flanguage	= "German",
+  note		= "On p.~xxxvii: ``The present translation is a corrected
+		  reprint of the \emph{Standard Edition} version'' (i.e.,
+		  English translation of~1955)",
+  translator	= "James Strachey",
+  call		= "BF173.F65 1975",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Publishing history given on p.~xxxvii. 1990 date taken
+		  from Norton web site (same ISBN); latest copyright date in
+		  book is 1989. Am making educated guess from copyright dates
+		  about the date of the Liveright edition."
+}
+
+@Book{		  freud:civ:norton,
+  author	= "Sigmund Freud",
+  title		= "Civilization and Its Discontents",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1989,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "Reprint of the Standard Edition",
+  translator	= "James Strachey",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "Publishing history given."
+}
+
+@Book{		  freud:egoid:norton,
+  author	= "Sigmund Freud",
+  title		= "The Ego and the Id",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1989,
+  editor	= "James Strachey",
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "Reprint of the Standard Edition",
+  translator	= "Joan Riviere",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "Publishing history given."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:mystic,
+  title		= "A Note upon the \Wrapquotes{Mystic Writing-Pad}",
+  crossref	= "freud:papers:basic:5",
+  year		= 1925,
+  pages		= "175--80",
+  chapter	= 15,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:negation,
+  title		= "Negation",
+  crossref	= "freud:papers:basic:5",
+  pages		= "181--85",
+  year		= 1925,
+  chapter	= "16",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  freud:papers:basic:4,
+  author	= "Sigmund Freud",
+  title		= "Papers on Metapsychology, Papers on Applied
+		  Psycho-Analysis",
+  booktitle	= "Papers on Metapsychology, Papers on Applied
+		  Psycho-Analysis",
+  series	= "Collected Papers",
+  year		= 1959,
+  volume	= 4,
+  publisher	= "Basic Books in arrangement with Hogarth Press and the
+		  Institute for Psycho-Analysis, London",
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Authorized translation from the German under the
+		  supervision of Joan Riviere.",
+  xxseries	= "The International Psycho-Analytical Library",
+  xxserieseditor= "Ernest Jones",
+  xxnumber	= 10,
+  keywords	= "psychology psychoanalysis",
+  fyear		= 1925,
+  call		= "BF173.F24 (and elsewhere, weirdly)",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  freud:papers:basic:5,
+  author	= "Sigmund Freud",
+  editor	= "James Strachey",
+  title		= "Miscellaneous Papers, 1888--1938",
+  booktitle	= "Miscellaneous Papers, 1888--1938",
+  series	= "Collected Papers",
+  year		= "1924--50",
+  volume	= 5,
+  publisher	= "Basic Books in arrangement with Hogarth Press and the
+		  Institute for Psycho-Analysis, London",
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Authorized translation from the German under the
+		  supervision of Joan Riviere.",
+  xxseries	= "The International Psycho-Analytical Library",
+  xxnumber	= 37,
+  xxserieseditor= "Ernest Jones FIX ALL THIS NONSENSE",
+  xxxvolume-fyear=1950,
+  keywords	= "psychology psychoanalysis",
+  call		= "BF173.F24 (and elsewhere, weirdly)",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:primalwords,
+  title		= "\article{The Antithetical Sense of Primal Words}: A Review
+		  of a Pamphlet by {K}arl {A}bel, \book{{\"U}ber den
+		  Gegensinn der Urworte}, 1884",
+  crossref	= "freud:papers:basic:4",
+  year		= 1910,
+  chapter	= 10,
+  pages		= "184--91",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  freud:se,
+  author	= "Sigmund Freud",
+  title		= "The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works
+		  of {S}igmund {F}reud",
+  booktitle	= "The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works
+		  of {S}igmund {F}reud",
+  publisher	= "Hogarth Press and the Institute for Psycho-Analysis",
+  year		= 1961,
+  address	= "London",
+  translator	= "Joan Riviere",
+  call		= "BF173.F53 (and elsewhere perhaps)",
+  editor	= "James Strachey",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:wardeath,
+  title		= "Thoughts for the Times on War and Death",
+  crossref	= "freud:papers:basic:4",
+  pages		= "288--317",
+  year		= 1915,
+  chapter	= "17",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:warneuroses,
+  title		= "Psycho-analysis and War Neuroses",
+  crossref	= "freud:papers:basic:5",
+  year		= 1919,
+  pages		= "83--87",
+  chapter	= "8",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  freud:whywar,
+  title		= "Why War?",
+  crossref	= "freud:papers:basic:5",
+  pages		= "273--87",
+  year		= 1932,
+  chap		= "25",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  friedman:beckett:now,
+  editor	= "Melvin J. Friedman",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett Now",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett Now",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  friedman:beckett:tradition,
+  author	= "Melvin J. Friedman",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: Tradition and Innovation",
+  journal	= "Contemporary Literature",
+  year		= 1995,
+  volume	= 36,
+  number	= 2,
+  month		= "summer",
+  pages		= "350--61",
+  note		= "Review of \book{Wandering and Home} by Eyal Amiran,
+		  \book{The Beckett Studies Reader} by S.~E. Gontarski,
+		  \book{Innovation in Samuel Beckett's Fiction} by Rubin
+		  Rabinovitz, and \book{Beckett's Dying Words} by Christopher
+		  Ricks.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  frye:anatomy:bate,
+  author	= "Northrop Frye",
+  year		= 1957,
+  title		= "Anatomy of Criticism",
+  crossref	= "bate:criticism",
+  pages		= "609--25"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  frye:archetype:bate,
+  author	= "Northrop Frye",
+  year		= 1951,
+  title		= "The Archetypes of Literature",
+  crossref	= "bate:criticism",
+  pages		= "601--9"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  frye:beckett:nightmare,
+  author	= "Northrop Frye",
+  title		= "The Nightmare Life in Death",
+  crossref	= "butler:beckett:essays",
+  pages		= "101--108",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gardner:circus,
+  author	= "Martin Gardner",
+  title		= "Mathemetical Circus",
+  booktitle	= "Mathemetical Circus",
+  publisher	= "Alfred A. Knopf",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "New York",
+  invis		= "Have certain chapters photocopied."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  gardner:circus:cyclic,
+  title		= "Cyclic Numbers",
+  crossref	= "gardner:circus",
+  chapter	= 10,
+  pages		= "111--22",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  gardner:cyclic:simplicity,
+  title		= "Cyclic Numbers",
+  crossref	= "gardner:circus",
+  pages		= "169--181",
+  chapter	= 14,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gardner:dante,
+  author	= "Edmund G. Gardner",
+  title		= "Dante and the Mystics: A Study of the Mystical Aspect of
+		  the \book{Divina Commedia} and its Relations With Some of
+		  its Mediaeval Sources",
+  publisher	= "Haskell House Publishers",
+  year		= 1968,
+  oyear		= 1913,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PQ4416.F13",
+  keywords	= "neoplatonism",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gardner:great-essays,
+  editor	= "Martin Gardner",
+  title		= "Great Essays in Science",
+  publisher	= "Prometheus Books",
+  year		= 1994,
+  address	= "Buffalo",
+  call		= "Q171 .S13 1984",
+  library	= l-me # l-se,
+  invis		= "ISBN 0-87975-853-8 01-07-10 at Amazon 2-3 days list
+		  \$21.00 cost \$16.80 \url{http://www.prometheusbooks.com}
+		  says \$23"
+}
+
+@Book{		  gardner:night,
+  author	= "Martin Gardner",
+  title		= "The Night is Large: Collected Essays, 1938--1995",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Griffin",
+  year		= 1997,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  gardner:puzzles2,
+  author	= "Martin Gardner",
+  title		= "The \journal{Scientific American} Book of Mathematical
+		  Puzzles \& Diversions",
+  publisher	= "Simon and Schuster",
+  year		= 1961,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  invis		= "Have certain chapters photocopied."
+}
+
+@Article{	  garner:beckett:ponty,
+  author	= "Garner, Jr., Stanton B.",
+  title		= "\article{Still living flesh}: {B}eckett,
+		  {M}erleau-{P}onty, and the Phenomenological Body",
+  journal	= "Theatre Journal",
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 45,
+  pages		= "443--60",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gascoigne:works:posies,
+  author	= "George Gascoigne",
+  editor	= "John W. Cunliffe",
+  title		= "The Posies",
+  series	= "The Complete Works of {G}eorge {G}ascoigne",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1969,
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  volume	= 1,
+  seriesedition	= "2~vols.",
+  oyear		= 1907,
+  oaddress	= "Grosse Pointe, Michigan",
+  opublisher	= "Scholarly Press",
+  call		= "PR2277 F07",
+  invis		= "second volume called The Glasse of Government / The
+		  Princely Pleasures at / Kenelworth Castle / The Steele Glas
+		  / And Other Poems and Prose Works dated 1910/1969. Series
+		  is Cambridge English Classics."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gate:beckett:festival,
+  author	= "Gerry Dukes",
+  title		= "The {B}eckett {F}estival: {L}incoln {C}enter {F}estival
+		  1996",
+  year		= 1996,
+  publisher	= "Gate Theater",
+  note		= "Program for a festival of theater perforamnces by the
+		  (Irish) Gate Theater company at the Lincoln Center in New
+		  York. Dukes wrote the notes for each play",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  gates:beckett:goon,
+  author	= "David Gates",
+  title		= "He Couldn't Go On, He Went On",
+  journal	= "New York Times Book Review",
+  year		= 1996,
+  pages		= 4,
+  month		= "26~"  # may,
+  invis		= "Have clipping."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gatti:bruno,
+  author	= "Hilary Gatti",
+  title		= "The {R}enaissance Drama of Knowledge",
+  publisher	= "Routledge",
+  address	= "London",
+  year		= 1989,
+  call		= "PR655G38 1989"
+}
+
+@Book{		  geerling:plateau,
+  author	= "Paul Geerling",
+  title		= "Down the Grand Staircase",
+  publisher	= "Westwater",
+  year		= 1981,
+  annotation	= "primer of sw geology"
+}
+
+@Book{		  geroch:atob,
+  author	= "Robert Geroch",
+  title		= "Gerneral Relativity From A to B",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  year		= 1978,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@InProceedings{	  gierow:beckett:nobel,
+  author	= "Karl Ragnar Gierow",
+  title		= "Presentation Address [for {B}eckett's {N}obel {P}rize]",
+  booktitle	= "Samuel {B}eckett, {B}j{\"o}rnstjerne {B}j{\"o}rnson,
+		  {P}earl {B}uck [and] Ivan Bunin",
+  pages		= "3--6",
+  year		= 1971,
+  series	= "Nobel Prize Library",
+  address	= "New York",
+  publisher	= "A. Gregory",
+  note		= "Author is permanent Secretary of the Swedish Academy",
+  call		= "PN6014 .S235",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. funny title with braces as given by mugar
+		  computer records "
+}
+
+@Book{		  gifford:ulysses,
+  author	= "Don Gifford and Robert J. Seidman",
+  title		= "\book{Ulysses} Annotated",
+  publisher	= "University of California Press",
+  year		= 1988,
+  address	= "Berkeley",
+  call		= "PR6019.O9U647 1988",
+  keywords	= "joyce",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  gleitman:psych,
+  author	= "Henry Gleitman",
+  title		= "Psychology",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  call		= "BF121.G58 1986",
+  keywords	= "gestalt",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  glover:wwi,
+  title		= "The {P}enguin Book of {F}irst {W}orld {W}ar Prose",
+  publisher	= "Penguin Books",
+  year		= 1989,
+  editor	= "Jon Glover and Jon Silkin",
+  keywords	= "wwi",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  gluck:beckett:joyce,
+  author	= "Barbara Reich Gluck",
+  title		= "Beckett and {J}oyce: Friendship and Fiction",
+  publisher	= "Bucknell University Press",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "Lewisburg",
+  library	= l-bc
+}
+
+@Book{		  gobar:genges,
+  author	= "Ash Gobar",
+  title		= "Philosophic Foundations of Genetic Psychology and Gestalt
+		  Psychology: A Comparative Study of the Empirical Basis,
+		  Theoretical Structure, and Epistemological Groundwork of
+		  {E}uropean Biological Psychology",
+  publisher	= "Maritnus Nihjogg",
+  year		= 1968,
+  address	= "The Hague",
+  call		= "BF 203 F68c",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  goddard:newscience,
+  author	= "Thomas Goddard Bergin and Max Harold Fisch",
+  title		= "The New Science of {G}iambattista {V}ico",
+  publisher	= "Cornell University Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B3581.P73E4 F48"
+}
+
+@Book{		  godfrey:conceptual,
+  author	= "Tony Godfrey",
+  title		= "Conceptual Art",
+  publisher	= "Phaidon Press",
+  year		= 1998,
+  series	= "Art \& Ideas",
+  address	= "London"
+}
+
+@Book{		  goethe:faust:kaufmann,
+  author	= "Johann Wolfgang von Goethe",
+  title		= "Faust",
+  publisher	= "Doubleday",
+  year		= 1961,
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Part one and selections from part two",
+  translator	= "Walter Kaufmann",
+  call		= "PT2026.F2K3 1989",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "Superior to Arndt's translation, but incomplete."
+}
+
+@Book{		  goethe:faust:norton,
+  author	= "Johann Wolfgang von Goethe",
+  title		= "Faust",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1976,
+  editor	= "Cyrus Hamlin",
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "{N}orton Critical~ed.",
+  translator	= "Walter Arndt",
+  call		= "PT2026.F2A75 1976",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "Far inferior to Kaufman's translation."
+}
+
+@Article{	  gontarski:beckett:editing,
+  author	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "Editing {B}eckett",
+  journal	= "Twentieth Century Literature",
+  year		= 1995,
+  volume	= 41,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "190--207",
+  month		= "summer",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  gontarski:beckett:intent,
+  author	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "The Intent of Undoing",
+  crossref	= "gontarski:beckett:undoing",
+  pages		= "1--21"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  gontarski:beckett:introcspr,
+  author	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "From Unabandoned Works: {S}amuel {B}eckett's Short Prose",
+  crossref	= "beckett:cspr",
+  pages		= "xi--xxxii"
+}
+
+@Book{		  gontarski:beckett:onbeckett,
+  title		= "On {B}eckett: Essays and Criticism",
+  publisher	= "Grove Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  editor	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z814 1986",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  gontarski:beckett:quad,
+  author	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "\play{Quad I \& II}: {B}eckett's Sinister Mime(s)",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1984,
+  number	= 9,
+  pages		= "137--38",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  gontarski:beckett:undoing,
+  editor	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  title		= "The Intent of Undoing in {S}amuel {B}eckett's Dramatic
+		  Texts",
+  booktitle	= "The Intent of Undoing in {S}amuel {B}eckett's Dramatic
+		  Texts",
+  publisher	= "Indiana University Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "Bloomington"
+}
+
+@Book{		  gontarski:reader,
+  title		= "Beckett Studies Reader",
+  publisher	= "University Press of Florida",
+  year		= 1993,
+  editor	= "S. E. Gontarski",
+  address	= "Gainesville",
+  call		= "PR6003.E19.Z5719 1993",
+  library	= l-hayden
+}
+
+@Book{		  gordon:beckett:world,
+  author	= "Lois Gordon",
+  title		= "The World of {S}amuel {B}eckett, 1906--1946",
+  publisher	= "Yale University Press",
+  year		= 1996,
+  address	= "New Haven",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z6666 1996",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  gordon:panther,
+  author	= "John Gordon",
+  title		= "Notes in Response to {M}ichael {S}eidel's \book{Ulysses'
+		  Black Panther Vampire}",
+  journal	= "James Joyce Quarterly",
+  year		= 1978,
+  volume	= 15,
+  number	= 3,
+  pages		= "229--35",
+  month		= "spring",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  gordon:panther:2,
+  author	= "John Gordon",
+  title		= "Haines and the Black Panther",
+  journal	= "James Joyce Quarterly",
+  year		= 1990,
+  volume	= 27,
+  number	= 3,
+  pages		= "587--94",
+  month		= "spring",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  gose:joyce,
+  author	= "Gose, Jr., Eliot B.",
+  title		= "The Transformation Process in {J}oyce's \book{Ulysses}",
+  publisher	= "University of Toronto Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "Toronto",
+  call		= "PR6019.O9U65317",
+  keywords	= "freud bruno",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "My review on disk."
+}
+
+@Book{		  grandin:emergence,
+  author	= "Temple Grandin and Margaret M. Scariano",
+  title		= "Emergence: Labelled Autistic",
+  publisher	= "Arena Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  address	= "Novato, California",
+  call		= "RC553.A88G73 1986",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Have phtocopy of parts. Arena Press is \Wrapquotes{an
+		  imprint of Academic Therapy Publications}. Copyright date
+		  is 1986, then says Updated References (1993)."
+}
+
+@Book{		  grant:zero,
+  author	= "Edward Grant",
+  title		= "Much Ado About Nothing: Theories of Space and Vacuum from
+		  the Middle Ages to the Scientific Revolution",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  year		= 1981,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "QC173.59S65 G72"
+}
+
+@Book{		  graver:beckett:heritage,
+  editor	= "Lawrence Graver and Raymond Federman",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: The Critical Heritage",
+  publisher	= "Routledge and Kegan Paul",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282 Z822",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  green:beckett:augustine,
+  author	= "David [D.] Green",
+  title		= "A Note on {A}ugustine's Thieves",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  volume	= 3,
+  number	= 2,
+  year		= 1994,
+  pages		= "77--78",
+  keywords	= "augustine beckett thieves thief",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. This is the same person as
+		  green:beckett:niente (who I know from BU)."
+}
+
+@Article{	  green:beckett:niente,
+  author	= "David D. Green",
+  title		= "Beckett's \book{Dream}: More Niente than Bel",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1996,
+  volume	= 5,
+  number	= "1--2",
+  pages		= "67--80",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. This is the same person as
+		  green:beckett:augustine (who I know from BU)"
+}
+
+@Book{		  greenberg:kafkaplanck,
+  author	= "Valerie D. Greenberg",
+  title		= "Transgressive Readings: The Texts of {F}ranz {K}afka and
+		  {M}ax {P}lanck",
+  address	= "Ann Arbor",
+  publisher	= "University of Michigan Press",
+  year		= 1990,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  greene:repentance,
+  author	= "Robert Greene",
+  editor	= "Alexander B. Grosart",
+  invis		= "FIX: is repentance name of volume or of the pagerange I
+		  have w/in it?",
+  title		= "The Repentance of {R}obert {G}reene",
+  booktitle	= "The Life and Complete Works in Prose and Verse of {R}obert
+		  {G}reene",
+  edition	= "15~vols.",
+  pages		= "12:151--88",
+  publisher	= "Russell and Russell",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1964,
+  series	= "Huth Library",
+  fyear		= 1592,
+  oyear		= "n.d.~[1881--86]",
+  opublisher	= "printed for private circulation",
+  oaddress	= "London and Aylesbury"
+}
+
+@Book{		  halliwell:nursery,
+  editor	= "James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps",
+  title		= "The Nursery Rhymes of {E}ngland, Obtained Principally from
+		  Oral Tradition",
+  publisher	= "Singing Tree Press",
+  year		= 1969,
+  address	= "Detroit",
+  edition	= "3d~ed. with additions",
+  note		= "First printed in London; reprinted Boston, Munroe and
+		  Francis, 1843",
+  invis		= "Don't know when THIS edition was first published, or which
+		  edition was published in 1843.",
+  library	= l-mmusic
+}
+
+@Book{		  hallyn:poetry,
+  title		= "The Poetic Structure of the World: {C}opernicus and
+		  {K}epler",
+  translator	= "Donald M. Leslie",
+  author	= "Fernand Hallyn",
+  year		= 1990,
+  publisher	= "Zone Books",
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Distributed by MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts",
+  library	= l-hayden,
+  call		= "QB14.5H3513 1990"
+}
+
+@Book{		  hamilton:beckett:condemned,
+  author	= "Alice Hamilton and Kenneth Hamilton",
+  title		= "Condemned to Life: The World of {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "William B Eerdmans",
+  year		= 1976,
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z6675",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  hammond:beckett:syntax,
+  author	= "B. S. Hammond",
+  title		= "Beckett and {P}inter: Towards a Grammar of the Absurd",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1979,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "35--42",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  hardy:dynasts,
+  author	= "Thomas Hardy",
+  title		= "The Dynasts: An Epic Drama of the War with {N}apoleon",
+  publisher	= "Macmillan and Co.",
+  year		= 1954,
+  oyear		= 1924,
+  call		= "PR4750.D9 F24",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  hardy:poems,
+  author	= "Thomas Hardy",
+  editor	= "James Gibson",
+  title		= "The Complete Poems of {T}homas {H}ardy",
+  publisher	= "Macmillan Publishing",
+  year		= 1976,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR4741.G5 1982",
+  keywords	= "poetry",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  hardy:poetical,
+  author	= "Thomas Hardy",
+  editor	= "Samuel Lynn Hynes",
+  title		= "The Complete Poetical Works of {T}homas {H}ardy",
+  year		= 1982,
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR4741.H9 1982",
+  library	= l-tw
+}
+
+@Article{	  harper:beckett:irish,
+  author	= "George Mills Harper",
+  title		= "Review of \book{The Irish Beckett} by {J}ohn {P}.
+		  {H}arrington ({S}yracuse: {S}yracuse {U}niversity {P}ress,
+		  1991)",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 2,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "131--34",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  harper:blake,
+  author	= "George Mills Harper",
+  title		= "The Neoplatonism of {W}illiam {B}lake",
+  publisher	= "University of North Carolina Press",
+  year		= 1961,
+  address	= "Chapel Hill",
+  call		= "PR4148.P5F61B",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Article{	  harrington:beckett:entropy,
+  author	= "John P. Harrington",
+  title		= "Pynchon, {B}eckett, and Entropy: Uses of Metaphor",
+  journal	= "Missouri Review",
+  year		= 1982,
+  volume	= 5,
+  number	= 3,
+  pages		= "129--38",
+  month		= "summer",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  harrington:beckett:irish,
+  author	= "John P. Harrington",
+  title		= "The {I}rish {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Syracuse University Press",
+  year		= 1991,
+  address	= "Syracuse",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z6678 1991",
+  library	= l-rul
+}
+
+@Article{	  harrington:beckett:local,
+  author	= "John P. Harrington",
+  title		= "A Note on \book{Malone Dies} and Local Phenomena",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 1,
+  number	= "1--2",
+  pages		= "141--43"
+}
+
+@Book{		  harrison:beckett:murphy,
+  author	= "Robert Harrison",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's \book{Murphy}",
+  publisher	= "University of Georgia Press",
+  year		= 1968,
+  number	= 15,
+  series	= "University of Georgia Monographs",
+  address	= "Athens"
+}
+
+@Book{		  harvey:beckett:poet,
+  author	= "Lawrence E. Harvey",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: Poet and Critic",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "Princeton",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z668",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  hay:eliot:negative,
+  author	= "Eloise Knapp Hay",
+  title		= "T. {S}. {E}liot's Negative Way",
+  publisher	= "Harvard University Press",
+  year		= 1982,
+  address	= "Cambridge"
+}
+
+@Book{		  hayden:collected,
+  author	= "Robert Earl Hayden",
+  title		= "Collected Poems",
+  publisher	= "Liveright Publishing",
+  year		= 1985,
+  editor	= "Frederick Glaysher",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PS3515.A9363A17 1985",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  heisenberg:physics,
+  author	= "Werner Heisenberg",
+  title		= "Physics and Philosophy: The Revolution in Modern Science",
+  publisher	= "Harper and Row",
+  year		= 1962,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1958,
+  volume	= 19,
+  series	= "World Perspective Series",
+  call		= "QC6.F584",
+  keywords	= "relativity qm",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  henderson:art,
+  author	= "Linda Dalrympe Henderson",
+  title		= "The Fourth Dimension and Non-{E}uclidean Geometry in
+		  Modern Art",
+  year		= 1983,
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  address	= "Princeton",
+  call		= "N6490.H44 1983",
+  library	= l-m # l-te
+}
+
+@Book{		  heninger:ren,
+  author	= "S. K. Heninger",
+  title		= "Touches of Sweet Harmony: {P}ythagorean Cosmology and
+		  {R}enaissance Poetics",
+  publisher	= "Huntington Library",
+  address	= "San Marino",
+  year		= 1974
+}
+
+@Book{		  heninger:sidney,
+  author	= "S. K. Heninger",
+  title		= "Sidney and {S}penser: The Poet As Maker",
+  publisher	= "Pennsylvania State University Press",
+  address	= "University Park PA",
+  year		= 1989
+}
+
+@Article{	  henning:beckett:guffaw,
+  author	= "Sylvie Debevec Henning",
+  title		= "The Guffaw of the {A}bderite: \book{Murphy} and the
+		  {D}emocritean Universe",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1985,
+  number	= 10,
+  pages		= "5--20",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  henschen:skull,
+  author	= "Folke Henschen",
+  title		= "The Human Skull: A Cultural History",
+  publisher	= "Thames and Hudson",
+  year		= 1966,
+  address	= "London",
+  keywords	= "skull",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Nice lot of pictures or diagrams. Easy reading."
+}
+
+@Book{		  heraclitus:kirk:cosmic,
+  author	= "Heraclitus",
+  editor	= "G. S. Kirk",
+  title		= "The Cosmic Fragments",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "Cambridge"
+}
+
+@Book{		  heritage,
+  title		= "The {A}merican {H}eritage Dictionary of the {E}nglish
+		  Language",
+  publisher	= "Houghton Mifflin",
+  year		= 1981,
+  editor	= "William Morris",
+  address	= "Boston",
+  call		= "PE1625 .A54 1981b"
+}
+
+@Book{		  hill:collected,
+  author	= "Geoffrey Hill",
+  title		= "Collected Poems",
+  year		= 1986,
+  publisher	= "Andre Deutsch",
+  address	= "London",
+  oyear		= 1985,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  hill:lords,
+  author	= "Geoffrey Hill",
+  title		= "The Lords of Limit: Essays on Literature and Ideas",
+  publisher	= "Andre Deutsch",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR503.H54 1984",
+  keywords	= "Pound",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy of ``Our Word is Our Bond.''"
+}
+
+@Article{	  hill:vaughan,
+  author	= "Geoffrey Hill",
+  title		= "A Pharisee to Pharisees: Reflections on {V}aughan's
+		  \poemtitle{The Night}",
+  journal	= "English",
+  year		= 1989,
+  volume	= 38,
+  pages		= "97--113",
+  month		= "summer"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  hills:jones,
+  author	= "Paul Hills",
+  title		= "The Art of {D}avid {J}ones",
+  crossref	= "jones:tate"
+}
+
+@Article{	  hobson:beckett:year,
+  author	= "Harold Hobson",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett, Dramatist of the Year",
+  journal	= "International Theater Annual",
+  year		= 1956,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "153--55",
+  invis		= "London: John Calder; cited in Amiran, but elsewhere too."
+}
+
+@Book{		  holman:handbook,
+  author	= "C. Hugh Holman and William Harmon",
+  title		= "A Handbook to Literature",
+  publisher	= "Macmillan",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "5th~ed.",
+  note		= "Based on the original edition by William Flint Thrall and
+		  Addison Hibbard"
+}
+
+@Book{		  homer:odyssey:fitz,
+  author	= "Homer",
+  title		= "The Odyssey",
+  publisher	= "Random House",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1963,
+  note		= "Text as corrected and reset in~1961",
+  edition	= "First Vintage Classics~ed.",
+  translator	= "Robert Fitzgerald",
+  illustrator	= "Jackie Schuman",
+  call		= "PA4025.A5F5 1990",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  hopkins:gardner,
+  author	= "Gerard Manley Hopkins",
+  title		= "Poems and Prose",
+  publisher	= "PenGuin Books",
+  year		= 1953,
+  editor	= "W. H. Gardner",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  horowitz:bruno,
+  author	= "Irving Louis Horowitz",
+  title		= "The {R}enaissance Philosophy of {G}iordano {B}runo",
+  publisher	= "Coleman-Ross",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1952,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B783.Z7 F52",
+  annotation	= "Marxist. Points out improvements of Engels on Bruno. Good
+		  analysis of the conflict between Bruno's dialectic method
+		  and his monistic system."
+}
+
+@Book{		  housman:last,
+  author	= "A. E. Housman",
+  title		= "Last Poems",
+  publisher	= "Henry Holt and Co.",
+  year		= 1922,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR4809.H15L3 F22a",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  housman:shropshire,
+  author	= "A. E. Housman",
+  title		= "A {S}hropshire Lad",
+  publisher	= "Colby College Library",
+  year		= 1946,
+  oyear		= 1896,
+  address	= "Waterville, Maine",
+  call		= "PR4809.H15S6 F46",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ht:pimander,
+  author	= "Hermes Trismegistus",
+  title		= "Hermes {M}ercurius {T}rismegistus his {D}ivine pymander
+		  [microform] : in seventeen books : together with his second
+		  book called {A}sclepius, containing fifteen chapters with a
+		  commentary / translated formerly out of the {A}rabick into
+		  {G}reek, and thence into {L}atine, and {D}utch, and now out
+		  of the original into {E}nglish by {D}r. {E}verard.",
+  year		= 1657,
+  publisher	= "``Printed by J.~S. for Thomas Brewster''",
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-mmicro,
+  call		= "AC4.F61"
+}
+
+@Book{		  hume:spenser,
+  author	= "Anthea Hume",
+  title		= "Edmund {S}penser: {P}rotestant Poet",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  year		= 1984,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "PR2367.R4H8 1984"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  iser:beckett:negativity,
+  author	= "Wolfgang Iser",
+  title		= "The Pattern of Negativity in {B}eckett's Prose",
+  crossref	= "bloom:beckett:mcv",
+  pages		= "125--36",
+  annotation	= "From \journal{Georgia Review} 3, vol 29, (fall 1975).",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  israel:beckett:bair,
+  author	= "Calvin Israel",
+  title		= "Review of \book{Samuel Beckett: A Biography} by {D}eirdre
+		  {B}air ({N}ew {Y}ork: {H}arcourt {B}race {J}ovanovich,
+		  1978)",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1979,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "80--85",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  james:principles,
+  author	= "William James",
+  title		= "The Principles of Psychology",
+  publisher	= "Dover Publications",
+  year		= 1950,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2~vols.",
+  opublisher	= "Henry Holt and Co.",
+  oyear		= 1890,
+  oaddress	= "New York",
+  call		= "BF121.F18",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  jasper:literature,
+  editor	= "David Jasper and Colin Crowder",
+  booktitle	= "European Literature and Theology in the Twentieth Century:
+		  Ends of Time",
+  title		= "European Literature and Theology in the Twentieth Century:
+		  Ends of Time",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-hayden
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  jewinski:beckett:epiphany,
+  author	= "Ed Jewinski",
+  title		= "James {J}oyce and {S}amuel {B}eckett: From Epiphany to
+		  Anti-Epiphany",
+  crossref	= "carey:beckett:joyce",
+  pages		= "160--74",
+  chapter	= 11,
+  annotation	= "Calls our attention to the suspiciously polished character
+		  of the few published interviews that Beckett gave, in the
+		  context of discussing Beckett's ``misreading'' of Joyce,
+		  after Harold Bloom's \book{The Anxiety of Influence}.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  joachim:aristotle,
+  author	= "H. H. Joachim",
+  title		= "Aristotle: The {N}icomachean Ethics",
+  publisher	= "Clarendon Press",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  year		= 1951,
+  editor	= "D. A. Rees",
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B430.A9 F51"
+}
+
+@Book{		  johnson:body,
+  author	= "Mark Johnson",
+  title		= "The Body in the Mind: The Bodily Basis of Meaning,
+		  Imagination, and Reason",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  year		= 1987,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  call		= "B105.M4J64 1987",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  jolas:transition,
+  editor	= "Eugene Jolas",
+  title		= "Transition Workshop",
+  publisher	= "Vanguard Press",
+  year		= 1949,
+  address	= "New York"
+}
+
+@Article{	  jones:beckett:murphy,
+  author	= "Anthony Jones",
+  title		= "The {F}rench {M}urphy: From \Wrapquotes{rare bird} to
+		  \Wrapquotes{cancre}",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1981,
+  number	= 6,
+  pages		= "37--50",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  jones:dai,
+  editor	= "Rene Hague",
+  title		= "Dai Greatcoat: A Self-portrait of {D}avid {J}ones in his
+		  letters",
+  publisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6019.O53Z48 1980",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  jones:epoch,
+  author	= "David Jones",
+  title		= "Epoch and Artist",
+  publisher	= "Chilmark Press (distributed by Random House)",
+  year		= 1959,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6019.O53 A6 1959",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  jones:hopkins,
+  author	= "David Jones",
+  title		= "An Unpublished Appreciation of {G}erard {M}anley
+		  {H}opkins",
+  journal	= "Agenda",
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 31,
+  number	= 3,
+  library	= l-hill,
+  pages		= "72--80",
+  note		= "Edited by Kathleen Henderson Staudt"
+}
+
+@Book{		  jones:ip,
+  author	= "David Jones",
+  title		= "In Parenthesis: seinnyessit e gledyf ym penn maeu",
+  publisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  year		= 1963,
+  oyear		= 1937,
+  yearcomp	= 1932,
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  jones:lord,
+  author	= "David Jones",
+  title		= "The Sleeping Lord and Other Fragments",
+  publisher	= "Faber and Faber",
+  year		= 1974,
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  jones:tate,
+  author	= "David Michael Jones",
+  title		= "David {J}ones",
+  booktitle	= "David Jones",
+  year		= 1981,
+  publisher	= "Tate Gallery",
+  address	= "London",
+  note		= "Exhibition catalog",
+  call		= "N6797.J58A4 1981",
+  keywords	= "jones wwi",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  joyce:crit,
+  author	= "James Joyce",
+  editor	= "Ellsworth Mason and Richard Mason",
+  title		= "The Critical Writings of {J}ames {J}oyce",
+  booktitle	= "The Critical Writings of {J}ames {J}oyce",
+  publisher	= "Cornell University Press",
+  year		= 1989,
+  address	= "Ithaca, New York",
+  oyear		= 1959,
+  call		= "PR6019.O9A6 1989",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  joyce:crit:cattle,
+  title		= "Politics and Cattle Disease",
+  crossref	= "joyce:crit",
+  chapter	= 47,
+  pages		= "238--41"
+}
+
+@Book{		  joyce:dubliners,
+  author	= "James Joyce",
+  title		= "Dubliners",
+  publisher	= "Penguin Books",
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "Rev.~ed.",
+  year		= 1976,
+  opublisher	= "Viking",
+  oyear		= 1968,
+  fyear		= "1916 (USA)",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Copyright date 1967; detailed publication information on
+		  copyright page"
+}
+
+@Book{		  joyce:kershner:portrait,
+  author	= "James Joyce",
+  editor	= "R. B. Kershner",
+  title		= "A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press, Bedford Books",
+  year		= 1993,
+  series	= "Case Studies in Contemporary Criticism",
+  address	= "Boston",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  joyce:ulysses:1961,
+  author	= "James Joyce",
+  title		= "Ulysses",
+  publisher	= "Random House",
+  year		= 1990,
+  oyear		= 1961,
+  fyear		= 1922,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "First Vintage International~ed.",
+  call		= "PR6019.O9U4 1990",
+  invis		= "FIX Check on publication dates and editions"
+}
+
+@Book{		  joyce:ulysses:gabler,
+  author	= "James Joyce",
+  editor	= "Hans Walter Gabler and others",
+  title		= "Ulysses: The Corrected Text",
+  publisher	= "Random House",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1922,
+  edition	= "First Vintage Books~ed.",
+  call		= "PR6019.O9U4 1986",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  joyce:wake,
+  author	= "James Joyce",
+  title		= "Finnegans Wake",
+  publisher	= "PenGuin Books",
+  year		= 1939,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  juliet:beckett:conversations,
+  author	= "Charles Juliet",
+  title		= "Conversations with {S}amuel {B}eckett and {B}ram van
+		  {V}elde",
+  publisher	= "Academic Press Leiden",
+  year		= 1995,
+  fyear		= "1973, 1986",
+  fpublisher	= "Editions Fata Morgana",
+  faddress	= "Montpellier",
+  flanguage	= "French",
+  ftitle	= "Rencontres avec Bram van Velde and Rencontre avec Samuel
+		  Beckett",
+  translator	= "Janey Tucker",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  jung:collected,
+  author	= "C. G. Jung",
+  title		= "The Collected Works of {C}. {G}. {J}ung",
+  booktitle	= "The Collected Works of {C}. {G}. {J}ung",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1966,
+  editor	= "Sir Herbert Read and Michael Fordham and Gerhard Adler",
+  invis		= "\Wrapquotes{All the volumes comprising the collected works
+		  constitute number 20 in Bollingen Series, sponsored by
+		  Bollingen Foundation}",
+  translator	= "R. F. C. Hull"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  jung:psych-lit,
+  title		= "Psychology and Literature",
+  crossref	= "jung:collected",
+  volume	= 15,
+  pages		= "84--105",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  jung:tav,
+  author	= "C. G. Jung",
+  title		= "Analytical Psychology: Its Theory and Practice",
+  booktitle	= "Analytical Psychology: Its Theory and Practice",
+  publisher	= "Vintage Books",
+  year		= 1968,
+  series	= "The Tavistock Lectures",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "BF173.J665 1968b",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy of Lectures Two and Three."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  jung:tav:3,
+  title		= "Lecture 3",
+  crossref	= "jung:tav",
+  pages		= "78--113",
+  keywords	= "recoil",
+  invis		= "Beckett heard and was moved by this lecture. See
+		  \citeNP{bair:beckett:bio}."
+}
+
+@Book{		  keller:scihist,
+  author	= "Evelyn Fox Keller",
+  title		= "Reflections on Gender and Science",
+  publisher	= "Yale University Press",
+  year		= 1985,
+  library	= l-se,
+  address	= "New Haven",
+  call		= "Q175.K28 1985"
+}
+
+@Book{		  keller:womsci,
+  title		= "Body/politics: Women and the Discourses of Science",
+  editor	= "Mary Jacobus and Evelyn Fox Keller and Sally Shuttleworth",
+  publisher	= "Routledge",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "QP81.5B63 1990"
+}
+
+@Book{		  kelsey:paria,
+  author	= "Michael Kelsey",
+  title		= "Hiking and Exploring the {P}aria {R}iver",
+  publisher	= "Kelsey",
+  year		= 1987
+}
+
+@Book{		  kelsey:plateau,
+  author	= "Michael Kelsey",
+  title		= "Canyon Hiking Guide to the {C}olorado {P}lateau",
+  publisher	= "Kelsey",
+  year		= 1986,
+  annotation	= "117 sw canyons"
+}
+
+@Book{		  kelsey:rafael,
+  author	= "Michael Kelsey and Dee Ann Finken",
+  title		= "Hiking {U}tah's {S}an {R}afael {S}well",
+  publisher	= "Kelsey",
+  year		= 1990,
+  annotation	= "Incorporates historical material."
+}
+
+@Article{	  kennedy:beckett:dante,
+  author	= "Sighle Kennedy",
+  title		= "Beckett's \Wrapquotes{Schoolboy Copy} of {D}ante: A
+		  Handbook for Liberty",
+  journal	= "Dalhousie French Studies",
+  year		= 1990,
+  volume	= 19,
+  pages		= "11--19",
+  month		= "fall--winter",
+  note		= "Special issue titled \Wrapquotes{Exile and
+		  Transcendence}.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  kennedy:beckett:murphy,
+  author	= "Sighle Kennedy",
+  title		= "Murphy's Bed: A Study of Real Sources and Sur-real
+		  Associations in {S}amuel {B}eckett's First Novel",
+  booktitle	= "Murphy's Bed: A Study of Real Sources and Sur-real
+		  Associations in {S}amuel {B}eckett's First Novel",
+  publisher	= "Bucknell University Press",
+  year		= 1971,
+  address	= "Lewisburg, Pennsylvania",
+  keywords	= "PR6003.E282M835",
+  library	= l-bc
+}
+
+@Book{		  kenner:beckett:study,
+  author	= "Hugh Kenner",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: A Critical Study",
+  publisher	= "University of California Press",
+  year		= 1968,
+  address	= "Berkeley",
+  edition	= "New~ed.",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z76 1968",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  kenner:beckett:syntax,
+  author	= "Hugh Kenner",
+  title		= "Shades of Syntax",
+  crossref	= "cohn:beckett:collection",
+  pages		= "21--31",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  klein:elementary,
+  author	= "Felix Klein",
+  title		= "Elementary Mathematics From an Advanced Standpoint",
+  publisher	= "Dover Publications",
+  year		= 1924,
+  edition	= "3d~ed. 2~vols.",
+  translator	= "E. R. Hedrick and C. A. Noble",
+  call		= "QA39.K513 1945",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  klein:history,
+  author	= "Felix Klein",
+  title		= "Development of Mathematics in the Nineteenth Century",
+  publisher	= "Math Sci Press",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "Brookline, Massachusetts",
+  oyear		= 1928,
+  volume	= 9,
+  series	= "Lie Groups",
+  translator	= "M. Ackerman",
+  annote	= "Appendices: Kleinian Mathematics from an Advanced
+		  Standpoint, by R. Hermann",
+  call		= "QA26.K6213",
+  library	= l-se,
+  invis		= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  klein:lectures,
+  author	= "Felix Klein",
+  title		= "The {E}vanston Colloquium Lectures on Mathematics",
+  year		= 1894,
+  publisher	= "Macmillan and Co",
+  organization	= "Chicago Congress of Mathematics",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "QA7.E93",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed. These seem quite easy to follow. "
+}
+
+@Article{	  klein:panther,
+  author	= "A. M. Klein",
+  title		= "The Black Panther (A Study in Technique)",
+  journal	= "Accent: A Quarterly of New Literature",
+  year		= 1950,
+  volume	= 10,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "139--55",
+  month		= "winter",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  knowlson:beckett:exhibition,
+  editor	= "James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}ecket: An Exhibition Held at {R}eading
+		  {U}niversity {L}ibrary, {M}ay to {J}uly 1971",
+  publisher	= "Turret Books",
+  year		= 1971,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z77",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  knowlson:beckett:frescoes,
+  author	= "James Knowlson and John Pilling",
+  title		= "Frescoes of the Skull: The Later Prose and Drama of
+		  {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "John Calder",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  knowlson:beckett:ghost,
+  author	= "James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Ghost Trio\slash Geister Trio",
+  crossref	= "brater:beckett:80",
+  pages		= "193--207",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  knowlson:beckett:life,
+  author	= "James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Damned to Fame: The Life of {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Simon and Schuster",
+  year		= 1996,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z764 1996",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  knowlson:beckett:pipe,
+  author	= "James Knowlson",
+  title		= "Beckett's \Wrapquotes{Bits of Pipe}",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "16--25",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  knuth:texbook,
+  author	= "Donald Ervin Knuth",
+  title		= "The \TeX{}book",
+  publisher	= "Addison Wesley",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "Reading MA",
+  volume	= "A",
+  series	= "Computers \& Typesetting",
+  edition	= "16th printing, revised",
+  fyear		= 1984,
+  illustrator	= "Duane Bibby",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  koffka:gestalt,
+  author	= "K. Koffka",
+  title		= "Principles of Gestalt Psychology",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt, Brace and World",
+  year		= 1935,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "BF203.K64 1963",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  krance:beckett:physics,
+  author	= "Charles Krance",
+  title		= "Odd Fizzles: {B}eckett and the Heavenly Sciences",
+  journal	= "Bucknell Review",
+  year		= 1983,
+  volume	= 27,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "96--107",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  kroll:beckett:bel,
+  author	= "Jeri L. Kroll",
+  title		= "Belacqua as Artist and Lover: \Wrapquotes{What a
+		  Misfortune}",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  number	= 3,
+  year		= 1978,
+  pages		= "10--39",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  kroll:beckett:mccabe,
+  author	= "Jeri L. Kroll",
+  title		= "The Surd as Inadmissible Evidence: The Case of
+		  {A}ttourney-general v. {H}enry {M}c{C}abe",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1977,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "47--58",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  krutch:desert,
+  author	= "Joseph Wood Krutch",
+  title		= "The Desert Year",
+  publisher	= "W. Sloane",
+  year		= 1952,
+  annotation	= "A naturalist's insights and observations concerning the
+		  desert ecosystem."
+}
+
+@Book{		  krutch:voice,
+  author	= "Joseph Wood Krutch",
+  title		= "The Voice of the Desert",
+  publisher	= "W. Sloane",
+  year		= 1971,
+  annotation	= "A naturalist's insights and observations concerning the
+		  desert ecosystem."
+}
+
+@Book{		  lakoff:johnson,
+  author	= "George Lakoff and Mark Johnson",
+  title		= "Metaphors We Live By",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  call		= "P106.L235",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  lakoff:women,
+  author	= "George Lakoff",
+  title		= "Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things: What Categories Reveal
+		  about the Mind",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  year		= 1987,
+  call		= "P37.L344 1986",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  lambrechtse:escalante,
+  author	= "Rudi Lambrechtse",
+  title		= "Hiking the {E}scalante",
+  publisher	= "Wasatch",
+  year		= 1985
+}
+
+@Book{		  lamport:latex,
+  title		= "\LaTeX: A Document Preparation System",
+  author	= "Leslie Lamport",
+  publisher	= "Addison Wesley",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "Reading MA",
+  call		= "Z253.4.L38L35 1985",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  lanczos:space,
+  author	= "Cornelius Lanczos",
+  title		= "Space Through the Ages: The Evolution of Geometrical Ideas
+		  from {P}ythagoras to {H}ilbert and {E}instein",
+  publisher	= "Academic Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "QA21.F70 or QA21.L28",
+  keywords	= "geometry history",
+  library	= l-se # l-te # l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  laplanche:psychoanalysis,
+  author	= "Jean Laplanche",
+  title		= "Life and Death in Psychoanalysis",
+  publisher	= "Johns Hopkins University Press",
+  year		= 1976,
+  address	= "Baltimore",
+  translator	= "Jeffrey Mehlman",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Published in France by Flammarion as View et mort en
+		  psychanalyse 1970. Mehlman also has introduction, pp
+		  vii--x."
+}
+
+@Book{		  lawlor:geometry,
+  author	= "Robert Lawlor",
+  title		= "Sacred Geometry: Philosophy and Practice",
+  publisher	= "Crossroad Publishing",
+  year		= 1982,
+  series	= "The Illustrated Library of Sacred Imagination",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "QA447.L38 1982",
+  keywords	= "geometry golden-mean music Plato",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Kind of cheesy, but lots of nice diagrams. Neat assortment
+		  of cultural and artistic facts. Bibliography."
+}
+
+@Book{		  lawrence:letters:boulton,
+  author	= "D. H. Lawrence",
+  title		= "The Letters of {D}. {H}. {L}awrence",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1979,
+  editor	= "James T. Boulton",
+  call		= "PR6023.A93 Z53 1979",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  lees:beckett:music,
+  author	= "Heath Lees",
+  title		= "\book{Watt}, Music, Tuning and Tonality",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1984,
+  number	= 9,
+  pages		= "5--24",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy; also in gontarski:reader I think"
+}
+
+@Book{		  leggett:problems-physics,
+  author	= "A. J. Leggett",
+  title		= "The Problems of Physics",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1987,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  lerner:bruno,
+  author	= "Lawrence S. Lerner and Edward A. Gosselin",
+  title		= "Giordano {B}runo",
+  journal	= "Scientific American",
+  year		= "April 1973",
+  annotation	= "The authors consider Bruno in the political situation
+		  during his time in England. Argue that his scientific
+		  conclusions were farfetched (mainly in The Supper of
+		  Ashes). Those around him would have known this, and also
+		  picked up on many of the iconic references in his
+		  illustrations. They argue he was out to make world peace
+		  between the differing Protestants and Catholics in France,
+		  Spain, and England, and that he used the Copernican
+		  cosmology as an extended metaphor for his mystic peace.
+		  Point out the rebirth idea in the whole Ash Wednesday and
+		  Easter thing as evidence of this. Point out his role to
+		  science: one, in making mankind confident that he could
+		  understand the world, and two, in his
+		  rationalism---knowledge, not faith, gets you understanding
+		  of the world."
+}
+
+@Article{	  levy:beckett:conv,
+  author	= "Jay A. Levy",
+  title		= "Conversations with {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  journal	= "American Scholar",
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 61,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "124--31",
+  month		= "winter",
+  keywords	= "beckett science",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  lewis:farrington,
+  author	= "Wyndham Lewis",
+  title		= "Wyndham {L}ewis",
+  booktitle	= "Wyndham {L}ewis",
+  publisher	= "Lund Humphries in association with the City of Manchester
+		  Art Galleries",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "London",
+  note		= "Exhibition held at the Manchester City Art Galley from
+		  1~Oct to 15~Nov 1980",
+  call		= "N6797.L438A4 1980",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  lightman:physics,
+  author	= "Alan Lightman",
+  title		= "Great Ideas in Physics",
+  publisher	= "McGraw Hill",
+  year		= 1992,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "QC21.2.L54 1992",
+  keywords	= "qm srt grt thermo",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  limerick:deserts,
+  author	= "Patricia Nelson Limerick",
+  title		= "Desert Passages: Encounters with {A}merican Deserts",
+  publisher	= "University of New Mexico",
+  year		= 1985,
+  annotation	= "anthology"
+}
+
+@Article{	  linden:herbert,
+  author	= "Stanton J. Linden",
+  title		= "Herbert and the Unveiling of {D}iana: Stanza Three of
+		  \poemtitle{Vanitie}",
+  journal	= "George Herbert Journal",
+  month		= "spring",
+  year		= 1978,
+  volume	= 1,
+  pages		= "30--37"
+}
+
+@Book{		  lingenfelter:deathvalley,
+  editor	= "Richard E. Lingenfelter and Richard A. Dwyer",
+  title		= "Death {V}alley Lore: Classic Tales of Fantasy, Adventure,
+		  and Mystery",
+  publisher	= "University of Nevada Press",
+  year		= 1988,
+  invis		= "I gave this to Isabel."
+}
+
+@Article{	  lippman:beckett:noti,
+  author	= "Carlee Lippman",
+  title		= "Proprioceptive Deficit in {B}eckett's \play{Not I}",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 2,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "81--83",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  lizhi:physics,
+  author	= "Fang Lizhi",
+  title		= "Form and Physics",
+  journal	= "Partisan Review",
+  year		= 1991,
+  volume	= 58,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "656--664"
+}
+
+@Article{	  lodge:beckett:ping,
+  author	= "David Lodge",
+  title		= "Some Ping Understood",
+  journal	= "Encounter",
+  year		= 1968,
+  volume	= 30,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "85--89",
+  month		= feb,
+  note		= "Also in \citeNP{mccarthy:beckett:essays}, 119--27.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  long:beckett:company,
+  author	= "Joseph Long",
+  title		= "The Reading of \book{Company}: {B}eckett and the
+		  Bi-Textual Work",
+  journal	= "Forum for Modern Language Studies ",
+  year		= 1996,
+  volume	= 32,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "314--28",
+  month		= oct,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  longair:newphys,
+  title		= "The New Astrophysics",
+  author	= "Malcolm Longair",
+  crossref	= "newphys"
+}
+
+@Book{		  longman:2,
+  title		= "The {L}ongman Anthology of Contemporary {A}merican Poetry:
+		  1950 to the Present",
+  publisher	= "Longman",
+  year		= 1989,
+  editor	= "Stuart Friebert and David Young",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  call		= "PS613.L6 1988",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  lorenz:ethology,
+  author	= "Konrad Lorenz",
+  title		= "The Foundations of Ethology",
+  publisher	= "Springer-Verlag",
+  year		= 1981,
+  address	= "New York",
+  flanguage	= "German",
+  ftitle	= "Vergleichende Verhaltensforschung",
+  translator	= "Konrad Z. Lorenz and Robert Warren Kickert"
+}
+
+@Book{		  madison:ponty:phenom,
+  author	= "Gary Brent Madison",
+  title		= "The Phenomenology of {M}erleau-{P}onty",
+  publisher	= "Ohio University Press",
+  year		= 1981,
+  address	= "Athens",
+  note		= "Cited in \citeNP{garner:beckett:ponty}, 451"
+}
+
+@Book{		  mann:death,
+  author	= "Thomas Mann",
+  title		= "Death in {V}enice and Seven Other Stories",
+  publisher	= "Vintage Books",
+  year		= 1989,
+  oyear		= 1936,
+  translator	= "H. T. Lowe-Porter",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  maor:infinity,
+  author	= "Eli Maor",
+  title		= "To Infinity and Beyond: A Cultural History of the
+		  Infinite",
+  publisher	= "Birkh{\"a}user",
+  address	= "Boston",
+  year		= 1987,
+  library	= l-se,
+  call		= "QA9.M316 1987"
+}
+
+@Article{	  marculescu:beckett:solipsism,
+  author	= "Ileana Marculescu",
+  title		= "Beckett and the Temptation of Solipsism:
+		  \Wrapquotes{\foreign{Esse est aut percipere aut percipi}}",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1989,
+  number	= "11--12",
+  pages		= "53--64",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  matthias:jones,
+  title		= "David {J}ones: Man and Poet",
+  publisher	= "National Poetry Foundation [at?] University of Maine",
+  booktitle	= "David {J}ones: Man and Poet",
+  year		= 1989,
+  editor	= "John Matthias",
+  address	= "Orono, Maine",
+  call		= "PR6019.O53Z65 1989",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  mccarthy:beckett:essays,
+  editor	= "Patrick A. McCarthy",
+  title		= "Critical Essays on {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  booktitle	= "Critical Essays on {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "G.~K. Hall and Co.",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "Boston",
+  series	= "Critical Essays on Modern British Literature",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z622 1986",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  mccarthy:beckett:principle,
+  author	= "Patrick A. McCarthy",
+  title		= "Review of \book{In Principle, {B}eckett is {J}oyce}, ed.
+		  Friedhelm Rathjen",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1998,
+  volume	= 8,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "141--45",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  mchugh:wake,
+  author	= "Roland McHugh",
+  title		= "Annotations to \book{Finnegans Wake}",
+  publisher	= "Johns Hopkins University Press",
+  year		= 1991,
+  address	= "Baltimore",
+  edition	= "Rev.~ed.",
+  call		= "PR6019.09F59357",
+  keywords	= "joyce",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  mclaughlin:kant:antinomies,
+  author	= "Peter McLaughlin",
+  title		= "Kant's Critique of Teleology in Biological Explanation:
+		  Antimony and Teleology",
+  publisher	= "E. Mellen Press",
+  year		= 1990,
+  address	= "Lewiston",
+  invis		= "Have chapter 2 photocopied."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  mcmillan:beckett:allegory,
+  author	= "Dougald McMillan",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett and the Visual Arts: The Embarrassment of
+		  Allegory",
+  crossref	= "cohn:beckett:collection",
+  pages		= "121--35",
+  keywords	= "painting",
+  annotation	= "This article is currently in print in
+		  gontarski:beckett:onbeckett.",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Misc{		  melville:dick:internet,
+  author	= "Herman Melville",
+  title		= "Moby-Dick",
+  howpublished	= "On the internet",
+  year		= "1855?",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  melville:dick:newberry,
+  author	= "Herman Melville",
+  title		= "Moby-Dick, or The Whale",
+  publisher	= "Northwestern University Press and The Newberry Library",
+  address	= "Evanston, Illinois",
+  year		= 1988,
+  editor	= "Harrison Hayford and Hershel Parker and G. Thomas
+		  Tanselle",
+  volume	= 6,
+  series	= "The Writings of Herman Melville",
+  seriesedition	= "15~vols.",
+  call		= "PS2380 F68",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "editors are of multivol work"
+}
+
+@Article{	  mercier:beckett:math,
+  author	= "Vivian Mercier",
+  title		= "Poet and Mathematician",
+  journal	= "Hermathena",
+  year		= 1986,
+  number	= 141,
+  pages		= "66--71",
+  month		= "winter",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  merwin:ladders,
+  author	= "W. S. Merwin",
+  title		= "The Carrier of Ladders",
+  publisher	= "Atheneum",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1970,
+  call		= "PS 3563 E75C3 F70",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "have photocopy of \poem{Elegy}"
+}
+
+@Book{		  michel:bruno,
+  author	= "Paul Henri Michel",
+  title		= "The Cosmology of {G}iordano {B}runo",
+  publisher	= "Cornell University Press",
+  address	= "Ithaca, New York",
+  translator	= "R. E. W. Maddison",
+  year		= 1973,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B783.Z7M513"
+}
+
+@Book{		  milton:darbishire:paralost,
+  author	= "John Milton",
+  editor	= "Helen Darbishire",
+  title		= "Paradise Lost",
+  series	= "Poetical Works",
+  year		= "1952--55",
+  publisher	= "Clarendon Press",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  volume	= 1,
+  seriesedition	= "2~vols.",
+  fyear		= 1667,
+  call		= "PR3552 F52",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Misc{		  milton:lost:gutenberg,
+  author	= "John Milton",
+  title		= "Paradise Lost",
+  howpublished	= "Project Gutenberg digital edition",
+  note		= "Contact \texttt{<hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu>}"
+}
+
+@Book{		  milton:paradiselost:ricks,
+  author	= "John Milton",
+  editor	= "Christopher Ricks",
+  title		= "Paradise Lost and Paradise Regained",
+  year		= 1968,
+  publisher	= "PenGuin Books",
+  series	= "Signet Classic Poetry Series",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  milton:riverside,
+  author	= "John Milton",
+  editor	= "Roy Flannagan",
+  title		= "The {R}iverside {M}ilton",
+  booktitle	= "The {R}iverside {M}ilton",
+  publisher	= "Houghton Mifflin",
+  year		= 1998,
+  address	= "Boston",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  milton:riverside:paralost,
+  title		= "Paradise Lost",
+  crossref	= "milton:riverside",
+  pages		= "296--710",
+  fyear		= 1674
+}
+
+@Book{		  minihan:beckett:photos,
+  author	= "George Minihan and Aidan Higgins",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett: Photographs",
+  publisher	= "George Braziller",
+  year		= 1996,
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Photographs by Minihan, text by Higgins",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  miskinis:beckett:recurrrence,
+  author	= "Steven Miskinis",
+  title		= "Enduring Recurrence: {S}amuel {B}eckett's Nihilistic
+		  Poetics",
+  journal	= "ELH",
+  year		= 1996,
+  volume	= 63,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "1047--1067",
+  month		= "winter",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  mitchell:beckett:newworks,
+  author	= "Breon Mitchell",
+  title		= "A {B}eckett Bibliography: New Works 1976--1982",
+  journal	= "Modern Fiction Studies",
+  year		= 1986,
+  volume	= 29,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "131--52",
+  month		= "spring",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  mlaman,
+  author	= "Joseph Gibaldi",
+  title		= "MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing",
+  publisher	= "Modern Language Assocation of America",
+  year		= 1998,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d ed."
+}
+
+@Article{	  montgomery:beckett:quantum,
+  author	= "Angela Montgomery",
+  title		= "Beckett and Science: \book{Watt} and the Quantum Universe",
+  journal	= "Comparative Criticism",
+  year		= 1991,
+  volume	= 13,
+  pages		= "171--81",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  mood:beckett:system,
+  author	= "John J. Mood",
+  title		= "\Wrapquotes{The Personal System}---{S}amuel {B}eckett's
+		  \book{Watt}",
+  journal	= "Publications of the Modern Language Association of
+		  America",
+  year		= 1971,
+  volume	= 86,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "255--65",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  moore:infinity,
+  author	= "A. W. Moore",
+  title		= "The Infinite",
+  publisher	= "Routledge",
+  address	= "London",
+  year		= 1990,
+  library	= l-bruce # l-m,
+  call		= "BD411.M59 1990"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  morot-sir:beckett:insincerity,
+  author	= "Edouard Morot-Sir",
+  title		= "Grammatical Insincerity in \book{The Unnamable}",
+  crossref	= "bloom:beckett:trilogy",
+  pages		= "131--44",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  murphy:beckett:criticism,
+  author	= "P. J. Murphy and Werner Huber and Rolf Breuer and Konrad
+		  Schoell",
+  title		= "Critique of {B}eckett Criticism: A Guide to Research in
+		  {E}nglish, {F}rench, and {G}erman",
+  publisher	= "Camden House",
+  year		= 1994,
+  series	= "Literary Criticism in Perspective",
+  address	= "Columbia",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z6237 1994",
+  library	= l-me # l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  nabokov:lectures,
+  author	= "Vladimir Vladimirovich Nabokov",
+  title		= "Lectures on Literature",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt Brace Jovanovich",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PN3499.N3 1980"
+}
+
+@Book{		  newphys,
+  editor	= "Paul Davies",
+  title		= "The New Physics",
+  booktitle	= "The New Physics",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1989,
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  call		= "QC21.2 .N49 1988",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  nichols:utah,
+  author	= "Gary Nichols",
+  title		= "River Runners' Guide to {U}tah and Adjacent Areas",
+  publisher	= "University of Utah",
+  year		= 1986
+}
+
+@Book{		  nicholson:mountains,
+  title		= "Mountain Gloom and Mountain Glory",
+  author	= "Marjorie Hope Nicholson",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  nietzsche:will:kaufmann,
+  author	= "Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche",
+  editor	= "Walter Kaufmann",
+  title		= "The Will to Power",
+  publisher	= "Vintage Books",
+  year		= 1968,
+  address	= "New York",
+  ftitle	= "Der Wille zur Macht",
+  translator	= "Walter Kaufmann and R. J. Hollingdale",
+  call		= "B3313.W53 E5 1968",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Mugar record says c1967"
+}
+
+@Book{		  niven:numbers,
+  author	= "Ivan Morton Niven and Herbert S. Zuckerman and Hugh L.
+		  Montgomery",
+  title		= "Theory of Numbers",
+  publisher	= "Wiley",
+  year		= 1991,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "5th~ed.",
+  call		= "QA241.N734 1991 (MIT); QA241.N56 1991 (BU)",
+  library	= l-hayden # l-se
+}
+
+@Book{		  norton:english,
+  editor	= "M. H. Abrams and others",
+  title		= "The {N}orton Anthology of {E}nglish Literature",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1979,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "4th~ed. 2~vols.",
+  call		= "PR1109.AZ 1979",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  norton:modern,
+  editor	= "Richard Ellmann and Robert O'Clair and others",
+  title		= "Norton Anthology of Modern Poetry",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1988,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  call		= "PS613.N67 1988",
+  keywords	= "poetry",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  norton:modern:test,
+  editor	= "Richard Ellmann and Robert O'Clair and others",
+  title		= "Norton Anthology of Modern Poetry",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1980,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  call		= "PS613.N67 1988",
+  note		= "THIS IS A TEST ENTRY norton:modern:test",
+  keywords	= "poetry",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  norton:poetry,
+  editor	= "Alexander W. Allison and others",
+  title		= "The {N}orton Anthology of Poetry",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "New York and London",
+  edition	= "3d~ed.",
+  call		= "PR1174.N6 1983"
+}
+
+@Book{		  nurmi:blake:heaven,
+  author	= "Martin K. Nurmi",
+  title		= "Blake's \poemtitle{Marriage of Heaven and Hell}: A
+		  Critical Study",
+  publisher	= "Haskell House",
+  year		= 1972,
+  address	= "New York"
+}
+
+@Book{		  o'brien:beckettcountry:alt,
+  author	= "Eoin O'Brien",
+  title		= "The {B}eckett Country: An Exhibition for {S}amuel
+		  {B}eckett's Eightieth Birthday",
+  publisher	= "Black Cat Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "Dublin",
+  note		= "catalogue by Eoin O'Brien \& James Knowlson; photography
+		  by David Davidson; ``this exhibition was first held in The
+		  Library, University of Reading [newline] \textit{May 1986}",
+  invis		= "ISBN 0 948050 03 9; only a couple of photos, which are in
+		  the big book; brief notes by pilling, knowlson, o'brien.
+		  can't think what that guy meant by its having his
+		  introductoin -- isn't he mike bott? he surely is not
+		  o'brien, is he? his notes are really just acknowledgements
+		  anyway."
+}
+
+@Book{		  obrien:beckett:country,
+  author	= "Eoin O'Brien",
+  title		= "The {B}eckett Country: {S}amuel {B}eckett's {I}reland",
+  publisher	= "Black Cat Press in association with Riverrun Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E2822",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  obrien:dreamforward,
+  author	= "Eoin O'Brien",
+  title		= "Foreward",
+  year		= 1992,
+  crossref	= "beckett:dream",
+  pages		= "xi--xx"
+}
+
+@Book{		  odum:negrosongs,
+  author	= "Howard Washington Odum and Guy Benton Johnson",
+  title		= "The {N}egro and His Songs: A Study of Typical {N}egro
+		  Songs in the {S}outh",
+  publisher	= "Greenwood Publishing, Negro Universities Press",
+  year		= 1968,
+  invis		= "FIX put note information into proper fields",
+  address	= "New York",
+  note		= "Reprint of edition of 1925 by University of North Carolina
+		  Press, Chapel Hill",
+  fyear		= 1925,
+  call		= "ML3556 F25",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  oed:2,
+  title		= "The {O}xford {E}nglish Dictionary",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1989,
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  editor	= "J. A. Simpson and E. S. C. Weiner",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PE1625.O87 1989",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  ohara:beckett:drives,
+  author	= "J. D. O'Hara",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's Hidden Drives: Structural Uses of Depth
+		  Psychology",
+  publisher	= "University Press of Florida",
+  year		= 1997,
+  address	= "Gainesville",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z7824 1997",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  ohara:beckett:freud:jobs,
+  author	= "J. D. O'Hara",
+  title		= "Freud and the Narrative of \book{Moran}",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 2,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "47--63",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  ohara:beckett:jung:jobs,
+  author	= "J. D. O'Hara",
+  title		= "Jung and the Narratives of \book{Molloy}",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1981,
+  number	= 7,
+  pages		= "19--47",
+  annotation	= "A substantially revised version of this essay is in
+		  gontarski:reader.",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  ohara:beckett:valery,
+  author	= "J. D. O'Hara",
+  title		= "Beckett Backs Down: From Home to {M}urphy via
+		  {V}al{\'e}ry",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1994,
+  volume	= 3,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "37--55",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  omalley:beckett:krapp,
+  author	= "Kevin O'Malley",
+  title		= "Review of \book{Theatre Workbook~1, Samuel Beckett:
+		  \play{Krapp's Last Tape}}, ed. {J}ames {K}nowlson",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1984,
+  number	= 9,
+  pages		= "145--50",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  oneill:beckett:dante,
+  author	= "Kevin C. O'Neill",
+  title		= "Two Trilogies: Notes on {B}eckett and {D}ante",
+  journal	= "Romance Notes",
+  year		= 1992,
+  volume	= 32,
+  number	= 3,
+  pages		= "235--40",
+  month		= "spring",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  onions:wwi,
+  title		= "Poetry of the {G}reat {W}ar: An Anthology",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  editor	= "Dominic Hibberd and John Onions",
+  address	= "New York",
+  keywords	= "wwi",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  opie:nursery,
+  editor	= "Iona Opie and Peter Opie",
+  title		= "The {O}xford Dictionary of Nursery Rhymes",
+  publisher	= "Clarendon Press",
+  year		= 1952,
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  edition	= "Corrected~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1951,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  oppenheim:beckett:onon,
+  editor	= "Lois Oppenheim and Marius Buning",
+  title		= "Beckett On and On\lips",
+  booktitle	= "Beckett On and On\lips",
+  publisher	= "Fairleigh Dickinson University Press",
+  year		= 1996,
+  address	= "Madison"
+}
+
+@Book{		  orr:dante,
+  author	= "M. A. Orr",
+  title		= "Dante and the Early Astronomers",
+  year		= 1969,
+  publisher	= "Kennikat Press",
+  address	= "Port Washington, New York",
+  opublisher	= "FIX NEED ORIGINAL PUBLISHER AND ADDRESS",
+  oyear		= 1956,
+  fyear		= 1913,
+  keywords	= "dante astrology astronomy",
+  library	= l-me,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  ovid:loeb,
+  author	= "{Ovid (Publius Ovidius Naso)}",
+  title		= "Ovid in Six Volumes",
+  publisher	= "Harvard University Press",
+  year		= 1977,
+  yearcomp	= "0007",
+  series	= "Loeb Classical Library",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  edition	= "3d~ed.",
+  translator	= "Frank Justus Miller",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  oxford:christian-names,
+  author	= "E. G. Withycombe",
+  title		= "The {O}xford Dictionary of {E}nglish {C}hristian Names",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1969,
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  edition	= "Corrected 2d~ed.",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  peacham:garden,
+  author	= "Henry Peacham",
+  title		= "The Garden of Eloquence",
+  publisher	= "Scholars' Facsimiles and Reprints",
+  address	= "Gainesville",
+  year		= 1954,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "PN173.B93R",
+  annotation	= "A list of rhetorical terms and their definitions. With
+		  examples?"
+}
+
+@Book{		  penrose:emporer,
+  title		= "The Emporer's New Mind: Concerning Computers, Minds, and
+		  The Laws of Physics",
+  author	= "Roger Penrose",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1989
+}
+
+@Book{		  perkins:lithistory,
+  title		= "Is Literary History Possible?",
+  author	= "David Perkins",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  perkins:romantic,
+  title		= "English {R}omantic Writers",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt Brace Jovanovich",
+  year		= 1967,
+  editor	= "David Perkins",
+  address	= "San Diego",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  perseus:00-03,
+  editor	= "Gregory R. Crane",
+  title		= "The Perseus Project",
+  publisher	= "\url{http://www.perseus.tufts.edu}",
+  month		= mar,
+  year		= 2000
+}
+
+@Book{		  picatrix,
+  title		= "Picatrix, the Latin Version of the Ghayat al-hakim",
+  editor	= "David Pingree",
+  note		= "Authorship attributed to Maslamah ibn Ahmad al-Majriti",
+  publisher	= "Warburg Institute",
+  address	= "London",
+  year		= 1986,
+  library	= l-mmicro,
+  call		= "BF1608.A7G45 1986"
+}
+
+@Book{		  pilling:beckett:beckett,
+  author	= "John Pilling",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Routledge and Kegan Paul ",
+  year		= 1976,
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z786M",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  pilling:beckett:before,
+  author	= "John Pilling",
+  title		= "Beckett Before {G}odot",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1998,
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282 Z7869 1997",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  pilling:beckett:companion,
+  title		= "The {C}ambridge Companion to {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1994,
+  editor	= "John Pilling",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z585 1993",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  pilling:beckett:onion,
+  editor	= "John Pilling and Mary Bryden",
+  title		= "The Ideal Core of the Onion: {R}eading {B}eckett Archives",
+  publisher	= "Beckett International Foundation",
+  year		= 1992,
+  library	= l-bc
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  pilling:beckett:shadows,
+  author	= "John Pilling",
+  title		= "A Short Statement with Long Shadows: \book{Watt}'s
+		  {A}rsene and His Kind(s)",
+  crossref	= "oppenheim:beckett:onon",
+  pages		= "61--68",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InBook{	  pompa:vico,
+  author	= "Leon Pompa",
+  title		= "Vico and the Presuppositioons of Historical Knowledge",
+  pages		= "125--40",
+  crossref	= "verene:vico"
+}
+
+@Article{	  posnock:beckett:valery,
+  author	= "Ross Posnock",
+  title		= "Beckett, {V}al{\'e}ry and \book{Watt}",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1981,
+  number	= 6,
+  pages		= "51--62",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  powell:plateau,
+  author	= "John Wesley Powell",
+  title		= "The Exploration of the {C}olorado River and Its Canyons",
+  publisher	= "Dover",
+  year		= 1961
+}
+
+@Book{		  princeton:poetics,
+  editor	= "Alex Preminger and T. V. F. Brogan",
+  title		= "The New {P}rinceton Encyclopedia of Poetry and Poetics ",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  address	= "Princeton",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  putnam:beckett:caravan,
+  editor	= "Samuel Putnam and Maida Castelhun Darton and George Reavey
+		  and J. Bronowski",
+  volume	= 1,
+  title		= "France, {S}pain, {E}ngland and {I}reland",
+  series	= "The {E}uropean Caravan: An Anthology of the New Spirit in
+		  {E}uropean Literature",
+  publisher	= "Brewer, Warren and Putnam",
+  year		= 1931,
+  note		= "Subsequent volumes were not published.",
+  call		= "PN771.E8 1931",
+  library	= l-bcburns
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  qconcepts:penrose,
+  title		= "Gravity and state vector reduction",
+  booktitle	= "Quantum Concepts in Space and Time",
+  editor	= "R. Penrose and C. J. Isham",
+  author	= "Roger Penrose",
+  publisher	= "Clarendon Press",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  year		= 1986
+}
+
+@Book{		  qg2,
+  title		= "Quantum Gravity 2: A Second {O}xford Symposium",
+  booktitle	= "Quantum Gravity 2: A Second {O}xford Symposium",
+  publisher	= "Clarendon Press",
+  year		= 1981,
+  editor	= "C. J. Isham and R. Penrose and D. W. Sciama",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  library	= m-se
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  qg2:davies,
+  title		= "Is Thermodynamic Gravity a Route to Quantum Gravity?",
+  author	= "Paul Davies",
+  crossref	= "qg2"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  qg2:penrose,
+  title		= "Time-asymmetry and Quantum Gravity",
+  author	= "Roger Penrose",
+  crossref	= "qg2"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  qg2:sciama,
+  title		= "The Irreversible Thermodynamics of Black Holes",
+  author	= "D. W. Sciama",
+  crossref	= "qg2"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  qg2:wald,
+  title		= "Black Holes, Thermodynamics, and Time-reversibility",
+  author	= "Robert M. Wald",
+  crossref	= "qg2"
+}
+
+@Article{	  rabinovitz:beckett:aphorisms,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett's Revised Aphorisms",
+  journal	= "Contemporary Literature",
+  year		= 1995,
+  volume	= 36,
+  number	= 2,
+  pages		= "203--25"
+}
+
+@Book{		  rabinovitz:beckett:development,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "The Development of {S}amuel {B}eckett's Fiction",
+  publisher	= "University of Illinois Press",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "Urbana",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z7887 1984",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  rabinovitz:beckett:innovation,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Innovation in {S}amuel {B}eckett's Fiction ",
+  publisher	= "University of Illinois Press",
+  year		= 1992,
+  address	= "Urbana",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z78875 1992",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  rabinovitz:beckett:murphy,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Using the Concordance: \book{{M}urphy} and Repetition",
+  crossref	= "concordance:murphy",
+  pages		= "xi--xxix"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  rabinovitz:beckett:obscurity,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Style and Obscurity in {S}amuel {B}eckett's Early Fiction",
+  crossref	= "mccarthy:beckett:essays",
+  pages		= "21--29"
+}
+
+@Article{	  rabinovitz:beckett:psych,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Beckett and Psychology",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1989,
+  number	= "11--12",
+  pages		= "65--77",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  rabinovitz:beckett:translator,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett, Revisionist Translator",
+  journal	= "Review",
+  year		= 1991,
+  volume	= 13,
+  note		= "Review of \book{Beckett and Babel: An Investigation into
+		  the Status of the Bilingual Work} by Brian Fitch, Toronto:
+		  University of Toronto Press, 1988",
+  pages		= "273--81",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  rabinovitz:beckett:unreliable,
+  author	= "Rubin Rabinovitz",
+  title		= "Unreliable Narrative in \book{Murphy}",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "58--70",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  random,
+  editor	= "Stuart Berg Flexner and others",
+  title		= "The {R}andom {H}ouse Dictionary of the {E}nglish Language",
+  publisher	= "Random House",
+  year		= 1987,
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  call		= "PE1625.R3 1987",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  raven:presocratics,
+  author	= "G. S. Kirk and J. E. Raven and Malcolm Schofield",
+  title		= "The Presocratic Philosophers : A Critical History with a
+		  Selection of Texts",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  year		= 1983,
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  rawlins:gestalt,
+  author	= "Ian Rawlins",
+  title		= "Aesthetics and the Gestalt",
+  publisher	= "Thomas Nelson and Sons",
+  year		= 1953,
+  address	= "Edinburgh",
+  call		= "BH221.G74R3 F53",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InBook{	  read:epoch,
+  title		= "The Modern Epoch in Art",
+  crossref	= "read:philart",
+  pages		= "3--35"
+}
+
+@Book{		  read:philart,
+  author	= "Herbert Read",
+  title		= "The Philosophy of Modern Art",
+  booktitle	= "The Philosophy of Modern Art",
+  publisher	= "Meridian Books",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1955,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  redfern:beckett:funnybone,
+  author	= "Walter Redfern",
+  title		= "A Funny-bone to Pick with {B}eckett",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1998,
+  volume	= 8,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "101--19",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  redmond:drama,
+  editor	= "James Redmond",
+  title		= "Drama and Philosophy",
+  booktitle	= "Drama and Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1990,
+  number	= 12,
+  series	= "Themes in Drama",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  invis		= "FIX UNC doesn't list the editor, should this be a journal
+		  or a book in a series?"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  renaud:beckett:mag,
+  author	= "Madeleine Renaud",
+  title		= "Beckett the Magnificant",
+  crossref	= "calder:beckett:60",
+  pages		= "81--83"
+}
+
+@Book{		  reynolds:joyce,
+  author	= "Mary T. Reynolds",
+  title		= "Joyce and {D}ante: The Shaping Imagination",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1981,
+  address	= "Princeton",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Contains appendix with annotations of Dantean allusions in
+		  all Joyce's works. Many are quite dubious, I think. Page
+		  references to Ulysses are to the 1946 Modern Library
+		  edition, call PR6019.O9U44 1946M (in Mugar)."
+}
+
+@Book{		  richardson:guide,
+  editor	= "Kenneth Richardson",
+  title		= "Twentieth Century Writing: A Reader's Guide to
+		  Contemporary Literature",
+  publisher	= "Newnes Books",
+  year		= 1969,
+  address	= "London"
+}
+
+@Book{		  ricks:beckett:dying,
+  author	= "Christopher B. Ricks",
+  title		= "Beckett's Dying Words",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  series	= "The Clarendon Lectures, 1990",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6003.E282Z7924 1993",
+  keywords	= "death bull",
+  library	= l-me # l-tw,
+  annotation	= "Wonderful reading. Chapters: death; words that went dead;
+		  languages, both dead and living; The Irish Bull."
+}
+
+@Book{		  ricoeur:freud:philosophy,
+  author	= "Paul Ricoeur",
+  title		= "Freud and Philosophy",
+  publisher	= "Yale University Press",
+  year		= 1970,
+  series	= "The Terry Lectures",
+  address	= "New Haven",
+  call		= "BF173F85Z7.F701b",
+  translator	= "Denis Savage",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  riding:beckett:embrace,
+  author	= "Alan Riding",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett Gets an {I}rish Embrace",
+  journal	= "New York Times",
+  year		= 1996,
+  pages		= "H5, H12",
+  month		= "28~"  # jul,
+  invis		= "Have clipping."
+}
+
+@Book{		  riquelme:teller,
+  author	= "Riquelme, John Paul",
+  title		= "Teller and Tale in {J}oyce's fiction: Oscillating
+		  Perspectives",
+  publisher	= "Johns Hopkins University Press",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "Baltimore",
+  call		= "PR6019.O9 Z7847 1983",
+  keywords	= "deconstruction",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  robinson:beckett:bruno,
+  author	= "James E. Robinson",
+  title		= "Bruno and {B}eckett: Coincidence of Contraries",
+  crossref	= "redmond:drama",
+  pages		= "171--83",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  robinson:beckett:dante,
+  author	= "Michael Robinson",
+  title		= "From Purgatory to Inferno: {B}eckett and {D}ante
+		  revisited",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1979,
+  number	= 5,
+  pages		= "69--82",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  rose:beckett:godot,
+  author	= "Lloyd Rose",
+  title		= "Way to \play{Godot}! {W}ashington {S}hakespeare's Boffo
+		  {B}eckett",
+  journal	= "Washington Post",
+  year		= 1994,
+  pages		= "C11",
+  month		= "25~"  # may,
+  invis		= "Have clipping"
+}
+
+@Book{		  rosenberg:collected,
+  author	= "Isaac Rosenberg",
+  title		= "The Collected Works of {I}saac {R}osenberg: Poetry, Prose,
+		  Letters, Paintings, and Drawings",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1979,
+  editor	= "Ian Parsons",
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR6035.O67 1979b",
+  keywords	= "wwi rosenberg",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  rotman:zero,
+  author	= "Brian Rotman",
+  title		= "About Nothing: The Semiotics of Zero"
+}
+
+@Book{		  rucker:infinity,
+  author	= "Rudy Rucker",
+  title		= "Infinity and the Mind",
+  call		= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  rudin:math:analysis,
+  author	= "Walter Rudin",
+  title		= "Principles of Mathematical Analysis",
+  publisher	= "McGraw-Hill",
+  year		= 1976,
+  series	= "International Series in Pure and Applied Mathematics",
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "3d~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1953,
+  call		= "QA300.R8 1976",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  sacks:wife,
+  author	= "Oliver W. Sacks",
+  title		= "The Man Who Mistook His Wife for a Hat and Other Clinical
+		  Tales",
+  publisher	= "Summit Books",
+  year		= 1985,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "RC351 .S195 1985"
+}
+
+@Book{		  salmon:philofsci,
+  author	= "Merrilee H. Salmon and John Earman and Clark Glymour and
+		  James G. Lennox and Peter Machamer and J. E. McGuire and
+		  John D. Norton and Wesley C. Salmon and Kenneth F.
+		  Schaffner",
+  title		= "Introduction to the Philosophy of Science",
+  publisher	= "Prentice Hall",
+  year		= 1992,
+  address	= "Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  schopenhauer:worldaswill:haldane,
+  author	= "Arthur Schopenhauer",
+  title		= "The World as Will and Idea",
+  publisher	= "Kegan Paul, Trench, Tr{\"u}bner and Co.",
+  year		= 1896,
+  edition	= "3~vols.",
+  address	= "London",
+  oyear		= 1883,
+  translator	= "R. B. Haldane and J. Kemp",
+  flanguage	= "German",
+  invis		= "FIX this is simply copied out of DP's bibliography"
+}
+
+@Book{		  schopenhauer:worldaswill:payne,
+  author	= "Arthur Schopenhauer",
+  title		= "The World as Will and Representation",
+  publisher	= "Falcon's Wing Press",
+  year		= 1958,
+  edition	= "2~vols.",
+  address	= "Indian Hills, Colorado",
+  flanguage	= "German",
+  ftitle	= "Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung",
+  translator	= "E. F. J. Payne",
+  call		= "B3138.E5 F58",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  scruton:aesth,
+  author	= "Roger Scruton",
+  booktitle	= "The Aesthetic Understanding: Essays in the Philosophy of
+		  Art and Culture",
+  title		= "The Aesthetic Understanding: Essays in the Philosophy of
+		  Art and Culture",
+  publisher	= "Carcanet Press",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "Manchester, England",
+  call		= "BH39.S38 1983"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  scruton:beckett:descartes,
+  title		= "Beckett and the {C}artesian Soul",
+  crossref	= "scruton:aesth",
+  chapter	= 16,
+  pages		= "222--41"
+}
+
+@Book{		  scruton:music,
+  author	= "Roger Scruton",
+  title		= "The Aesthetics of Music",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1999,
+  invis		= "developed from lectures notes of the class I took"
+}
+
+@Book{		  scruton:spinoza,
+  author	= "Roger Scruton",
+  title		= "Spinoza",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1986,
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  call		= "B3997 .S34 1986",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  sebha:descartes:dream,
+  author	= "Gregor Sebha",
+  editor	= "Richard A. Watson",
+  title		= "The Dream of {D}escartes",
+  publisher	= "Southern Illinois University Press",
+  year		= 1987,
+  series	= "The \journal{Journal of the History of Philosophy}
+		  Monograph Series",
+  address	= "Carbondale",
+  call		= "B1873.S43 1987",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  segre:beckett:ping,
+  author	= "Elisabeth Bregman Segr{\`e}",
+  title		= "Style and Structure in {B}eckett's \book{Ping}: \emph{That
+		  Something Itself}",
+  journal	= "Journal of Modern Literature",
+  year		= 1977,
+  volume	= 6,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "127--47",
+  month		= feb,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  seidel:panther,
+  author	= "Michael Seidel",
+  title		= "\book{Ulysses'} Black Panther Vampire",
+  journal	= "James Joyce Quarterly",
+  year		= 1976,
+  volume	= 13,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "415--27",
+  month		= "summer",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  shakes:next,
+  author	= "William Shakespeare",
+  title		= "The Complete Works",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press and NeXT Digital Press",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  year		= 1988,
+  editor	= "Stanley Wells and Gary Taylor and others",
+  edition	= "Digital~ed.",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "copyright 1986 OUP; 1988 NeXT; actually says Clarendon in
+		  larger letters but OUP by the copyright; gives other
+		  editors; and even more who prepared the digital edition."
+}
+
+@Book{		  sharp:folksongs,
+  author	= "Cecil J. Sharp",
+  editor	= "Maud Karpeles",
+  title		= "English Folk Songs from the {S}outhern {A}ppalachians:
+		  Comprising 274 Songs and Ballads with 968 Tunes, Including
+		  39 Tunes Contributed by {O}live {D}ame {C}ampbell",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1932,
+  address	= "London",
+  edition	= "2d and enl.~ed.",
+  fyear		= 1917,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "M1629.S53 E6 1952",
+  invis		= "Sharp should technically be listed as `compiler', though
+		  this seems obvious from the title. Seems like orig
+		  published 1917, 2d and enl. in 1932, 2d impression of this
+		  in 1952."
+}
+
+@Book{		  shaw:dict,
+  author	= "Harry Shaw",
+  title		= "Concise Dictionary of Literary Terms",
+  publisher	= "McGraw-Hill",
+  year		= 1972,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PN44.5.S46 1976",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Article{	  shenker:beckett:moody,
+  author	= "Israel Shenker",
+  title		= "Moody Man of Letters: A Portrait of {S}amuel {B}eckett,
+		  Author of the Puzzling \play{Waiting for Godot}",
+  journal	= "New York Times",
+  year		= 1956,
+  pages		= "sec.~2, pp.~1,~3",
+  month		= "6~"  # may,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. Reprinted in graver:beckett:heritage,
+		  146."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  shimony:newphys,
+  author	= "Abner Shimony",
+  title		= "The Conceptual Foundations of Quantum Mechanics",
+  pages		= "373--95",
+  crossref	= "newphys",
+  keywords	= "qm",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  shimony:worldview,
+  author	= "Abner Shimony",
+  title		= "Search for a Naturalistic World View",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= "2~vols.",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  shipley:literary-terms,
+  editor	= "Joseph T. Shipley",
+  title		= "Dictionary of World Literary Terms, Forms, Technique,
+		  Criticism",
+  publisher	= "George Allen and Unwin",
+  year		= 1970,
+  address	= "London",
+  edition	= "Rev. and enl.~ed.",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  shlain:art-physics,
+  author	= "Leonard Shlain",
+  title		= "Art \& Physics: Parallel Visions in Space, Time, and
+		  Light",
+  publisher	= "Quill",
+  year		= 1991,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  sidney:defence:bate,
+  author	= "Sir Philip Sidney",
+  title		= "An Apology for Poetry",
+  pages		= "82--106",
+  crossref	= "bate:criticism"
+}
+
+@Book{		  sidney:love,
+  author	= "Singer, Irving",
+  title		= "The Nature of Love",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  year		= 1984,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "BD436.S5 1984"
+}
+
+@Book{		  silkin:wwi,
+  title		= "The {P}enguin Book of {F}irst {W}orld {W}ar Poetry",
+  publisher	= "Penguin Books",
+  year		= 1981,
+  editor	= "Jon Silkin",
+  address	= "London",
+  edition	= "2d~ed.",
+  keywords	= "poetry wwi",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  singer:bruno,
+  author	= "Dorothea Waley Singer",
+  title		= "Giordano {B}runo: His Life and Thought (With Annotated
+		  Translation of His Work \book{On the Infinite Universe and
+		  Worlds})",
+  publisher	= "Greenwood Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1968,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B783.Z7.F502c"
+}
+
+@Book{		  singer:meaning,
+  author	= "Singer, Irving",
+  title		= "Meaning in Life : The Creation of Value",
+  publisher	= "Free Press",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1992,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "BD431.S578 1992"
+}
+
+@Book{		  skeat:etym,
+  author	= "Walter W. Skeat",
+  title		= "A Concise Etymological Dictionary of the {E}nglish
+		  Language",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1927,
+  address	= "London",
+  edition	= "Corrected impression",
+  oyear		= 1882,
+  call		= "PE1580 F11",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "This is the book Joyce read for fun. Probably not the
+		  exact edition he consulted."
+}
+
+@Article{	  smith:beckett:aporia,
+  author	= "Anna Smith",
+  title		= "Proceeding by Aporia: Perception and Poetic Language in
+		  {S}amuel {B}eckett's \book{Worstward Ho}",
+  journal	= jobsns,
+  year		= 1993,
+  volume	= 3,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "21--37",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  solomon:beckett:birth,
+  author	= "Philip H. Solomon",
+  title		= "The Life After Birth: Imagery in {S}amuel {B}eckett's
+		  Trilogy",
+  publisher	= "Romance Monographs",
+  series	= "Romance Monographs",
+  year		= 1975,
+  number	= 15,
+  address	= "University, Mississippi",
+  call		= "PQ2603.E378Z84",
+  library	= l-m,
+  invis		= "Have one chapter photocoped."
+}
+
+@Book{		  sondheimer:infinity,
+  author	= "Ernst Sondheimer and Alan Rogerson",
+  title		= "Numbers and Infinity: A Historical Account of Mathematical
+		  Concepts",
+  publisher	= "Cambridge University Press",
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  year		= 1981,
+  library	= l-se,
+  call		= "QA241.S617"
+}
+
+@Book{		  sorabji:space,
+  author	= "Richard Sorabji",
+  title		= "Matter, Space, and Motion",
+  publisher	= "Cornell University Press",
+  year		= 1988,
+  address	= "Ithaca",
+  call		= "QC9.G8S67 1988",
+  keywords	= "neoplatonism geometry",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  sorley:letters:wilson,
+  author	= "Charles Hamilton Sorley",
+  title		= "The Collected Letters of {C}harles {H}amilton {S}orley",
+  publisher	= "Cecil Woolf",
+  year		= 1990,
+  editor	= "Jean Moorcroft Wilson",
+  address	= "London",
+  call		= "PR6037.O7 Z48 1990",
+  keywords	= "wwi",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Some pages on file."
+}
+
+@Unpublished{	  stachel:relativity,
+  author	= "John Stachel",
+  title		= "Changes in Concepts of Space and Time Brought about by
+		  Relativity",
+  note		= "Paper received from author in spring 1993. Do not know if
+		  published. 34 pages",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  stegner:powell,
+  author	= "Wallace Stegner",
+  title		= "Beyond the Hundredth Meridian",
+  publisher	= "Houghton Mifflin",
+  year		= 1954,
+  annotation	= "History of Powell's expeditions and subsequent career."
+}
+
+@Article{	  steiner:beckett:leastness,
+  author	= "George Steiner",
+  title		= "Leastness",
+  journal	= "New Yorker",
+  year		= 1996,
+  pages		= "92--95",
+  month		= "16~"  # sep,
+  invis		= "Have clipping."
+}
+
+@Book{		  steppe:joyce,
+  author	= "Wolfhard Steppe and Hans Walter Gabler",
+  title		= "A Handlist to {J}ames {J}oyce's \book{Ulysses}: A Complete
+		  Alphabetical Index to the Critical Reading Text",
+  publisher	= "Garland",
+  year		= 1985,
+  volume	= 582,
+  series	= "Garland Reference Library of the Humanities",
+  call		= "PR6019.O9 U725 1985",
+  library	= l-bc,
+  annotation	= "Raw concordance to \citeNP{joyce:ulysses:gabler}."
+}
+
+@Article{	  stern:beckett:inter,
+  author	= "Richard Stern",
+  title		= "Samuel {B}eckett",
+  journal	= "Salmagundi",
+  year		= 1991,
+  number	= "90--91",
+  pages		= "179--90",
+  month		= "spring--summer",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  stevens:collected,
+  author	= "Wallace Stevens",
+  title		= "The Collected Poems of {W}allace {S}tevens",
+  year		= 1990,
+  publisher	= "Vintage Books",
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1954,
+  opublisher	= "Knopf",
+  oaddress	= "New York",
+  call		= "PS3537.T4753 1982",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  stevens:collected:knopf,
+  author	= "Wallace Stevens",
+  title		= "Collected Poems",
+  publisher	= "Knopf",
+  year		= 1954,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "PS3537.T4753 1954",
+  library	= l-tw
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  stevenson:beckett:lobster,
+  author	= "Kay Gilliland Stevenson",
+  title		= "Belacqua in the Moon: {B}eckett's Revisions of
+		  \storytitle{Dante and the Lobster}",
+  crossref	= "mccarthy:beckett:essays",
+  pages		= "36--46",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy. Good discussion."
+}
+
+@Book{		  swift:tub,
+  author	= "Jonathan Swift",
+  editor	= "Edward Hodnett",
+  title		= "A Tale of a Tub",
+  publisher	= "AMS Press",
+  year		= 1969,
+  address	= "New York",
+  fyear		= 1930,
+  fpublisher	= "Columbia University Press",
+  faddress	= "New York",
+  call		= "PR3724T3F30",
+  invis		= "have photocopy of a few pages",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  tawney:attack,
+  author	= "R. H. Tawney",
+  title		= "The Attack",
+  booktitle	= "The Attack and Other Papers",
+  publisher	= "Harcourt Brace and Co.",
+  year		= 1953,
+  address	= "New York",
+  call		= "JN234 .F53",
+  keywords	= "wwi",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Title essay is gripping description of a trench attack.",
+  invis		= "First published in 1916 I think"
+}
+
+@Book{		  tennyson:norton,
+  author	= "Lord Alfred Tennyson",
+  title		= "Tennyson's Poetry",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1971,
+  editor	= "Robert W. Hill, Jr.",
+  invis		= "Norton Critical~ed.",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  texas:beckett:symbols,
+  editor	= "Carlton Lake",
+  title		= "No Symbols Where None Intended: A Catalogue of Books,
+		  Manuscripts, and Other Materials Relating To {S}amuel
+		  {B}eckett in the collections of the {H}umanities {R}esearch
+		  {C}enter",
+  publisher	= "University of Texas at Austin Humanities Research Center",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "Austin"
+}
+
+@Book{		  topsfield:beckett:humour,
+  author	= "Valerie Topsfield",
+  title		= "The Humour of {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  publisher	= "St. Martin's Press",
+  year		= 1988,
+  address	= "New York"
+}
+
+@Book{		  torretti:geometry,
+  author	= "Roberto Torretti",
+  title		= "Philosophy of Geometry from {R}iemann to {P}oincar{\'e}",
+  publisher	= "D. Reidel Publishing",
+  year		= 1978,
+  address	= "Dordrecht, Holland",
+  call		= "QA447.T67",
+  keywords	= "geometry",
+  library	= l-se,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  trautman:spacetime,
+  author	= "W. Kopczy{\'n}ski and A. Trautman",
+  title		= "Spacetime and Gravitation",
+  publisher	= "Polish Scientific Publishers",
+  year		= 1992,
+  address	= "Warsaw",
+  edition	= "Revised translation",
+  fyear		= 1984,
+  fpublisher	= "Pa{\'n}stwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe",
+  faddress	= "Warsaw",
+  flanguage	= "Polish",
+  ftitle	= "Czasoprzestrze{\'n} i Grawitacja",
+  translator	= "Jerzy Baldyga and Antoni Pol",
+  invis		= "I have in photocopy. List of countries in which book can
+		  be sold is given on copyright page; doesn't include USA."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  turner:night,
+  author	= "Frederick Turner",
+  title		= "The {S}chool of {N}ight",
+  booktitle	= "Natural Classicism: Essays on Literature and Science",
+  publisher	= "University Press of Virginia",
+  address	= "Charlottesville",
+  year		= 1992,
+  pages		= "111--50"
+}
+
+@Book{		  tuveson:hermes,
+  author	= "Ernest Lee Tuveson",
+  title		= "The Avatars of Thrice Great {H}ermes: An Approach to
+		  {R}omanticism",
+  publisher	= "Bucknell University Press",
+  address	= "Lewisburg",
+  year		= 1982,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "PR.508.H45T8"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  unger:ayer:exist,
+  author	= "Peter Unger",
+  title		= "I Do Not Exist",
+  crossref	= "ayer:perception",
+  pages		= "235--51",
+  chapter	= 10
+}
+
+@Book{		  van-leunen:handbook,
+  title		= "A Handbook for Scholars",
+  author	= "Mary-Claire van Leunen",
+  publisher	= "Knopf",
+  year		= 1979
+}
+
+@Book{		  vanvelde:catalog,
+  author	= "Bram van Velde",
+  editor	= "Stoullig, Claire",
+  title		= "Bram van Velde: Musee National d'Art Moderne, Centre
+		  Georges Pompidou",
+  publisher	= "Le Centre",
+  year		= 1989,
+  address	= "Paris",
+  series	= "Collection Classiques du XXe siecle, ISSN 0760-5153",
+  note		= "Catalog of an exhibition held 19~Oct 1989 to 1~Jan 1990",
+  call		= "ND 653.V416 A4 1989",
+  library	= l-m,
+  keywords	= "newobject",
+  annotation	= "Contains facsimile of catalog introduction by Beckett:
+		  ``The New Object.'' Many color reproductions. Most of the
+		  text is in French.",
+  invis		= "New Object photocopied, filed."
+}
+
+@Article{	  verdicchio:beckett:vico,
+  author	= "Massimo Verdicchio",
+  title		= "Exagmination Round the Fictification of {V}ico and
+		  {J}oyce",
+  journal	= "James Joyce Quarterly",
+  year		= 1989,
+  volume	= 26,
+  number	= 4,
+  pages		= "531--39",
+  month		= "summer",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  verene:vico,
+  title		= "Giambattista {V}ico's Science of Humanity",
+  booktitle	= "Giambattista {V}ico's Science of Humanity",
+  editor	= "Giorgio Tagliacozzo and Donald Phillip Verene",
+  publisher	= "Johns Hopkins University Press",
+  year		= 1976,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "B3583.G48"
+}
+
+@Book{		  vernon:dante:purgatorio,
+  author	= "William Warren Vernon",
+  title		= "Readings on the \book{Purgatorio} of {D}ante: Chiefly
+		  Based on the Commentary of {B}envenuto da {I}mola",
+  publisher	= "Methuen",
+  year		= 1907,
+  address	= "London",
+  edition	= "3d~ed., rev., 2~vols.",
+  fyear		= 1889
+}
+
+@Book{		  virgil:aeneid:fitz,
+  author	= "{Virgil (Publius Vergilius Maro)}",
+  title		= "The {A}eneid",
+  publisher	= "Vintage Books",
+  year		= 1983,
+  address	= "New York",
+  translator	= "Robert Fitzgerald",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  virgil:aeneid:williams,
+  author	= "{Virgil (Publius Vergilius Maro)}",
+  title		= "The {A}eneid of {V}irgil: Books 1--6",
+  publisher	= "Macmillan",
+  year		= 1972,
+  editor	= "R. D. Williams",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  virgil:aeneid:wiretap,
+  author	= "{Virgil (Publius Vergilius Maro)}",
+  title		= "The {A}eneid",
+  publisher	= "P.~F. Collier and Son",
+  year		= 1909,
+  volume	= 13,
+  series	= "Harvard Classics",
+  translator	= "John Dryden",
+  address	= "New York",
+  edition	= "Internet Wiretap online~ed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  wald:grt,
+  title		= "General Relativity",
+  author	= "Robert M. Wald",
+  publisher	= "University of Chicago Press",
+  address	= "Chicago",
+  year		= 1984,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  walker:magic,
+  author	= "D. P. Walker",
+  title		= "Spiritual and Demonic Magic from {F}icino to {C}ampanella",
+  publisher	= "Warburg Institute",
+  address	= "University of London",
+  year		= 1958,
+  note		= "Cited in \citeNP{yates:bruno}"
+}
+
+@Book{		  webster:3,
+  editor	= "Philip Babcock Gove and others",
+  title		= "Webster's Third New International Dictionary of the
+		  {E}nglish Language, Unabridged: A {M}erriam-{W}ebster",
+  publisher	= "Merriam-Webster",
+  year		= 1993,
+  address	= "Springfield, Massachusetts",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Manual{	  webster:next,
+  title		= "Webster's Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary",
+  organization	= "NeXT Computer and Merriam-Webster",
+  edition	= "First Digital~ed.",
+  year		= 1992,
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@InBook{	  weiner:sidney,
+  author	= "Andrew D. Weiner",
+  title		= "Sir {P}hilip {S}idney and the Poetics of {P}rotestantism:
+		  A Study of Contexts",
+  chapter	= 1,
+  publisher	= "University of Minnesota Press",
+  address	= "Minneapolis",
+  year		= 1978,
+  invis		= "FIX this looks weird",
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "PR2342.A6W4"
+}
+
+@Book{		  weyl:symmetry,
+  author	= "Hermann Weyl",
+  title		= "Symmetry",
+  publisher	= "Princeton University Press",
+  year		= 1952,
+  address	= "Princeton"
+}
+
+@InBook{	  white:vico,
+  author	= "Hayden White",
+  title		= "The Tropics of History: The Deep Structure of the New
+		  Science",
+  pages		= "65--85",
+  crossref	= "verene:vico"
+}
+
+@Book{		  whitman:leaves:norton,
+  author	= "Walt Whitman",
+  editor	= "Sculley Bradley and Harold W. Blodgett",
+  title		= "Leaves of Grass",
+  publisher	= "W.~W. Norton and Co.",
+  year		= 1973,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1965,
+  opublisher	= "New York University Press",
+  fyear		= 1891,
+  call		= "PS3201 1972",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Norton Critical~ed."
+}
+
+@Book{		  whyte:atomism,
+  author	= "Whyte, Lancelot Law",
+  title		= "Essay on Atomism, From {D}emocritus to 1960",
+  publisher	= "Wesleyan University Press",
+  address	= "Middletown, Connecticut",
+  year		= 1961,
+  library	= l-m,
+  call		= "BD646 F61a"
+}
+
+@Book{		  wilde:murray,
+  author	= "Oscar Wilde",
+  editor	= "Isobel Murray",
+  title		= "Oscar Wilde",
+  publisher	= "Oxford University Press",
+  year		= 1989,
+  series	= "Oxford Authors",
+  address	= "Oxford",
+  call		= "PR5812.M87 1989",
+  keywords	= "wilde",
+  library	= l-m,
+  annotation	= "Frontmatter filed."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  will:newphys,
+  title		= "The Renaissance of General Relativity",
+  author	= "Clifford Will",
+  crossref	= "newphys"
+}
+
+@Book{		  williams:coyote,
+  author	= "Terry Tempest Williams and John Telford",
+  title		= "Coyote's {C}anyon",
+  publisher	= "Gibbs Smith",
+  year		= 1989
+}
+
+@Book{		  wilson:biophilia,
+  author	= "Edward O. Wilson",
+  title		= "Biophilia",
+  publisher	= "Harvard University Press",
+  year		= 1984,
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  call		= "QH75.W534 1984",
+  keywords	= "biology",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "Detailed notes in their own file."
+}
+
+@Book{		  wilson:consilience,
+  author	= "Edward O. Wilson",
+  title		= "Consilience: The Unity of Knowledge",
+  publisher	= "Knopf",
+  year		= 1998,
+  address	= "New York",
+  library	= l-me,
+  call		= "B72.W54 1998"
+}
+
+@Book{		  wilson:human,
+  author	= "Edward O. Wilson",
+  title		= "On Human Nature",
+  publisher	= "Harvard University Press",
+  year		= 1988,
+  address	= "Cambridge",
+  call		= "GN365.9.W54",
+  library	= l-me,
+  invis		= "paper (L-me) ISBN 0-674-63442-X, cloth 0-674-63441-1"
+}
+
+@Book{		  wilson:sociobiology,
+  author	= "Edward O. Wilson",
+  title		= "Sociobiology: The New Synthesis",
+  publisher	= "Belknap Press",
+  year		= 2000,
+  address	= "Cambridge, Massachusetts",
+  edition	= "Twenty-Fifth Anniversary Edition",
+  library	= l-me
+}
+
+@Book{		  wind:pagan,
+  author	= "Edgar Wind",
+  title		= "Pagan Mysteries in the {R}enaissance",
+  publisher	= "Barnes and Noble",
+  address	= "New York",
+  year		= 1968,
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Article{	  winston:beckett:footnote,
+  author	= "Mathew Winston",
+  title		= "\book{Watt}'s First Footnote",
+  journal	= "Journal of Modern Literature",
+  year		= 1977,
+  volume	= 6,
+  number	= 1,
+  pages		= "69--82",
+  month		= feb,
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  wolfson:religion:history,
+  author	= "Harry Austryn Wolfson",
+  editor	= "Isadore Twersky and George H. Williams",
+  title		= "Studies in the History of Philosophy and Religion",
+  publisher	= "Harvard University Press",
+  year		= 1973,
+  edition	= "2~vols.",
+  call		= "B29.W646",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  wolosky:beckett:mysticism,
+  author	= "Shira Wolosky",
+  title		= "Language Mysticism: The Negative Way of Language in
+		  {E}liot, {B}eckett, and {C}elan",
+  publisher	= "Stanford University Press",
+  year		= 1995,
+  address	= "Stanford",
+  call		= "PN771 .W65 1995",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  work:folksongs,
+  author	= "John Wesley Work",
+  title		= "Folk Song of the {A}merican {N}egro",
+  publisher	= "Negro Universities Press",
+  year		= 1969,
+  address	= "New York",
+  oyear		= 1915,
+  oaddress	= "Nashville, Tennessee",
+  library	= l-m
+}
+
+@Book{		  yates:bruno,
+  author	= "Frances A. Yates",
+  title		= "Giordano {B}runo and the {H}ermetic Tradition",
+  publisher	= "Routledge and Kegan Paul",
+  year		= 1964,
+  address	= "London",
+  library	= l-m # l-tw,
+  call		= "B783.Z7 F64 or $\sim$.Z7 Y3"
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  zeifman:beckett:criticule,
+  author	= "Hersh Zeifman",
+  title		= "\play{Come and Go}: A Criticule",
+  crossref	= "beja:beckett:humanistic",
+  pages		= "137--44",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@InCollection{	  zeifman:beckett:religion,
+  author	= "Hersh Zeifman",
+  title		= "Religious Imagery in the Plays of {S}amuel {B}eckett",
+  crossref	= "cohn:beckett:collection",
+  pages		= "85--94",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Article{	  zurbrugg:beckett:irish,
+  author	= "Nicholas Zurbrugg",
+  title		= "Review of {S}amuel {B}eckett Special Issue of
+		  \journal{Irish University Review: A Journal of Irish
+		  Studies} 14 (1), spring 1984",
+  journal	= jobs,
+  year		= 1989,
+  number	= "11--12",
+  pages		= "163--66",
+  invis		= "Have photocopy."
+}
+
+@Book{		  zwinger:river,
+  author	= "Ann Swinger",
+  title		= "Run, River, Run: A Naturalist's Journey Down One of the
+		  Great Rivers of the {A}merican {W}est",
+  publisher	= "University of Arizona",
+  year		= 1975
+}
+
+@Book{		  zwinger:wind,
+  author	= "Ann Zwinger",
+  title		= "Wind in the Rock",
+  publisher	= "Harper and Row",
+  year		= 1978
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/frankenstein/achicago.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/frankenstein/achicago.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..36008a96523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/frankenstein/achicago.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,3551 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   achicago BibTeX style.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, achicago.tex
+%   and achicago.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{46}
+%
+%^^A** new macros
+% \newlet    \entry\WrapquotesIN
+% \newcommand*\field [1] {{\textitswitch\WrapquotesIN{#1}}}
+% \newlet    \gvar\texttt  ^^A global variable
+% \newlet    \evar\texttt  ^^A entry  variable
+% \newcommand*\function [1] {\texttt{\bfseries #1}}
+% \newcommand\stack [2] {\par{\ttfamily #1 $\mapsto$ #2}\par}
+% \newcommand\defentrytype [3] {Required: #1\par Optional: #2\par#3}
+% \newcommand*\builtin [1] {\code{#1}\$}
+%
+% \todo{explain conventions; put some in \package{compsci}}
+%
+%^^A** nocites
+% \nocite{*} ^^A FIX remove for distribution
+% \nocite {abrams:natural}
+% \nocite {ackerley:beckett:augustine}
+% \nocite {amiran:beckett:wandering}
+% \nocite {bair:beckett:bio}
+% \nocite {beckett:cspr}
+% \nocite {beckett:godot}
+% \nocite {beckett:letter:yellow}
+% \nocite {beckett:notebook:krapp,beckett:notebook:godot,^^A
+%          beckett:notebook:endgame,beckett:notebook:happy}
+% \nocite {beckett:yellow}
+% \nocite {blake:job}
+% \nocite {bloom:anxiety:1}
+% \nocite {bloom:beckett:trilogyintro}
+% \nocite {borges:ficciones}
+% \nocite {brater:beckett:why}
+% \nocite {bryden:beckett:god}
+% \nocite {bryden:beckett:smiles}
+% \nocite {buning:beckett:via}
+% \nocite {burrows:beckett:interview}
+% \nocite {calder:beckett:bair}
+% \nocite {carey:beckett:introjoyce}
+% \nocite {carey:beckett:pieta}
+% \nocite {carroll:dante:purgatorio,dante:mandelbaum:purgatorio,%
+%          dante:ciardi:purgatorio,vernon:dante:purgatorio}
+% \nocite {carroll:dante:purgatorio}
+% \nocite {cassedy:group}
+% \nocite {chambers-murray}
+% \nocite {chicago:14}
+% \nocite {coetzee:beckett:revisions,stevenson:beckett:lobster}
+% \nocite {coetzee:beckett:revisions}
+% \nocite {cohn:beckett:play}
+% \nocite {common-prayer}
+% \nocite {companion:mind,gleitman:psych}
+% \nocite {companion:mind}
+% \nocite {copleston:phil:cusa}
+% \nocite {copleston:phil:pseudo}
+% \nocite {cronin:beckett:modernist}
+% \nocite {culik:beckett:math}
+% \nocite {culik:beckett:watt}
+% \nocite {dante:ciardi:paradiso}
+% \nocite {dante:ciardi:purgatorio}
+% \nocite {dante:mandelbaum:purgatorio}
+% \nocite {dearlove:beckett:residual}
+% \nocite {donne:paradoxes}
+% \nocite {driver:beckett:madeleine}
+% \nocite {ellis:beckett:surds}
+% \nocite {ellmann:joyce}
+% \nocite {empson:ambiguity}
+% \nocite {euclid:elements:brit}
+% \nocite {farrow:beckett:art}
+% \nocite {federman:beckett:works}
+% \nocite {fergusson:dante:purgatorio}
+% \nocite {fletcher:beckett:art}
+% \nocite {freud:btpp:norton}
+% \nocite {frye:anatomy:bate}
+% \nocite {gardner:circus:cyclic}
+% \nocite {gascoigne:works:posies}
+% \nocite {gates:beckett:goon}
+% \nocite {gleitman:psych}
+% \nocite {gontarski:beckett:undoing}
+% \nocite {green:beckett:augustine}
+% \nocite {green:beckett:niente}
+% \nocite {greene:repentance}
+% \nocite {harper:beckett:irish,zurbrugg:beckett:irish,^^A
+%          harrington:beckett:local,obrien:beckett:country}
+% \nocite {harvey:beckett:poet}
+% \nocite {heraclitus:kirk:cosmic}
+% \nocite {hill:vaughan}
+% \nocite {hobson:beckett:year}
+% \nocite {hopkins:gardner}
+% \nocite {iser:beckett:negativity}
+% \nocite {israel:beckett:bair}
+% \nocite {james:principles}
+% \nocite {jewinski:beckett:epiphany}
+% \nocite {jones:beckett:murphy}
+% \nocite {joyce:kershner:portrait}
+% \nocite {joyce:ulysses:gabler}
+% \nocite {joyce:wake}
+% \nocite {juliet:beckett:conversations}
+% \nocite {jung:psych-lit}
+% \nocite {jung:tav:3}
+% \nocite {jung:tav}
+% \nocite {kennedy:beckett:murphy}
+% \nocite {kenner:beckett:study}
+% \nocite {kenner:beckett:syntax}
+% \nocite {knowlson:beckett:frescoes}
+% \nocite {knowlson:beckett:life}
+% \nocite {koffka:gestalt}
+% \nocite {krance:beckett:physics}
+% \nocite {kroll:beckett:bel}
+% \nocite {lakoff:johnson,lakoff:women,johnson:body}
+% \nocite {lees:beckett:music}
+% \nocite {levy:beckett:conv}
+% \nocite {lippman:beckett:noti}
+% \nocite {lodge:beckett:ping}
+% \nocite {marculescu:beckett:solipsism}
+% \nocite {mchugh:wake}
+% \nocite {mcmillan:beckett:allegory}
+% \nocite {merwin:ladders}
+% \nocite {milton:riverside:paralost}
+% \nocite {miskinis:beckett:recurrrence}
+% \nocite {montgomery:beckett:quantum}
+% \nocite {mood:beckett:system}
+% \nocite {murphy:beckett:criticism}
+% \nocite {niven:numbers}
+% \nocite {norton:english}
+% \nocite {obrien:beckett:country}
+% \nocite {obrien:dreamforward}
+% \nocite {ohara:beckett:jung:jobs,ohara:beckett:freud:jobs}
+% \nocite {ohara:beckett:valery}
+% \nocite {opie:nursery}
+% \nocite {ovid:loeb}
+% \nocite {perkins:romantic}
+% \nocite {pilling:beckett:companion}
+% \nocite {posnock:beckett:valery}
+% \nocite {princeton:poetics}
+% \nocite {rabinovitz:beckett:aphorisms}
+% \nocite {rabinovitz:beckett:development,rabinovitz:beckett:innovation}
+% \nocite {rabinovitz:beckett:development}
+% \nocite {rabinovitz:beckett:innovation}
+% \nocite {rabinovitz:beckett:psych}
+% \nocite {random,OED:2,heritage,webster:3}
+% \nocite {random}
+% \nocite {renaud:beckett:mag}
+% \nocite {ricks:beckett:dying}
+% \nocite {rudin:math:analysis}
+% \nocite {sacks:wife}
+% \nocite {scruton:beckett:descartes}
+% \nocite {segre:beckett:ping}
+% \nocite {sharp:folksongs}
+% \nocite {shenker:beckett:moody}
+% \nocite {shimony:newphys}
+% \nocite {smith:beckett:aporia}
+% \nocite {stern:beckett:inter}
+% \nocite {stevenson:beckett:lobster}
+% \nocite {swift:tub}
+% \nocite {topsfield:beckett:humour}
+% \nocite {unger:ayer:exist}
+% \nocite {vernon:dante:purgatorio}
+% \nocite {webster:3}
+% \nocite {winston:beckett:footnote}
+% \nocite {wolfson:religion:history}
+% \nocite {wolosky:beckett:mysticism}
+% \nocite {work:folksongs}
+% \nocite {zeifman:beckett:religion}
+% \nocite{acheson:beckett:murphy}
+% \nocite{anspaugh:beckett:faith}
+% \nocite{bair:beckett:bio}
+% \nocite{beckett:pricks}
+% \nocite{carey:beckett:joyce}
+% \nocite{cohn:beckett:collection}
+% \nocite{common-prayer}
+% \nocite{connor:beckett:animals}
+% \nocite{davies:beckett:ideal}
+% \nocite{eliot:middlemarch:random}
+% \nocite{farrow:beckett:art}
+% \nocite{freud:btpp:norton}
+% \nocite{harvey:beckett:poet}
+% \nocite{joyce:dubliners}
+% \nocite{juliet:beckett:conversations}
+% \nocite{jung:tav}
+% \nocite{kroll:beckett:bel}
+% \nocite{linden:herbert}
+% \nocite{mccarthy:beckett:essays}
+% \nocite{mcmillan:beckett:allegory}
+% \nocite{melville:dick:newberry}
+% \nocite{murphy:beckett:criticism}
+% \nocite{norton:modern}
+% \nocite{obrien:beckett:country}
+% \nocite{obrien:dreamforward}
+% \nocite{pilling:beckett:before}
+% \nocite{putnam:beckett:caravan}
+% \nocite{rabinovitz:beckett:aphorisms}
+% \nocite{rabinovitz:beckett:development}
+% \nocite{rabinovitz:beckett:innovation}
+% \nocite{random}
+% \nocite{ricks:beckett:dying}
+% \nocite{scruton:beckett:descartes}
+% \nocite{stern:beckett:inter}
+% \nocite{whitman:leaves:norton}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \manual bibliography style \BibTeX{} macros.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \caveat{The dox are spotty for this bibstyle---sorry!  This is a pretty
+% stable style, however.  I've included almost my entire test cases.  If you're
+% puzzled, you may compare \file{frankenstein.bib} with what you see in the
+% References section at the end of this document.  Or please write me.}
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes for author
+% in the absence of one.
+%
+% \section{Pros and cons of this style}
+%
+%   See a discussion in the documentation for the \package{achicago} package.
+%
+% \section{User documentation}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{-10} ^^A In this file we don't have the usual 5 version \defs
+% \AddToCheckSum{-2}  ^^A Subtract two more for the \initelyHavECitationS def
+% \AddToCheckSum{-24} ^^A Sum of 17 and 7 in part-3.dtx
+% 
+% No bibstyle is going to elgantly handle everything while using them in a way
+% that's at all compatible with the majority of existing bibstyles out there.
+% And it's not clear that such a bibstyle would be worth the effort to write
+% and learn to use properly.  The time would be better spent, I think, writing
+% some macros to make inserting hand-done exceptions seamlessly into the
+% bibliography, so that the whole process could remain clean and automatic.
+%
+% For the sceptical, and for your entertainment, an example.  I wanted to a
+% cite a certain paper by Freud in my dissertation.  The cited paper has a
+% title, date of first publication, and chapter number; I read this paper in a
+% volume of Freud's papers with a title, volume editor, volume date, publisher,
+% reprint date, and reprint publisher; this volume has a number in a series of
+% publications (The International Psycho-Analytic Library) with a series
+% editor; and also this volume has a volume number within a multivolume work
+% with its own title (\book{Collected Papers}) and (supervising)
+% translator.  Readers honestly don't need all that information, but each one
+% of those 15 pieces of information might be highly important for another
+% citation, for which only two or three pieces of information were relevant or
+% available.  No one needs to write a bibstyle that handles it all, so at
+% several places, the fields are assumed to be used for either one thing or
+% another.  For example, \field{series} \emph{either} contains the title of the
+% inclusive multivolume work \emph{or} the series.  When, as rarely happens, a
+% volume is part of both at once, you have to give up one or the other.
+%
+% \caveat{This is a complex bibstyle and the number of potential cases is very
+% high.  Please check your output, and write me with cases that are not set
+% according to \manual percepts.  Please refer to \manual whenever
+% possible.}
+%
+% \todo{star the new fields.}
+%
+% \newcommand\deffield [2] {#1&#2\\}
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{longtable}{|lp{3.5in}|}
+%
+% \larger\bfseries entry type & \larger\bfseries\hfil description\\\hline\endhead
+% \hline\caption{Entry types.} \endfoot
+%
+% address & Address of publisher of \emph{cited} edition, whether a reprint or
+% not. \\
+
+% annotation & A complete paragraph or more. \\
+
+% author & \\
+
+% bookauthor & Book's author whenever \field{author} is referring to the author of a
+% part of the book.  Usually an \entry{inbook} or \entry{incollection} entry refers to a
+% book with an editor but no author, but in the case of introductions etc.\ you
+% have an author for each.\\
+
+% booktitle & Book's title whenever \field{title} is referring to a part of the
+% book. \\
+
+% chapter & The \field{title} names the \field{chapter}th part of the book.  One expects to
+% have nonempty \field{booktitle}.  See also \field{type}. \\
+
+% edition & Edition information to be given after the book's title, which is
+% \field{booktitle} if that is nonempty and \field{title} otherwise.  Example:
+% \code{2d~ed., 2~vols. in 1~book} \\
+
+% editor & \\
+
+%                       & NOTE all f* and o* fields are only going to apply
+% to \entry{book}, \entry{incollection}, \entry{inbook} entries.
+% FIX: check -- booklet? etc. \\
+
+% faddress & Address of publisher of first-published edition.  Not used unless
+% \field{fyear} is nonempty. \\
+
+% flanguage & Language of first-published edition.  Not used unless
+% \field{translator} or \field{fyear} is nonempty. \\
+
+% fpublisher & Publisher of first-published edition.  Not used unless \field{fyear}
+% is nonempty. \\
+
+% ftitle & Title of first-published edition (probably in \field{flanguage}).  Not
+% used unless \field{fyear} is nonempty. \\
+
+% fyear & Publication date of first-published edition. \\
+
+% howpublished & \\
+
+% illustrator & For \entry{book} entries only.  When the author or editor
+% illustrates, use a construction like \code{{the editor} and others}. \\
+
+% institution & For thesis entries only.  FIX check \\
+
+% journal & For \entry{article} entries only. \\
+
+% key & often default with empty author, editor, organization \\
+
+% month & For \entry{journal} entries, also season, e.g., Winter \\
+
+% note & Begins its own block, so capitalize.  Concluding puctuation is
+% supplied automatically if not given in the field. \\
+
+% number & For \entry{journal} entry, number of the journal (if no \field{volume}) or
+% number within the volume.  For \entry{book} entry, number of the book in the
+% \field{series}.  Makes sense only when \field{series} is a series rather than the title
+% of a multivolume work. \\
+
+% oaddress & For a reprint, address of ORIGINAL publisher. \\
+
+% opublisher & For a reprint, publisher of ORIGINAL edition.  A nonempty
+% value implies the cited edition IS a reprint (and so must have \field{oyear}). \\
+
+% organization & \\
+
+% oyear & For a reprint, publication date of ORIGINAL edition A nonempty
+% value implies the cited edition IS a reprint (and so OUGHT TO have
+% \field{opublisher}). The value will almost always differ from \field{year}.  \\
+
+% pages & \\
+
+% publisher & Publisher of the cited edition. \\
+
+% school & \\
+
+% series & Series to which \field{title} belongs, or title of a multivolume work
+% where the volumes have their own titles given in \field{booktitle} or \field{title}. \\
+
+% seriesedition & Edition information to be given after \field{series}.  Makes
+% sense only when \field{series} is the title of a multivolume work with titled
+% volumes.  In the entry for the multivolume work, that is, when \field{series}
+% and \field{title} are identical, use \field{seriesedition} not
+% \field{edition}. See also \field{edition}.  Consequence of disobeying last is
+% when references are less than min-crossrefs (i.e., no separate entry for the
+% multivolume work) you get the edition information for the multivolume work
+% appearing after the title of the component volume.  Note: you can't really
+% get away with putting a series editor here.  I think you'd have to use the
+% \field{note} field for that; or we could make yet another field. \\
+
+% title & \\
+
+% translator & For \entry{book} entries only, the translator(s).  See also
+% \field{flanguage}.  When the author or editor translates, use a construction like
+% \code{{the editor} and others}. \\
+
+% type & For \entry{inbook} entries, the value overrides \code{Chapter}.  When
+% \field{type} is empty you get \code{Chapter~<chapter> of}.  FIX: CHECK: For *-thesis
+% entries, gives thesis-type word, e.g.  \code{Master's Thesis}. \\
+
+% volume & For \entry{journal} entry, it's volume.  For \entry{book} entry, its number in
+% the \field{series}, or its volume number in a multivolume book. \\
+
+% year & Year of publication of cited edition, whether a reprint or not. \\
+
+% yearcomp & Year work composed.  For \entry{book} entry only (so far).\\
+% \end{longtable}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+% Version information:
+%    \begin{macrocode}^^A Keep the /^ %% \def\file.../ beginning exact!
+
+ %% A BibTeX bibliography style
+ %%    conforming to the Chicago Manual's A style
+ %%       but with B style author-date citations
+ %%          by Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+ %%
+ %% \def\fileinfo{A Chicago Manual BibTeX style}
+ %% \def\DoXPackageS {longtable}
+ %% \def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+ %% \def\fileversion{v1}
+ %% \def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+ %% \def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+ %%
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%   \subsection{Define fields and variables}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Global variables}
+%
+% \gvar{output.state} will have one of the four scalar values
+% \gvar{before.all}, \gvar{mid.sentence}, \gvar{after.sentence}, and
+% \gvar{after.block}, telling us where we are in producing the entry.
+%
+% \bst{Achicago} uses only \term{blocks}, not \term{sentences}, to delimit
+% units in the bibentry (some other bibstyles use both).  The
+% \package{achicago} package defines \cs\newblock to add a very small and
+% rubber amount of horizontal space, relaxing somewhat the \cs\frenchspacing in
+% effect.  I have not removed the programming structures that distinguish
+% sentences and blocks, but I have not concerned myself with them either;
+% anyone wishing to revise this style to begin using them should check their
+% work carefully.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The entry variable \evar{principal-type} will have one of the five scalar
+% values \gvar{author.ptype}, \gvar{editor.ptype}, \gvar{organization.ptype},
+% \gvar{key.ptype}, and \gvar{emergency.ptype}, telling us what type of
+% information is in the principal field.  See also the discussion of
+% \function{key.special.p}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { author.ptype editor.ptype organization.ptype key.ptype
+           emergency.ptype }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% These are used during the forward and reverse passes to hold information
+% about the previously-processed record.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { last.year.tag.num }
+STRINGS  { last.leaditem last.label.and.year following.year.label.tag }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% These variables are used locally within various functions or function groups,
+% where their particular use is documented.
+%
+% \todo{document which if any are used in a nonlocal way}
+%
+% \caveat{Suspect a conflict among these scratch variables if a strange problem
+% occurs!  I think \gvar{u} is the only one that will hold its value past an
+% \function{output}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { j nameptr namesleft numnames len }
+STRINGS  { s t u v w }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Bibfields}
+% The list of fields that will be examined in database records, if they exist.
+% Fields in the \ext{bib} database not on this list will be ignored.  Not every
+% entry type makes use of every field.  Each entry type function below lists
+% its required, optional, and ignored fields.  Expected use of these fields is
+% documented above in the user documentation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annotation
+    author
+    bookauthor
+    booktitle 
+    chapter   
+    edition   
+    editor
+    faddress
+    flanguage
+    fpublisher
+    ftitle     
+    fyear      
+    howpublished
+    illustrator
+    institution
+    journal    
+    key        
+    month      
+    note                      
+    number     
+    oaddress   
+    opublisher 
+    organization
+    oyear       
+    pages
+    publisher   
+    school
+    series      
+    seriesedition
+    title        
+    translator   
+    type         
+    volume       
+    year         
+    yearcomp     
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Entry variables have a per-record value but are not initialized from a field.
+%
+% The integer \evar{principal-type} will contain one of the scalars
+% \gvar{author.ptype}, \gvar{editor.ptype}, etc.\ (see their declarations above
+% for further information).  \evar{principal-type} is set in the function
+% \function{set.principal-field.principal-type}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  { principal-type }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The strings \evar{label}, \evar{year.label} and \evar{year.label.tag} are
+% used to construct the citation (the running text at the location of the
+% user's \cs\cite command).  In most cases, \evar{label} will contain a string
+% derived from the \evar{principal-field} (see \function{make.label}).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  { label
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \evar{year.label} will contain a string representing the date.  It's not
+% necessarily the same as \field{year} (see \function{make.year.label}).
+% \evar{year.label.tag} will either be empty or be a lower-case letter, as
+% determined in the forward and reverse passes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    year.label year.label.tag
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \evar{principal-field} will contain one of the fields, depending on entry
+% type and what fields are nonempty (see
+% \function{set.principal-field.principal-type}).
+%
+% In most cases, \evar{leaditem} will contain the \evar{principal-field}
+% properly formatted for apearance at the beginning of the bibliography entry
+% (see \function{make.leaditem}).  When it is identical to the previous entry's
+% \evar{leaditem}, it will be wrapped in \cs\SCduplicate by the forward and
+% reverse passes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    principal-field
+    leaditem
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \subsection{Define macros}
+%
+% These are macro abbreviations required by convention in every bibstyle.  The
+% user can redefine them with \texttt{@STRING} declarations in the \ext{bib}
+% database.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \subsection{Debugging functions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{debugval}
+% \begin{macro}{debugmsg}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {debugval}
+{  ": [" *
+  swap$ *    %$
+  "] in " * cite$ *    %$
+  top$      %$
+}
+  
+FUNCTION {debugmsg}
+{  " in " * cite$ * top$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%  
+%   \subsection{Initialization functions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{init.scalars}
+%   This should be called before any processing begins.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {init.scalars}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #0 'author.ptype :=
+  #1 'editor.ptype :=
+  #2 'organization.ptype :=
+  #3 'key.ptype :=
+  #4 'emergency.ptype :=
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Boolean logic}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{not}
+% \begin{macro}{and}
+% \begin{macro}{or}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 
+    }
+    { #1 
+    }
+  if$                 %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$            %$
+    { pop$            %$
+      #0 
+    }
+  if$                 %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$            %$
+      #1 
+    }
+    'skip$            %$
+  if$                 %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Constant functions}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{comma}
+%  \begin{macro}{period}
+%  \begin{macro}{hyphen}
+%  \begin{macro}{colon}
+%  \begin{macro}{space}
+%  \begin{macro}{delimiter.name-part}
+%  \begin{macro}{delimiter.name}
+%  \begin{macro}{delimiter.sub-sortkey}
+%  \begin{macro}{tie}
+%  \begin{macro}{etal}
+%  \begin{macro}{unidentified}
+% These definitions are made so that later functions are easier to read and so
+% that adapting this bibstyle to another language will be simpler.
+%
+% The reason these are functions not macros is so the user cannot change them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {comma}
+{ ","
+}
+
+FUNCTION {period}
+{ "."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {hyphen}
+{ "-"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {colon}
+{ ":"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {space}
+{ " "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {delimiter.name-part}
+{ "  "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {delimiter.name}
+{ "   "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {delimiter.sub-sortkey}
+{ "    "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie}
+{ "~"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {etal}
+{ " et~al."
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Below, we need to be able to set a string to a value which would never be
+% generated from any string in a bibliography database.  It's safe to assume
+% that this string is such a one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {unidentified} 
+{ "HiGHlY*Peco@lIEr" 
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Output functions}
+%
+% The \function{output} function automatically handles interunit punctuation.
+%
+% \function{output} should be called with a string and a punctuation mark on
+% the stack.  The punctuation mark is what should \emph{precede} the string in
+% the case the string begins in the middle of a sentence.  Strings which begin
+% sentences are preceded by periods.  Strings which begin a new block are
+% preceded by periods and the \cs\newblock command.  (It makes no sense for a
+% string to begin at the end of a sentence.)
+%
+% Calls to \function{output.internal} leave the string on the stack until the
+% next time \function{output.internal} is called, when it will get written.
+% The function \function{output.begin} puts an empty string on the stack, and
+% should be called before beginning any series of calls to \function{output}.
+% \function{output.end} cleans up and should be called at the conclusion of a
+% series of calls to \function{output}.
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{output.begin}
+% Prepare for a series of calls to \function{output}.  Put an empty string on the
+% stack and set \gvar{output.state} to \gvar{before.all}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION{output.begin}
+{ ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{output.end}
+% Conclude a series of calls to \function{output}.   Simply calls \builtin{write}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.end}
+{ write$               %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{new.block}
+% Begin a new block.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$                  %$
+    { after.block 'output.state := 
+    }
+  if$                       %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{new.sentence}
+% Begin a new sentence.  FIX: hmm, wouldn't we want to put a TeX command here
+% for intersentence space now?  Why do we mess with the usual spacefactor for
+% periods anyway?  When in bibliogrphies are the usual TeX rules not going to
+% be what we want, and give too much space after a period?  answer: when a
+% lowercase letter followed by period, in e.g. sec. 2 and so on.  often
+% bibstyle will put tie there, but sometimes not I think, so need to have that
+% be not an intersentence space.  well, if i start using sentences instead of
+% blocks, I think perhaps doing the same hskip after a sentence with a new
+% command \cs\newsentence perhaps as in \cs\newblock would be the right thing
+% to do.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state before.all = output.state after.block = or
+    'skip$              %$
+    { after.sentence 'output.state := 
+    }
+  if$              %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{output.internal}
+% \cs\stack{punct string/entry(nonnull)}{null}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.internal}
+{ 's :=     % s := string/entry(nonnull)
+  space * 't :=     % t := punctuation + space
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { t * write$               %$
+    }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$              %$
+          "\newblock " write$              %$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$              %$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Final case is \gvar{output.state} = `after.sentence', which means we just add a
+% period,  but no newline or \cs\newblock command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+            { add.period$ space * write$
+            }
+          if$              %$
+        }
+      if$              %$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We are now mid-sentence, whether we were before or not. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$              %$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The actual string given to `output.internal' is left on the stack here for
+% next time we call `output.internal' or `output.end', whichever comes next.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  s
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{output}
+% \cs\stack{string/entry punct}{either null OR punct string/entry(nonnull)}
+%
+% Check if string/entry is null.  If it's null do nothing.  If it's nonempty
+% call \function{output.internal} on it with the given punctuation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$
+      pop$              %$
+    }
+    'output.internal
+  if$              %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{output.bibitem}
+% The optional argument to \cs\bibitem will be made the definition of
+% \cname{b@foo} where |foo| is the \builtin{cite} key.  \cname{b@foo} will be
+% executed by all the various citing commands with a definition of \cs\SCcite
+% that is appropriate to each citing command.
+%
+% The \env{thebibliography} environment actually ignores the optional argument
+% to \cs\bibitem.  The environment sets the formatting so that the first part
+% of the main entry hangs out to the left and looks like a label.
+%
+% The unexpandable protection is necessary, instead of a simple protection, in
+% order to work with \package{newclude}'s \option{tag} option.
+%
+% I guess we use \builtin{write} for each part instead of catenating them and using a
+% single \builtin{write} in case the catenation gets longer than \BibTeX{} can
+% handle.  I don't know, this is how I found it.  It seems like catenation and
+% a single call to \builtin{write} would be faster. FIX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$                 %$
+  "\bibitem[\UnexpandableProtect\SCcite{" write$          %$
+  label write$           %$
+  "}{" write$                  %$
+  year.label year.label.tag * write$        %$
+  "}]{" write$             %$
+  cite$ write$                    
+  "}" write$               %$
+  newline$            %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Simple auxiliary functions}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{field.or.null}
+% \cs\stack{field literal}{field contents or null string if the field was
+% missing}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$             %$
+      "" 
+    }
+    'skip$             %$
+  if$                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{italicize}
+%  \cs\stack{string or entry}{string}
+%
+% Italicize the top string on the stack and provide italic corrections.  Null
+% goes to null.  We want to explicitly italicize rather than use \cs\emph,
+% since semantic emphasis might be indicated in some other way in the document,
+% e.g., slanted type.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {italicize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$              %$
+      "" 
+    }
+    { "\textitswitch{" swap$ * "}" *       %$
+    }
+  if$                       %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{parenthesize}
+%    \cs\stack{string-or-entry:S}{"(" + S + ")"}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {parenthesize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$            %$
+      ""
+    }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" *         %$
+    }
+  if$                           %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.clip}
+% \cs\stack{string}{string} FIX: the difference between \builtin{entry.max} and
+% \builtin{global.max}: max for an entry string, max for a global string.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.clip}
+% \cs\stack{string-S}{string-S-possibly-shortened}
+%
+%   Clips a string down to the smaller of \builtin{entry.max} and \builtin{global.max}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.clip}
+{ #1 entry.max$ substring$ 
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.sortify.clip}
+% \builtin{purify}, downcase, and clip a string on the stack.
+% \cs\stack{\meta{string}}{\meta{string}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.sortify.clip}
+{ % duplicate$ "sinful" debugval %$
+  purify$                   %$
+%  duplicate$ "  pure" debugval %$
+  "l" change.case$                   %$
+  format.clip
+%  duplicate$ "humble" debugval %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{check.empty}
+% \cs\stack{S warning}{S}
+% Issues warning if the string is empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {check.empty}
+{ 't := 
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ 
+    }
+    'skip$                              %$
+  if$                              %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{multipage.p}
+% \cs\stack{nothing}{\#0 or \#1}
+%
+% Set \gvar{t} to \field{pages}.  Look at \gvar{t} character by character for a
+% hyphen, comma, or plus.  If we find one, return true immediately; else return
+% false.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {multipage.p}
+{ pages 't :=
+  #0 'j :=
+  % WHILE
+  {   j not
+      t empty$ not            %$
+    and
+  }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$                %$
+        duplicate$ hyphen =                  %$
+          swap$ duplicate$ comma =
+          swap$ "+" =                       %$
+        or
+      or
+        { #1 'j := 
+        }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  j
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.n.dashify}
+% \cs\stack{string}{string}
+%
+% Make single-dashes into double-dashes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  % WHILE
+  { t empty$ not }                %$
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ hyphen =                %$
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not                %$
+            { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    { % WHILE
+              { t #1 #1 substring$ hyphen = }                %$
+		{ hyphen *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$                %$
+	    }
+	  if$                %$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *                %$
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$                %$
+    }
+  while$                                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%  
+%  \begin{macro}{tie.or.space.connect}
+% \cs\stack{string string}{string}
+%
+% If the second string has less than 5 characters, the two are tied together,
+% otherwise they are catenated with a space between them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #5 <
+    { tie
+    }
+    { space 
+    }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{either.or.check}
+% \cs\stack{msg field}{null}
+% If field is not empty, give a warning appropriate for saying this field and
+% an already-existing field can't be both used in the same entry. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ 
+    }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Queue functions START FIXING DOX HERE}
+%
+% Queue functions expect a string on the stack.  If it is empty, and the field
+% for which the function is named is noempty, the string will be replaced with
+% that field. (e.g., \function{author.q} will put \field{author} on the stack
+% if \field{author} is nonempty and the \function{author.q} was passed an empty
+% string).  A chain of queue functions must begin with something on the stack,
+% adn will leave the first nonempty field named in the chain on the stack.
+%
+% Queue functions also increment an integer variable, 'j, whenever they are
+% passed an empty string.  At the end of the queue, 'j tells us which function
+% in the queue contributed the string that results at the end of the queue,
+% starting with zero for the first queue function after \function{start.a.q}.
+% In order for this to work, queue functions must always be called in the same
+% order: \field{author} ('\#0') \field{editor} (`\#1'), \field{organization}
+% (`\#2'), and \field{key} (`\#3').  For entry types where a certain field
+% should not appear in the queue, use `blank.q' in its place in the order.
+%
+% The value of \gvar{j} is consulted when setting \evar{leaditem}, but not in
+% other cases where queue functions are used
+%
+% \function{start.a.q} must begin a queue.  It initializes \gvar{j} and passes
+% an empty string to the first queue function.
+% \begin{macro}{start.a.q}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {start.a.q}
+{ #-1 'j :=
+  ""
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{inc.j}    
+% \begin{macro}{key.q}    
+% \begin{macro}{organization.q}    
+% \begin{macro}{editor.q}    
+% \begin{macro}{author.q}    
+% \begin{macro}{blank.q}    
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inc.j}
+{ j #1 + 'j := 
+}
+
+FUNCTION {key.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$           %$
+      key field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$             %$
+  if$                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {organization.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                  %$
+      organization field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                    %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                       %$
+      editor field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                       %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                       %$
+      author field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                       %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {blank.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'inc.j
+    'skip$                       %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{check.q}
+% \cs\stack{string-S warning-string}{string-S}
+%
+% This should be the final queue command, though it is not a true queue
+% command, since an extra warning string should be on the top of the stack
+% above the string that has passed along the queue.  The warning string should
+% be an English disjunctive list of the queue commands that have come before
+% it, so the user can tell which fields are missing.  For example ``author,
+% organization, or key'' if the queue has been \function{author.q} 'blank.q'
+% `organization.q' \function{key.q}.
+% 
+% If the queue string is empty, \function{check.q} issues the warning and puts on the
+% stack an emergency string of the \LaTeX{} key
+% (i.e., \builtin{cite}), which should allow \BibTeX{} to proceed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {check.q}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                              %$
+      cite$ format.clip 'u :=           %$
+      "Need " t * " in " * cite$ * "; using:  " * u * warning$
+      u
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                              %$
+  if$                              %$
+}    
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Format functions dox}
+%
+% The format functions modify a string on the stack.  They make no warnings,
+% produce no output, and place no spaces or punctuation before or after their
+% string, just modify it somehow.
+%
+%   \subsection{Format names functions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.names.for.label}
+% Format string on stack it to produce something appropriate for \evar{label}.
+%
+% Comma usage examples in the \manual: ``A et al.''\ and ``A, B, et al.''
+%
+% The \manual recommends for labels: use up to 3 names, and above 3 use 1st +
+% etal.  When this would lead to ambiguity, use one of 3 solns: use all names,
+% use as many as needed to disambiguate, or include a (short) title to
+% disambiguate: (Zipursky et al., \textitswitch{Brief Title}, 1988).
+%
+% The \manual does not appear to distinguish between ``et al.''\ and ``and
+% others''.  It's possible to change the logic here to distinguish between the
+% cases where the bibstyle is truncating the list of authors, and the case
+% where ``and others'' appears in the \ext{bib} file.  But I'm not doing that
+% now.
+%
+% Labels:
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}%% FIX: this stuff not implemented yet
+%   1 author            & Foo                  \\
+%   2 authors           & Foo and Bar          \\
+%   3 authors           & Foo, Bar, and Baz    \\
+%   4+ authors          & Foo et al.           \\
+%   1+ author ``and others'' & Foo et al.      \\
+%^^A  FIX? 1 author ``and others'' & Foo et al.      \\
+%^^A 2 authors ``and others'' & Foo, Bar, et al. \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% This function is probably more general than it needs to be, but it's a nice model.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names.for.label}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                                   %$
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$                                 %$
+    s numnames "{ff}{vv}{ll}{jj}" format.name$ "others" =    %$
+    numnames #3 >
+  or
+    % more than 3 names, or final name is "others"
+    { etal *
+    }
+    { numnames #1 - 'namesleft :=
+      #2 'nameptr :=
+	% WHILE
+	{ namesleft #0 > }
+	{ nameptr numnames =
+	    % we're on the final name (and it's not "others")
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ comma *
+		}
+		'skip$        %$
+	      if$        %$
+	      " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ *     %$
+	    }
+	    % we're not on the final name (in this case: 2d of 3 names)
+	    { comma * space *
+	      s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ *        %$
+	    }
+	  if$          %$
+	  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+	  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+	}
+      while$             %$
+    }
+  if$                    %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.names.lastfirst}
+% Pop a string containing a name list.  Push a string with the first author
+% last-name-first and subsequent authors first-name-first.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names.lastfirst}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+    % WHILE
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 =
+        { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$                %$
+        }
+        { comma * 
+          s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=           %$
+          nameptr numnames = 
+            % final name
+            { t "others" =
+                { etal * 
+                }
+                { " and " * t * 
+                }
+              if$                  %$
+            }
+            % names both precede and follow this name
+            { space * t * 
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$                     %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.names.firstfirst}
+% Same as \function{format.names.lastfirst} but all names are first name first.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names.firstfirst}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+    % WHILE
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=                   %$
+      nameptr #1 =
+        't
+        { nameptr numnames =
+            % final name
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { comma * 
+                }
+                'skip$                  %$
+              if$                  %$
+              t "others" =
+                { etal * 
+                }
+                { " and " * t * 
+                }
+              if$                  %$
+            }
+            % names both precede and follow this name
+            { comma * space * t * 
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$                   %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Make functions}
+%
+% Make functions expect nothing on the stack, and leave one string there.  Any
+% side effects of setting global variables are noted in the comments.  If a
+% nonempty string cannot be made due to lack of the right fields, leave an
+% empty one on the stack.
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{make.annotation}
+% Annotations can be omitted by nullifying the \env{SCannotation} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.annotation}
+{ annotation empty$       %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { "\begin{SCannotation}"
+      annotation *
+      "\end{SCannotation}" *
+    }
+  if$           %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.edition}
+% We use some logic here because we want to use the \field{seriesedition} for the
+% \field{edition} in certain cases.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.edition}
+{ edition empty$                  %$
+    { seriesedition empty$ not series field.or.null title field.or.null = and             %$
+        { seriesedition
+        }
+        { ""
+        }
+      if$                                    %$
+    }
+    { edition
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{make.year.month}
+%  \begin{macro}{make.year.nomonth}
+%  Make a year string.  We don't we use \evar{year.label} because that string is
+%  sterilized to make it appropriate for use in running text in citations (and
+%  for sorting I think); in the bibliography entry, we can be a little more
+%  lax, accepting special characters, and text that is not simply four
+%  numerals.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.year.month}
+  { year empty$                  %$
+      { ""
+      }
+      { year year.label.tag *
+	month empty$                  %$
+	  'skip$                  %$
+	  { comma * space * month *
+          }
+	if$                  %$
+      }
+    if$                                      %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.year.nomonth}
+{ year empty$                                %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { year year.label.tag *
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{make.year.or.oyear.month}
+% Push a string with year information.  If \field{oyear} is empty, call
+% \function{make.year.month}.  Warn in the almost-certainly-erroneous case of
+% an \field{oyear} without a \field{year}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.year.or.oyear.month}
+{ oyear empty$                  %$
+    { make.year.month
+    }
+    { year empty$                  %$
+        { "oyear without year in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+      oyear year.label.tag *
+      month empty$                  %$
+        'skip$                  %$
+	{ comma * space * month *
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                    %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.leaditem.with.tags}
+% Push \evar{leaditem} and if it's an editor, include a nice taggy.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.leaditem.with.tags}
+{ leaditem
+  principal-type editor.ptype =
+    { editor num.names$ #1 >         %$
+	{ ",~eds." * 
+	}
+	{ ",~ed." * 
+	}
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+    'skip$                 %$
+  if$                 %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{make.editors.secondary}
+% Give editors' names when not for the leaditem.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.editors.secondary}
+{ editor empty$                  %$
+    { "" 
+    }
+    { output.state after.sentence = 
+      output.state after.block = or
+        { "E"
+        }
+        { "e"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "dited by " * editor format.names.firstfirst * 
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{make.bookauthors.secondary}
+% This is for making authors' names that follow a title.  When we use this, we
+% are only going to be interested in the \field{bookauthor}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.bookauthors.secondary}
+{ bookauthor empty$                  %$
+    { "" 
+    }
+    {   output.state after.sentence = 
+        output.state after.block =
+      or
+        { "B"
+        }
+        { "b"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "y " * bookauthor format.names.firstfirst * 
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.translators}
+% \begin{macro}{make.illustrators}
+% Translators and illustrators are always secondary, until I write some extensions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.translators}
+{ translator empty$                  %$
+    { "" 
+    }
+    {   output.state after.sentence = 
+        output.state after.block =
+      or
+        { "T"
+        }
+        { "t"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "ranslated " *
+      flanguage empty$                  %$
+        'skip$                  %$
+        { "from the " * flanguage * space *
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "by " * translator format.names.firstfirst *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.illustrators}
+{ illustrator empty$                  %$
+    { "" 
+    }
+    {   output.state after.sentence = 
+        output.state after.block =
+      or
+        { "I"
+        }
+        { "i"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "llustrated by " * illustrator format.names.firstfirst *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{make.booktitle.ital}
+%  \begin{macro}{make.title.ital}
+%  \begin{macro}{make.as.ftitle.ital}
+%    FIX: multilingual
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.title.ital}
+{ title field.or.null italicize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.booktitle.ital}
+{ booktitle field.or.null italicize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.as.ftitle.ital}
+{ ftitle empty$                  %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { "as " ftitle italicize *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.title.inquotes}
+% Put the title in quotes on the stack.  \cs\Wrapquotes is going to properly
+% handle punctuation that follows the closing quotation marks by sucking it
+% inside the quotes.  FIX: make generic function format.wrapquotes? like
+% format.emphasize?  FIX: make all those function that transform a string on
+% the stack into ``format'' functions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.title.inquotes}  
+{ title empty$               %$
+    { "" 
+    }
+    { 
+      "\Wrapquotes{" title * "}" * 
+    }   
+  if$                                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%    
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.pages}
+{ pages empty$               %$
+    { "" 
+    }
+    { pages format.n.dashify
+    }
+  if$                                     %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.vol.series.num.month.pages}
+%
+% For articles, the number of cases to handle these fields is very large: 32 to
+% do it properly!  These cases could perhaps be collapsed, but it is going to
+% be much easier to read here and to maintain if we do it brutishly by
+% elaborating each case.  The only exception I've made is when two adjacent
+% leaves are very similar.  The way I've laid out this funciton here, adjacent
+% leaves are going to be the pairs of cases with and without a nonempty
+% \field{pages}.
+%
+% There are 5 relevant fields, each of which can be empty or not ($2^5 =
+% 32$). In the comments below, I mark each case with a series of 1 to 5 letters
+% represent the cases where that field is nonempty: |V| for \field{volume}, |S|
+% for \field{series}, |N| for \field{number}, |M| for \field{month}, and |P|
+% for \field{pages}.  Thus, the case marked with the comment |SMP| is the one
+% where the \field{series}, \field{month}, and \field{pages} fields are
+% nonempty, and \field{volume} and \field{number} are empty.
+%
+% FIX: when I use \function{make.pages} in this function, it's slightly inefficient,
+% since \function{make.pages} does a check for empty pages which is unnecessary here.
+%
+% FIX: this does not yet handle entries with nonempty \field{series}.
+%
+% FIX: go through and combine adjacent leaves.
+%
+% We could really put the punctuation that should precede this unit right at
+% the beginning of the string we're making here, but let's conform better to
+% the conventions and put this in the scratch variable 'u instead.  I don't
+% think this function will ever get called at any time other than mid-sentence,
+% after the journal title, but who knows.  So a call to this function should
+% look like:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%   make.vol.series.num.month.pages u output
+% \end{codeexample}
+% Remember that when \function{output.internal} writes the punctuation, it adds a space
+% following, so it is unnecessary to begin the string this function returns
+% with a space.  (Occasionally below, we want (and produce) a colon followed by
+% no space; we can do this because we are directly creating this string, not
+% using the \function{output} routine.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.vol.series.num.month.pages}
+{ volume empty$                   %$
+    { series empty$                   %$
+        { number empty$                   %$
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+                    % none of VSNMP
+		    { space 'u :=
+                      ""
+		    }
+                    % P
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      multipage.p
+                        { "pp." pages format.n.dashify
+			}
+                        { "p." pages
+			}
+                      if$                   %$
+                      tie.or.space.connect
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+                    % M
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      month
+		    }
+                    % MP
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      month comma * space * make.pages *
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+                    % N
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number tie.or.space.connect
+		    }
+		    % NP
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number colon * make.pages * tie.or.space.connect
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % NM
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number tie.or.space.connect
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+		    }
+		    % NMP
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number tie.or.space.connect
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+                      colon * space * make.pages *
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	  if$                   %$
+        }
+        { number empty$                   %$
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % S
+		    { 
+		    }
+		    % SP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % SM
+		    {
+		    }
+		    % SMP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % SN
+		    {
+		    }
+		    % SNP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % SNP
+		    {
+		    }
+		    % SNMP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	  if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { series empty$                   %$
+        { number empty$                   %$
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % V
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+		    }
+		    % VP
+		    { space 'u :=
+                      volume colon * make.pages *
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VM
+		    { comma 'u :=
+                      "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+		    }
+		    % VMP
+		    { space 'u :=
+                      volume space *
+                      month parenthesize * colon * space * make.pages *
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VN
+		    { space 'u :=
+                     volume ", no." number tie.or.space.connect *
+		    }
+		    % VNP
+		    { space 'u :=
+                      volume space * 
+                      number parenthesize * colon * space * make.pages *
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VNM
+		    { space 'u :=
+                      volume ", no." number tie.or.space.connect *
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+		    }
+		    % VNMP
+		    { space 'u :=
+                      volume space * number parenthesize * colon * space *
+                      make.pages * space * month parenthesize *
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	  if$                   %$
+        }
+        { number empty$                   %$
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VS
+		    { 
+		    }
+		    % VSP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VSM
+		    {
+		    }
+		    % VSMP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	    { month empty$                   %$
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VSN
+		    {
+		    }
+		    % VSNP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+		{ pages empty$                   %$
+		    % VSNM
+		    {
+		    }
+		    % VSNMP
+		    {
+		    }
+		  if$                   %$
+		}
+	      if$                   %$
+	    }
+	  if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                                            %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.crossref}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.crossref}
+{ "\citeNP{" crossref * "}" *
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{output.series.number}
+% Outputs the number with appropriate capitalization.  Warns if we also have
+% nonempty \field{seriesedition}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.series.number}
+{ series empty$                   %$
+    { number empty$                   %$
+        { ""
+        }
+        { "Can't use `number' without `series' in " cite$ * warning$
+          "" 
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { number empty$                   %$
+	{ series
+          seriesedition empty$                   %$
+            'skip$                   %$
+            { comma output
+              new.block
+              seriesedition
+            }
+          if$                   %$
+	}
+	{ series space * 
+          "no." *
+	  number tie.or.space.connect    
+	 "number and seriesedition" seriesedition either.or.check
+	}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                                         %$
+  comma output
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{output.volume.series}
+%  The \field{series} is not required.   FIX: why do we output stuff here?
+%  can't we use a make function like elsewhere?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.volume.series}
+{ volume empty$                   %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$                   %$
+        'skip$                   %$
+        { " of " * series italicize * 
+          seriesedition empty$                   %$
+            'skip$                   %$
+            { comma output
+              new.block
+              seriesedition
+            }
+          if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  comma output
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.chapter.of}
+% To say for example ``Part 3'' instead of ``Chapter 3'', put ``Part'' into the
+% \field{type} field, and the number and the preposition into the \field{chapter} field,
+% e.g., ``3 of''.   A tie is automatically put in between the \field{type} field
+% and the \field{chapter} field in this case.  We can't make a decision based on the
+% length of the \field{chapter} field when it's going to contain the preposition.
+%
+% OK, putting the preposition in the chapter field doesn't work out when you do
+% crossreferences.  So let's try ``of'' as a general preposition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.chapter.of}
+{ chapter empty$        %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { type empty$        %$
+        { "Chapter" 
+        }
+        { type "t" change.case$         %$
+        }
+      if$        %$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%    
+% \begin{macro}{make.chapter}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.chapter}
+{ chapter empty$                   %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { type empty$                   %$
+        { "Chapter"
+        }
+        { type "t" change.case$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{make.number.tr}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.number.tr}
+{ type empty$                   %$
+    { "Technical Report" 
+    }
+    { type "t" change.case$                    %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  number empty$                   %$
+    'skip$                   %$
+    { number tie.or.space.connect 
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Label and principal field functions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{calc.labels}
+% \begin{macro}{set.principal-field.principal-type}
+%   Set \evar{label} and \evar{year.label} from the original
+%   database.  Set \evar{leaditem}.  For reference from above: \field{author}
+%   ('\#0') \field{editor} (`\#1'), \field{organization} (`\#2'), and
+%   \field{key} (`\#3').
+%
+% FIX: NOTE: the entry-type functions (and specifically its subroutines like
+% make.authors) are going to assume that bibentry contains the right field as
+% calculated by 
+%
+% format the string on the stack based on the GLOBAL (not entry) variable
+% j (= bibentry.type)
+%%
+% confusion here over terminology.  bibentry and leaditem are the same thing,
+% but it is also the basis for calculating the label.
+% let's call the most important field for each type the PRINCIPAL field.  this
+% will be put into the lead position in the bibentry and also be massaged into
+% the label.
+%% FIX: new idea, start using it
+% leaves a string on the stack based on TYPE; the string is the first non-empty
+% relevant field for the type, or an emergency substitution as supplied by
+% \function{check.q}.  FIX: end.the.q?  would emergency be a 5th type that the
+% format.principal-field functions should recognize?
+%
+% Yes, \function{check.q} will put full cite-string on as emergency and set 
+% \evar{principal-type} accordingly.
+%
+% FIX: ensure proper warnings if we are not getting something good in
+% principal-field.
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {set.principal-field.principal-type}
+{   type$ "book" =               %$
+    type$ "inbook" =               %$
+  or
+    { start.a.q 
+      author.q
+      editor.q
+      blank.q 
+      key.q 
+      "author, editor, or key for entry type " type$ * check.q          %$
+    }
+    { type$ "proceedings" =                   %$
+        { start.a.q
+          blank.q
+          editor.q
+          organization.q
+          key.q
+          "editor, organization, or key for entry type " type$ * check.q    %$
+        }
+        { type$ "manual" =                   %$
+            { start.a.q
+              author.q
+              blank.q
+              organization.q
+              key.q
+              "author, organization, or key for entry type " type$ * check.q   %$
+            }
+            % for all other entry types
+            { start.a.q
+              author.q
+              blank.q
+              blank.q
+              key.q
+              "author or key for entry type " type$ * check.q       %$
+            }
+          if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  'principal-field :=
+  j 'principal-type :=
+}
+
+% TRUE if we've got \evar{principal-type} of \gvar{organization.ptype} and
+% nonempty \field{key} and entry type of \entry{manual} or \entry{proceedings}.
+FUNCTION {key.special.p}
+{       type$ "manual" =             %$
+	type$ "proceedings" =        %$
+      or
+      principal-type organization.ptype =
+    and
+    key empty$ not                 %$
+  and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.leaditem}
+{ key.special.p
+    % is \field{key} all-caps?
+    { key duplicate$ "u" change.case$ =
+        % if so, key is assumed to be an acronym FIX; should I warn what we're doing?
+        { key " (" * organization * ")" *
+        }
+        % if not, key is assumed to be an initial prefix (abbreviation) of organization
+        % for use only in the label
+        { organization
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { principal-field
+	principal-type author.ptype =
+	principal-type editor.ptype =
+      or
+	{ format.names.lastfirst
+	}
+	% organization, key, or emergency ptype
+	'skip$               %$
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$              %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.label.from.principal-field}
+{ principal-field
+    principal-type author.ptype =
+    principal-type editor.ptype =
+  or
+    { format.names.for.label
+    }
+    % organization, key, or emergency
+    'skip$               %$
+  if$                   %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.label}
+{ key.special.p
+    { key
+    }
+    { make.label.from.principal-field
+    }
+  if$               %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.names.for.sort}
+% \cs\stack{\meta{list of names}}{\meta{list of names suitable for sorting}}
+%
+% FIX: add dox here about how bibtex sorts, and the spaces strategy.
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{lp{1in}}
+% 1 & between tokens of a name part (word-by-word method; only after first-name's initials
+% in letter-by-letter) \\
+% 2 & between name-parts in a name (but consider `von' and `last' one name-part) \\
+% 3 & between names in a name list \\
+% 4 & between other sort levels, such as names and years \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% We don't bother to \function{format.sortify.clip}, just do that once before assignment to
+% the sort.key.
+%
+% \manual specifies all names should be given in the bibliography.  FIX ref.
+% So the \manual doesn't tell us how to handle the conventional ``and others''
+% that might be in the database.  We handle it by proceeding on the assumption
+% that ``and others'' always means the total names are more than 3, so we want
+% to alphabetize these entries after all those with 1, 2, or~3 names.  We do
+% this by turning ``and others'' into a pseudo-name that will sort later than
+% any real name (i.e., we insert a lot of z's).
+%
+% The commented-out format is doing word-by-word alphabetization as defined
+% \manualref{17.97} with the exception of hyphens.  \builtin{purify} turns
+% hyphens into spaces, so hyphens are word boundaries, unlike slashes and
+% apostrophes, which are suppressed.  The \manual says hyphens should be
+% supressed like slashes and apostrophes, so we need to remove them with
+% \function{format.dehyphen} before we \builtin{purify}.
+%
+% The \manual prefers letter-by-letter alphabetization, which is what the
+% active code below does.  We suppress spaces between tokens of a name part.
+% We need to remove hyphens as explained above.
+%
+% NOTE: We could therefore change our delimiters all down by one, since single space
+% delimters are no longer used, but I think there is no harm in starting with a
+% 2-space delimiter, and this lets us change back and forth easily.
+%
+% FIX: \manualref{17.100} names with initials in place of given names should
+% precede those names which are spelled out.  ``J. Robert'' before ``James N.''
+% and ``K. T.'' before ``Keven S.''.  This is not consistent with the
+% letter-by-letter method (it is with word-by-word).  So, we want to insert a
+% space after first-name tokens of length 1.  How do we do that!?
+%
+% FIX: do we need special handling for names with Saint, Mac, Mc, and M'
+% \manualref{17.107--109}?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+% FIX: NOTE: \builtin{empty} returns TRUE if string contains no non-whitespace chars
+% FIX: other whitespace to check for?
+
+% pop string, push its length not counting special chars as one char
+FUNCTION {length}
+{ 'u :=
+%  u "taking length of" debugval
+  #0 'len :=
+  % WHILE
+  { u "" = not }
+    { len #1 + 'len :=
+      u #2 global.max$ substring$ 'u :=
+    }
+  while$         %$
+  len
+%  len int.to.str$ "      length is" debugval    %$
+}
+
+
+% FIX: a special+ char begins with a |{\| and continues through the next |}|.
+% \BibTeX{}'s ``special character'' is the same but only at brace level~0.
+% When we're stepping through a string, and we don't keep track of the brace
+% level, then those functions that recognize special chars are not going to
+% know the brace level, they will see every special+ char as a special char.
+
+% pop string, push its first char counting special chars as one char
+% treat braces normally unless they are the start of a special char
+%
+% don't use \function{and} here for efficiency
+FUNCTION {head}
+{ 'w :=
+  w #1 #1 substring$      %$
+  duplicate$ "{" =       %$
+    { w #2 #1 substring$ "\" =      %$
+        { pop$       %$
+          w #1 text.prefix$     %$
+        }
+        'skip$   %$
+      if$       %$
+    }
+    'skip$      %$
+  if$        %$
+}
+
+% FIX: using `and' and `or' requires calculation of both where nested branches
+% would not; see where this will help.
+
+% pop string, push string without its first char, counting special chars as one char
+FUNCTION {behead}
+{ 'u :=
+%  u "beheading before" debugval
+    u
+    u head length #1 +
+    global.max$            %$
+  substring$      %$
+%  duplicate$ "beheading  after" debugval    %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {behead.t}
+{ t behead 't :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.dehyphen}
+{ 't :=
+%  t "dehyphen before" debugval
+  ""
+  % WHILE
+  { t "" = not }
+    { t head
+      duplicate$ hyphen =         %$
+        { pop$                    %$
+        }
+        { *
+        }
+      if$                %$
+      behead.t
+    }
+  while$                                  %$
+%  duplicate$ "dehyphen after" debugval    %$
+}
+
+% \builtin{text.length}: replace string on stack with its length, special chars count
+% as 1 char, don't count braces.
+
+% \builtin{text.prefix}: like \builtin{substring} but count special chars as 1 char, don't
+% count braces, and supply a missing closing brace for a special-char.  also,
+% have to always start at \#1.
+
+% FIX: does \manual intend to skip over en-dash and em-dash?  these could occur
+% in titles.  For the moment I will remove them too, but not in special chars.
+% look at \function{format.n.dashify} to be able to distinguish hyphens from
+% the dashes.
+
+FUNCTION {format.dehyphen.dewhitespace}
+{ 't :=
+%  t "dehyphen.dewhitespace before" debugval
+  ""
+  % WHILE
+  { t "" = not }
+    { t head
+      duplicate$                  %$
+        duplicate$ hyphen =       %$
+        swap$ empty$
+      or
+        { pop$                    %$
+        }
+        { *
+        }
+      if$                %$
+      behead.t
+    }
+  while$                                  %$
+%  duplicate$ "dehyphen.dewhitespace after" debugval          %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.for.sort}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                  %$
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  % WHILE
+  { namesleft #0 > }
+    {
+      % NOTE: order or name-parts ought to follow that used for leaditem
+      % word-by-word alphabetization:
+%      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  jj{ }}{  ff{ }}" format.name$                  %$  
+      % letter-by-letter alphabetization, no attention to initials:
+%      s nameptr "{vv{}}{ll{}}{  jj{}}{  ff{}}" format.name$                  %$  
+
+      % letter-by-letter alphabetization, with first initials exception:
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{}}{ll{}}{  jj{}}" format.name$         %$
+
+      % Each first-name token of the form of an initial ("L.") will be followed by a
+      % space but other spaces will be removed.
+
+      % Algorithm: step through looking for space, which terminates name tokens,
+      % adding non-spaces to an accumulator on the stack as we go.
+      % When we find a space, look at the accumulator (a whole name token).
+      % If it's length is 2 and 2d char is a period, we've got an initial, so
+      % add the space to the accumulator.  If not, throw away the space
+      % and step on looking for another name.
+      
+      % FIX: would it be simpler to replace periods with spaces?
+      %      would a period ever appear in a first-name when not an initial?
+      %      Rev.?  Col.?  These should be alphabetized as spelled out, prob.
+      %      but need to check \manual
+
+%      duplicate$ "beginning of initials funniness; last-part is" debugval %$
+
+      s nameptr "{ff{ } }" format.name$ 't :=      %$
+      % t is "F1 F2 F3 ... FN " or empty
+
+%      t "initial t" debugval
+
+      t empty$       %$
+        'skip$       %$
+        { delimiter.name-part *
+          ""        % accumulator
+          % WHILE
+          { t "" = not }
+            { t head
+%              duplicate$ "stepping. t is [" t * "] and head is" * debugval %$
+              duplicate$ empty$
+                % last char will always be a space
+                % accumulator contains whole name token
+                { pop$       %$  throw space away for now; top of stack is now accumulator
+%                  duplicate$ "found a space; accumulator is" debugval %$
+                  duplicate$ %$
+                    duplicate$ text.length$ #2 =        %    2 chars long
+                    swap$ behead head period =          %$   2d char is period    
+                  and
+                    % name token in accumulator is an initial, so add a space to it
+                    { space *
+%                      duplicate$ "found an initial" debugval %$
+                    }
+                    % name token in accumulator is not an initial
+                    'skip$      %$
+                  if$        %$
+                  % in either case, concatenate the accumulator the name on the
+                  % stack and initialize it again
+%                  duplicate$ "adding to name" debugval %$
+                  * ""
+                }
+                % accumulator contains partial name token
+                % add t's head (not a space) to accumulator
+                { *
+                }
+              if$         %$
+              behead.t
+            }
+          while$            %$
+          % we always end up with an empty string on the stack
+          pop$     %$
+%          duplicate$ "formatted first-name is" debugval %$
+%          s nameptr "{ff}{vv}{ll}{jj}" format.name$ "it came from" debugval %$
+        }
+      if$      %$
+%      duplicate$ "end of initials funniness; stack has" debugval             %$
+
+      format.dehyphen
+      't :=
+      % t now contains one name of a namelist
+      nameptr #1 =      
+        { t
+        }
+        { delimiter.name *
+	    nameptr numnames =
+            t "others" =
+          and
+            { "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz" *
+            }
+            { t *
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$                  %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% FIX: should be able to share code with \function{make.leaditem.with.tags}
+%
+% We don't bother to \function{format.sortify.clip}, just do that once before assignment to
+% the \field{sort.key\$}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.principal-field.for.sort}  % FIX: note: leaditem must already be set
+{   principal-type author.ptype =
+    principal-type editor.ptype =
+  or
+    { principal-field format.names.for.sort
+    }
+    { principal-type emergency.ptype =
+        { principal-field
+        }
+        % organization.ptype, key.ptype, including both key.special cases
+        % leaditem is the same as principal-field except in the key.special
+        % cases, when we do want the leaditem not the principal-field
+	{ leaditem	  
+	  % letter-by-letter alphabetization:
+          format.dehyphen.dewhitespace
+        }
+      if$           %$
+    }
+  if$            %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \subsection{Begin and end entries}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{begin.entry}
+%  Begin an entry.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {begin.entry}
+{ output.begin
+  output.bibitem
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{finish.entry}
+% Conclude an entry.
+% \cs\stack{string}{null}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {finish.entry}
+{ add.period$                      %$
+  output.end
+  newline$                         %$
+  make.annotation write$           %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Entry types}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Article}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{article}
+% An article from a journal or magazine.  Required: \field{author},
+% \field{title}, \field{journal}, \field{year}.  Optional: \field{volume},
+% \field{number}, \field{pages}, \field{month}, \field{note}.  Title quoted.
+%
+% FIX: this is not true any more. hmm, which warnings to give?  Warnings given
+% for no \field{pages}; no \field{volume} or \field{number}; and \field{number}
+% but no \field{volume}.  It's a drag, but the latter warning should remain
+% there. The reason is that this bibstyle will produce a very misleading entry
+% if you mistakenly omit the volume and give a number for a journal.
+%
+% FIX: this is the old def of article, following output of title through end of
+% crossref conditional.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%       volume field.or.null
+% %    \end{macrocode}
+% %  One item (the volume) is on the stack now. Each of the four cases in the
+% %  following conditionals should leave a second item on the stack.
+% %    \begin{macrocode}
+%       number empty$                   %$
+%         { volume empty$                   %$
+%             { "empty volume and number in " cite$ * warning$
+%               ""
+%             }
+%             { colon
+%             }
+%           if$                   %$
+%         }
+%         { volume empty$                   %$
+%             { "number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$
+% %    \end{macrocode}
+% % FIX when a journal has no volume but a number, there should be a comma after
+% % the journal, a space and then ``no. n:ppp''.  But we have already said
+% % ``space output'' after the journal name, no doubt.  So we have to make this
+% % decision earlier.
+% %    \begin{macrocode}
+%               "\unskip, no." tie * number * colon *
+%             }
+%             { "(" number * ")" * tie.or.space.connect
+% %    \end{macrocode}
+% % FIX: I don't think this is handling the case without pages right -- there
+% % will be a colon with nothing following.  I could save either colon or
+% % colon+space in a variable, and slap it on before the pages if there are pages
+% % and leave it off if there are no pages.  Hmm, no: see \manaul 15.215
+% % for how to handle missing pages.  Not easy.
+% %
+% % Now there's just one item (the volume) on the stack, so leave the following
+% % as the second item.
+% %    \begin{macrocode}
+%               colon space *
+%             }
+%           if$
+%         }
+%       if$ *
+%       make.pages "pages" check.empty * 
+%       space output
+%       month parenthesize space output
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+%  A crossref from an article says ``See this, pages xxx.''  See \manual 16:107
+% for this peculiar bit about the spacing after the colon.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags space output
+  new.block
+  make.year.nomonth "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                              %$
+    { journal italicize "journal" check.empty space output
+      series empty$                              %$
+        'skip$                              %$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% FIX: take this out when we finish \function{make.vol.series}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        { "Achicago can not yet handle nonempty series! in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+      if$                              %$
+      volume empty$ number empty$ month empty$ pages empty$ and and and
+        { "empty volume, number, month, and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                              %$
+      if$                              %$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% See definition of \function{make.vol.series.num.month.pages} for why we set
+% \gvar{u} in that function.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      make.vol.series.num.month.pages u output
+    }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Unusual case where you are probably citing one journal issue and numerous
+% articles within it, so you have one entry for the issue itself, and others
+% referring to it.  Perhaps there are other cases, but I think what's right
+% here is to give the crossref and only the pages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { "In " make.crossref * space output
+      make.pages "pages" check.empty comma output
+    }
+  if$                              %$
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Book}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{book}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty comma output 
+  new.block
+  make.title.ital "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.edition comma output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                              %$
+    { volume empty$                              %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                              %$
+      editor empty$ author empty$ or
+        'skip$                              %$
+        { new.block
+          make.editors.secondary comma output
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      new.block
+      make.translators comma output
+      new.block
+      make.illustrators comma output
+      new.block
+      oyear empty$                              %$
+        { address comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty colon output
+        }
+        { oaddress comma output
+          opublisher "opublisher" check.empty colon output
+          new.block
+          "Reprint" comma output
+          address field.or.null comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty
+          address empty$                              %$
+            { comma
+            }
+            { colon
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+          output
+          year "year" check.empty comma output          
+        }
+      if$                              %$
+    }
+    { volume empty$                              %$
+        { "In "
+        }
+        { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+          " of " *
+        }
+      if$                      %$
+      make.crossref * comma output
+    }
+  if$                              %$
+  new.block
+  yearcomp empty$                              %$
+    'skip$                              %$
+    { "Composed in " yearcomp *
+      comma output
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$                              %$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \field{fyear} must be nonempty to get any information about the first-published
+% edition, 
+%
+% The \field{fpublisher}, \field{faddress}, and \field{flanguage} can be empty in any
+% combination.  They are all ignored if \field{fyear} is empty, except for possibly
+% \field{flanguage}, which will be given with the translator if \field{translator} is
+% nonempty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  fyear empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "First published "
+      translator empty$ flanguage empty$ not and
+        { "in " * flanguage * space *
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If \field{ftitle} is empty, there will be a harmless? extra space.
+% FIX: surely i can fix that...
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      make.as.ftitle.ital * space output
+      faddress empty$ fpublisher empty$ not and
+        { "by "
+        }
+        { "in "
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      space output
+      faddress space output
+      fpublisher
+      faddress empty$                  %$
+        { space
+        }
+        { colon
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      output
+      fyear
+      faddress empty$ fpublisher empty$ and
+        { space
+        }
+        { comma
+        }
+      if$ output                  %$
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Inbook}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{inbook}
+% \manual doesn't seem to recognize parts of a book without their own titles.
+% We make up our own version, moving the chapter and page information from the
+% end of the \field{booktitle} to the beginning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  We store an extra copy of \function{make.chapter.of} in the variable\gvar{u} here, so
+%  that we know whether to put pages or not after the \field{title} sentence
+%  (with editors, and so on).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  crossref empty$            %$
+    { make.chapter.of
+      duplicate$ 'u :=              %$
+      duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$                  %$
+          pages empty$                  %$
+            { "empty chapter, type, and pages in " cite$ * warning$ 
+              "In "
+            }
+            { "Pages " make.pages * " in " *
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+      comma output
+      make.title.ital "title" check.empty space output
+      make.bookauthors.secondary comma output
+      make.editors.secondary comma output
+      volume empty$                  %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      make.edition comma output
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  Here we branch again on the contents of \function{make.chapter.of}.  If it is not
+%  empty, then we go ahead and \function{make.pages}.  If it is empty we don't, because
+%  this means that if \field{pages} were given, they have already been put earlier.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      u empty$                  %$
+        'skip$                  %$
+        { make.pages comma output
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      new.block
+      make.translators comma output
+      new.block
+      make.illustrators comma output
+      new.block
+      oyear empty$                  %$
+        { address comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty colon output
+        }
+        { oaddress comma output
+          opublisher "opublisher" check.empty colon output
+          new.block
+          "Reprint" comma output
+          address field.or.null comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty
+          address empty$                  %$
+            { comma
+            }
+            { colon
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+          output
+          year "year" check.empty comma output          
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+    % crossref not empty
+    { "In " make.crossref * comma output
+      make.chapter comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ pages empty$ and
+        { "empty chapter and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  new.block
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Incollection}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{incollection}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+% FIX: use \field{type} to say what kind of title this is? e.g., play, poem,
+% chapter, story?
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                  %$
+    { make.chapter.of duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$                  %$
+          "In "
+        }
+        'skip$                        %$
+      if$                  %$
+      space output
+      make.booktitle.ital "booktitle" check.empty space output
+      make.bookauthors.secondary comma output
+      make.editors.secondary comma output
+      volume empty$                  %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      make.edition comma output
+% FIX: do I need this?  I don't for copleston:cusa
+%      make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ type empty$ and pages empty$ and                  %$
+        { "empty chapter, type, and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                          %$
+      if$                  %$
+      new.block
+      make.translators space output
+      new.block
+      make.illustrators space output
+      new.block
+      oyear empty$                  %$
+        { address space output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty colon output
+        }
+        { oaddress space output
+          opublisher "opublisher" check.empty colon output
+          new.block
+          "Reprint" comma output
+          address comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty
+          address empty$                  %$
+            { comma
+            }
+            { colon
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+          output
+          year comma output          
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+    % crossref not empty
+    { new.block
+      "In " make.crossref * space output
+      make.chapter comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ pages empty$ and
+        { "empty chapter and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Majorthesis}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{format.thesis}
+% \begin{macro}{thesis}
+% \begin{macro}{phdthesis}
+% \begin{macro}{mastersthesis}
+% \begin{macro}{majorthesis}
+% \begin{macro}{minorthesis}
+% Theses are all set in the same way, with a different type name.  An entry
+% with entry type \entry{thesis} ought to have a nonempty \field{type}.  The other four
+% alias entry types simply supply an explicit value for \field{type}, which are
+% overridden by a nonempty \field{type}.
+%
+% FIX The \field{type} field should be hooked into a variable and done with the
+% \package{babel} package: \cs\majorthesisname and so on.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.thesis}
+{ 'v :=
+  begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  v "type" check.empty space output
+  school "school" check.empty comma output
+  address comma output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {thesis}
+{ type field.or.null format.thesis 
+}
+FUNCTION{mastersthesis}
+{ type empty$               %$
+    { "Master's thesis"
+    }
+    { type
+    }
+  if$               %$
+  format.thesis
+}
+FUNCTION {minorthesis}
+{ mastersthesis
+}
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ type empty$               %$
+    { "Ph.D.~diss."
+    }
+    { type
+    }
+  if$               %$
+  format.thesis
+}
+FUNCTION {majorthesis}
+{ phdthesis
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Manual}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{manual}
+% Technical documentation.  Required: \field{title} (italicized).  Optional:
+% \field{author} or \field{organization} or \field{key}, \field{address},
+% \field{edition}, \field{month}, \field{year}, \field{note}.  Logic:
+% \evar{leaditem} is first nonempty field of \field{author},
+% \field{organization}, and \field{key}.  Subsequent nonempty fields in that
+% list are ignored.  Special case: when \evar{principal-field} is
+% \field{organization} and \field{key} is nonempty, use \field{key} for the
+% label instead of \field{organization}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags space output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.ital "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.edition comma output
+  new.block
+  address space output
+  organization colon output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Booklet}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{booklet}
+% A work that is printed and bound, but without a named publisher or sponsoring
+% institution.  Required: \field{title}.  Optional: \field{author}, \field{howpublished},
+% \field{address}, \field{month}, \field{year}, \field{note}.  Title is quoted.  \field{key} used if \field{author}
+% is empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  howpublished space output
+  address comma output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Inproceedings}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{inproceedings}
+% \begin{macro}{conference}
+% An article in a conference proceedings.  Required: \field{author},
+% \field{title}, \field{booktitle}, \field{year}.  Optional: \field{editor},
+% \field{volume} or \field{number}, \field{series}, \field{pages},
+% \field{address}, \field{month}, \field{organization}, \field{publisher},
+% \field{note}.  \field{key} used where \field{author} empty.  Title quoted.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                  %$
+    { make.editors.secondary space output
+      make.booktitle.ital "booktitle" check.empty comma output
+      volume empty$                  %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      make.edition comma output
+      new.block
+      organization space output
+      address comma output
+      publisher colon output
+      make.pages comma output
+    }
+    { "In " make.crossref * space output
+      make.chapter comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ pages empty$ and
+        { "empty chapter and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {conference} 
+{ inproceedings
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Proceedings}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{proceedings}
+% The proceedings of a conference.  Required: \field{title}, \field{year}.
+% Optional: \field{editor}, \field{volume} or \field{number}, \field{series},
+% \field{address}, \field{month}, \field{organization}, \field{publisher},
+% \field{note}.  If \field{editor} empty, use \field{organization} for
+% \evar{leaditem}.  For label, like type manual, use nonempty \field{key} for
+% the label instead of \field{organization}.  Title italicized.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags space output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.ital "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.edition comma output
+  new.block
+  volume empty$               %$
+    { output.series.number
+    }
+    { output.volume.series
+    }
+  if$               %$
+  new.block
+  organization space output
+  address comma output
+  publisher colon output
+  new.block
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Misc}
+% Required: \emph{none}.  The rest are optional.  \field{leaditem} is
+% \field{author} or \field{key} if empty.  \field{year} with \field{month}.
+% Then \field{title}, quoted.  Then \field{howpublished}.  Then \field{note}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  title space output
+  new.block
+  howpublished comma output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Techreport}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{techreport}
+% A report published by a school or other institution, usually numbered within
+% a series.  Required: \field{author}, \field{title}, \field{institution},
+% \field{year}.  Optional: \field{type}, \field{number}, \field{address},
+% \field{month}, \field{note}.  \field{key} used when \field{author} empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.number.tr comma output
+  institution "institution" check.empty comma output
+  address comma output
+  new.block
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Unpublished}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{unpublished}
+% A document having an author and title, but not formally published.  Required:
+% \field{author}, \field{title}, \field{note}.  Optional: \field{month},
+% \field{year}.  Uses \field{key} for no \field{author}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  note "note" check.empty space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{Default}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{default.type}
+%   I think \BibTeX{} is hardwired to look for this name.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {default.type} 
+{ misc }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Sorting}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{chop.word}
+% \cs\stack{\meta{string} \meta{num} \meta{string}}{\meta{string}}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% stack: S n T
+%
+% if S = substr(1,n,T)
+%    then substr(n+1, max, T)
+%    else S
+%
+% if T begins with S, then chop it off the beginning of T.
+% \end{verbatim}
+% I guess we don't bother calculating the length for efficiency's sake.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 't :=
+  'len :=
+  t #1 len substring$ =               %$
+    { t len #1 + global.max$ substring$
+    }
+    { t
+    }
+  if$               %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{make.title.for.sort}
+% We don't bother to \function{format.sortify.clip}, just do that once before assignment to
+% the sort.key.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {make.title.for.sort}
+{ title field.or.null
+  't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+% letter-by-letter alphabetization:
+  format.dehyphen.dewhitespace
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{presort}
+%
+% Set \evar{label}, \evar{year.label}, \evar{leaditem}.  Set \field{sort.key\$}
+% to \evar{leaditem} + \evar{year.label} + title suitably massaged.
+%
+% Note that \evar{year.label.tag} is not set yet; it will be set in stages in
+% \function{forward.pass.add.bcds} and \function{reverse.pass.add.as}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ set.principal-field.principal-type
+
+%  "principals set for " cite$ * debugmsg        %$
+  make.leaditem
+  'leaditem :=
+
+%  "leaditem set for " cite$ * debugmsg       %$
+  make.label
+  'label :=
+
+%  "label set for " cite$ * debugmsg            %$
+  oyear empty$                   %$
+    { year
+    }
+    { oyear
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+% FIX: substring or text.prefix?  if purify removes special chars then no diff.
+  field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  'year.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey<-label+year+principal+title}
+{ label
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  year.label *
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  make.principal-field.for.sort *
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  make.title.for.sort *
+  format.sortify.clip
+  'sort.key$ :=                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey<-principal+year+year-tag}
+{ make.principal-field.for.sort
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  year.label *
+% FIX if year.label is ever going to be a variable length, need some padding here?
+  year.label.tag *
+  format.sortify.clip
+  'sort.key$ :=                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort.&.sortkey<-label+year+principal+title}
+{ presort
+%  "presort done for " cite$ * debugmsg      %$
+  sortkey<-label+year+principal+title
+%  "sortkey set to label+year+principal+title for " cite$ * debugmsg       %$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{initialize.sorting-gvars}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.sorting-gvars}
+{ unidentified 'last.leaditem :=
+  unidentified 'last.label.and.year :=
+  "" 'following.year.label.tag :=
+  #0 'last.year.tag.num :=
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Disambiguating citations and sorting the bibliography}
+%
+% The initial calculation of citations can result in
+% ambiguous labels for some entries.  Two kinds of ambiguities can result:
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%   \item[same principal] 
+%     These are disambiguated by adding a unique lowercase letter to the end of
+%     the citations for each entry in the ambiguous set: (Smith 1980a) and
+%     (Smith 1980b); (Smith et~al. 1970a), (Smith et~al. 1970b).  The order of
+%     the letters corresonds to the order of their appearance in the
+%     bibliography (see below).
+%   \item[different principal]
+%
+%     Different principals can have be (initially) given the same label in two
+%     cases: (1) the principals include 4 or more names and the initial names
+%     share a surname, and (2) the principals include the same number $n<4$ of
+%     names and both the initial names and each of the subsequent names when
+%     present share a surname.  In each case, the entries must also have the
+%     same year+tag, that is, the same year \emph{including} any lowercase
+%     letters that might have been added.  In both cases, ambiguous labels are
+%     disambiguated by adding first initials to those names which differ in the
+%     first name: (P.~Smith 1980), (M.~Smith 1980); (Green, Z.~Black, and Meyer
+%     1980), (Green, B.~Black, and Meyer 1980); (Benson, Brown, Gray, White,
+%     B.~Black, and Griscom 1900), (Benson, H.~Brown, Gray, White, Z.~Black,
+%     and Griscom 1900).  When even first initials aren't enough to
+%     disambiguate, full names are used: (John~D.\ Smith 1990), (John~Q.\ Smith
+%     1990); etc.
+%
+% \end{description}
+% 
+% FIX: current behavior disambiguates all ambiguous citations by means of the
+% lowercase letter.  ``A, B, C, and D 1999'' together with ``A, B, C, and E
+% 1999'' are going to resolve to ``A et al 1999a'' and 1999b.  This nicely
+% avoids disambiguation, but not what the Manual specifies.
+%
+% FIX: current behavior is going to disambiguate citations that are ambiguous
+% because authors share last but differ in first names by means of the
+% lowercase letter: ``Aa 1999'' and ``Ab 1999'' become ``Aa 1999a'' and ``Ab
+% 1999b'' (where `A' stands for last name, and the `a' right after it is the
+% unmentioned first name).  The Manual, however, specifies (16.3)
+% disambiguating by using first initials in the label, such as ``M. Brown
+% 1999''.
+%
+% add.bcds: work on getting the right \evar{year.label.tag}.  Compare current
+% entry's \evar{label} plus \evar{year.label} to the last entry's, which is
+% stored in the global string variable \gvar{last.label.and.year}.  If they are
+% the same, increment global integer variable \gvar{last.year.tag.num} and set
+% \evar{year.label.tag} to the $n$th lowercase letter, where $n$ is
+% \gvar{last.year.tag.num}.  If they are not the same, set
+% \gvar{last.label.and.year} to the current \evar{label} plus \evar{year.label}, set
+% \evar{year.label.tag} to empty string, and set \gvar{last.year.tag.num} to~0.
+%
+% After add.bcds pass, \evar{year.label.tag} will be blank for all first
+% entries of an ambiguous series, and ``b,'' ``c,'' etc.\ for second entries,
+% third entries, and so on. The ``a'''s will be added in the right places by
+% the reverse.pass.add.as function.
+%
+% Handle duplicate \evar{leaditem}s.  Compare current entry's
+% \evar{leaditem} with the last entry's, which is stored in the global string
+% variable \gvar{last.leaditem}.  When they are the same, wrap the current
+% entry's \evar{leaditem} in \cs\SCduplicate.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass.wrap.dupe.leaditems}
+{ leaditem
+  duplicate$ last.leaditem =                  %$
+    % we add the brace pair at the end because this forces add.period$ to add a  %$
+    % period after it.  FIX: if we ever want \SCdup to actually print its
+    % argument, we must get it to print its argument minus any final period.
+    { "\SCduplicate{" swap$ * "{}}" * 'leaditem :=                  %$
+    }
+    { 'last.leaditem :=
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass.add.bcds}
+{ label year.label * format.clip
+  duplicate$ last.label.and.year =                  %$
+    % same as previous entry
+    { pop$                  %$
+      last.year.tag.num #1 + 'last.year.tag.num :=
+      last.year.tag.num int.to.chr$ 'year.label.tag :=                  %$
+    }
+    % different from previous entry
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.year.tag.num :=                  %$
+      "" 'year.label.tag :=
+      'last.label.and.year := 
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+% FIX: use a minimum of entry-variables to hold 'last' things.
+% FIX: change `last' to 'prev' where appropriate.  what about vars that might
+% be used going forward and back?  always use `prev'?
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{reverse.pass.add.as}
+%   Pass through the entries in reverse order.  Set current
+%   \evar{year.label.tag} to ``a'' on entries that precede ones with ``b''s.
+%   Set \evar{following.year.label.tag} to the current \evar{year.label.tag}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass.add.as}
+{ following.year.label.tag "b" =
+    { "a" 'year.label.tag := 
+    }
+    'skip$                  %$
+  if$                  %$
+  year.label.tag 'following.year.label.tag :=
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{begin.bib}
+% \begin{macro}{end.bib}
+%   These two functions are called to begin and end the entire bibliography. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$                  %$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$                  %$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Actions}
+%
+% This is the main subroutine which calls all the others.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {init.scalars}
+
+ITERATE {presort.&.sortkey<-label+year+principal+title}
+SORT 
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.sorting-gvars}
+
+% add in "b"'s etc.
+ITERATE {forward.pass.add.bcds}
+% add in "a"'s
+REVERSE {reverse.pass.add.as}
+
+ITERATE{sortkey<-principal+year+year-tag}
+SORT 
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.sorting-gvars}
+ITERATE {forward.pass.wrap.dupe.leaditems}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+ITERATE {call.type$}                  %$
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f1e0e1b5969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+2001-09-08  Matt Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* abbrevs.cfg: Add testing for Acromake category.
+	
+	* abbrevs.dtx: Added (messy!) acromake emulation.  Removed
+	\TMCurrentMacro for the plain abbrevs -- will deal with that
+	later.
+	
+	* moredefs.dtx: Fixed broken \SaveName.
+	
+	* moredefs.dtx: Extend \EExpand...\In examples.
+	
+	* Makefile: Remove acromake -- abbrevs now emulates it.
+	
+2001-09-05  Matt Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* titles.dtx: Add \slash to \nospacelist.
+	
+2001-08-31  Matt Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* abbrevs.dtx: Added to \nospacelist the following between bars:
+	|/\slash\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp|.  Added \TMCurrentMacro.
+	
+	* abbrevs.cfg: Add test with \slash.
+	
+	* newclude.dtx: Extensive documentation revisions.  Incorporation
+	of includex package.  Revision and extension of hooks mechanisms.
+	Remove "group" option, which seemed inferior in all cases to the
+	others.
+	
+	* titles.dtx: Changed: \booktitle -> \book, \journaltitle ->
+	\journal, \musictitle -> \music, \articletitle -> \article,
+	\playtitle -> \play, \crafttitle -> \craft.  Compatibility easily
+	retained in configuration file.  New: \species, \WrapquotesSN,
+	\WrapquotesDN, \WrapquotesSK, \nospacelist (abstraction of what
+	was hard-coded).  Dox revisions.  Some code cleanup.
+
+	* titles.cfg: New: \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
+	\newlet\film\textitswitch \newlet\essaytitle\Wrapquotes
+	\newlet\chaptertitle\Wrapquotes. Revise and expand testing to
+	accommodate changes in titles.dtx.
+	
+	* tag.sto: Add 2d optional argument to \include.  Revise
+	documentation.
+	
+	* lips.dtx: New: \BracketedLips, \olips, \Lips, mla package
+	option.
+	
+	* group.sto: This file is not distributed any more; it proved
+	inferior to other newclude solutions in all applications.
+	
+	* footnote.dtx: Dox changes only.
+	
+	* epigraph.dtx: Remove call to \normalcitations.  Remove \EPBox.
+	Add \@afterheading.
+	
+	* compsci.dtx: New: \file \email.  Changed: \booktitle -> \book.
+	Add hyperlatex package option.  Make \code not \long.
+	
+	* compsci.cfg: Define \ALaTeX instead of \require it (or something
+	like that).
+
+	* blkcntrl.dtx: Implementation and documentation revisions.
+	
+	* bits.dtx: Requires letterhead package -- which I don't think I
+	distribute.  Aha, that's why this is "unsupported"!  It may be
+	usable with a dummy letterhead package.  Call scheme-components
+	tasks now.
+
+	* attrib.dtx: Add \attribcitations.  Some dox revisions.
+	
+	* allocate.sto: Slight dox revisions.
+	
+	* achicago.dtx: Depends on slemph and verbatim too now, but not
+	relsize.  Some code cleanup.  Bumped minor version number to
+	differentiate from what I had up there on my FTP site.
+	
+	* achicago-bst.dtx: Extensive revisions to documentation.  Thanks
+	to Panagiotis Louridas for pointing out a significant bug that
+	would indicate authors with the same last name as the same with a
+	3-em dash in the bibliography.  More cleanup of code.  Major
+	version to 1; reflects non-beta state.
+	
+	* README-unsupported: Remove entry for newclude; revise entry for
+	includex.
+	
+	* README: Add section for newclude.
+	
+	* Makefile: bundle-license = LPPL.  Newclude moves to supported,
+	but remove group.sto.  Includex remains for now.  Alpha-bibstyle
+	mla: comment out for now, needs work in Frankenfile.
+	Alpha-configs: add letterhead remove myletter.  Dox-requirements:
+	add attrib.
+
+	* moredefs.dtx: Many documentation changes.  Change implementation
+	of \provideboolean and \newboolean to be compatible with ifthen
+	package.  Fix \prependto@macro \g@prependto@macro so they work.
+	Fix check for defined macro in \SaveName.  Fix \GobbleO \GobbleMO
+	so they work.  Bump \docdate and minor version to distinguish from
+	limited release on FTP site.
+
+
+1999-03-22  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* Makefile: Moved dialogue from alph to stable (was a mistake).
+	Added ifndefs around HAVE_WEB2C definition.
+	
+1999-03-08  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* abbrevs.cfg: Moved basic categories and datemarks to .dtx.
+	Changed \AbbrevInitialSuffix, \AbbrevSubsequentSuffix back to
+	\TM....
+	
+	* INSTALL: Added relsize to abbrevs deps.
+	
+	* Makefile: Added relsize to abbrevs-deps.
+	
+	* abbrevs.dtx: Some dox.  Require slemph.  Changed
+	\Abbrev{Initial,Subsequent}Suffix back to \TM...  Added basic
+	categories and datemarks from .cfg to main .dtx.
+
+	* achicago-bst.dtx: Revised some dox, adding the table of entry
+	types, defining \field, \entry, etc.
+	
+	* titles.dtx: Tiny bit of dox.  Fixed some mistakes in
+	commented-out \DTypeouts.
+	
+	* compsci.dtx: Fix a bit of dox.
+	
+	* README-unsupported: Tidied a bit, and mentioned dependences on
+	relsize.sty.
+	
+	* Makefile: Removed non-bundle fileset rules, dependencies, and
+	variables.  Removed symlinks.
+	
+	* INSTALL: Revised handling of non-Frankenstein packages.
+	Mentioned dox-building requirements.
+	
+	* README: Eliminated reference to non-Frankenstein links.
+	
+1999-03-01  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* compsci.dtx: Lotso doxo.  The whole version-control system
+	revamped.  Also began to kick some butt in my verbatim skills with
+	a revamp of bothexample that got the kinks out and eliminated
+	dependence on moreverb.  Bracket \email with angle brackets.
+	
+	* dialogue.dtx: Updated version to 1.1.
+	
+	* achicago-bst.dtx: Lotso doxo.
+	
+	* titles.cfg: Added Question-or-Exclamation testing.
+	
+	* titles.dtx: Major revision.  Lots of dox.  Implemented four
+	complementary \WrapquotesXX and two package options.  Implemented
+	\IfQuestionOrExclamation.  Package now requires package slemph.
+	Added \word \phrase etc.  (Were they in the cfg?)  Changed some
+	names from old \sc@ to \ti@.  Moved from an \if to an \ifx so
+	titles don't break before funny command sequences.
+
+	* abbrevs.dtx: Just documentation.
+	
+	* achicago.dtx: Dox.
+	
+	* lips.dtx: Major revision.  Revised most dox.
+	
+	\lips will insert nonbreakable space when followed by the chars in
+	\LPNobreakList and normally-breakable space for everything else.
+	Previously, \lips inserted nonbreakable space for all following
+	punctuation, and minimally breakable space for everything else.
+	The space that follows a period + ellipsis is now
+	normally-breakable when it was nonbreakable.
+	
+	We use \ifx instead of \ifcat to look ahead.  This fixes \lips
+	breaking before command sequences.
+	
+	If \lips occurs before a tie, don't insert post-ellipsis space,
+	let the tie insert it.
+	
+	Fixed \PackageError bug.  Changed internal \sc@ macros to \lp@
+	except for scratch.
+	
+1999-02-27  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* includex.dtx: Revised dox a bit.  Redid titling.  Added counters
+	sc@count and bit.
+	
+	* includex-test.tex: Changed titles of provided files.  Redid
+	document titling.
+	
+1999-02-26  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* moredefs.dtx: Revised some dox.  Added \GVerboseErrors, \GDebug,
+	\D*Typeout, \DGobbleM, and dox.  Revised \Debug to deal with them.
+	
+	* bits.dtx: A tiny bit of dox.
+	
+	* newclude.dtx: Changed abstract.  Changed (reverted) to
+	\nc@endofpackage instead of \AtEndOfPackage because of some sort
+	of problem.
+	
+	* INSTALL: Removed mention of moreverb.
+	
+	* Makefile: Added some dox.  Removed moreverbs dependency and
+	rules.
+	
+	* dialogue.dtx: Attributed the example.  Added a bit of user
+	documentation.
+	
+	* attrib.dtx: Added user documentation.  Changed \AttribInit to
+	\at@init and gave user a hook \AttribInit.  Added footnote hack to
+	\at@init.  Added \normalcitations, and added it to \attribstar.
+	Added \nobreak to \attrib.
+	
+1999-02-25  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* Makefile: Added blkcntrl.sty to dox-requirements.
+	
+	* blkcntrl.dtx: Added warning when \smallblocks called twice.
+	Changed \item[]\hook to \item\relax hook following latest
+	classes.dtx (did it change there?).
+	
+	* slemph.dtx: Significant change: \itswitch (and \slswitch) now
+	switches iff the current font is italic (slanted), rather than
+	switching when the current font is sloped
+	(i.e., either slanted OR italic).
+
+	* lips.dtx: Revise documentation.
+	
+1999-02-23  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* README: Thorough revision.
+	* Makefile: Thorough revision.
+	* INSTALL: Thorough revision.
+	
+1999-02-18  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* install-lsr: Changed [ -n "$addlsr" ] to [ $addlsr ]; revised
+	comments.  Moving to Frankenbundle directory.
+	
+1998-08-27  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* epigraph.dtx: Added \normalcitations (see attrib.dtx) to
+	\PreEpigraph.
+
+1998-08-24  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* achicago-bst.dtx: I changed all `new.sentence' back to
+	`new.block' because \newblock was adding a tiny bit of horiz
+	space, and that seemed like a good idea.
+
+	* achicago-bst.dtx: Removed `second.presort' function.  Removed
+	superfluous variables `sort.label' and `year.and.extra.label'.
+	Renamed several variables and functions for clarity.  Added much
+	documentation.  Streamlined and debugged
+	`make.short.label.names.q'.  Handled duplicate items in the
+	bibliography better: now handles duplicate organizations in the
+	`manual' entry type.
+
+1998-08-22  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* achicago-bst.dtx: Added `make.vol.series.num.month.pages', which
+	seems to work for half the cases, namely, where |series| is empty.
+	Haven't written the other cases yet.
+	
+1998-08-20  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* moredefs.dtx: *prepend macros were not prepending, they were
+	adding.
+
+	* epigraph.dtx: Changed \parbox argument from [c] default to [b].
+
+1998-08-15  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* abbrevs.cfg: Added example in comments about changing
+	\PreFootnote.
+
+1997-11-11  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* titles.cfg: Moved all the definitions to the main file.  The
+	config file should be expendable.
+
+	* moredefs.dtx: Added \ReserveCS* and \ReserveName* and changed
+	related dox.
+
+	* titles.dtx: Changed @ti@double@ to @doublequotes@ by using
+	\DeclareBooleanOptions to define it.
+
+	Moved the contents of the cfg file into the main file.
+
+	Added \term, \word, \defn, \foreign, \foreignword, \phrase.
+
+	* abbrevs.cfg: Added backwards compatibility of \TMNewCategory,
+	\TMDefineAbbrevPlain.
+
+	* compsci.dtx: removed \word \term \defn and put them in
+	titles package, which compsci requires.
+
+	v0.91 (beta) -> v0.92 (beta): changed the redefinition of the
+	moreverb command to recognize a variable change in the new
+	moreverb.sty.  Released to CTAN 4 Oct 96.  Is there a version of
+	the moreverb package I should be checking for?
+
+	* lips.dtx: 1.1 -> 1.2
+	
+	1.1 used \newlet but did not require moredefs (bug).  I changed to
+	use \newcommand and \let, rather than require moredefs.
+
+	Removed the \expandafters expanding \sc@t@a in
+	\sc@lips@check@punct.  This was a bug, it shouldn't have been
+	expanded.
+
+        Added more testing material.
+
+	
+	* abbrevs.dtx: \TMLongSuffix and \TMShortSuffix changed to
+	\TMInitialSuffix and \TMSubsequentSuffix.
+	
+	\TMNewCategory changed to \NewAbbrevCategory; backward compatible
+	\let is in the config file.
+	
+	\TMDefineAbbrevPlain changed to \TMDefineAbbrevStandard;
+	\tm@defineabbrevplain changed to \tm@defineabbrevstandard.
+	backward compatible \let for the former in the config file.
+	
+	Added documentation for programmer interface commands
+	\NewUserAbbrevDefiner, \NewAbbrevCategory.
+	
+	Actually implemented \TMHookAll, \TMFontAll (oops!).
+	
+	Added note about using with CJK.
+	
+1997-11-07  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* moredefs.dtx: \NewUserInfo should use \ReserveCS to initialize
+	the variable, not \InitCS.
+
+	Fixed documentation of \NewUserCommand: order of arguments was
+	wrong; mention how the variable is initialized.
+	
+1997-10-20  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* compsci.dtx, titles.dtx, abbrevs.dtx, moredefs.dtx: 
+	Changed \Monster* to \Franken*.
+
+	* lips.dtx, abbrevs.dtx: Revised abstract.
+
+1997-10-19  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* compsci.dtx: Fixed problem with \char`\\ producing a " in
+	non-typewriter fonts, that is, in the definition of \meta.  I'm
+	lost on the current LaTeX font situation.  I'm using teTeX 0.4,
+	which bombs when I try to use T1 encoding.
+
+	Fixed some documentation, including ^^A comments which were
+	showing up in the codexample examples.
+	
+1997-10-18  Matthew Swift  <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+	* titles.cfg: Added \musictitle on 5 Aug 96; just making new
+	version now.
+
+	* lips.dtx, abbrevs.dtx, moredefs.dtx, slemph.dtx, titles.dtx:
+	Revised documentation.
+
+	* compsci.dtx, abbrevs.cfg: Corrected typos in dox.
+	
+	Use \NewRobustCommand for \cname instead of \DeclareRobustCommand.
+	
+	* abbrevs.cfg: Corrected typos in testing.
+
+	* abbrevs.dtx:	Added caveat about CJK and 8-bit input.
+	
+	Changed \TMNewAbbrevPlain to use \NewRobustCommand instead of
+	\@ifdefinable.
+
+	* moredefs.dtx: Either added or fixed \NewRobustCommand and
+	\NewTextFontCommand.
+	
+	In 1.02 (beta), which this version supercedes, I think I did the
+	  following: 
+
+		fixed bug in \InitName 
+		added \DeclareBooleanOptions, \DeclareBooleanUserOptions
+		      \SaveCS, \SaveName, \RestoreCS, \RestoreName
+		      \UndefineCS
+	
+	* INSTALL: Revised to reflect new CTANs and new distribution
+	package format.
+
+	* slemph.dtx: Changed \DeclareTextFontCommand to
+	\NewTextFontCommand.
+	
+	Changed \DeclareRobustCommand to \NewRobustCommand.
+	
+	* titles.dtx: Fixed infinite loop bug that occurred with
+	1996/12/01 and 1997/06/01 kernels with revised lookahead macros.
+	
+	Changed some legacy macro names from \sc@ to \ti@.
+
+Wed Dec 11 12:12:50 1996  Matthew Swift  <swift@bu.edu>
+
+	* README: Added pointer to INSTALL.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/Frankenfile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/Frankenfile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..18da2b3b9bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/Frankenfile
@@ -0,0 +1,1532 @@
+## Frankenfile  -- common part of a Makefile for LaTeX and BibTeX bundles
+#
+# Author: Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+#
+# This file is given into the public domain.
+# Please acknowledge my work when appropriate.
+# Such reflected glory is all I get from releasing this work to you.
+#
+# Version: $Revision: 1.10 $ $Date: 2001/08/31 01:27:17 $
+# See the file ChangeLog-Frankenbundle for revision history.
+#
+# This file is distributed in two ways:
+#
+# 1) With LaTeX filesets.  In normal circumstances, you do not need 
+#    to read this file or alter it   See the README or INSTALL file that
+#    came with this file instead.
+#
+# 2) As part of the Frankenbundle suite, which helps developers make and
+#    distribute LaTeX and BibTeX filesets.  In normal circumstances, you
+#    should not need to alter this file.  Please see the README file
+#    in the suite for further documentation.
+
+#
+## Basic variable definitions
+#
+
+# NOTE: to override these definitions, use environment variables or the Make
+# command line.  The values here should be the most common ones in general, so
+# that the least number of users have to override them.  If you think I could
+# choose better values, please write me.
+
+# NOTE: I use the $(...) construct for command substitution, supported by
+# POSIX, ksh, bash.  I can rewrite with nested backquotes if someone insists.
+
+# NOTE: ?= is broken in Make 3.77, so we use the more verbose ifndef
+# construction.
+
+# NOTE: We don't bother to abstract the 'kpsewhich', 'echo', 'cd', 'pwd',
+# 'test', or '[' commands.  Any reason to?
+
+# Eliminating built-in implicit rules speeds up Make and makes debugging output
+# much briefer.  Recusive Making turns on -w which traces what directory we're
+# in, but we're always in this directory, so we turn off those messages.
+MAKEFLAGS += --no-builtin-rules --no-print-directory
+
+# We don't need all the old-fashioned suffix rules -- removing them makes
+# things more efficient.
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+# Make debugging option.  Uncomment to use.
+# MAKEFLAGS += --warn-undefined-variables
+
+# Hmm, this doesn't seem to work when defined in this way.  Seems to work only
+# on the command line.
+# MAKEFLAGS += --print-database
+
+# ifeq ($(OS),WIN32)
+# variant defs
+# endif
+
+# RM is defined by Make as 'rm -f'.  You could redefine it.
+# ls is often aliased, so use /bin/ls
+ifndef LS
+LS          = /bin/ls
+endif
+ifndef TAR
+TAR         = tar
+endif
+ifndef LN
+LN          = ln
+endif
+ifndef M4
+M4          = m4
+endif
+ifndef SYMLINK
+SYMLINK     = $(LN) -f -s
+endif
+ifndef SED
+SED         = sed
+endif
+ifndef AWK
+AWK         = awk
+endif
+ifndef FGREP
+FGREP       = fgrep
+endif
+ifndef TEE
+TEE         = tee
+endif
+ifndef XARGS
+XARGS       = xargs
+endif
+ifndef EXPR
+EXPR        = expr
+endif
+ifndef HEAD
+HEAD       = head
+endif
+ifndef TR
+TR         = tr
+endif
+ifndef GREP
+GREP       = grep
+endif
+ifndef CAT
+CAT         = cat
+endif
+ifndef TOUCH
+TOUCH       = touch
+endif
+ifndef REHASH
+REHASH      = texconfig rehash
+endif
+ifndef DIRNAME
+DIRNAME     = dirname
+endif
+ifndef BASENAME
+BASENAME    = basename
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL
+INSTALL     = install
+endif
+# -p = preserve timestamps
+ifndef INSTALLOPTS
+INSTALLOPTS = -p -m $(MKFILEMODE)
+endif
+ifndef CHMOD
+CHMOD       = chmod
+endif
+ifndef MKFILEMODE
+# mode rw-rw-r--, i.e. 664
+MKFILEMODE  = 664
+endif
+ifndef MKDIRP
+MKDIRP      = $(INSTALL) -d -m $(MKDIRMODE)
+endif
+ifndef MKDIRMODE
+MKDIRMODE   = 755
+endif
+ifndef LATEX
+LATEX       = latex
+endif
+ifndef TEX
+TEX         = tex
+endif
+ifndef BIBTEX
+BIBTEX      = bibtex
+endif
+ifndef BIBTOOL
+BIBTOOL     = bibtool
+endif
+ifndef MAKEINDEX
+MAKEINDEX   = makeindex $(MAKEINDEXOPTS)
+endif
+ifndef MAKEINDEXOPTS
+MAKEINDEXOPTS = -s gind.ist
+endif
+# Subdirectory of the main directory in which to build the distribution:
+# don't call it "distrib" or the name of any other target!
+ifndef distribution-dir
+distribution-dir = distribution
+endif
+
+#
+## internal variables naming files
+#
+
+# FIX: I suppose we could make this faster for the end user by figuring out
+# which of these many definitions are only used by the developer.
+
+dist-extra-files    = $(stable-extra-files)
+ifeq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+dist-extra-files   += $(beta-extra-files)
+else
+ifdef USE_UNSUP
+dist-extra-files   += $(beta-extra-files)
+endif
+endif
+
+# may not exist
+bundle-bib.bib = $(bundle-bib).bib
+
+packages.sty = $(addsuffix .sty, $(packages))
+packages.stq = $(addsuffix .stq, $(packages))
+packages.ins = $(addsuffix .ins, $(packages))
+packages.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(packages))
+packages.tex = $(addsuffix .tex, $(packages))
+stos.sto     = $(addsuffix .sto, $(stos))
+stos.sqo     = $(addsuffix .sqo, $(stos))
+
+classes.cls  = $(addsuffix .cls, $(classes))
+classes.clq  = $(addsuffix .clq, $(classes))
+classes.ins  = $(addsuffix .ins, $(classes))
+classes.dvi  = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(classes))
+classes.tex  = $(addsuffix .tex, $(classes))
+clos.clo     = $(addsuffix .clo, $(clos))
+clos.cqo     = $(addsuffix .cqo, $(clos))
+
+bibstyles-bst = $(addsuffix -bst, $(bibstyles))
+bibstyles.bst = $(addsuffix .bst, $(bibstyles))
+bibstyles.bsq = $(addsuffix .bsq, $(bibstyles))
+bibstyles.ins = $(addsuffix .ins, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.tex = $(addsuffix .tex, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.ver = $(addsuffix .ver, $(bibstyles-bst))
+
+# everything depends on the makefiles
+# the "Frankenfile" in the next line is intended to refer to this file
+makefiles     = Frankenfile $(calling-makefile)
+stable-extra-files += $(makefiles) $(bundle-bib.bib)
+
+stable-packages.sty = $(addsuffix .sty, $(stable-packages))
+stable-packages.ins = $(addsuffix .ins, $(stable-packages))
+stable-packages.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(stable-packages))
+stable-packages.tex = $(addsuffix .tex, $(stable-packages))
+
+stable-classes.cls = $(addsuffix .cls, $(stable-classes))
+stable-classes.ins = $(addsuffix .ins, $(stable-classes))
+stable-classes.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(stable-classes))
+stable-classes.tex = $(addsuffix .tex, $(stable-classes))
+
+stable-bibstyles-bst = $(addsuffix -bst, $(stable-bibstyles))
+stable-bibstyles.bst = $(addsuffix .bst, $(stable-bibstyles))
+stable-bibstyles.ins = $(addsuffix .ins, $(stable-bibstyles-bst))
+stable-bibstyles.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(stable-bibstyles-bst))
+stable-bibstyles.tex = $(addsuffix .tex, $(dist-bibstyles-bst))
+stable-bibstyles.ver = $(addsuffix .ver, $(dist-bibstyles-bst))
+
+stable-configs.cfg = $(addsuffix .cfg, $(stable-configs))
+
+stable-filesets.ins  = $(addsuffix .ins, $(stable-filesets))
+stable-filesets.tex  = $(addsuffix .tex, $(stable-filesets))
+stable-filesets.dvi  = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(stable-filesets))
+
+beta-packages.sty = $(addsuffix .sty, $(beta-packages))
+beta-packages.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(beta-packages))
+
+beta-classes.cls = $(addsuffix .cls, $(beta-classes))
+beta-classes.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(beta-classes))
+
+beta-bibstyles-bst = $(addsuffix -bst, $(beta-bibstyles))
+beta-bibstyles.bst = $(addsuffix .bst, $(beta-bibstyles))
+beta-bibstyles.dvi = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(beta-bibstyles-bst))
+beta-bibstyles.ver = $(addsuffix .ver, $(beta-bibstyles-bst))
+
+beta-configs.cfg = $(addsuffix .cfg, $(beta-configs))
+
+beta-filesets.ins  = $(addsuffix .ins, $(beta-filesets))
+beta-filesets.tex  = $(addsuffix .tex, $(beta-filesets))
+beta-filesets.dvi  = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(beta-filesets))
+
+filesets.tex       = $(addsuffix .tex, $(filesets))
+filesets.dvi       = $(addsuffix .dvi, $(filesets))
+filesets.ins       = $(addsuffix .ins, $(filesets))
+filesets.aux       = $(addsuffix .aux, $(filesets))
+filesets.t1        = $(addsuffix .t1, $(filesets))
+filesets.t2        = $(addsuffix .t2, $(filesets))
+filesets.t3        = $(addsuffix .t3, $(filesets))
+
+dist-filesets.aux      = $(addsuffix .aux, $(dist-filesets))
+# cits for "have citations"
+dist-filesets-cits.aux = $(addsuffix .aux, $(dist-filesets-cits))
+
+stable-stos.sto    = $(addsuffix .sto, $(stable-stos))
+beta-stos.sto	   = $(addsuffix .sto, $(beta-stos))           
+
+# We treat "X.cfg" as if it was a root name.
+configs.cfg           = $(addsuffix .cfg, $(configs))
+configs.cfg.install   = $(addsuffix .cfg.install, $(configs))
+configs.cfq           = $(addsuffix .cfq, $(configs))
+configs.cfq.install   = $(addsuffix .cfq.install, $(configs))
+
+# These files are part of the building process.
+part-1     = $(make-dir)/part-1.dtx
+part-2     = $(make-dir)/part-2.dtx 
+part-3     = $(make-dir)/part-3.dtx 
+parts      = $(part-1) $(part-2) $(part-3)
+extractor  = $(make-dir)/extractor.ins
+driver     = $(make-dir)/driver.tex
+#
+## internal variables for phony targets
+#
+
+dist-bibstyles-bst  = $(addsuffix -bst, $(stable-bibstyles))
+dist-packages       = $(stable-packages)
+dist-classes        = $(stable-classes)
+dist-bibstyles      = $(stable-bibstyles)
+dist-filesets       = $(dist-packages) $(dist-classes) $(dist-bibstyles-bst)
+filesets            = $(packages) $(classes) $(bibstyles-bst)
+ifeq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+dist-bibstyles-bst += $(addsuffix -bst, $(beta-bibstyles))
+dist-packages      += $(beta-packages)
+dist-classes       += $(beta-classes)
+dist-bibstyles     += $(beta-bibstyles)
+# cits for "have citations"
+dist-filesets-cits  = $(basename $(shell $(GREP) -l '\initelyHavECitationS' \
+			$(addsuffix .dtx, $(dist-filesets))))
+else
+ifdef USE_UNSUP
+dist-bibstyles-bst += $(addsuffix -bst, $(beta-bibstyles))
+dist-packages      += $(beta-packages)
+dist-classes       += $(beta-classes)
+dist-bibstyles     += $(beta-bibstyles)
+endif
+endif
+
+
+# nondc = "non-dist-cits"
+nondc-filesets      = $(filter-out $(dist-filesets-cits), $(filesets))
+
+packages            = $(dist-packages) $(alpha-packages)
+packages.clean      = $(addsuffix .clean, $(packages))
+packages.dev.clean  = $(addsuffix .dev.clean, $(packages))
+packages.macros     = $(addsuffix .macros, $(packages))
+packages.macros.q   = $(addsuffix .macros.q, $(packages))
+packages.install    = $(addsuffix .install, $(packages))
+packages.install.q  = $(addsuffix .install.q, $(packages))
+packages.doc.install= $(addsuffix .doc.install, $(packages))
+packages.sty.install= $(addsuffix .sty.install, $(packages))
+packages.stq.install= $(addsuffix .stq.install, $(packages))
+packages.sto.install= $(addsuffix .sto.install, $(packages))
+packages.sqo.install= $(addsuffix .sqo.install, $(packages))
+packages.src.install= $(addsuffix .src.install, $(packages))
+stable-stos         = $(foreach f, $(stable-filesets), $($(f)-stos))
+beta-stos           = $(foreach f, $(beta-filesets), $($(f)-stos))
+alpha-stos          = $(foreach f, $(alpha-filesets), $($(f)-stos))
+stos                = $(stable-stos) $(beta-stos) $(alpha-stos)
+classes             = $(dist-classes) $(alpha-classes)
+classes.clean      = $(addsuffix .clean, $(classes))
+classes.dev.clean  = $(addsuffix .dev.clean, $(classes))
+classes.macros      = $(addsuffix .macros, $(classes))
+classes.macros.q    = $(addsuffix .macros.q, $(classes))
+classes.install     = $(addsuffix .install, $(classes))
+classes.install.q   = $(addsuffix .install.q, $(classes))
+classes.doc.install = $(addsuffix .doc.install, $(classes))
+classes.cls.install = $(addsuffix .cls.install, $(classes))
+classes.clq.install = $(addsuffix .clq.install, $(classes))
+classes.clo.install = $(addsuffix .clo.install, $(classes))
+classes.cqo.install = $(addsuffix .cqo.install, $(classes))
+classes.src.install = $(addsuffix .src.install, $(classes))
+stable-clos         = $(foreach f, $(stable-filesets), $($(f)-clos))
+beta-clos           = $(foreach f, $(beta-filesets), $($(f)-clos))
+alpha-clos          = $(foreach f, $(alpha-filesets), $($(f)-clos))
+clos                = $(stable-clos) $(beta-clos) $(alpha-clos)
+bibstyles           = $(dist-bibstyles) $(alpha-bibstyles)
+bibstyles.clean     = $(addsuffix .clean, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.dev.clean = $(addsuffix .dev.clean, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.macros    = $(addsuffix .macros, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.macros.q  = $(addsuffix .macros.q, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.install   = $(addsuffix .install, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.bst.install= $(addsuffix .bst.install, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.bsq.install= $(addsuffix .bsq.install, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.install.q = $(addsuffix .install.q, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.doc.install = $(addsuffix .doc.install, $(bibstyles-bst))
+bibstyles.src.install = $(addsuffix .src.install, $(bibstyles-bst))
+configs             = $(stable-configs) $(beta-configs) $(alpha-configs)
+
+# $(filesets-*) are NOT going to include $(bibstyles), but rather
+# $(bibstyles-bst).  This is what we want.
+filesets.macros      = $(addsuffix .macros, $(filesets))
+filesets.macros.q    = $(addsuffix .macros.q, $(filesets))
+filesets.q           = $(addsuffix .q, $(filesets))
+filesets.dep         = $(addsuffix .dep, $(filesets))
+filesets.dep.q       = $(addsuffix .dep.q, $(filesets))
+filesets.dep.macros  = $(addsuffix .dep.macros, $(filesets))
+filesets.dep.macros.q= $(addsuffix .dep.macros.q, $(filesets))
+filesets.dep.install = $(addsuffix .dep.install, $(filesets))
+filesets.dep.install.q= $(addsuffix .dep.install.q, $(filesets))
+filesets.cfg         = $(addsuffix .cfg, $(filesets))
+filesets.cfg.install = $(addsuffix .cfg.install, $(filesets))
+filesets.cfq         = $(addsuffix .cfq, $(filesets))
+filesets.cfq.install = $(addsuffix .cfq.install, $(filesets))
+filesets.install     = $(addsuffix .install, $(filesets))
+filesets.install.q   = $(addsuffix .install.q, $(filesets))
+filesets.doc         = $(addsuffix .doc, $(filesets))
+filesets.doc.install = $(addsuffix .doc.install, $(filesets))
+filesets.src.install = $(addsuffix .src.install, $(filesets))
+filesets.clean       = $(addsuffix .clean, $(filesets))
+filesets.dev.clean   = $(addsuffix .dev.clean, $(filesets))
+dist-filesets.clean  = $(addsuffix .clean, $(dist-filesets))
+dist-filesets.q      = $(addsuffix .q, $(dist-filesets))
+dist-filesets.macros = $(addsuffix .macros, $(dist-filesets))
+dist-filesets.macros.q=$(addsuffix .macros.q, $(dist-filesets))
+dist-filesets.install= $(addsuffix .install, $(dist-filesets))
+dist-filesets.install.q = $(addsuffix .install.q, $(dist-filesets))
+stable-filesets      = $(stable-packages) $(stable-classes) \
+		       $(stable-bibstyles-bst)
+beta-filesets        = $(beta-packages) $(beta-classes) $(beta-bibstyles-bst)
+alpha-filesets       = $(filter-out $(dist-filesets), $(filesets))
+
+#
+## perc variables
+#
+
+# NOTE: This is some pretty backhanded Makefile programming. Doing things this
+# way avoids recursive invocations of Make.  We still have to recurse to make
+# stos and clos because we cannot expand variable names with % in them in the
+# list of dependencies.  This is unlikely to change in GNU Make.
+
+# "Perc" stands for "percent", that is, "%".  The perc variables are used in
+# dependencies and expand to what they name with "%" for "perc"; or they expand
+# to nothing, a null dependency.  The % if it's there will then get substituted
+# in the pattern rule.  We handle NODEP and NODOC differently than the NOSRC
+# and NOMAC flags because they need to avoid building files as well as
+# installing them and.  We could actually treat NOMAC the same way, because
+# right now NOMAC doesn't avoid building the macros, it just avoids installing
+# them.  But the only circumstance where this would save time is when you just
+# want to install the sources and no macros and no dox. That seems like too
+# weird a case to bother to accommodate.
+
+# Notice we still have to use conditionals like "[ $(NODEP) ] ||" in rules
+# because NODEP might be set by a target-specific assignment, and therefore
+# these conditionals won't work.  In those cases, we can't avoid building
+# dependencies, but those cases are exactly the ones where all the dependencies
+# are built anyway (e.g., "all:").  For NODOC, NOSRC, and NOMAC, we can use
+# ifeq constructions, which are determined when the Makefile is read in.
+ifeq ($(NODEP),)
+  perc.dep               = %.dep
+  perc.dep.q             = %.dep.q
+  perc.dep.macros        = %.dep.macros
+  perc.dep.macros.q      = %.dep.macros.q
+  perc.dep.install       = %.dep.install
+  perc.dep.install.q     = %.dep.install.q
+else
+  perc.dep               = 
+  perc.dep.q             = 
+  perc.dep.macros        = 
+  perc.dep.macros.q      = 
+  perc.dep.install       = 
+  perc.dep.install.q     = 
+endif
+ifeq ($(NODOC),)
+  perc.doc               = %.doc
+  perc.doc.install       = %.doc.install
+else
+  perc.doc               =
+  perc.doc.install       =
+endif
+
+#
+## definitions
+#
+
+# ROOT-NAME is the stem of the macro package, e.g., "foo" from
+# foo.{sty,cls,bst}
+
+ifeq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+define transform-common
+	             -e 's/__ROOT-NAME__/$*/g' \
+                     -e 's/__BUNDLE__/$(bundle-title)/g' \
+                     -e 's/__BUNDLE-BIB__/$(bundle-bib)/g'
+endef
+define transform-cls
+	$(SED)          $(transform-common) \
+		     -e 's/__POSTAMBLE__//g' \
+		     -e 's/__NAME__/$*/g' \
+	             -e 's/__SUFFIX__/cls/g'  \
+	             -e 's/__VERSION-INFO-SUFFIX__/cls/g'  \
+		     -e 's/__QSUFFIX__/clq/g' \
+		     -e 's/__OSUFFIX__/clo/g' \
+		     -e 's/__TYPE__/LaTeX class/g'  \
+		     -e 's/__PROG__/LaTeX/g'  \
+                     -e 's/__PROVIDES__/Class/g'
+endef
+define transform-sty
+	$(SED)          $(transform-common) \
+		     -e 's/__POSTAMBLE__//g' \
+		     -e 's/__NAME__/$*/g' \
+	             -e 's/__SUFFIX__/sty/g'  \
+	             -e 's/__VERSION-INFO-SUFFIX__/sty/g'  \
+		     -e 's/__QSUFFIX__/stq/g' \
+		     -e 's/__OSUFFIX__/sto/g' \
+		     -e 's/__TYPE__/LaTeX package/g'  \
+		     -e 's/__PROG__/LaTeX/g'  \
+                     -e 's/__PROVIDES__/Package/g'
+endef
+define transform-bst
+	$(SED)          $(transform-common) \
+		     -e 's/__POSTAMBLE__/\\nopostamble/g' \
+		     -e 's/__NAME__/$*-bst/g' \
+	             -e 's/__SUFFIX__/bst/g'  \
+	             -e 's/__VERSION-INFO-SUFFIX__/ver/g'  \
+		     -e 's/__QSUFFIX__/bsq/g' \
+		     -e 's/__TYPE__/BibTeX style/g'  \
+		     -e 's/__PROG__/BibTeX/g'  \
+                     -e 's/__PROVIDES__/BibTeXstyle/g'
+endef
+endif # user ?= developer
+
+
+ifneq ($(HAVE_WEB2C),)
+
+# install-lsr   = ./install-lsr --add
+# install-plain = ./install-lsr
+
+install-lsr   = $(install-lsr-internal) --add
+install-plain = $(install-lsr-internal)
+
+# Usage: 
+# 
+# $progname [--add] <file> [<file>...] <dir> | <file> <file-full-pathname>
+# 
+# This emulates install(1) with two differences.
+# If --add is given, also add the files to web2c ls-R database.
+# If the source file has execute permission, the destination will be given
+# u+x. 
+
+define install-lsr-internal
+	function mbuna () { \
+	  if [ "$$1" = "--add" ]; then \
+	    addlsr=true; \
+	    shift; \
+	  else \
+	    unset addlsr; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if [ $$addlsr ]; then \
+	    : $${MT_TEXMFMAIN=$$(kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFMAIN')}; \
+	    : $${MT_MKTEX_OPT=$$(kpsewhich --format='web2c files' mktex.opt)};\
+	    test -n "$$MT_MKTEX_OPT" || \
+		MT_MKTEX_OPT="$$MT_TEXMFMAIN/web2c/mktex.opt"; \
+	    if [ ! -f "$$MT_MKTEX_OPT" ]; then \
+	      echo "Cannot find mktex.opt; check your installation."; \
+	      return 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	    mt_min_args=2; \
+	    mt_max_args=1000; \
+	    old=`pwd`; \
+	    source "$$MT_MKTEX_OPT"; \
+	    cd $$old; \
+	  fi; \
+	  lastarg=$$(eval echo '$$'{$$#}); \
+	  echo $(INSTALL) $(INSTALLOPTS) "$$@"; \
+	  if ! $(INSTALL) $(INSTALLOPTS) "$$@"; then \
+	    echo "Install failed."; \
+	    return 2; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if [ -d "$$lastarg" ]; then \
+	    until [ "$$1" = "$$lastarg" ]; do \
+	      if [ -x "$$1" ]; then \
+		echo -n adding user execute permission to $$lastarg/$$1...; \
+		$(CHMOD) u+x $$lastarg/$$1; \
+		echo .  Done.; \
+	      fi; \
+	      if [ $$addlsr ]; then \
+		echo -n adding $$lastarg/$$1 to the ls-R database...; \
+		if ! "$$MT_MKTEXUPD" "$$lastarg" "$$1"; then \
+		  echo "Problem updating the ls-R database."; \
+		  return 3; \
+		fi; \
+		echo .  Done.; \
+	      fi; \
+	      shift; \
+	    done; \
+	  else \
+	    if [ $$# -ne 2 ]; then \
+	      echo "Malformed arguments."; \
+	      return 4; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if [ -x "$$1" ]; then \
+	      echo -n adding user execute permission to $$2...; \
+	      $(CHMOD) u+x $$2; \
+	      echo .  Done.; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if [ $$addlsr ]; then \
+	      dir=`$(DIRNAME) $$lastarg`; \
+	      file=`$(BASENAME) $$lastarg`; \
+	      echo -n adding $$dir/$$file to the ls-R database...; \
+	      if ! "$$MT_MKTEXUPD" $$dir $$file; then \
+		echo "Problem updating  the ls-R database."; \
+		return 5; \
+	      fi; \
+	      echo .  Done.; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	}; mbuna
+endef
+else
+
+# NOTE: this is going to fail if the dest is a directory that doesn't exist (it
+# will consider it a filename).  So, install-plain and install-lsr must never
+# be called with a dest directory that doesn't exist.
+
+# We define these as functions and echo a message to the user, because in
+# the web2c case we have to use a big function that we definitely want to
+# suppress with @.
+
+define install-lsr
+	function wicker () { \
+	  echo $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL-OPTS) "$$@"; \
+	  $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL-OPTS) "$$@"; \
+	}; wicker
+endef
+install-plain = $(install-lsr)
+endif
+
+# We check whether the file ACTUALLY has citations, and warn the developer if
+# he has failed to include an appropriate \def\initelyHavECitationS in the .dtx
+# file.
+#
+# There may be other or better ways to do the echoing and checking on the
+# bibtex process.  You want bibtex's output to go out with all the usual Make
+# output, but you also want to pipe it to fgrep.  Can use gawk and a rule of 
+# {print; print > "/dev/stderr"}.   I just don't think you can redirect stderr
+# to a pipe with sh like you can with csh.
+#
+# BibTeX doesn't put anything on stderr.
+#
+# args: <root-name> [<addindex-flag>]
+#
+# If <addindex-flag> is nonempty, then force inclusion of an index.
+#
+ifeq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+define checkdtx
+	if ! $(FGREP) -q '\def\initelyHavECitationS' $$root.dtx; then \
+	  echo $(DEVELOPER), PUT \\def\\initelyHavECitationS \{\} IN $$root.dtx\!;\
+	  $(RM) $$root.dvi; \
+	  return 1; \
+	fi
+endef
+else
+define checkdtx
+	:
+endef
+endif
+
+define latex-libll
+	function bozo () { \
+	  echo "Processing $$1 with LaTeX, BibTeX, & Makeindex as necessary.";\
+	  root=$$($(EXPR) $$1 : '\([^\.]*\)\(\.[A-z]\+\)\?'); \
+	  if [ $$2 ]; then \
+	    echo "Forcing an index."; \
+	    arg='\AtBeginDocument{\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs} \
+		 \AtEndDocument{\clearpage\PrintIndex}\input{'$$1'}'; \
+	  else \
+	    arg="$$1"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(TOUCH) $$root.aux $$root.ind; \
+	  $(LATEX) $$arg; \
+	  if $(FGREP) -q '\citation{' $$root.aux; then \
+	    $(checkdtx); \
+	    if $(BIBTEX) $$root | $(TEE) /dev/stderr | $(FGREP) -q \
+		'Warning--I didn'\''t find a database entry for'; then \
+	      echo BIBTEX FAILED; \
+	      $(RM) $$root.dvi; \
+	      return 2; \
+	    fi; \
+	    $(LATEX) $$arg; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(MAKEINDEX) $$root.idx; \
+	  $(LATEX) $$arg; \
+	}; bozo
+endef
+
+define make-this-if-nonempty
+	function bobo () { \
+	  unset turtle; \
+	  turtle="$$@"; \
+	  if [ "$$turtle" ]; then \
+	    echo "Starting recursive make on targets: $$turtle"; \
+	    $(MAKE) $$turtle; \
+	  else \
+	    true; \
+	  fi; \
+	}; bobo
+endef
+
+# args: <localfile> <remote-dir> <remote-file-basename>
+#
+# example:
+#   X.clq $(MACRODIR) X.cls
+# means "if the remote-file $(MACRODIR)/X.cls is NOT a quickmacro, then
+#        install X.clq as the remote-file."
+#
+# example:
+#   X.sty $(MACRODIR) X.sty
+# means "if the remote-file IS a quickmacro, then install X.sty as the
+# remote-file." 
+#
+# If arguments $1 and $3 are different, we are installing a quickmacro,
+# otherwise we are installing a regular macro.  To get the name of the
+# quickmacro version when we are installing a regular version, we change the
+# last letter of the 3-letter extension to q.
+#
+# The file is ALWAYS installed if the remote-file is older than the local
+# file. 
+#
+define maybe-install-macro
+	function pliers () { \
+	  installp=true; \
+	  if [ "$$1" = "$$3" ]; then \
+	    quickp=; \
+	  else \
+	    quickp=true; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if [ -e $$2/$$3 ]; then \
+	    if [ $$1 -nt $$2/$$3 ]; then \
+	      echo "File $$1 is newer than $$2/$$3; installing $$1.";\
+	    elif [ $$quickp ]; then \
+	      if ! $(HEAD) -2 $$2/$$3 \
+		  | $(GREP) -q '^%% This is file '\`$$1\'',$$'; then \
+		echo "File $$2/$$3 is not a quickmacro; installing $$1."; \
+	      else \
+		echo "Quickfile $$2/$$3 is up to date; not installing $$1.";\
+		installp=; \
+	      fi; \
+	    else \
+	      if $(HEAD) -2 $$2/$$3 | $(GREP) -q \
+		  '^%% This is file '\`"$$($(EXPR) $$1 : '\(.\+\.[A-z][A-z]\)[A-z]')q"\'',$$'; then\
+	        echo "File $$2/$$3 is a quickmacro; installing $$1."; \
+	      else \
+		echo "File $$2/$$3 is up to date; not installing $$1.";\
+		installp=; \
+	      fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  else \
+	    echo "File $$2/$$3 does not exist; installing $$1."; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if [ $$installp ]; then \
+	    test -d $$2 || $(MKDIRP) $$2; \
+	    $(install-lsr) $$1 $$2/$$3; \
+	  fi; \
+	}; pliers
+endef
+
+#
+## help target (the default)
+#
+
+.PHONY: default help
+default help:
+	@echo ;\
+	echo -----------------------;\
+	echo The $(bundle-title) bundle;\
+	echo -----------------------;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo A \"fileset\" is a LaTeX package, LaTeX class, or BibTeX;\
+	echo bibliography style together with its supporting files.;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo The $(bundle-title) bundle contains the following stable, supported filesets:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  $(sort $(stable-filesets))";\
+	echo
+ifneq ($(beta-filesets),)
+	@echo and the following beta, unsupported filesets:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  $(sort $(beta-filesets))";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo The unsupported filesets are in the \"unsupported\" subdirectory.;\
+	echo You must copy them to the main directory and set a variable in; \
+	echo $(calling-makefile) before make can operate properly on them.; \
+	echo
+endif
+	@echo Destinations for installed files may be set in the file \"$(calling-makefile)\".;\
+	echo They are currently:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  LaTeX macros go into       $(MACRODIR)";\
+	echo "  LaTeX config files go into $(CONFIGDIR)";\
+	echo "  BibTeX macros go into      $(BIBDIR)";\
+	echo "  LaTeX DVI dox go into      $(MDVIDIR)";\
+	echo "  BibTeX DVI dox go into     $(BDVIDIR)";\
+	echo "  Sources go into            $(SRCDIR)";\
+	echo
+ifdef HAVE_WEB2C
+	@echo I think your TeX installation is based on web2c.;\
+	echo If this is wrong, change the setting in the file \"$(calling-makefile)\".
+else
+	@echo I think your TeX installation is NOT based on web2c.;\
+	echo If this is wrong, change the setting in the file \"$(calling-makefile)\".;\
+	echo Installation will be easier if you make this change.
+endif
+	@echo ;\
+	echo ------------------------;\
+	echo Targets for the end user;\
+	echo ------------------------;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo For each fileset X, there are the following targets:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  X           means make X's documentation and macros";\
+	echo "  X.q         means make X's documentation and quick macros";\
+	echo "  X.install   means install X's documentation, sources, and macros";\
+	echo "  X.install.q means install X's documentation and sources and create";\
+	echo "                    and install X's quick macros.";\
+	echo "  X.clean     means delete X's non-distributed files";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo There are also the following general targets:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  all         means do X for all X's.";\
+	echo "  all.q       means do X.q for all X's.";\
+	echo "  install     means do X.install for all X's.";\
+	echo "  install.q   means do X.install.q for all X's.";\
+	echo "  clean       means do X.clean for all X's";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  help        means display this help.";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo All individual files \(e.g., X.dvi, X.ins, X.clq\) are also valid targets.;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo To avoid installing certain components, set the following variables;\
+	echo in the environment or on the Make command line to something nonempty:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  \$$NOMAC nonempty means do not install macro files";\
+	echo "  \$$NOSRC nonempty means do not install source files";\
+	echo "  \$$NODOC nonempty means do not build or install documentation files";\
+	echo "  \$$NODEP nonempty means do not consider fileset-fileset-dependencies";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo \$$NODEP is automatically set for the general targets.;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo Quick \(\"q\"\) macros are functionally identical to normal macros;\
+	echo but are stripped of comments and are therefore processed faster.;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo Invoking Make with the \"-s\" option will give you briefer output.;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo Example:  % make -s NODOC=t install.q;\
+	echo
+ifeq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+	@echo ------------------------------------------; \
+	echo Targets for the you, the developer \($(DEVELOPER)\); \
+	echo ------------------------------------------; \
+	echo
+ifneq ($(alpha-filesets),)
+	@echo Collective targets build both undistributed and distributed filesets.;\
+	echo Undistributed filesets are:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  $(sort $(alpha-filesets))";\
+	echo
+endif
+	@echo Developer targets include the end user targets above plus, for each fileset X:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  X.dev.clean      means delete X"\'"s non-regeneratable files";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo There are also the following general targets:;\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  dev.clean        means do X.dev.clean for all X's";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  distrib" ;\
+	echo "  ctan             means make an archive of the distribution files";\
+	echo "  ctan.clean       means delete the archive and its auxiliary tree";\
+	echo "  install.clean    means delete all files that could have been installed.";\
+	echo ;\
+	echo "  all.clean        means do dev.clean ctan.clean install.clean";\
+	echo "  fresh            means do dev.clean all.q ctan";\
+	echo
+endif
+
+#
+## select from multiple bundle licenses
+#
+
+# $(bundle-license) is e.g. GPL or LPPL
+
+# Use the convention that if foo.ext is license-dependent, assemble it by
+# inserting file foo-$(bundle-license).txt into foo.txt where the directive
+# __INCLUDE_LICENSE__ appears.  Other licenses and files may require a
+# different scheme.
+
+license-dependent-files = $(part-1) $(extractor) $(driver)
+
+# NOTE: these files are assumed to be generated and will be deleted by dev.clean
+.PHONY: license-dependent-files.clean
+license-dependent-files.clean:
+	$(RM) $(license-dependent-files)
+
+# The following rule should work, but does not because $(basename ...) is not
+# doing anything to its argument.  But in make 3.79 reported to Debian 01-08-30.
+#
+# NOTE: this should work with the files having an initial directory part since
+#       m4 should work from the pwd but this aspect might need tweaking.
+#$(license-dependent-files): %: $(basename %).txt $(basename %)-$(bundle-license).txt
+#	$(M4) --define=__INCLUDE_LICENSE__="include($(word 2, $^))m4exit(0)" $< > $@
+
+# Workaround:  be explicit:
+
+$(license-dependent-files):  $(makefiles)
+
+# Things in the source file (especially $(part-1)) are going to look like quotes
+# to m4 and confuse it, so we disable the quoting mechanism and rely on the
+# uniqueness of our string.
+# Make sure you put "-" for stdin as the first input file.
+M4-nq = echo 'changequote(,)dnl' | $(M4)
+$(make-dir)/part-1.dtx:  $(make-dir)/part-1.txt $(make-dir)/part-1-$(bundle-license).txt
+	$(M4-nq) --define=__INCLUDE_LICENSE__="include($(make-dir)/part-1-$(bundle-license).txt)dnl" - $< > $@
+
+$(make-dir)/extractor.ins:  $(make-dir)/extractor.txt $(make-dir)/extractor-$(bundle-license).txt
+	$(M4-nq) --define=__INCLUDE_LICENSE__="include($(make-dir)/extractor-$(bundle-license).txt)dnl" - $< > $@
+
+$(make-dir)/driver.tex:  $(make-dir)/driver.txt $(make-dir)/driver-$(bundle-license).txt
+	$(M4-nq) --define=__INCLUDE_LICENSE__="include($(make-dir)/driver-$(bundle-license).txt)dnl" - $< > $@
+
+#
+## user/developer file targets
+#
+
+$(packages.stq): %.stq: %.ins %.sty
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(TEX) $<
+
+# FIX: sqo not implemented yet; same as sto for now.
+$(stos.sqo): %.sqo: %.sto
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(TOUCH) $@
+
+$(classes.clq): %.clq: %.ins %.cls
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(TEX) $<
+
+# FIX: cqo not implemented yet; same as clo for now.
+$(clos.cqo): %.cqo: %.clo
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(TOUCH) $@
+
+# FIX: cfq not implemented yet; same as cfg for now.
+$(configs.cfq): %.cfq: %.cfg
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(TOUCH) $@
+# $(configs.cfq): %.cfq: %.ins %.cfg
+# 	$(TEX) $<
+
+$(bibstyles.bsq): %.bsq: %-bst.ins %.bst
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(TEX) $<
+
+# dependencies common to all filesets.dvi
+$(filesets.dvi): $(dox-requirements) $(bundle-bib.bib)
+
+# NOTE: The targets listed here are X.dvi for each X which has an X.cfg.  The
+# DVI dox need to be remade when X.cfg changes, so we add a extra-dependency
+# rule here for that.
+$(addsuffix .dvi, $(configs)): %.dvi: %.cfg
+
+$(packages.dvi): %.dvi: %.tex %.sty
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	@$(latex-libll) $*
+
+$(classes.dvi): %.dvi: %.tex %.cls
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	@$(latex-libll) $*
+
+$(bibstyles.dvi): %-bst.dvi: %-bst.tex %.bst %-bst.ver
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	@$(latex-libll) $*-bst
+
+#
+## user/developer phony declarations, target-specific vars, etc.
+#
+
+.PHONY: install install.q \
+	all all.q \
+	clean dev.clean install.clean fresh \
+	$(filesets) $(filesets.q) \
+	$(filesets.macros) $(filesets.macros.q) \
+	$(filesets.dep) $(filesets.dep.q) \
+	$(filesets.dep.macros) $(filesets.dep.macros.q) \
+	$(filesets.doc) \
+	$(filesets.clean) $(filesets.dev.clean)
+
+
+# We get to exercise a lot of the features of Make in this file!  Below are
+# some target-specific variable values.  When we're building these targets,
+# there is no need to consider fileset-fileset-dependencies, since all filesets
+# are being built.  By not considering them, we make things much more
+# efficient.
+#
+# NOTE: target-specific variables are locally set for the COMMANDS of the
+# target and the COMMANDS of all its dependencies, and NOT in the dependency
+# lists of any of those targets.
+all all.q install install.q: NODEP = true
+
+# Targets declared intermediate will not be remade simply because they do not
+# exist and are an intermediate stage on the way to the requested file.  If
+# intermediate targets existed before the make, they will be kept around, and
+# will be removed if not.  This way we can have a "clean:" development
+# directory without making Make any less efficient.  Secondary files are like
+# intermediate files, but are not deleted even when they didn't exist before
+# the make.  We want the intermediate files that are going to go into the
+# distribution to be declared secondary so they remain around even when they
+# aren't needed by the target called at the time.
+.INTERMEDIATE:  $(filesets.t1) $(filesets.t2) $(filesets.t3) \
+		$(filter-out $(dist-filesets-cits.aux), $(filesets.aux))
+.SECONDARY:     $(filesets.tex) $(filesets.ins) \
+		$(packages.sty) $(classes.cls) \
+		$(bibstyles.bst) $(bibstyles.ver) \
+		$(dist-filesets-cits.aux)
+
+# If Make encounters an error while building a file, the file is probably
+# corrupt, but in many cases it is up to date, so we must delete it to ensure
+# that Make doesn't think it is OK.
+.DELETE_ON_ERROR:
+
+#
+## user/developer phony targets
+#
+
+# don't assume that building dox automatically builds macros
+
+$(filesets): %: %.macros $(perc.doc) $(perc.dep)
+$(filesets.q): %.q: %.macros.q $(perc.doc) $(perc.dep.q)
+
+# These are extra dependencies.
+$(filesets.macros): %.macros: $(perc.dep.macros)
+$(filesets.macros.q): %.macros.q: $(perc.dep.macros.q)
+
+$(packages.macros): %.macros: %.sty $(perc.dep.macros)
+$(packages.macros.q): %.macros.q: %.stq $(perc.dep.macros.q)
+	@$(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .sqo, $($*-stos))
+
+$(classes.macros): %.macros: %.cls $(perc.dep.macros)
+$(classes.macros.q): %.macros.q: %.clq $(perc.dep.macros.q)
+	@$(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .cqo, $($*-clos))
+
+$(bibstyles.macros): %-bst.macros: %.bst $(perc.dep.macros)
+$(bibstyles.macros.q): %-bst.macros.q: %.bsq $(perc.dep.macros.q)
+
+$(filesets.dep): %.dep:
+	@[ $(NODEP) ] || \
+		{ $(make-this-if-nonempty) $($*-deps); }
+$(filesets.dep.q): %.dep.q:
+	@[ $(NODEP) ] || \
+		{ $(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .q, $($*-deps)); }
+$(filesets.dep.macros): %.dep.macros:
+	@[ $(NODEP) ] || \
+		{ $(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .macros, $($*-deps)); }
+$(filesets.dep.macros.q): %.dep.macros.q:
+	@[ $(NODEP) ] || \
+	       { $(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .macros.q, $($*-deps)); }
+
+# This would be changed if there were additional forms of documentation.
+# filesets are only called by user with .install or .install.q.
+# For developer, only filesets.macros and filesets.macros.q call %.doc.
+# So until there are other forms of dox, we just need to build %.dvi.
+$(filesets.doc): %.doc: %.dvi
+
+# $(findstring) isn't good enough here, it doesn't look for word boundaries, so
+# you have a problem when any fileset name is a subset of another one.
+
+# GNU expr 1.16 seems broken in that it can't deal with [ $] or [ ^] I can't
+# figure what's up.  So we insert an extra space at beginning and end in case
+# our string is at the beginning or end of nondc-filesets.
+$(packages.clean):  %.clean:
+	$(RM)  $*.{log,ilg,idx,ind,toc,vrb,stq,cfq,bbl,blg,t1,t2,t3} \
+	       $(addsuffix .sqo, $($*-stos))
+	@auxp=`$(EXPR) " $(nondc-filesets) " : '.* \($*\) '`; \
+	if [ $$auxp ]; then \
+		echo rm -f $$auxp.aux; \
+		$(RM) $$auxp.aux; \
+	fi
+$(classes.clean): %.clean:
+	$(RM)  $*.{log,ilg,idx,ind,toc,vrb,cfq,,clq,bbl,blg,t1,t2,t3} \
+	       $(addsuffix .cqo, $($*-clos))
+	@auxp=`$(EXPR) " $(nondc-filesets) " : '.* \($*\) '`; \
+	if [ $$auxp ]; then \
+		echo rm -f $$auxp.aux; \
+		$(RM) $$auxp.aux; \
+	fi
+$(bibstyles.clean): %-bst.clean:
+	$(RM)  $*-bst.{log,ilg,idx,ind,toc,vrb,bbl,blg,t1,t2,t3} $*.bsq
+	@auxp=`$(EXPR) " $(nondc-filesets) " : '.* \($*-bst\) '`; \
+	if [ $$auxp ]; then \
+		echo rm -f $$auxp.aux; \
+		$(RM) $$auxp.aux; \
+	fi
+
+#
+## user/developer *.install* targets (both phony and file)
+#
+###   phony declarations and install targets
+
+.PHONY: $(filesets.install) \
+	$(filesets.install.q) \
+	$(filesets.dep.install) \
+	$(filesets.dep.install.q) \
+	$(filesets.cfg.install) \
+	$(filesets.cfq.install) \
+	$(filesets.doc.install) \
+	$(filesets.src.install) \
+	$(packages.sty.install) \
+	$(packages.stq.install) \
+	$(packages.sto.install) \
+	$(packages.sqo.install) \
+	$(classes.cls.install) \
+	$(classes.clq.install) \
+	$(classes.clo.install) \
+	$(classes.cqo.install) \
+	$(bibstyles.bst.install) \
+	$(bibstyles.bsq.install)
+
+# setting NOMAC will prevent macros from being installed
+# setting NOSRC will prevent sources from being installed
+# setting NODOC will prevent documentation from being built and installed
+# setting NODEP will inhibit consideration of fileset-fileset-dependencies
+###   X.install
+
+$(packages.install): %.install: %.sty.install %.sto.install %.cfg.install \
+				%.src.install $(perc.doc.install) \
+				$(perc.dep.install)
+
+$(classes.install): %.install: %.cls.install %.clo.install %.cfg.install \
+			       %.src.install $(perc.doc.install) \
+			       $(perc.dep.install)
+$(bibstyles.install): %.install: %.bst.install %.src.install \
+				 $(perc.doc.install) $(perc.dep.install)
+###   X.install.q
+
+$(packages.install.q): %.install.q: %.stq.install %.sqo.install \
+				    %.cfq.install %.src.install \
+				    $(perc.doc.install) $(perc.dep.install.q)
+
+$(classes.install.q): %.install.q: %.clq.install %.cqo.install \
+				   %.cfq.install %.src.install \
+				   $(perc.doc.install) $(perc.dep.install.q)
+$(bibstyles.install.q): %.install.q: %.bsq.install %.src.install \
+				     $(perc.doc.install) $(perc.dep.install.q)
+###   macros
+
+$(packages.sty.install) \
+$(classes.cls.install): %.install: %
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(maybe-install-macro) $< $(MACRODIR) $<
+endif
+$(bibstyles.bst.install): %-bst.bst.install: %.bst
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(maybe-install-macro) $< $(BIBDIR) $<
+endif
+###   quickmacros
+
+$(packages.stq.install): %.stq.install: %.stq
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(maybe-install-macro) $< $(MACRODIR) $*.sty
+endif
+$(classes.clq.install): %.clq.install: %.clq
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(maybe-install-macro) $< $(MACRODIR) $*.cls
+endif
+$(bibstyles.bsq.install): %-bst.bsq.install: %.bsq
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(maybe-install-macro) $< $(BIBDIR) $*.bst
+endif
+###   deps
+
+$(filesets.dep.install): %.dep.install:
+	@[ $(NODEP) ] || \
+	  { $(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .install, $($*-deps)); }
+$(filesets.dep.install.q): %.dep.install.q: 
+	@[ $(NODEP) ] || \
+	  { $(make-this-if-nonempty) $(addsuffix .install.q, $($*-deps)); }
+###   option files
+
+# Should technically depend on $(%-stos) but that is not a legal idea.
+$(packages.sto.install): %.sto.install:
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(foreach x, $($*-stos), \
+		$(maybe-install-macro) $(x).sto $(MACRODIR) $(x).sto;)
+endif
+
+# FIX: sqo not implemented yet, same as sto
+$(packages.sqo.install): %.sqo.install: %.sto.install
+
+# Should technically depend on $(%-clos) but that is not a legal idea.
+$(classes.clo.install): %.clo.install:
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	@$(foreach x, $($*-clos), \
+		$(maybe-install-macro) $(x).clo $(MACRODIR) $(x).clo;)
+endif
+# FIX: cqo not implemented yet, same as clo
+$(classes.cqo.install): %.cqo.install: %.clo.install
+###   dox
+
+# NOTE: If there were ever additional (i.e. non-DVI) formats, this would be a
+# rule that depended on %.doc.dvi.install $.doc.foo.install, etc.
+$(packages.doc.install) \
+$(classes.doc.install): %.doc.install: $(MDVIDIR)/%.dvi
+$(addprefix $(MDVIDIR)/, $(packages.dvi) $(classes.dvi)): $(MDVIDIR)/%: %
+ifeq ($(NODOC),)
+	test -d $(MDVIDIR) || $(MKDIRP) $(MDVIDIR)
+	@$(install-lsr) $< $(MDVIDIR)
+endif
+
+$(bibstyles.doc.install): %.doc.install: $(BDVIDIR)/%.dvi
+$(addprefix $(BDVIDIR)/, $(bibstyles.dvi)): $(BDVIDIR)/%: %
+ifeq ($(NODOC),)
+	test -d $(BDVIDIR) || $(MKDIRP) $(BDVIDIR)
+	@$(install-lsr) $< $(BDVIDIR)
+endif
+###   sources
+
+$(addprefix $(SRCDIR)/, $(filesets.ins) $(filesets.tex) \
+		$(bibstyles.ver) $(dist-extra-files)): $(SRCDIR)/%: %
+ifeq ($(NOSRC),)
+	test -d $(SRCDIR) || $(MKDIRP) $(SRCDIR)
+	@$(install-lsr) $< $(SRCDIR)
+endif
+
+$(packages.src.install) \
+$(classes.src.install): %.src.install: \
+	$(addprefix $(SRCDIR)/, %.ins %.tex $(dist-extra-files))
+
+$(bibstyles.src.install): %.src.install: \
+	$(addprefix $(SRCDIR)/, %.ins %.tex %.ver $(dist-extra-files))
+###   configs
+
+$(configs.cfg.install): %.install: $(CONFIGDIR)/%
+
+$(addprefix $(CONFIGDIR)/, $(configs.cfg)): $(CONFIGDIR)/%: %
+ifeq ($(NOMAC),)
+	test -d $(CONFIGDIR) || $(MKDIRP) $(CONFIGDIR)
+	@$(install-lsr) $< $(CONFIGDIR)
+endif
+
+# NOTE: X.cfg.install and X.cfq.install when there is no X.cfg is an empty
+# rule.  We do this so we can simply list those things as dependencies without
+# having to know whether an X.cfg exists for that X.
+$(filter-out $(configs.cfg.install), $(filesets.cfg.install)) \
+$(filter-out $(configs.cfq.install), $(filesets.cfq.install)):
+
+# FIX: cfq not implemented, is same as cfg
+$(configs.cfq.install): %.cfq.install: %.cfg.install
+
+#
+## user phony declarations and targets
+#
+
+ifneq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+
+# For the end user, 'install' and 'install.q' targets are limited to
+# distributed filesets.
+all: $(dist-filesets)
+all.q: $(dist-filesets.q)
+install: $(dist-filesets.install)
+install.q: $(dist-filesets.install.q)
+
+# *.clean leaves only what is distributed
+clean: $(dist-filesets.clean)
+
+#
+## developer phony declarations and targets
+#
+else  
+
+all: $(filesets)
+all.q: $(filesets.q)
+install: $(filesets.install)
+install.q: $(filesets.install.q)
+
+# *.clean leaves only what is distributed
+clean: $(filesets.clean)
+
+# *.dev.clean leaves only what cannot be regenerated
+dev.clean: $(filesets.dev.clean) license-dependent-files.clean bundle-bib.clean
+
+# Not all .aux files are removed by X.clean.
+$(packages.dev.clean) \
+$(classes.dev.clean): %.dev.clean: %.clean
+	$(RM) $*.{dvi,tex,ins,sty,cls,aux}
+$(bibstyles.dev.clean): %-bst.dev.clean: %-bst.clean
+	$(RM) $*-bst.{ver,dvi,tex,ins,aux} $*.bst
+
+# NOTE Hmm, doesn't work as intended, because once dev.clean is made, it
+# assumes it doesn't have to remake clean (if you put clean before/after
+# ctan).... I don't think this should be true for PHONY targets.  Anyway, may
+# want to do "make clean" after "make fresh".
+
+# hmm, all.q is not made by all?  ctan is not made by either?
+
+fresh: dev.clean all.q ctan
+
+# FIX: also should remove the directories and their parents too, but only if
+# they're empty.
+install.clean:
+	$(RM) -r $(addprefix $(BIBDIR)/, $(bibstyles.bst)) \
+		 $(addprefix $(MACRODIR)/, \
+			$(packages.sty) $(classes.cls) \
+		        $(configs.cfg) \
+			$(stos.sto) $(clos.clo)) \
+		 $(addprefix $(SRCDIR)/, \
+			$(dist-extra-files) \
+                        $(filesets.tex) $(filesets.ins) \
+			$(bibstyles.ver)) \
+		 $(addprefix $(MDVIDIR)/, $(filesets.dvi)) \
+		 $(addprefix $(BDVIDIR)/, $(bibstyles.dvi))
+
+#
+## developer file targets
+#
+
+# this handles adding this dependency for all the rules in this section:
+$(parts) $(driver) $(extractor) \
+$(filesets.t1) $(filesets.t2) $(filesets.t3):  $(makefiles)
+
+$(packages.sty): %.sty: %.t1 %.t2 %.t3 $(parts)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(CAT) $(part-1) $*.t1 $(part-2) $*.t2 $(part-3) $*.t3 \
+		| $(transform-sty) > $@
+
+$(classes.cls): %.cls: %.t1 %.t2 %.t3 $(parts)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(CAT) $(part-1) $*.t1 $(part-2) $*.t2 $(part-3) $*.t3 \
+		| $(transform-cls) > $@
+
+# We want to get version control information and a command into the -bst.ver
+# file.  We read the .ver file specially when we build the -bst.dvi file.
+#
+# We quote curly braces in the awk regexps in case we are using gawk and
+# $POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in the environment so that we can't really do
+# anything about it.  It is this way when running subshells from Emacs
+# sometimes, in my experience.
+#
+# FIX: not sure we need transform-bst here.
+$(bibstyles.ver):  %-bst.ver: %.bst %-bst.t1 %-bst.t2 %-bst.t3 $(parts)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(CAT) $(part-1) $*-bst.t1 $(part-2) $*-bst.t2 $(part-3) $*-bst.t3 \
+	  | $(transform-bst) \
+	  | $(AWK) '/^ %% \\def\\fileinfo/,/^ %% \\def\\docdate/ \
+			{ $$1 = ""; print } \
+			{ next }' \
+	  > $@
+	$(CAT) $(part-3) \
+	  | $(AWK) '/^\\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files/, \
+		    /^\}% A special comment to help create bst files/ \
+			{ print } \
+			{ next }' \
+		>> $@
+
+$(bibstyles.bst):  %.bst: %-bst.t1 %-bst.t2 %-bst.t3 $(parts)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(CAT) $(part-1) $*-bst.t1 $(part-2) $*-bst.t2 $(part-3) $*-bst.t3 \
+	  | $(transform-bst) \
+          | $(AWK) '/^%  \\begin\{macro\}\{\\fileinfo\}/, \
+		    /^%    \\end\{macrocode\}\^\^A special comment to help create bst files/ \
+			{ next } \
+			{ print }' \
+	  > $@
+
+# bundle-bib may be undefined.  If bundle-bib is defined, master-bib.bib must
+# be defined and the file it names must exist.
+ifneq ($(bundle-bib),)
+$(bundle-bib.bib): $(master-bib.bib) $(makefiles)
+	$(SYMLINK) $(master-bib.bib) $@
+endif
+
+# t is for temporary
+
+# We quote curly braces in the awk regexps in case we are using gawk and
+# $POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in the environment so that we can't really do
+# anything about it.  It is this way when running subshells from Emacs
+# sometimes, in my experience.
+$(filesets.t1): %.t1: %.dtx
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(AWK) '/^% \\CheckSum\{[0-9]+\}/,/^% \\part\{Implementation\}/' $*.dtx > $@
+
+$(filesets.t2): %.t2: %.dtx
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(SED) -n '/^\\def\\fileinfo{.*}/,/^\\def\\docdate{.*}/p' $*.dtx > $@
+
+$(filesets.t3): %.t3: %.dtx
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(AWK) '/^% \\part\{Implementation\}/,/^% \\Finale/ \
+                    {if ($$0 !~ /^% \\part\{Implementation\}/) print}' $*.dtx \
+		| $(SED) '/^\\def\\fileinfo{.*}/,/^\\def\\docdate{.*}/d' > $@
+
+# transform-* defs require $* to be the root name
+$(packages.tex): %.tex: $(driver)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(transform-sty) $(driver) > $@
+
+$(classes.tex): %.tex: $(driver)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(transform-cls) $(driver) > $@
+
+$(bibstyles.tex): %-bst.tex: $(driver)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(transform-bst) $(driver) > $@
+
+$(packages.ins): %.ins: $(extractor)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(transform-sty) $(extractor) > $@
+
+$(classes.ins): %.ins: $(extractor)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(transform-cls) $(extractor) > $@
+
+$(bibstyles.ins): %-bst.ins: $(extractor)
+	@echo "Building $@."
+	$(transform-bst) $(extractor) > $@
+
+Frankenfile: $(make-dir)/Frankenfile
+	$(SYMLINK) $< $@
+
+#
+## distribution archive: variables, definitions, phony and file targets
+#
+
+# NOTE this is all still within the developer-only conditional.
+
+stable-files =      $(stable-filesets.dvi) \
+		    $(stable-filesets.ins) \
+		    $(stable-filesets.tex) \
+		    $(stable-packages.sty) \
+		    $(stable-stos.sto) \
+		    $(stable-classes.cls) \
+		    $(stable-clos.clo) \
+		    $(stable-bibstyles.bst) \
+		    $(stable-bibstyles.ver) \
+	            $(stable-configs.cfg) \
+		    $(stable-extra-files)
+beta-files =        $(beta-filesets.dvi) \
+	            $(beta-filesets.ins) \
+	            $(beta-filesets.tex) \
+		    $(beta-packages.sty) \
+		    $(beta-stos.sto) \
+		    $(beta-classes.cls) \
+		    $(beta-clos.clo) \
+		    $(beta-bibstyles.bst) \
+		    $(beta-bibstyles.ver) \
+	            $(beta-configs.cfg) \
+                    $(beta-extra-files)
+
+# where we copy distributed files in order to archive them
+stable-archive-dir = $(distribution-dir)/$(stable-dir)
+beta-archive-dir   = $(distribution-dir)/$(beta-dir)
+
+stable-archive-files = $(addprefix $(stable-archive-dir)/, $(stable-files))
+beta-archive-files   = $(addprefix $(beta-archive-dir)/, $(beta-files))
+dist-archive-files   = $(stable-archive-files) $(beta-archive-files)
+
+.PHONY: ctan ctan.clean \
+	distrib distrib.clean \
+	all.clean
+
+ctan.clean distrib.clean:
+	$(RM) -r $(distribution-dir)
+
+all.clean: dev.clean distrib.clean install.clean
+
+# clean before building
+ctan distrib: distrib.clean $(stable-archive-dir) \
+	      $(beta-archive-dir) $(dist-archive-files)
+	$(TAR) -C $(distribution-dir) -c -z \
+		-f $(distribution-dir)/$(bundle-filename).tgz \
+		$(filter-out $(bundle-filename).tgz, \
+			     $(shell $(LS) $(distribution-dir)))
+
+$(stable-archive-dir) $(beta-archive-dir): $(makefiles)
+	$(MKDIRP) $@
+
+# target is all stable-archive-files except for the bundle-bib.bib if it exists
+$(filter-out $(stable-archive-dir)/$(bundle-bib.bib), \
+	$(stable-archive-files)): $(stable-archive-dir)/%: \
+		% $(stable-archive-dir)
+		@$(install-plain) $< $(stable-archive-dir)
+
+# rule for the bundle-bib.bib if it exists.
+ifneq ($(bundle-bib),)
+$(dist-filesets.aux): %.aux: %.dvi
+
+# bibtool -v verbose; -q suppress warnings (huge number of them); 
+#         -d don't include double entries
+#         -s sort (needed to identify double entries)
+#
+# We want to keep the modification time the same as the master-bib so that the
+# end user's Make process won't think it needs to remake all the dvi files.
+#
+# FIX: bibtool is having a problem getting the right crossreffed entries in
+# when dealing with the master-bib.  It did OK on a very short test bib I made.
+#
+# So we do a very patchy workaround:
+#   - first make the target normally; it will lack crossreffed entries.
+#   - combine the relevant .aux files into frankentemp.aux and change the
+#     \bibdata command to use the bundle-bib.dist database.
+#   - frankentemp.aux is nonempty or we wouldn't be doing this rule.
+#   - we process frankentemp.aux with bibtex and look at the output.
+#   - extract lines that say we've got a missing crossref.
+#   - remove the difficult apostrophe's from those lines, and save in
+#     frankentemp.1. 
+#   - frankentemp.1 will be empty if we have no missing crossrefs.  if it's
+#     empty, we're OK, so stop.
+#   - take the error lines about missing crossrefs and extract just the key.
+#   - frob each key K into the string "-X \'^K$\'" (without the enclosing
+#     double quotes).
+#   - combine all lines into one line.  now we have a series of one or more
+#     strings just described all concatenated on one line.  save this into
+#     frankentemp.2.  While combining them, the backslashes before the single
+#     quotes got used up.
+#   - feed this fabricated string to bibtool.  bibtool will extract each key's
+#     entry from bundle-bib.bib along with relevant string definitions, and put
+#     it on stdout.
+#   - append the output to bundle-bib.dist, making it complete.
+#   - clean up temp files.
+
+# FIX: we've got potential problems if any keys have regexp chars in them.
+
+.PHONY: bundle-bib.clean
+bundle-bib.clean:
+	$(RM) $(bundle-bib.bib) $(bundle-bib.bib).dist
+
+$(bundle-bib.bib).dist: $(bundle-bib.bib) $(dist-filesets-cits.aux)
+	$(BIBTOOL) -q -d -s $(addprefix -x , $(dist-filesets-cits.aux)) -o $@
+	$(CAT) $(dist-filesets-cits.aux) \
+	  | $(SED) 's/^\\bibdata{$(bundle-bib)}/\\bibdata{$(bundle-bib)\.bib\.dist}/' \
+	  > $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.aux
+	$(BIBTEX) $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp \
+	  | $(GREP) '^refers to entry ".*", which doesn'\''t exist$$' \
+	  | $(SED) -e s/\'//g \
+	  > $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.1; \
+	if [ -s $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.1 ]; then \
+	  $(CAT) $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.1 \
+	    | $(XARGS) -i $(EXPR) {} : 'refers to entry \(.*\), which doesn' \
+	    | $(XARGS) -i echo -X \\\'^'{}'\$$\\\' \
+	    | $(XARGS) \
+	    > $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.2; \
+	  eval $$(echo $(BIBTOOL) -q $$($(CAT) $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.2) \
+		  $<) \
+	    >> $@; \
+	fi; \
+	$(RM) $(TMPDIR)/frankentemp.{aux,1,2,bbl,blg}
+	$(TOUCH) -r $(master-bib.bib) $@
+
+$(stable-archive-dir)/$(bundle-bib.bib): $(bundle-bib.bib).dist \
+					 $(stable-archive-dir)
+	@$(install-plain) $< $(stable-archive-dir)/$(bundle-bib.bib)
+endif
+
+$(beta-archive-files): $(beta-archive-dir)/%: % $(beta-archive-dir)
+	@$(install-plain) $< $(beta-archive-dir)
+
+endif # developer-only
+
+#
+## Emacs file variables
+#
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: makefile
+# eval: (outline-minor-mode 1)
+# outline-regexp: "##+"
+# End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/INSTALL b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b1eec22fc70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+
+			     INSTRUCTIONS
+				 for
+		       BUILDING AND INSTALLING
+			     FRANKENSTEIN
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       CONTENTS
+
+		   NOTE
+		   QUICK AND DIRTY
+		   THE BEST WAY: USING THE MAKEFILE
+		   NON-FRANKENSTEIN PACKAGES
+		   DOING IT BY HAND
+			basics
+			configuration files
+			generating quick versions
+			regenerating DVI documentation
+			fileset dependencies
+		   FILE LOCATIONS
+			TDS locations
+			CTAN locations
+		   MAKEFILE TECHNICAL NOTES
+			Frankenbundle
+		   TERMINOLOGY
+		   AUTHOR
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+				 NOTE
+
+If you are reading this file in a TeX installation, you probably don't
+need to install anything at all.  Simply try using one of the
+Frankenstein packages in your document and see if it works.  If LaTeX
+can't find the package, you need to install it, so read on.
+
+Since you're reading on, I'll assume from here on that you are reading
+this file in a directory with other Frankenstein files as you found
+them on CTAN.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+			   QUICK AND DIRTY
+
+You can simply put this entire directory (or just the .sty files)
+somewhere in LaTeX's search path for input files, e.g.,
+TDS:/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.  You will then be able to use all
+the Frankenstein packages, with the following qualifications:
+
+  1.  The documentation won't be in the standard place.
+  2.  To use the achicago bibstyle, you must also put the file
+      "achicago.bst" where BibTeX can find it.
+  3.  With a web2c-based installation you _may_ also need to take the
+      extra step of rebuilding your ls-R databases with a command like
+      "texconfig rehash".
+  4.  To use the abbrevs, achicago, blkcntrl, and dialogue packages,
+      you must have the relsize package on your system; to use the
+      compsci package, you must have the the relsize, url and verbatim
+      packages on your system.  For how to obtain and install these
+      non-Frankenstein packages on your system, see the section on
+      non-Frankenstein packages below.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+			     THE BEST WAY:
+			  USING THE MAKEFILE
+
+If you have the GNU Make program on your system, using the Makefile is
+the easiest way to do everything described in this document and more.
+Simply run "make" and you will see a help message describing the
+things you can do.  You probably won't need to read anything else in
+this file except the section NON-FRANKENSTEIN PACKAGES below.
+
+To use the Makefile on the unsupported filesets, you must do two
+things.  
+
+  1. Copy all the files in the "unsupported" subdirectory into its
+     parent directory ("frankenstein").
+
+  2. Set the variable USE_UNSUP to something nonempty either by:
+       a. uncommenting the line in the file Makefile, or
+       b. setting it in your environment, or
+       c. set the variable on the Make command line, e.g., "make
+          USE_UNSUP=t all".
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+		      NON-FRANKENSTEIN PACKAGES
+
+Certain Frankenstein packages depend on packages that are not part of
+Frankenstein or the official LaTeX distribution:
+
+  abbrevs,	     
+  achicago,
+  blkcntrl,
+  and dialogue depend on "relsize.sty".
+  compsci      depends on "relsize.sty", "url.sty", and "verbatim.sty".
+
+If you wish to use one of those four Frankenstein packages, I suggest
+you follow these steps:
+
+First check if you already have them on your system:
+
+   If you have a TeX installation based on web2c (e.g., UN*X
+   installations derived from teTeX or TeXLive), you can type:
+
+     % kpsewhich X.sty
+
+   (where X is relsize, url, or verbatim) and if you get a response,
+   you already have that file on your system.  If you don't have web2c
+   but do have a TDS-compliant texmf tree, see the section FILE
+   LOCATIONS below to see where to look.  If you have neither web2c
+   nor a TDS-compliant texmf tree, you can simply try to use the
+   Frankenstein package, and if LaTeX tells you one of the
+   non-Frankenstein packages is missing, well then you have to install
+   it.
+
+If you don't already have the files you need, download them from CTAN.
+
+  The locations are given in the section FILE LOCATIONS below.
+
+  To install relsize.sty and url.sty, simply put them where LaTeX can
+  find them.
+
+  To install verbatim, I recommend you install the entire "tools"
+  distribution, following the directions in the file readme.txt.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+			   DOING IT BY HAND
+
+				basics
+
+Each package fileset X in the Frankenstein bundle contains either four
+or five files:
+
+  X.sty        the package macros
+  X.dvi        package documentation
+  X.tex        may be used to regenerate X.dvi from X.sty
+  X.ins        may be used to generate a fast-loading version of X.sty
+
+A standard configuration file is included in the abbrevs, compsci,
+slemph, and titles package filesets:
+
+  X.cfg         package configuration file (not in all packages)
+
+The file X.sty may be used as it is; simply put it where LaTeX can
+find it.  TDS locations are given below.  To use the package, put
+\usepackage{X} in the preamble of your LaTeX source document.  If a
+configuration file exists for the package, you must also put it where
+LaTeX can find it.
+
+The following files compose the achicago bibstyle fileset:
+
+  achicago.bst       the bibstyle macros
+  achicago-bst.dvi   bibstyle documentation
+  achicago-bst.tex   may be used to regenerate achicago-bst.dvi from
+                     achicago.bst and achicago-bst.ver
+  achicago-bst.ins   may be used to generate a fast-loading version 
+                     of achicago.bst (see below)
+  achicago-bst.ver   a file needed by achicago-bst.tex
+
+The file achicago.bst may be used as it is; simply put it where BibTeX
+can find it.  To use the bibstyle, you must load the achicago PACKAGE
+by putting \usepackage{achicago} in the preamble of your LaTeX source
+document.
+
+
+			 configuration files
+
+If you want to alter a configuration file, make a copy of it, put it
+the copy in the LaTeX search path prior to the distributed
+configuration file, and alter the copy.
+
+
+	     generating fast-loading or "quick" versions
+
+Running TeX or LaTeX on X.ins will produce a file called either X.stq
+(for packages) or X.bsq (for bibstyles).  For packages X, the file
+X.sty must be in the LaTeX search path (usually the current
+directory); for bibstyles Y-bst, the files Y.bst and Y-bst.ver must be
+in the same directory.  The new file is functionally identical to the
+X.sty or X.bst file, but is stripped of comments and will therefore be
+processed faster by TeX or BibTeX.  I am unable to tell you how much
+faster!  To use X.stq (X.bsq), you must rename it to X.sty (X.bst) and
+put it where LaTeX (BibTeX) can find it.  DO NOT DELETE THE ORIGINAL
+X.sty (X.bst) because it contains the documentation which X.tex
+(X-bst.tex) transforms into the file X.dvi (X-bst.dvi).
+
+
+		    regenerating DVI documentation
+
+To regenerate the file X.dvi, run LaTeX on X.tex.  For packages X, the
+file X.sty must be in the LaTeX search path as well as X.cfg if it
+exists; for bibstyles Y-bst, the files Y.bst and Y-bst.ver must be in
+the LaTeX search path.
+
+Generating documentation requires the following Frankenstein packages:
+
+  abbrevs.sty, blkcntrl.sty, compsci.sty, lips.sty, moredefs.sty,
+  slemph.sty, titles.sty, and achicago.sty, 
+
+and the achicago.bst bibstyle.
+
+You also need all 3 non-Frankenstein packages (see the section
+NON-FRANKENSTEIN PACKAGES above).
+
+Documentation for dialogue furthermore requires the attrib package.
+Documentation for attrib   furthermore requires the dialogue package.
+Documentation for achicago-bst furthermore requires the longtable package,
+  which is in the "tools" bundle with "verbatim" (see the section
+  NON-FRANKENSTEIN PACKAGES above). 
+
+
+			 fileset dependencies
+
+If you install the macro files of one fileset, you should also install
+all the macro files of the filesets it depends on:
+
+  Fileset       Depends on (directly or indirectly)
+  ....................................................................
+  abbrevs       moredefs,relsize,slemph
+  achicago      blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize,slemph,titles
+  achicago-bst  achicago,blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize,slemph,titles
+  attrib        moredefs
+  blkcntrl      moredefs,relsize
+  compsci       abbrevs,alltt,lips,moredefs,relsize,slemph,
+                titles,url,verbatim
+  dialogue      blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize
+  lips          <NOTHING>
+  moredefs      <NOTHING>
+  slemph        <NOTHING>
+  titles        moredefs,slemph
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+			    FILE LOCATIONS
+
+			    TDS locations
+
+Relevant non-Frankenstein files:
+
+  File                Location:  TDS:/texmf/...
+  ...........................................................
+  url.sty	      ...tex/latex/misc/url.sty
+  relsize.sty	      ...tex/latex/misc/relsize.sty
+  longtable.dtx	      ...source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx
+  verbatim.dtx	      ...source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx
+
+  longtable.sty	      ...tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty
+  longtable.dvi	      ...doc/latex/tools/longtable.dvi
+  verbatim.sty	      ...tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty
+  verbatim.dvi	      ...doc/latex/tools/verbatim.dvi
+
+Frankenstein files:
+
+  File                Location:  TDS:/texmf/...
+  ...........................................................
+  achicago.bst        .../bibtex/bst/achicago
+  achicago-bst.dvi    .../doc/bibtex
+  *.cfg *.sty         .../tex/latex/frankenstein
+  *.dvi               .../doc/latex/frankenstein
+  <all other files>   .../source/latex/frankenstein
+
+			    CTAN locations
+
+Frankenstein:
+
+  CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/*
+
+Relevant non-Frankenstein packages:
+
+  Package       Location:  CTAN:/macros/latex/...
+  ...........................................................
+  relsize       ...contrib/other/misc/relsize.sty
+  url           ...contrib/other/misc/url.sty
+  verbatim      ...packages/tools/*
+  longtable     ...packages/tools/*
+
+The LaTeX base distribution:
+
+  CTAN:/macros/latex/base/*
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+		       MAKEFILE TECHNICAL NOTES
+
+I have tested the Make system with Debian GNU/Linux and Make v3.77.
+If certain commands or options need to be altered to work with your
+setup, check the top of Frankenfile where a lot of commands are
+abstracted in variables.  It's best to reset the variables at the top
+of Makefile, on the Make command line, or in your environment rather
+than changing Frankenfile.  Please write me describing any problems
+you encounter.  GNU Make is available at ftp://gnu.mit.edu/pub/gnu/.
+
+
+			    Frankenbundle
+
+The Frankenstein Makefiles also make a great way for you to maintain
+and distribute your own LaTeX packages and classes and BibTeX
+bibstyles.  I distribute them with some documentation and necessary
+additional files as the Frankenbundle suite on
+CTAN:/support/frankenbundle.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+			     TERMINOLOGY
+
+  fileset: A group of files related to a single LaTeX package, LaTeX
+           class, or BibTeX bibliography style and any accompanying
+           option or configuration files.  The files in a package or
+           class fileset have the same root name but different
+           filename extensions.  In bibstyle filesets, some root names
+           differ by a "-bst" suffix.
+
+     CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network: a system of TeX-related
+           file archives available via FTP (see
+           ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites) and often
+           reproduced on CDROMs.
+
+      TDS: TeX Directory Structure: a recommended directory structure
+           for TeX installations.  See
+           ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/tds.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+				AUTHOR
+
+			      Matt Swift
+			 <swift@alum.mit.edu>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..313bcb3afa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/README
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+
+			     FRANKENSTEIN
+
+	     A Collection of Macros for LaTeX and BibTeX
+
+			     available at
+
+	 CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/*
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       CONTENTS
+
+			OVERVIEW
+		        DOCUMENTATION
+			PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS
+			  abbrevs
+			  compsci
+			  dialogue
+			  achicago
+			  titles
+			  attrib
+			  lips
+			  moredefs
+			  slemph
+			  blkcntrl
+			NOTES
+			  configuration files
+			  unsupported packages
+			DISTRIBUTION CONDITIONS
+			TERMINOLOGY
+			AUTHOR
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       OVERVIEW
+
+  "Frankenstein" is the whimsical name for a collection of 14 LaTeX
+  packages and a BibTeX bibliography style that I have written.
+  Frankenstein helps you do a variety of things with LaTeX.  You can
+  use just a part of Frankenstein if you want, or you can use all the
+  parts together.  You should download this whole directory, however,
+  to make sure you will have all the parts you might need.  To use
+  certain packages, you will also need the non-Frankenstein packages
+  "relsize.sty", "url.sty", and/or "verbatim.sty".  See the file
+  INSTALL for full details.
+
+  The package descriptions below will tell you briefly what they can
+  help you do.  Happy TeXing!
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			    DOCUMENTATION
+
+  This file contains general information on the Frankenstein bundle
+  and brief descriptions of its packages and bibstyle.
+
+  Installation instructions are in the file INSTALL.
+
+  Full documentation of each LaTeX package X is in the file X.dvi:
+     CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/X.dvi
+      TDS:/texmf/doc/latex/frankenstein/X.dvi
+
+  Full documentation of the achicago BibTeX bibliography style is in
+  the file achicago-bst.dvi:
+     CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/achicago-bst.dvi
+      TDS:/texmf/doc/bibtex/achicago-bst.dvi
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			 PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       abbrevs
+			 abbreviation macros
+		       (Frankenstein's briefs)
+
+  "Abbreviation macros" expand to defined text and insert following
+  space intelligently, based on context.  They can also expand to one
+  thing the first time they are used and another thing on subsequent
+  invocations.  Thus they can be abbreviations in two senses, in the
+  source and in the document.  Useful applications include the
+  abstraction of textual elements such as names without fussing over
+  spacing and the automatic expansion of abbreviations and acronyms at
+  their first use.  The initial and subsequent expansions of an
+  abbreviation macro are available at any time via explicit commands.
+  Abbreviation macros are grouped into categories; there are hooks
+  applicable to each category.  Categories can be reset so that
+  subsequent abbreviation macros in that category behave as if used
+  for the first time again.
+
+  A generic facility is also provided for suffixes like 1900 B.C. and
+  6:00 P.M., which correctly handles following periods.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       compsci
+		   macros for writing about macros
+		     (Frankenstein's conscience)
+
+  Compsci is useful whenever writing about programming, but especially
+  when writing about TeX and especially when used as a supplement to
+  the ltxdoc class to document LaTeX macros in a literate programming
+  style with .dtx files.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       dialogue
+			 dialogue environment
+			 (Frankenstein's mouth)
+
+  The dialogue environment is for citing short passages of scripted
+  dialogue.  It is not for typsetting a long script.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       achicago
+	  Chicago Manual A-style (but author-date) citations
+		     (Frankenstein's references)
+
+  A bibliography style based on _The Chicago Manual of Style_.  The
+  style is mostly style A, but borrows the author-date reference
+  system from style B.  Requires accompanying BibTeX bibliography
+  style "achicago".
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				titles
+			    titling macros
+		      (Frankenstein's pedigree)
+
+  Macros that typeset the titles of books, journals, etc. and handle
+  following spacing and punctuation intelligently, based on context.
+  Useful for bibliographic databases.  Also includes other markup like
+  \word, \defn, \phrase, etc.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				attrib
+		    attribution of block elements
+			 (Frankenstein's hat)
+
+  \attrib attributes block elements, for example when citing a
+  reference after a block quotation.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				 lips
+			    text ellipses
+			(Frankenstein's lips)
+
+  The \lips command generates text ellipses that are closer to what
+  _The Chicago Manual of Style_ suggests than what \dots produces.  It
+  does the right thing in most circumstances, and so is easy to use.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       moredefs
+			more defining commands
+			(Frankenstein's brain)
+
+  A collection of defining, expansion, and debugging commands for
+  programming in LaTeX and writing LaTeX packages and classes.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       newclude
+		   a new system for including files
+		      (Frankenstein's backbone)
+
+  Provides a backwards-compatible reimplementation of \include and
+  \includeonly.  The principal new features are: (1) the restriction
+  that \clearpage's must surround an included file is removed, (2) the
+  restriction that \include's cannot be nested is removed, and (3) the
+  provision of hooks executed before and after the contents of an
+  included file.  Newclude accomplishes the first two by using a
+  single .aux file instead of many.  Newclude also provides the
+  experimental functionality of the former package includex, which
+  allows you to include partial contents of independent LaTeX files
+  that can also be processed on their own (that is, files that contain
+  \documentclass, \begin{document}, etc.).
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				slemph
+			   slanted emphasis
+			(Frankenstein's gait)
+
+  Defines \itswitch, \slswitch, \textitswitch, and \textslswitch,
+  which switch between slanted or italic type and upright type.  Can
+  be used to represent emphasis with slanted type.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       blkcntrl
+			 block element hooks
+
+  Inserts hooks into certain block elements and footnotes.  Also
+  provides a command to set block quotations one size smaller than the
+  main text.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				NOTES
+
+			 configuration files
+
+  A standard configuration file <package>.cfg is included in the
+  abbrevs, compsci, slemph, and titles package filesets. If you want
+  to alter a configuration file, make a copy of it, put it the copy in
+  the LaTeX search path prior to the distributed configuration file,
+  and alter the copy.
+
+
+			 unsupported packages
+
+  Several additional unsupported Frankenstein package filesets are in
+  the subdirectory:
+
+    CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/unsupported
+
+  See the file README-unsupported in that directory for further
+  information.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		       DISTRIBUTION CONDITIONS
+
+  All Frankenstein filesets are copyrighted by Matthew Swift and
+  released under the conditions of the GNU General Public License
+  contained in the file COPYING.
+
+  I am willing to specially license this code; please simply contact
+  me with your proposal.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			     TERMINOLOGY
+
+  fileset: A group of files related to a single LaTeX package, LaTeX
+           class, or BibTeX bibliography style and any accompanying
+           option or configuration files.  The files in a package or
+           class fileset have the same root name but different
+           filename extensions.  In bibstyle filesets, some root names
+           differ by a "-bst" suffix.
+
+     CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network: a system of TeX-related
+           file archives available via FTP (see
+           ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites) and often
+           reproduced on CDROMs.
+
+      TDS: TeX Directory Structure: a recommended directory structure
+           for TeX installations.  See
+           ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/tds.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				AUTHOR
+
+			      Matt Swift
+			 <swift@alum.mit.edu>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..5c04d864a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1551e437725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% abbrevs.tex -- documentation for the abbrevs LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{abbrevs.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{abbrevs} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{abbrevs.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8de77e1dd3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd0c55faa64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% achicago-bst.tex -- documentation for the achicago BibTeX style.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{achicago-bst.ver}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{achicago} BibTeX style \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{achicago.bst}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ver b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ver
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..239544360f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ver
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+ \def\fileinfo{A Chicago Manual BibTeX style}
+ \def\DoXPackageS {longtable}
+ \def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+ \def\fileversion{v1}
+ \def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+ \def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.bsq b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.bsq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb6257966d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.bsq
@@ -0,0 +1,2001 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `achicago.bsq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% achicago.bst 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     achicago.bst or achicago.bsq.  This
+%%     BibTeX style will work ONLY if it is called achicago.bst
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     achicago.bst which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this BibTeX style. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%%
+
+ %% A BibTeX bibliography style
+ %%    conforming to the Chicago Manual's A style
+ %%       but with B style author-date citations
+ %%          by Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+ %%
+ %% \def\fileinfo{A Chicago Manual BibTeX style}
+ %% \def\DoXPackageS {longtable}
+ %% \def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+ %% \def\fileversion{v1}
+ %% \def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+ %% \def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+ %%
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+INTEGERS { author.ptype editor.ptype organization.ptype key.ptype
+           emergency.ptype }
+INTEGERS { last.year.tag.num }
+STRINGS  { last.leaditem last.label.and.year following.year.label.tag }
+INTEGERS { j nameptr namesleft numnames len }
+STRINGS  { s t u v w }
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annotation
+    author
+    bookauthor
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    faddress
+    flanguage
+    fpublisher
+    ftitle
+    fyear
+    howpublished
+    illustrator
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    oaddress
+    opublisher
+    organization
+    oyear
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    seriesedition
+    title
+    translator
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+    yearcomp
+  }
+  { principal-type }
+  { label
+    year.label year.label.tag
+    principal-field
+    leaditem
+}
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+FUNCTION {debugval}
+{  ": [" *
+  swap$ *    %$
+  "] in " * cite$ *    %$
+  top$      %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {debugmsg}
+{  " in " * cite$ * top$
+}
+FUNCTION {init.scalars}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #0 'author.ptype :=
+  #1 'editor.ptype :=
+  #2 'organization.ptype :=
+  #3 'key.ptype :=
+  #4 'emergency.ptype :=
+}
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0
+    }
+    { #1
+    }
+  if$                 %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$            %$
+    { pop$            %$
+      #0
+    }
+  if$                 %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$            %$
+      #1
+    }
+    'skip$            %$
+  if$                 %$
+}
+FUNCTION {comma}
+{ ","
+}
+
+FUNCTION {period}
+{ "."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {hyphen}
+{ "-"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {colon}
+{ ":"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {space}
+{ " "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {delimiter.name-part}
+{ "  "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {delimiter.name}
+{ "   "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {delimiter.sub-sortkey}
+{ "    "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie}
+{ "~"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {etal}
+{ " et~al."
+}
+FUNCTION {unidentified}
+{ "HiGHlY*Peco@lIEr"
+}
+FUNCTION{output.begin}
+{ ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+FUNCTION {output.end}
+{ write$               %$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$                  %$
+    { after.block 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$                       %$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state before.all = output.state after.block = or
+    'skip$              %$
+    { after.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$              %$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.internal}
+{ 's :=     % s := string/entry(nonnull)
+  space * 't :=     % t := punctuation + space
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { t * write$               %$
+    }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$              %$
+          "\newblock " write$              %$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$              %$
+            { add.period$ space * write$
+            }
+          if$              %$
+        }
+      if$              %$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$              %$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$
+      pop$              %$
+    }
+    'output.internal
+  if$              %$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$                 %$
+  "\bibitem[\UnexpandableProtect\SCcite{" write$          %$
+  label write$           %$
+  "}{" write$                  %$
+  year.label year.label.tag * write$        %$
+  "}]{" write$             %$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$               %$
+  newline$            %$
+}
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$             %$
+      ""
+    }
+    'skip$             %$
+  if$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {italicize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$              %$
+      ""
+    }
+    { "\textitswitch{" swap$ * "}" *       %$
+    }
+  if$                       %$
+}
+FUNCTION {parenthesize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$            %$
+      ""
+    }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" *         %$
+    }
+  if$                           %$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.clip}
+{ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.sortify.clip}
+{ % duplicate$ "sinful" debugval %$
+  purify$                   %$
+  "l" change.case$                   %$
+  format.clip
+}
+FUNCTION {check.empty}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+    }
+    'skip$                              %$
+  if$                              %$
+}
+FUNCTION {multipage.p}
+{ pages 't :=
+  #0 'j :=
+  % WHILE
+  {   j not
+      t empty$ not            %$
+    and
+  }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$                %$
+        duplicate$ hyphen =                  %$
+          swap$ duplicate$ comma =
+          swap$ "+" =                       %$
+        or
+      or
+        { #1 'j :=
+        }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  j
+}
+FUNCTION {format.n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  % WHILE
+  { t empty$ not }                %$
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ hyphen =                %$
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not                %$
+            { "--" *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+    { % WHILE
+              { t #1 #1 substring$ hyphen = }                %$
+{ hyphen *
+  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+}
+      while$                %$
+    }
+  if$                %$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *                %$
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$                %$
+    }
+  while$                                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #5 <
+    { tie
+    }
+    { space
+    }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {start.a.q}
+{ #-1 'j :=
+  ""
+}
+FUNCTION {inc.j}
+{ j #1 + 'j :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {key.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$           %$
+      key field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$             %$
+  if$                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {organization.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                  %$
+      organization field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                    %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                       %$
+      editor field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                       %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                       %$
+      author field.or.null
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                       %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {blank.q}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'inc.j
+    'skip$                       %$
+  if$                       %$
+}
+FUNCTION {check.q}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$                              %$
+      cite$ format.clip 'u :=           %$
+      "Need " t * " in " * cite$ * "; using:  " * u * warning$
+      u
+      inc.j
+    }
+    'skip$                              %$
+  if$                              %$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.names.for.label}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                                   %$
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$                                 %$
+    s numnames "{ff}{vv}{ll}{jj}" format.name$ "others" =    %$
+    numnames #3 >
+  or
+    % more than 3 names, or final name is "others"
+    { etal *
+    }
+    { numnames #1 - 'namesleft :=
+      #2 'nameptr :=
+{ namesleft #0 > }
+{ nameptr numnames =
+    % we're on the final name (and it's not "others")
+    { numnames #2 >
+{ comma *
+}
+'skip$        %$
+      if$        %$
+      " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ *     %$
+    }
+    % we're not on the final name (in this case: 2d of 3 names)
+    { comma * space *
+      s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ *        %$
+    }
+  if$          %$
+  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+}
+      while$             %$
+    }
+  if$                    %$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.names.lastfirst}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+    % WHILE
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 =
+        { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$                %$
+        }
+        { comma *
+          s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=           %$
+          nameptr numnames =
+            % final name
+            { t "others" =
+                { etal *
+                }
+                { " and " * t *
+                }
+              if$                  %$
+            }
+            % names both precede and follow this name
+            { space * t *
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$                     %$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.names.firstfirst}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+    % WHILE
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=                   %$
+      nameptr #1 =
+        't
+        { nameptr numnames =
+            % final name
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { comma *
+                }
+                'skip$                  %$
+              if$                  %$
+              t "others" =
+                { etal *
+                }
+                { " and " * t *
+                }
+              if$                  %$
+            }
+            % names both precede and follow this name
+            { comma * space * t *
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$                   %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.annotation}
+{ annotation empty$       %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { "\begin{SCannotation}"
+      annotation *
+      "\end{SCannotation}" *
+    }
+  if$           %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.edition}
+{ edition empty$                  %$
+    { seriesedition empty$ not series field.or.null title field.or.null = and             %$
+        { seriesedition
+        }
+        { ""
+        }
+      if$                                    %$
+    }
+    { edition
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.year.month}
+  { year empty$                  %$
+      { ""
+      }
+      { year year.label.tag *
+month empty$                  %$
+  'skip$                  %$
+  { comma * space * month *
+          }
+if$                  %$
+      }
+    if$                                      %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.year.nomonth}
+{ year empty$                                %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { year year.label.tag *
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.year.or.oyear.month}
+{ oyear empty$                  %$
+    { make.year.month
+    }
+    { year empty$                  %$
+        { "oyear without year in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+      oyear year.label.tag *
+      month empty$                  %$
+        'skip$                  %$
+{ comma * space * month *
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                    %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.leaditem.with.tags}
+{ leaditem
+  principal-type editor.ptype =
+    { editor num.names$ #1 >         %$
+{ ",~eds." *
+}
+{ ",~ed." *
+}
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+    'skip$                 %$
+  if$                 %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.editors.secondary}
+{ editor empty$                  %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { output.state after.sentence =
+      output.state after.block = or
+        { "E"
+        }
+        { "e"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "dited by " * editor format.names.firstfirst *
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.bookauthors.secondary}
+{ bookauthor empty$                  %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    {   output.state after.sentence =
+        output.state after.block =
+      or
+        { "B"
+        }
+        { "b"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "y " * bookauthor format.names.firstfirst *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.translators}
+{ translator empty$                  %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    {   output.state after.sentence =
+        output.state after.block =
+      or
+        { "T"
+        }
+        { "t"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "ranslated " *
+      flanguage empty$                  %$
+        'skip$                  %$
+        { "from the " * flanguage * space *
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "by " * translator format.names.firstfirst *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.illustrators}
+{ illustrator empty$                  %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    {   output.state after.sentence =
+        output.state after.block =
+      or
+        { "I"
+        }
+        { "i"
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      "llustrated by " * illustrator format.names.firstfirst *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.title.ital}
+{ title field.or.null italicize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.booktitle.ital}
+{ booktitle field.or.null italicize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.as.ftitle.ital}
+{ ftitle empty$                  %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { "as " ftitle italicize *
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.title.inquotes}
+{ title empty$               %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    {
+      "\Wrapquotes{" title * "}" *
+    }
+  if$                                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.pages}
+{ pages empty$               %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { pages format.n.dashify
+    }
+  if$                                     %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.vol.series.num.month.pages}
+{ volume empty$                   %$
+    { series empty$                   %$
+        { number empty$                   %$
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+                    % none of VSNMP
+    { space 'u :=
+                      ""
+    }
+                    % P
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      multipage.p
+                        { "pp." pages format.n.dashify
+}
+                        { "p." pages
+}
+                      if$                   %$
+                      tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+                    % M
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      month
+    }
+                    % MP
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      month comma * space * make.pages *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+                    % N
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+    % NP
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number colon * make.pages * tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % NM
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number tie.or.space.connect
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+    }
+    % NMP
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      "no." number tie.or.space.connect
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+                      colon * space * make.pages *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+        }
+        { number empty$                   %$
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % S
+    {
+    }
+    % SP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % SM
+    {
+    }
+    % SMP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % SN
+    {
+    }
+    % SNP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % SNP
+    {
+    }
+    % SNMP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { series empty$                   %$
+        { number empty$                   %$
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % V
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+    % VP
+    { space 'u :=
+                      volume colon * make.pages *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VM
+    { comma 'u :=
+                      "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+    }
+    % VMP
+    { space 'u :=
+                      volume space *
+                      month parenthesize * colon * space * make.pages *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VN
+    { space 'u :=
+                     volume ", no." number tie.or.space.connect *
+    }
+    % VNP
+    { space 'u :=
+                      volume space *
+                      number parenthesize * colon * space * make.pages *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VNM
+    { space 'u :=
+                      volume ", no." number tie.or.space.connect *
+                      space * month parenthesize *
+    }
+    % VNMP
+    { space 'u :=
+                      volume space * number parenthesize * colon * space *
+                      make.pages * space * month parenthesize *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+        }
+        { number empty$                   %$
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VS
+    {
+    }
+    % VSP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VSM
+    {
+    }
+    % VSMP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { month empty$                   %$
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VSN
+    {
+    }
+    % VSNP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+{ pages empty$                   %$
+    % VSNM
+    {
+    }
+    % VSNMP
+    {
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                                            %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.crossref}
+{ "\citeNP{" crossref * "}" *
+}
+FUNCTION {output.series.number}
+{ series empty$                   %$
+    { number empty$                   %$
+        { ""
+        }
+        { "Can't use `number' without `series' in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { number empty$                   %$
+{ series
+          seriesedition empty$                   %$
+            'skip$                   %$
+            { comma output
+              new.block
+              seriesedition
+            }
+          if$                   %$
+}
+{ series space *
+          "no." *
+  number tie.or.space.connect
+ "number and seriesedition" seriesedition either.or.check
+}
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                                         %$
+  comma output
+}
+FUNCTION {output.volume.series}
+{ volume empty$                   %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$                   %$
+        'skip$                   %$
+        { " of " * series italicize *
+          seriesedition empty$                   %$
+            'skip$                   %$
+            { comma output
+              new.block
+              seriesedition
+            }
+          if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  comma output
+}
+FUNCTION {make.chapter.of}
+{ chapter empty$        %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { type empty$        %$
+        { "Chapter"
+        }
+        { type "t" change.case$         %$
+        }
+      if$        %$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.chapter}
+{ chapter empty$                   %$
+    { ""
+    }
+    { type empty$                   %$
+        { "Chapter"
+        }
+        { type "t" change.case$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.number.tr}
+{ type empty$                   %$
+    { "Technical Report"
+    }
+    { type "t" change.case$                    %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  number empty$                   %$
+    'skip$                   %$
+    { number tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+}
+%%
+%% FIX: new idea, start using it
+FUNCTION {set.principal-field.principal-type}
+{   type$ "book" =               %$
+    type$ "inbook" =               %$
+  or
+    { start.a.q
+      author.q
+      editor.q
+      blank.q
+      key.q
+      "author, editor, or key for entry type " type$ * check.q          %$
+    }
+    { type$ "proceedings" =                   %$
+        { start.a.q
+          blank.q
+          editor.q
+          organization.q
+          key.q
+          "editor, organization, or key for entry type " type$ * check.q    %$
+        }
+        { type$ "manual" =                   %$
+            { start.a.q
+              author.q
+              blank.q
+              organization.q
+              key.q
+              "author, organization, or key for entry type " type$ * check.q   %$
+            }
+            % for all other entry types
+            { start.a.q
+              author.q
+              blank.q
+              blank.q
+              key.q
+              "author or key for entry type " type$ * check.q       %$
+            }
+          if$                   %$
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  'principal-field :=
+  j 'principal-type :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {key.special.p}
+{       type$ "manual" =             %$
+type$ "proceedings" =        %$
+      or
+      principal-type organization.ptype =
+    and
+    key empty$ not                 %$
+  and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.leaditem}
+{ key.special.p
+    % is \field{key} all-caps?
+    { key duplicate$ "u" change.case$ =
+        % if so, key is assumed to be an acronym FIX; should I warn what we're doing?
+        { key " (" * organization * ")" *
+        }
+        % if not, key is assumed to be an initial prefix (abbreviation) of organization
+        % for use only in the label
+        { organization
+        }
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+    { principal-field
+principal-type author.ptype =
+principal-type editor.ptype =
+      or
+{ format.names.lastfirst
+}
+'skip$               %$
+      if$                   %$
+    }
+  if$              %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.label.from.principal-field}
+{ principal-field
+    principal-type author.ptype =
+    principal-type editor.ptype =
+  or
+    { format.names.for.label
+    }
+    % organization, key, or emergency
+    'skip$               %$
+  if$                   %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.label}
+{ key.special.p
+    { key
+    }
+    { make.label.from.principal-field
+    }
+  if$               %$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {length}
+{ 'u :=
+  #0 'len :=
+  % WHILE
+  { u "" = not }
+    { len #1 + 'len :=
+      u #2 global.max$ substring$ 'u :=
+    }
+  while$         %$
+  len
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {head}
+{ 'w :=
+  w #1 #1 substring$      %$
+  duplicate$ "{" =       %$
+    { w #2 #1 substring$ "\" =      %$
+        { pop$       %$
+          w #1 text.prefix$     %$
+        }
+        'skip$   %$
+      if$       %$
+    }
+    'skip$      %$
+  if$        %$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {behead}
+{ 'u :=
+    u
+    u head length #1 +
+    global.max$            %$
+  substring$      %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {behead.t}
+{ t behead 't :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.dehyphen}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  % WHILE
+  { t "" = not }
+    { t head
+      duplicate$ hyphen =         %$
+        { pop$                    %$
+        }
+        { *
+        }
+      if$                %$
+      behead.t
+    }
+  while$                                  %$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.dehyphen.dewhitespace}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  % WHILE
+  { t "" = not }
+    { t head
+      duplicate$                  %$
+        duplicate$ hyphen =       %$
+        swap$ empty$
+      or
+        { pop$                    %$
+        }
+        { *
+        }
+      if$                %$
+      behead.t
+    }
+  while$                                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.for.sort}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                  %$
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  % WHILE
+  { namesleft #0 > }
+    {
+      % NOTE: order or name-parts ought to follow that used for leaditem
+      % word-by-word alphabetization:
+      % letter-by-letter alphabetization, no attention to initials:
+
+      % letter-by-letter alphabetization, with first initials exception:
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{}}{ll{}}{  jj{}}" format.name$         %$
+
+      % Each first-name token of the form of an initial ("L.") will be followed by a
+      % space but other spaces will be removed.
+
+      % Algorithm: step through looking for space, which terminates name tokens,
+      % adding non-spaces to an accumulator on the stack as we go.
+      % When we find a space, look at the accumulator (a whole name token).
+      % If it's length is 2 and 2d char is a period, we've got an initial, so
+      % add the space to the accumulator.  If not, throw away the space
+      % and step on looking for another name.
+
+      % FIX: would it be simpler to replace periods with spaces?
+      %      would a period ever appear in a first-name when not an initial?
+      %      Rev.?  Col.?  These should be alphabetized as spelled out, prob.
+      %      but need to check \manual
+
+
+      s nameptr "{ff{ } }" format.name$ 't :=      %$
+      % t is "F1 F2 F3 ... FN " or empty
+
+
+      t empty$       %$
+        'skip$       %$
+        { delimiter.name-part *
+          ""        % accumulator
+          % WHILE
+          { t "" = not }
+            { t head
+              duplicate$ empty$
+                % last char will always be a space
+                % accumulator contains whole name token
+                { pop$       %$  throw space away for now; top of stack is now accumulator
+                  duplicate$ %$
+                    duplicate$ text.length$ #2 =        %    2 chars long
+                    swap$ behead head period =          %$   2d char is period
+                  and
+                    % name token in accumulator is an initial, so add a space to it
+                    { space *
+                    }
+                    % name token in accumulator is not an initial
+                    'skip$      %$
+                  if$        %$
+                  % in either case, concatenate the accumulator the name on the
+                  % stack and initialize it again
+                  * ""
+                }
+                % accumulator contains partial name token
+                % add t's head (not a space) to accumulator
+                { *
+                }
+              if$         %$
+              behead.t
+            }
+          while$            %$
+          % we always end up with an empty string on the stack
+          pop$     %$
+        }
+      if$      %$
+
+      format.dehyphen
+      't :=
+      % t now contains one name of a namelist
+      nameptr #1 =
+        { t
+        }
+        { delimiter.name *
+    nameptr numnames =
+            t "others" =
+          and
+            { "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz" *
+            }
+            { t *
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.principal-field.for.sort}  % FIX: note: leaditem must already be set
+{   principal-type author.ptype =
+    principal-type editor.ptype =
+  or
+    { principal-field format.names.for.sort
+    }
+    { principal-type emergency.ptype =
+        { principal-field
+        }
+        % organization.ptype, key.ptype, including both key.special cases
+        % leaditem is the same as principal-field except in the key.special
+        % cases, when we do want the leaditem not the principal-field
+{ leaditem
+  % letter-by-letter alphabetization:
+          format.dehyphen.dewhitespace
+        }
+      if$           %$
+    }
+  if$            %$
+}
+FUNCTION {begin.entry}
+{ output.begin
+  output.bibitem
+}
+FUNCTION {finish.entry}
+{ add.period$                      %$
+  output.end
+  newline$                         %$
+  make.annotation write$           %$
+}
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags space output
+  new.block
+  make.year.nomonth "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                              %$
+    { journal italicize "journal" check.empty space output
+      series empty$                              %$
+        'skip$                              %$
+        { "Achicago can not yet handle nonempty series! in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+      if$                              %$
+      volume empty$ number empty$ month empty$ pages empty$ and and and
+        { "empty volume, number, month, and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                              %$
+      if$                              %$
+      make.vol.series.num.month.pages u output
+    }
+    { "In " make.crossref * space output
+      make.pages "pages" check.empty comma output
+    }
+  if$                              %$
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.title.ital "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.edition comma output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                              %$
+    { volume empty$                              %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                              %$
+      editor empty$ author empty$ or
+        'skip$                              %$
+        { new.block
+          make.editors.secondary comma output
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      new.block
+      make.translators comma output
+      new.block
+      make.illustrators comma output
+      new.block
+      oyear empty$                              %$
+        { address comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty colon output
+        }
+        { oaddress comma output
+          opublisher "opublisher" check.empty colon output
+          new.block
+          "Reprint" comma output
+          address field.or.null comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty
+          address empty$                              %$
+            { comma
+            }
+            { colon
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+          output
+          year "year" check.empty comma output
+        }
+      if$                              %$
+    }
+    { volume empty$                              %$
+        { "In "
+        }
+        { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+          " of " *
+        }
+      if$                      %$
+      make.crossref * comma output
+    }
+  if$                              %$
+  new.block
+  yearcomp empty$                              %$
+    'skip$                              %$
+    { "Composed in " yearcomp *
+      comma output
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$                              %$
+  fyear empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "First published "
+      translator empty$ flanguage empty$ not and
+        { "in " * flanguage * space *
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+      make.as.ftitle.ital * space output
+      faddress empty$ fpublisher empty$ not and
+        { "by "
+        }
+        { "in "
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      space output
+      faddress space output
+      fpublisher
+      faddress empty$                  %$
+        { space
+        }
+        { colon
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      output
+      fyear
+      faddress empty$ fpublisher empty$ and
+        { space
+        }
+        { comma
+        }
+      if$ output                  %$
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$                                        %$
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$            %$
+    { make.chapter.of
+      duplicate$ 'u :=              %$
+      duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$                  %$
+          pages empty$                  %$
+            { "empty chapter, type, and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+              "In "
+            }
+            { "Pages " make.pages * " in " *
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+      comma output
+      make.title.ital "title" check.empty space output
+      make.bookauthors.secondary comma output
+      make.editors.secondary comma output
+      volume empty$                  %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      make.edition comma output
+      u empty$                  %$
+        'skip$                  %$
+        { make.pages comma output
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      new.block
+      make.translators comma output
+      new.block
+      make.illustrators comma output
+      new.block
+      oyear empty$                  %$
+        { address comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty colon output
+        }
+        { oaddress comma output
+          opublisher "opublisher" check.empty colon output
+          new.block
+          "Reprint" comma output
+          address field.or.null comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty
+          address empty$                  %$
+            { comma
+            }
+            { colon
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+          output
+          year "year" check.empty comma output
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+    % crossref not empty
+    { "In " make.crossref * comma output
+      make.chapter comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ pages empty$ and
+        { "empty chapter and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  new.block
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.or.oyear.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                  %$
+    { make.chapter.of duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$                  %$
+          "In "
+        }
+        'skip$                        %$
+      if$                  %$
+      space output
+      make.booktitle.ital "booktitle" check.empty space output
+      make.bookauthors.secondary comma output
+      make.editors.secondary comma output
+      volume empty$                  %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      make.edition comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ type empty$ and pages empty$ and                  %$
+        { "empty chapter, type, and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                          %$
+      if$                  %$
+      new.block
+      make.translators space output
+      new.block
+      make.illustrators space output
+      new.block
+      oyear empty$                  %$
+        { address space output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty colon output
+        }
+        { oaddress space output
+          opublisher "opublisher" check.empty colon output
+          new.block
+          "Reprint" comma output
+          address comma output
+          publisher "publisher" check.empty
+          address empty$                  %$
+            { comma
+            }
+            { colon
+            }
+          if$                  %$
+          output
+          year comma output
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+    % crossref not empty
+    { new.block
+      "In " make.crossref * space output
+      make.chapter comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ pages empty$ and
+        { "empty chapter and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {format.thesis}
+{ 'v :=
+  begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  v "type" check.empty space output
+  school "school" check.empty comma output
+  address comma output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {thesis}
+{ type field.or.null format.thesis
+}
+FUNCTION{mastersthesis}
+{ type empty$               %$
+    { "Master's thesis"
+    }
+    { type
+    }
+  if$               %$
+  format.thesis
+}
+FUNCTION {minorthesis}
+{ mastersthesis
+}
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ type empty$               %$
+    { "Ph.D.~diss."
+    }
+    { type
+    }
+  if$               %$
+  format.thesis
+}
+FUNCTION {majorthesis}
+{ phdthesis
+}
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags space output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.ital "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.edition comma output
+  new.block
+  address space output
+  organization colon output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  howpublished space output
+  address comma output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  crossref empty$                  %$
+    { make.editors.secondary space output
+      make.booktitle.ital "booktitle" check.empty comma output
+      volume empty$                  %$
+        { output.series.number
+        }
+        { output.volume.series
+        }
+      if$                  %$
+      make.edition comma output
+      new.block
+      organization space output
+      address comma output
+      publisher colon output
+      make.pages comma output
+    }
+    { "In " make.crossref * space output
+      make.chapter comma output
+      make.pages comma output
+      chapter empty$ pages empty$ and
+        { "empty chapter and pages in " cite$ * warning$
+        }
+        'skip$                  %$
+      if$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {conference}
+{ inproceedings
+}
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags space output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.ital "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.edition comma output
+  new.block
+  volume empty$               %$
+    { output.series.number
+    }
+    { output.volume.series
+    }
+  if$               %$
+  new.block
+  organization space output
+  address comma output
+  publisher colon output
+  new.block
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  title space output
+  new.block
+  howpublished comma output
+  new.block
+  note space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month "year" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty comma output
+  new.block
+  make.number.tr comma output
+  institution "institution" check.empty comma output
+  address comma output
+  new.block
+  note comma output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ begin.entry
+  make.leaditem.with.tags comma output
+  new.block
+  make.year.month space output
+  new.block
+  make.title.inquotes "title" check.empty space output
+  new.block
+  note "note" check.empty space output
+  finish.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {default.type}
+{ misc }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 't :=
+  'len :=
+  t #1 len substring$ =               %$
+    { t len #1 + global.max$ substring$
+    }
+    { t
+    }
+  if$               %$
+}
+FUNCTION {make.title.for.sort}
+{ title field.or.null
+  't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  format.dehyphen.dewhitespace
+}
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ set.principal-field.principal-type
+
+  make.leaditem
+  'leaditem :=
+
+  make.label
+  'label :=
+
+  oyear empty$                   %$
+    { year
+    }
+    { oyear
+    }
+  if$                   %$
+  field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  'year.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey<-label+year+principal+title}
+{ label
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  year.label *
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  make.principal-field.for.sort *
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  make.title.for.sort *
+  format.sortify.clip
+  'sort.key$ :=                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey<-principal+year+year-tag}
+{ make.principal-field.for.sort
+  delimiter.sub-sortkey *
+  year.label *
+  year.label.tag *
+  format.sortify.clip
+  'sort.key$ :=                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort.&.sortkey<-label+year+principal+title}
+{ presort
+  sortkey<-label+year+principal+title
+}
+FUNCTION {initialize.sorting-gvars}
+{ unidentified 'last.leaditem :=
+  unidentified 'last.label.and.year :=
+  "" 'following.year.label.tag :=
+  #0 'last.year.tag.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass.wrap.dupe.leaditems}
+{ leaditem
+  duplicate$ last.leaditem =                  %$
+    % we add the brace pair at the end because this forces add.period$ to add a  %$
+    % period after it.  FIX: if we ever want \SCdup to actually print its
+    % argument, we must get it to print its argument minus any final period.
+    { "\SCduplicate{" swap$ * "{}}" * 'leaditem :=                  %$
+    }
+    { 'last.leaditem :=
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass.add.bcds}
+{ label year.label * format.clip
+  duplicate$ last.label.and.year =                  %$
+    % same as previous entry
+    { pop$                  %$
+      last.year.tag.num #1 + 'last.year.tag.num :=
+      last.year.tag.num int.to.chr$ 'year.label.tag :=                  %$
+    }
+    % different from previous entry
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.year.tag.num :=                  %$
+      "" 'year.label.tag :=
+      'last.label.and.year :=
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass.add.as}
+{ following.year.label.tag "b" =
+    { "a" 'year.label.tag :=
+    }
+    'skip$                  %$
+  if$                  %$
+  year.label.tag 'following.year.label.tag :=
+}
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$                  %$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$                  %$
+    }
+  if$                  %$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$                  %$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {init.scalars}
+
+ITERATE {presort.&.sortkey<-label+year+principal+title}
+SORT
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.sorting-gvars}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass.add.bcds}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass.add.as}
+
+ITERATE{sortkey<-principal+year+year-tag}
+SORT
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.sorting-gvars}
+ITERATE {forward.pass.wrap.dupe.leaditems}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+ITERATE {call.type$}                  %$
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ad8fc89e4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bc4b339b438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% achicago.tex -- documentation for the achicago LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{achicago.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{achicago} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{achicago.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..4da19d03a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..80300c7b1d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% attrib.tex -- documentation for the attrib LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{attrib.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{attrib} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{attrib.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..4aff99f658d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..19e31d3da4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% blkcntrl.tex -- documentation for the blkcntrl LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{blkcntrl.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{blkcntrl} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{blkcntrl.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..745cae40086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..15c25b106f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% compsci.tex -- documentation for the compsci LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{compsci.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{compsci} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{compsci.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..4a4f86828ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..947cb0ee1ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% dialogue.tex -- documentation for the dialogue LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{dialogue.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{dialogue} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{dialogue.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..4a8a36ea777
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2c60ab165ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% lips.tex -- documentation for the lips LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{lips.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{lips} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{lips.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..5555d69f384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa2fcdbed74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% moredefs.tex -- documentation for the moredefs LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{moredefs.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{moredefs} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{moredefs.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..5d32223e97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aeaab9f1c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% newclude.tex -- documentation for the newclude LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{newclude.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{newclude} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{newclude.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..49955c90551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a4230cff81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% slemph.tex -- documentation for the slemph LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{slemph.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{slemph} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{slemph.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.pdf
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..6dbd5359022
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2039ca27dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% titles.tex -- documentation for the titles LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{titles.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{titles} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{titles.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/README-unsupported b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/README-unsupported
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aadf532c276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/README-unsupported
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+
+		      SOME UNSUPPORTED PARTS OF:
+				   
+			     FRANKENSTEIN
+
+	     A Collection of Macros for LaTeX and BibTeX
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       CONTENTS
+
+		       NOTES
+		         general
+			 non-support
+		       PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS
+			 includex
+		         bits
+			 drama
+		       DISTRIBUTION CONDITIONS
+		       TERMINOLOGY
+		       AUTHOR
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				NOTES
+
+			       general
+
+  Three LaTeX packages are part of the Frankenstein bundle but are
+  unsupported.  They are distributed on CTAN in a subdirectory of the
+  directory containing the supported Frankenstein filesets (i.e.,
+  CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/unsupported/).  In
+  a TeX installation, however, supported and unsupported macros,
+  sources, and documentation should be placed together, (e.g., in
+  TDS:/texmf/{doc,source,tex}/latex/frankenstein).
+
+  If you wish to use the unsupported packages, download the entire
+  "frankenstein" directory from CTAN (which will include the
+  "unsupported" subdirectory).  
+
+  To use the Makefile on the unsupported filesets, you must do two
+  things.  
+
+    1. Copy all the files in the "unsupported" subdirectory into its
+       parent directory ("frankenstein").
+
+    2. Set the variable USE_UNSUP to something nonempty either by:
+	 a. uncommenting the line in the file Makefile, or
+	 b. setting it in your environment, or
+	 c. set the variable on the Make command line, e.g., "make
+	    USE_UNSUP=t all".
+
+  Descriptions of the four unsupported packages are below.
+  Further important information about the Frankenstein bundle may be
+  found in the file README.
+
+  Installation instructions are in the file INSTALL.  
+  The bits and drama packages depend on the non-Frankenstein package
+  "relsize.sty".  Please see INSTALL for further information.
+ 
+  Both the README and INSTALL files are located in the parent
+  directory of this file (on CTAN) or in the same directory as this
+  file (in a TeX installation).
+
+
+			     non-support
+
+  The package filesets in this directory are UNSUPPORTED.  They are
+  furthermore possibly INCOMPLETE and NOT fully DOCUMENTED.
+
+  I hope one day to complete these packages, document them, and
+  support them.  I will gladly listen to feedback on them, but I do
+  not take the same level of responsibility for them as for the
+  packages I call "supported".  In the meantime, they are made public
+  under the conditions stated below so that I can refer interested
+  individuals to them.
+
+  These packages are indeed valuable in certain ways, such as
+  sometimes working as advertised, but of course I offer no
+  guarantees.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			 PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				 bits
+			(Frankenstein's guts)
+
+  Bits provides a programmer's interface for a new idea called a
+  "bit", which is like an environment but has a title, author, and
+  other attributes usually only associated with the "document"
+  environment.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				drama
+		    production-format stage script
+			(Frankenstein's heart)
+
+  Drama defines macros for typesetting a basic production-style stage
+  script.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			       includex
+		     extra ways to include files
+
+  Includex allows you to include just the contents of one source file
+  into another, ignoring the text outside the \begin{document}
+  ... \end{document} in the included file.  See also the supported
+  "newclude" package, which is intended to supersede includex, though
+  until I ensure that it is a satisfactory replacement I will keep
+  includex around.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		       DISTRIBUTION CONDITIONS
+
+  All Frankenstein files are copyrighted by Matthew Swift and released
+  under the conditions of the GNU General Public License contained in
+  the file COPYING, which should be in the parent directory or the
+  same directory as this file.
+
+  The unsupported filesets in the same directory as this file ought to
+  be distributed WITH the supported ones.  They are useless without
+  the supported ones.
+
+  I am willing to specially license this code; please simply contact
+  me with your proposal.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+			     TERMINOLOGY
+
+  fileset: A group of files related to a single LaTeX package, LaTeX
+           class, or BibTeX bibliography style and any accompanying
+           option or configuration files.  The files in a package or
+           class fileset have the same root name but different
+           filename extensions.  In bibstyle filesets, some root names
+           differ by a "-bst" suffix.
+
+     CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network: a system of TeX-related
+           file archives available via FTP (see
+           ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites) and often
+           reproduced on CDROMs.
+
+      TDS: TeX Directory Structure: a recommended directory structure
+           for TeX installations.  See
+           ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/tds.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+				AUTHOR
+
+			      Matt Swift
+			 <swift@alum.mit.edu>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c25a476ff1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{bits} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Bits package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1}
+\def\filedate{1996/01/24}
+\def\docdate{1996/01/24}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{bits.cfg}
+\InputIfFileExists{monster.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f61f9054c55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% bits.ins          -- docstrip driver for the bits LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    bits.sty or bits.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called bits.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    bits.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{bits.stq}{\from{bits.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file bits.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  bits.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  bits.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed bits.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd635a1d872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..630fa00409c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1070 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   bits LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, bits.tex
+%   and bits.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{602} 
+%
+% \newcommand\scheme [2] {\ensuremath{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   Bits provides a programmer's interface for a new idea called a
+%   \term{bit}, which is like an environment but has a title, author, and
+%   other attributes usually only associated with the \env{document}
+%   environment.  
+%
+%   This package is useful but may have problems and is unsupported.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% This documentation is spotty, but should be accurate.  Please feel free to
+% write me if you can't figure something out.
+%
+% \section{Basic concepts and terminology}
+%   \subsection{Users' interface}
+%
+% A \term{bit} is the smallest part of a document treated as an independent
+% unit.  Each \term{bit} has an explicit type called a \term{bitstyle}.
+% (Examples: generic, story, poem, recipe, letter.)  A bit's bitstyle
+% determines the markup that is legal within the bit.  (Additional declarations
+% can be made on a per-bit basis, also; see below.)  A bit's formatting is
+% determined by both its bitstyle and the copystyle (see below) of the
+% document.  New bitstyles can be added.
+%
+% A \term{copystyle} is one of an explicit list of ways to present a collection
+% of bits together in a single document.  It might well be called a
+% ``documentstyle'' and be implemented as a \LaTeX{} documentclass, but if they
+% are kept separate, copystyles and documentclasses can coexist with each
+% other, and this leads to a greater flexibility when dealing with existing
+% documents.  The relationship between copystyles and documentclasses is
+% discussed further below. New copystyles can be added.
+%
+% \subsection{Programmers' interface}
+%
+% The formatting of a bit is considered to involve a fixed number of
+% \term{tasks}.  Examples of tasks performed near the beginning of formatting a
+% bit are inserting some space after the preceding bit, and formatting the
+% title of the current bit.  Each task must be assigned a \term{procedure} that
+% accomplishes that task.  (Notice that the null procedure might be a suitable
+% procedure for some tasks in some situations.)  We call a mapping of some
+% tasks to suitable procedures a \term{profile}.  We call a profile that maps
+% the \emph{complete} set of tasks a \term{scheme}.  You need a scheme to
+% format a bit, and the scheme to use for a given bit is determined by its
+% bitstyle and copystyle.
+%
+% Now we are in a position to try to visualize the variable space established
+% by the \term{bits} package.  It's not simple, and if you think of a better
+% way, please let me know.
+%
+% As just explained, to format a bit, you need a scheme, which is a series of
+% procedures suitable for a series of certain tasks.  To be concrete, let's
+% assume there are 4 tasks.  Identify each task with a general color.  In our
+% example, let's use red, blue, green, and yellow.  Think of a scheme as a
+% stack of colored blocks, each representing a procedure.  The top block,
+% corresponding to the first task, is red, the second block is blue, the third
+% green, and the bottom block, corresponding to the final task, is yellow.
+%
+% Suppose I create a new scheme, the same as the original except for a slight
+% change in the first task.  This would be represented by changing the color of
+% the red, or top, block to a different shade of red.  The precise color of a
+% block represents the specific procedure.  A general color is associated with
+% a task because it is expected that no procedure suitable for one task is
+% going to be suitable for another task.  The redness of a block represents its
+% suitability for the the first task.
+%
+% (If we wanted to be exact, we would observe that some procedures, such as the
+% null procedure, might be suitable for more than one task.  OK, let such
+% procedures be a shade of grey, with the null task, let us say, being white.
+% Then the colored block at each task's position will have either the
+% associated color of the task or a shade of grey.)
+%
+% I have drawn in your mind the picture of two stacks of 4 colored blocks,
+% differing only in the shade of the top (red) block.  Let's give them the
+% names Jack and Jill.  Let Jack and Jill represent two bitstyles.  You can
+% imagine as many bitstyles as you like---Jack, Jill, Hank, Wendy, and
+% Beauregard; all are stacks of four colored blocks arranged next to each other
+% in a line, a red block on top, a blue block, a green block, and a yellow
+% block.  Some of the stacks might even have identical blocks.  This would mean
+% that two bitstyles have the same scheme.  You refer to bitstyles by their
+% name, so in the future, you could change one bitstyle and make it different
+% from the other.  In fact, when you create a new bitstyle, it is initially
+% simply a copy of an existing bitstyle.  Then you can modify the new one if
+% you want to.
+%
+% bitclass? bittype?  bitstyle best describes a scheme.  bitscheme?
+%
+% You've almost got the whole picture now.  We need to consider copystyles.
+% Suppose Jack, Jill, Hank, Wendy, and little Beauregard are all siblings.
+% They have the same last name, Grimm.  Grimm is the name of a copystyle.
+% Across town, or in a parallel universe, there is another set of siblings
+% Jack, Jill, etc.\ with a different last name, Beedle.  They, too, are
+% represented by a line of stacks of colored blocks.  Line up the Beedle
+% siblings behind the Grimm siblings, and you now have a pile of colored blocks
+% 4 high (4 tasks), 5 wide (the 5 bitstyles Jack, Jill, etc.), and 2 deep (the
+% 2 copystyles Grimm and Beedle).
+%
+% That's it.  Given a bitstyle (e.g., Hank) and a copystyle (e.g., Beedle), you
+% have a particular scheme for formatting a bit.
+%
+% As you may notice, there is so far no justification for the metaphor of
+% family.  Nothing I've said yet about tasks and procedures corresponds to the
+% metaphor's suggestion that Hank Beedle is probably more similar to Wendy
+% Beedle than he is to Hank Grimm; or that when putting together the Beedles in
+% a family photograph, there is a certain pleasing aesthetic unity that would
+% be lacking if any of those odd-looking Grimms were to stray into the picture.
+% In fact, technically, each scheme can be completely different from every
+% other scheme, Hank Beedle being as different from Wendy Beedle as he is from
+% Hank Grimm.
+%
+% These metaphors are justified when you consider the way in which new
+% copystyles and bistyles are added, and the expected purposes for bitstyles
+% and copystyles.
+%
+% OR: family of Poems, family of recipes.  First name is the copystyle.  Then a
+% document would consist of Hank Poem, Hank Recipe, etc. = Standard Poem,
+% Standard Recipe; Fancy Poem, Fancy Recipe.
+%
+% Or, each family has one Poem, one Recipe, etc. So a document puts together
+% members of a family, Poem, Recipe, etc.
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% Bits look like \LaTeX{} environments that take two arguments.  (Surprise
+% surprise that's exactly what they are.)  Here's an example of a bit with
+% hypothetical bitstyle ``poem'': 
+%
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \begin{poem}{Butterflies}{\subtitle{An Address to My Stomach}}
+%   O jittery one, quavering tub, \\
+%   Rumble not your complaints so violently! \\
+%   Remember your jollitude just last Sunday, \\
+%   The pound of bovine ambrosia \\
+%   I filled you to the gills with \\
+%   To silence you, on this, my wedding day.
+% \end{poem}
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \section{Extension and customization}
+%   \subsection{Customizing an instance of a bit}
+%
+% Fat little Hank Beedle might come with a note tied around his neck on a piece
+% of yarn, with special instructions on his care and feeding from his mother.
+% ``Peanuts will give him hives,'' it might say.  And ``A quart of sour cream
+% is always welcome.''
+%
+%   \subsection{Adding bitstyles, copystyles, and tasks}
+%
+% When you add a new bitstyle $B'$, you create a new scheme for each of the
+% existing copystyles.  You name an existing bitstyle $B$ and zero or more
+% profiles.  For each existing copystyle $C$, the profiles will be composed
+% with the \scheme{B}{C} scheme to obtain the new scheme \scheme{B'}{C}.
+% (Notice that if any of the profiles you name are schemes, the choice of $B$
+% is irrelevant, and that if you name no profiles, $B' = B$.)
+%
+% The procedure is identical when you add a new copystyle.  Just swap
+% references to copystyles and bibstyles in the last paragraph.
+%
+% You can add to list of tasks.  When you do this, you must assign a default
+% procedure for it (part of the \cat{Z} scheme, the universal default).  All
+% existing bitstyles and copystyles will inherit the same procedure for this
+% task.  This makes sense because they've presumably all done the task the same
+% way before, if they've done it at all.  You can promulgate changes with
+% \cs\Promulgate etc.
+%
+% \section{Notes}
+%
+% FIX; bit type determines its markup; bitstyle is a mapping of tasks to
+% procedures.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{basic bits (Frankenstein's guts)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{bits}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Preliminaries}
+%
+%   \subsection{Requirements}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,letterhead,moredefs,relsize}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \subsection{Option processing}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{poetica} {%
+  \RequirePackage{poetica}
+  \newcommand\FullTitlePoetica {%
+    \begin{Poetica}
+      \fontshape{t}\selectfont
+      \BitTitle\\%
+      \ifx\BitSubtitle\ShortEmpty \else
+        \BitSubtitle\\%
+      \fi
+    \end{Poetica}
+  }
+  \AtBeginDocument {%
+    \let\FullTitle\FullTitlePoetica
+  }
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% FIX: hmm, I think I always want user options so that I can have two different
+% packages require a package, and they don't have to match up on their options.
+% What about options that can only be used in preamble, that would be the right
+% thing for many cases I think.  Aak, \cname{ends} can't be defined without
+% special handling?  Hmm, seems like it can.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareBooleanUserOptions{ends}{noends}
+\DeclareBooleanUserOptions{signed}{anonymous}
+
+\DeclareBooleanOptions{titlepage}{notitlepage}
+
+\ExecuteOptions{ends,notitlepage,signed}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Making new copy and bit styles}
+%
+%   \subsection{General stuff}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@c}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@d}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@e}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\bt@a
+\ReserveCS\bt@b
+\ReserveCS\bt@c
+\ReserveCS\bt@d
+\ReserveCS\bt@e
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@tasks}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@bitstyle@list}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@copystyle@list}
+%   Comma-separated lists of valid bitstyles, copystyles, and tasks.  We start
+%   them off non-null to bootstrap the system of adding new ones, which adds
+%   them preceded by a comma.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bt@tasks {%
+  environment,end@bit,begin@bit,interbits,firstbit%
+  ,settitle,setfirsttitle%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@bitstyle@list {%
+  generic%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@copystyle@list {%
+  standard%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@bt@trymoreschemes@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@bt@trymoreschemes@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@bt@trymoreschemes@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@list@car}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@list@cdr}
+%   \cname{bt@list@car} and \cname{bt@list@cdr} expand to the car and cdr of a
+%   comma-separated list, respectively.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\provideboolean{@bt@trymoreschemes@}
+
+\NewName{bt@list@car}{#1,#2\@nil} {%
+  #1%
+}
+\NewName{bt@list@cdr}{#1,#2\@nil} {%
+  #2%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewCopystyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewBitstyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@assign@task}
+%   To define a new style, you specify a base style and a list of profiles.
+%   Each of these can be empty.  If no base style is specified, the root style
+%   is used (i.e., standard copystyle or generic bitstyle).  See discussion
+%   above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewCopystyle [2][Z] {% args: [profile-list] new-copystyle
+  \addto@macro\bt@copystyle@list{,#2}%
+  \@for\bt@a:=\bt@bitstyle@list \do {%
+    \@for\bt@b:=\bt@tasks \do {%
+      \eExpand\bt@b\In {%
+          \expandafter\bt@assign@task
+            \expandafter{\bt@a}{#2}{##1}{#1}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewBitstyle [2][Z] {% args: [scheme-list] new-bitstyle
+  \addto@macro\bt@bitstyle@list{,#2}%
+  \@for\bt@a:=\bt@copystyle@list \do {%
+    \@for\bt@b:=\bt@tasks \do {%
+      \eExpand\bt@a\In {%
+        \eExpand\bt@b\In {%
+%        \eExpandNest\bt@b\In {%  FIX?
+          \bt@assign@task{#2}{##1}{####1}{#1}%
+        }%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@assign@task [4] {% args: bitstyle copystyle 
+                                %       task scheme-list
+  \@bt@trymoreschemes@true
+  \edef\bt@d{#4}% scheme-list that diminishes; edef not necessary
+  \@whilesw\if@bt@trymoreschemes@\fi {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% There's at least one element to start; and the last scheme (\cat{Z}) is always
+% defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\bt@c{%
+      \bt@list@car\bt@d,\@nil
+    }
+    \@ifundefined{bt@make@#3@\bt@c} {%
+        \edef\bt@d{\bt@list@cdr\bt@d,\@nil}%
+        }{% ELSE
+      \@nameuse{bt@make@#3@\bt@c}{#1}{#2}%
+      \@bt@trymoreschemes@false
+      }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles}
+% \begin{macro}{\PromulgateTaskAcrossBitstyles}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles [3] {% args: task scheme bitstyle
+  \@for\bt@a:=\bt@copystyle@list \do {%
+    \@nameuse{bt@make@#1@#2}{#3}{\bt@a}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\PromulgateTaskAcrossBitstyles [3] {% args: task scheme copystyle
+  \@for\bt@a:=\bt@bitstyle@list \do {%
+    \@nameuse{bt@make@#1@#2}{\bt@a}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@begin@bit@common}
+% \begin{macro}{\BitStyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreBitAll}
+%   \cname{bt@begin@bit@common} should be called early in the sequence of
+%   beginning a bit.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providesavebox\sc@box@a
+\newcommand\bt@begin@bit@common [2] {%
+  \title{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We want to clear all optional attributes here, such as subtitle. FIX: should
+% be a list of attributes and perhaps even abstract clearing functions on them, etc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \subtitle{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Execute stuff: FIXME: nice hooks can be set here to execute things later
+% We introduce the \par so that extra spaces in the argument are not going to
+% mean anything.  It would be complicated but possible by means perhaps of
+% \cs\nullfont to avoid starting a paragraph here.  Arg, the kernel is so
+% opaque on how it handles ignoring spaces and what it's doing with everypar.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \par #2%
+  \refstepcounter{bit}%
+  \ifnum\value{bit} = \@ne
+    \@nameuse{bt@firstbit@\CopyStyle}%
+  \else
+    \@nameuse{bt@interbits@\CopyStyle}%
+  \fi
+}
+\ReserveCS\BitStyle
+\ReserveCS\PreBitAll
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Schemes}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{The \cat{Z} scheme}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FullTitle}
+%   The \cat{Z} scheme is always the last resort deafult, and it corresponds to
+%   the standard copystyle and the generic bitstyle.
+%
+% FIXME: whenever we have a dummy we have to use DefName or else we error
+% FIXME: Aak, when Promulgating we need defnames for everyting!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bt@make@environment@Z [2] {% args: bitstyle dummy
+  \DefName{end#1}{}{}%
+  \DefName{#1}{##1##2} {%
+    \DefName{end#1}{} {%
+      \@nameuse{bt@end@bit@#1@\CopyStyle}{##1}%
+    }%
+    \@nameuse{bt@begin@bit@#1@\CopyStyle}{##1}{##2}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@interbits@Z [2] {% args: dummy copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@interbits@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \par\pagebreak[2]\bigskip\bigskip
+    \@nameuse{bt@settitle@\BitStyle @#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@firstbit@Z [2] {% args: dummy copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@firstbit@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \par\pagebreak[2]%
+    \thispagestyle{empty}%
+    \@nameuse{bt@setfirsttitle@\BitStyle @#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@begin@bit@Z [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{PreBit#1}{}{}%
+  \DefName{bt@begin@bit@#1@#2}{##1##2} {%
+    \def\BitStyle{#1}%
+    \bt@begin@bit@common{##1}{##2}%
+    \PreBitAll
+    \@nameuse{PreBit#1}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@end@bit@Z [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@end@bit@#1@#2}{##1} {%
+    \TheEnd
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@settitle@Z [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@settitle@#1@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \begin{center}\FullTitle\end{center}
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@setfirsttitle@Z [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@setfirsttitle@#1@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \begin{center}\FullTitle\end{center}
+    \DTypeout{FIXME setfirsttitle in Z scheme}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When there is no subtitle, it sometimes seems better for the title to be set
+% one size larger than the copy; but when you have a subtitle, you need the
+% title two sizes larger so that the subtitle can be an intermediate size.
+% With CM fonts, because their boldface is extended, a bold subtitle at the
+% same size as the copy looks good, and larger is too larger.  So this is a
+% tricky issue.  A basic kludge that would work for me, given the font families
+% I have an use, would be to check for CM fonts here, or on the other hand
+% specifically for an extended boldface, or for Dante/Bulmer, or set a flag in
+% my dante.sty or bulmer.sty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\FullTitle {%
+  \relsize{2}\bfseries
+%  \relsize{1}\bfseries
+  \BitTitle\\%
+  \ifx\BitSubtitle\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \csname sbseries\endcsname  % this way it's harmless if undefined
+    \relsize{-1}\BitSubtitle\\%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{The \cat{P} scheme}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@make@setfirsttitle@P}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@make@settitle@P}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@make@end@bit@P}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@make@begin@bit@P}
+% The \cat{P} scheme was created for the poem bitstyle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bt@make@begin@bit@P [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@begin@bit@#1@#2}{##1##2} {%
+    \def\BitStyle{#1}%
+    \bt@begin@bit@common{##1}{##2}%
+    \PreBitAll
+    \verse        % FIX: why does the PreBitAll hook come before \verse and the
+		  % BitHook come after?  Why doesn't the PreBitAll come in
+		  % @common@ -- well, so that a bit can put stuff before the hooks.
+    \@nameuse{PreBit#1}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@end@bit@P [2]  {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@end@bit@#1@#2}{##1} {%
+    \relax
+    \endverse
+    \TheEnd
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@settitle@P [2]  {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@settitle@#1@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \begin{verse}\FullTitle\end{verse}
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@make@setfirsttitle@P [2]  {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@setfirsttitle@#1@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \begin{verse}\FullTitle\end{verse}
+    \DTypeout{this is setfirsttitle in P scheme}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{The \cat{R} scheme}
+%  For the prose bitstyle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bt@make@settitle@R [2] {%
+  \DefName{bt@settitle@#1@#2}{} {%
+    \relax
+    \ifx\BitTitle\ShortEmpty\else
+      \noindent
+      \begingroup
+        \relsize{1}%
+        \bfseries
+        \BitTitle
+      \endgroup
+      \par\smallskip
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%     \subsubsection{The \cat{T} scheme} FIX: for what?
+%
+% \section{The standard copystyle and generic bitstyle}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@for\bt@e:=\bt@tasks \do {%
+  \PromulgateTaskAcrossBitstyles{\bt@e}{Z}{standard}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Bit Styles}
+%
+%   \subsection{Story}
+% This is the same as generic.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewBitstyle{generic}
+\NewBitstyle{story}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \subsection{Poem}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewBitstyle{poem}
+\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles{begin@bit}{P}{poem}
+\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles{end@bit}{P}{poem}
+\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles{settitle}{P}{poem}
+\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles{setfirsttitle}{P}{poem}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \subsection{Prose}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewBitstyle{prose}
+\PromulgateTaskAcrossCopystyles{settitle}{R}{prose}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Copy Styles}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewCopystyle{titlepage}
+
+\newcommand\bt@make@setfirsttitle@T [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{bt@setfirsttitle@#1@#2}{} {%
+    \thispagestyle{empty}%
+    \vspace*{\fill}%
+    \begin{center}
+      {\relsize{5}\BitTitle \\}%
+      \ifx\BitSubtitle\ShortEmpty\else
+        {\relsize{3}\BitSubtitle \\}%
+      \fi
+    \end{center}
+    \vfill
+%      \CoverNotes
+%      \vfill
+    \par
+    \begingroup
+      \sffamily
+      \hfill
+      \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{\@ne em}}r}
+        Copy of:&\todayabbrev   \\%
+        Version of:&\Lastchange \\%
+        Date:&\Date             \\%     
+      \end{tabular}
+      \par\bigskip\bigskip
+      \begin{raggedleft}
+        \def\and{\\}%
+        \larger\scshape\Author
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% A final |\par| is needed to close the paragraph in raggedleft mode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \par
+      \end{raggedleft}
+    \endgroup
+    \newpage
+    \setcounter{page}{\@ne}%
+  }%
+}
+\PromulgateTaskAcrossBitstyles{setfirsttitle}{T}{titlepage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Bit counters and interbit skips}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\c@bit}
+% \begin{macro}{\c@bitbit}
+% \begin{macro}{\c@bitbitbit}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecounter{bit}
+\providecounter{bitbit}[bit]
+\providecounter{bitbitbit}[bitbit]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\bt@bitskip}
+%  \begin{macro}{\InterBitBreak}
+%  \begin{macro}{\InterBitBitBreak}
+%  \begin{macro}{\InterBitBitBitBreak}
+% \cs\medbreak is penalty -100; \cs\smallbreak is 50.  FIXME: what's going on
+% here?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bt@bitskip[1] {%
+  \par
+  \ifdim \lastskip < \bigskipamount
+    \removelastskip
+    \penalty -500%
+    #1%
+  \fi
+}  
+\newcommand\InterBitBreak {%
+  \bt@bitskip
+  \bigskip
+}
+\newcommand\InterBitBitBreak {%
+  \bt@bitskip
+  \medskip
+}
+\newcommand\InterBitBitBitBreak {%
+  \bt@bitskip
+  \smallskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bitbit}
+% \begin{macro}{\bitbitbit}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@bitbit}
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@bitbitbit}
+%   FIXME: These should be made attributes of the Generic Bit Style.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bitbit {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \bt@bitbit{}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \refstepcounter{bitbit}%
+    \bt@bitbit{\thebitbit\ }%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand{\bt@bitbit} [2] {%
+  \ifnum\value{bitbit}=\@ne \else
+     \InterBitBitBreak
+  \fi
+  \noindent #1{\relsize{-1}\bfseries #2}%
+  \par\nobreak
+  \smallskip
+}
+\newcommand\bitbitbit {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \bt@bitbitbit{}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \refstepcounter{bitbitbit}%
+    \bt@bitbitbit{\thebitbitbit\ }%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\bt@bitbitbit [2] {%
+  \ifnum\value{bitbitbit}=\@ne \else
+    \InterBitBitBitBreak
+  \fi
+  \noindent #1{\relsize{-1}\bfseries #2}%
+  \par\nobreak
+  \smallskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Userinfos}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Author}
+% \begin{macro}{\author}
+% \begin{macro}{\Lastchange}
+% \begin{macro}{\lastchange}
+% \begin{macro}{\Date}
+% \begin{macro}{\date}
+% \begin{macro}{\title}
+% \begin{macro}{\BitTitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\BitSubtitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\Subtitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\subtitle}
+% When we redefine \cs\author, \cs\date, and \cs\title, we add a new action to
+% the original meaning.  This means that standard commands like \cs\maketitle
+% will still perform as expected, if someone prefers to use that instead of the
+% \Frankenstein commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SaveCS\date
+
+\newcommand*\Date {%
+  \todayabbrev
+}
+\defcommand\date [1] {%
+  \MDSaveddate{#1}%
+  \def\Date{#1}%
+}
+\SaveCS\title
+\ReserveCS\BitTitle
+
+\defcommand\title [1] {%
+  \MDSavedtitle{#1}%
+  \def\BitTitle{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Why did I originally want \cs\Subtitle to be a user command instead of \cs\subtitle?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewUserInfo*[\subtitle]\BitSubtitle
+%\NewUserInfo*[\Subtitle]\BitSubtitle
+%\newlet\subtitle\Subtitle
+\NewUserInfo*\Lastchange
+\lastchange{\todayabbrev}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Copystyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\copystyle}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewUserInfo*\CopyStyle
+\copystyle{standard}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Dates}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\today}
+% \begin{macro}{\todayabbrev}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\today {%
+  \number\day\space\ifcase\month\or 
+        January\or February\or
+        March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or
+        October\or November\or December\fi\space\number\year
+}
+\newcommand\todayabbrev {%
+  \number\day\space\ifcase\month\or 
+        Jan\or Feb\or
+        Mar\or Apr\or May\or Jun\or Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or
+        Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi\space\number\year
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\copywrite}
+%   This adds a copyright message to the beginning of \cs\Notes.  Its single
+%   argument should be a year.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\copywrite [1] {%
+  \edef\Notes {%
+    \copyright#1 All rights reserved. \Notes
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Ends}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\EndSign}
+%   It's very hard to attach this thing without allowing a page break before it. FIX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\EndSign {%
+  \par\nobreak
+  \vspace{2\bigskipamount}%  multiplication turns glue into dimen.
+  \hfill
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We do this so that |\Author| can have |\\|s in it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \begingroup
+    \scshape
+    \let\and\@tabularcr
+    \begin{tabular}{c}
+      \Author \\% 
+      \relsize{-1}\itshape\Date
+    \end{tabular}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\theend}
+%   User command which (almost) always makes an \cs\EndSign:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\theend {%
+  \if@signed@
+    \EndSign
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TheEnd}
+%   The end of a bit calls \cs\TheEnd.  The default definition is either
+%   nothing or \cs\EndSign, depending on some condition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TheEnd {%
+  \def\sc@t@c {%
+    prizes%
+  }%
+  \let\sc@t@a\EndSign
+  \ifx\CopyStyle\sc@t@c
+    \InitCS*\sc@t@a
+  \else
+    \if@signed@
+      \if@ends@
+% FIX: when you get the footer going...
+%        \ifnum\value{page} < 2%
+%          \InitCS*\sc@t@a
+%        \fi
+      \else
+        \InitCS*\sc@t@a
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \InitCS*\sc@t@a
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+% We use macros instead of boxes, because at this point some of the macros in
+% the boxes may change their meaning.  
+%
+% Algorithm: We will maintain two \cs\hbox es |to \textwidth| each time
+% \cs\MakeCover is called.  Set the footboxes to |\v@idbox| here.  Whenever
+% |\MakeCover| is called, it should stack another |\vbox| with the right
+% information in it into both boxes.  The information is expanded, and thus the
+% macro contents can change between calls to |\MakeCover|, but the box being
+% built inserts two different |\vboxes| with their value at the moment.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bt@vcbox}
+% \begin{macro}{\VersionControlString}
+% \begin{macro}{\VersionControlAuthorString}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\BTVersionWord {Version}
+\newcommand\BTCopyWord {Copy}
+\newcommand\bt@vcbox {%
+  \footnotesize
+  \ifx\Lastchange\ShortEmpty\else
+    {\bfseries \BTVersionWord:} {\slshape \Lastchange}%
+  \fi
+  \hspace{\@ne em}%
+  {\bfseries \BTCopyWord:} {\slshape \todayabbrev}%
+}
+\newcommand\VersionControlString {%
+  \hfill \bt@vcbox \hfill
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% I should assign some names to the various meanings of and, like protect.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\VersionControlAuthorString {%
+  \bt@vcbox \hfill {\scshape\def\and{\unskip, \ignorespaces}\Author}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%     
+% \begin{macro}{\whitespace}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand\whitespace {%
+  \bigbreak
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% We leave the rest to a configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{bits.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{bits.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dca970a548c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% bits.tex -- documentation for the bits LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{bits.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{bits} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{bits.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d2fb3087545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% drama.ins          -- docstrip driver for the drama LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    drama.sty or drama.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called drama.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    drama.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{drama.stq}{\from{drama.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file drama.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  drama.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  drama.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed drama.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ccc6013db57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b74e90f9742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   drama LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, drama.tex
+%   and drama.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{314}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   Defines macros for typesetting a basic production-style stage script.
+% 
+%   This package is useful but may have problems and is unsupported.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+%  I am close to handling the insertion of a ``continued'' message at the top
+%  of the page when a speech is broken across the page.  But it's not there
+%  yet.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{script}
+%   This is the only environment so far, for a basic production-style stage
+%   script.  It is implemented as a bitstyle: see the \package{bits} package
+%   for details of use.  I think you only need to issue an
+%   \cs\author\marg{author's name} and \cs\date\marg{date} command.  Also,
+%   create an empty file called \file{bits.cfg} on your system (or put the
+%   \cs\author declaration in it).
+%
+%  Options come in pairs (boldface is default):
+%  \begin{description}
+%    \item[\textmd{oneact}/multiact] Multiact scripts use act numbers; oneacts
+%    just have scenes.
+%  \end{description}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\character
+%   \cs\character\marg{full description}\marg{name}\marg{csname} defines a new
+%   character.  \meta{full description} is used in the dramatis personae
+%   listing.  \meta{name} is the name to use to refer to the character in stage
+%   directions, and to introduce their speeches.  \cs\character defines a
+%   command |\|\meta{csname} which prints \meta{name} in the font given in
+%   \cs\DirectStyle.  Use this in stage directions.  It is an abbreviation
+%   macro of category \cat{Character}; following spacing is handled
+%   automatically for you. See the \package{abbrevs} package for details.  Also
+%   defined is the command
+% \DescribeMacro\SpeakAppend
+%   |\|\meta{csname}|says|, which is used to introduce the character's
+%   speeches.  The suffix ``says'' can be changed by redefining \cs\SpeakAppend
+%   before using \cs\character.  You can also define it before loading the
+%   \package{drama} package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\scene
+% \DescribeMacro\act
+%   Use \cs\scene and \cs\act to start acts and scenes.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\direct
+% \DescribeMacro\setstage
+%   \cs\direct\marg{stage directions}.  Use \cs\setstage\marg{stage directions}
+%   at the beginning of scenes and acts.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{drama package (Frankenstein's heart)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v0.2}
+\def\filedate{1996/05/05}
+\def\docdate{1996/05/05}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{drama}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{abbrevs,bits,dialogue,moredefs,relsize}
+%\RequirePackage{xmark}
+\let\sc@mark\Gobble
+\VerboseErrors
+
+\DeclareBooleanOptions{oneact}{multiact}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{characters}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SpeakAppend}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@cast}
+% \begin{macro}{\character}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\SpeakAppend {says}
+\ReserveCS\sc@cast
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner\NewCharacterAbbrev{Character}
+\let\TMFontCharacter\scshape
+\newcommand*\character [3] {% args: dramper name csname
+  \expandafter\NewCharacterAbbrev\csname #3\endcsname{#2}%
+  \NewName* {#3\SpeakAppend} {} {%
+    \speak{#2}%
+  }%
+  \addto@macro\sc@cast{,#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The |\@cdr| gets rid of the first silly comma.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DramPer {%
+  \ifx\sc@cast\LongEmpty\else
+    {\larger\scshape Cast}%
+    \relax\begin{verse}
+    \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@cast\@nil}%
+    \@for\sc@t@b:=\sc@t@a \do {%
+      \sc@t@b\\%
+    }%
+    \relax\end{verse}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Prepare for another set of characters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \InitCS\sc@cast
+    \bigbreak
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%       \subsubsection{sectioning}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\sc@toks@saved@output}
+% We pull some fancy stuff with the output routine here.  The algorithm is a
+% simpler version of Knuth's \cite[260ff]{knuth:texbook}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtokens\sc@toks@saved@output
+\sc@toks@saved@output=\output
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% The |\sc@botmark|, if not empty, will contain text to be inserted at the top
+% of the next page. It must contain vertical not horizontal material. 
+%
+% We actually need to communicate the boolean |sc@directing| via the mark,
+% because only the information in the marks is guaranteed to reflect the state
+% at the end of the page, and not several lines later.   
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providelength\sc@len
+
+\newcommand\sc@outputwrapper {%
+  \setlength{\sc@len}{\dp255}%
+  \the\sc@toks@saved@output
+  \def\sc@t@b {%
+    \sc@botmark
+    \addtolength{\sc@len}{-\prevdepth}%
+    \kern\sc@len
+  }%
+  \InitCS\sc@t@a
+  \ifx\sc@botmark\ShortEmpty
+    \let\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+  \else
+    \ifsc@directing
+      \let\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\script {%
+  \MakeDirectTakeArg
+  \relax\begin{Script}%
+}
+\NewName{endscript} {} {%
+  \relax\end{Script}%
+}
+\NewName{script*} {} {%
+  \MakeDirectTakeNoArg
+  \relax\begin{Script}%
+}
+\NewName{endscript*} {} {%
+  \relax\end{Script}%
+}
+\newcommand\sc@make@begin@bit@D [2] {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{sc@begin@bit@#1@#2}{##1##2} {%
+    \def\BitStyle{#1}%
+    \sc@begin@bit@common{##1}{##2}%
+    \PreBitAll
+%
+%    \ClaimXMarkTwo
+%    \FrankenInfo{drama}{The script environment is changing \protect\output.}%
+%    \output={\sc@outputwrapper}%
+%    \let\maxdepth\maxdimen
+%    \let\@maxdepth\maxdimen
+    \if@oneact@
+      \def\thepage {%
+        \arabic{bitbitbit}\hspace{\@ne em}\arabic{page}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\thepage {%
+        \arabic{bitbit}--\arabic{bitbitbit}\hspace{\@ne em}\arabic{page}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \DramPer
+%
+    \@nameuse{PreBit#1}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\sc@make@end@bit@D [2]  {% args: bitstyle copystyle
+  \DefName{sc@end@bit@#1@#2}{##1} {%
+    \sc@possiblyfinishdirecting
+    \TheEnd
+    \FrankenInfo{drama}{\protect\output is back to normal now.}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewBitstyle{Script}
+\PromulgateComponentAcrossCopystyles{end@bit}{D}{Script}
+\PromulgateComponentAcrossCopystyles{begin@bit}{D}{Script}
+
+\newcommand\act {%
+  \sc@possiblyfinishdirecting
+  \sc@mark{\ShortEmpty}%
+  \stepcounter{bitbit}%
+  \pagebreak[3]%
+  \bigskip
+  \centerline{\relsize{2}Act \thebitbit}%
+  \par
+  \nobreak
+  \smallskip
+}
+\newcommand\scene {%
+  \sc@possiblyfinishdirecting
+  \sc@mark{\ShortEmpty}%
+  \stepcounter{bitbitbit}%
+  \pagebreak[3]%
+  \bigskip
+  \centerline{\relsize{1}Scene \thebitbitbit}%
+  \par
+  \nobreak
+  \smallskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%       \subsubsection{speakers and stage directions}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\halfacross}
+  \setlength{\halfacross}{\textwidth}
+  \divide\halfacross by 2
+\newlength{\quarteracross}
+  \setlength{\quarteracross}{\textwidth}
+  \divide\quarteracross by 4
+
+\newenvironment{DramaTab} [1] {%
+    \relax\begin{list}{} {%
+        \setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}%
+        \setlength{\listparindent}{\z@}%
+        \sloppy
+        }%
+      \item\relax
+  }{%
+  \relax\end{list}%
+}
+\newcommand\setstage [1] {%
+  \relax\begin{DramaTab}{\halfacross}%
+    \DirectStyle
+    \DirectOpen
+    \ignorespaces
+    #1%
+    \unskip
+    \DirectClose
+  \relax\end{DramaTab}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% It is a question of style whether to announce the speaker's name a second
+% time, if his speech continues after a stage direction in a paragraph by
+% itself.  If the page breaks immediately before the stage direction, or
+% duringit, no continuation message will be given.  If it breaks after the
+% stage direction, and before the next speaker is announced with the |\speak|
+% command, a continuation message appropriate to the speaker \emph{before} the
+% stage direction is given.  Of course, sectioning commands will cancel any
+% continuation messages. 
+%
+% Communicating via the mark is giving me a problem.  I need to solve this
+% problem and replace @sc@bool with mark information.
+%
+% Also, when using the no-argument form on a source with arguments, you cannot
+% swallow the spaces with |\ignorespaces|, because the open brace shields them.
+%
+% There are problems with certain combinations of taking arguments and
+% reannouncing speakers after a stage direction.  I should draw a chart, and
+% see how I can handle things.  
+%  \begin{macro}{\DirectOpen}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DirectClose}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DirectOpen {\textrm{(}}
+\newcommand\DirectClose {\textrm{)}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{sc@directing}
+
+\newcommand*\DirectNoArg {%
+  \sc@noargs@finishdirecting
+  \sc@direct
+}
+\newcommand\DirectWithArg [1] {%
+  \sc@args@finishdirecting
+  \sc@direct
+  #1%
+  \sc@really@finishdirecting
+}
+\newcommand\sc@direct {%
+  \global\let\sc@lastmark\sc@themark
+  \sc@mark{\ShortEmpty}%
+  \sc@directingtrue
+  \pagebreak[0]% mild encouragement
+  \relax\begin{DramaTab}{\quarteracross}%
+    \DirectStyle
+    \DirectOpen
+    \ignorespaces
+}
+\newcommand\sc@really@finishdirecting {%
+  \unskip
+  \DirectClose
+  \relax\end{DramaTab}
+  \sc@directingfalse
+%  \sc@mark\expandafter{\sc@lastmark}% FIXME:
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Looks like args version is null.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\sc@args@finishdirecting
+\newcommand\sc@noargs@finishdirecting {%
+  \ifsc@directing
+    \sc@really@finishdirecting
+  \fi
+}
+\ReserveCS\sc@possiblyfinishdirecting
+\newcommand\MakeDirectTakeArg {%
+  \let\sc@possiblyfinishdirecting\sc@args@finishdirecting
+  \let\direct\DirectWithArg
+}
+\newcommand\MakeDirectTakeNoArg {%
+  \let\sc@possiblyfinishdirecting\sc@noargs@finishdirecting
+  \let\direct\DirectNoArg
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \todo{Do penalties better?}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\GiveSpeaker}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\GiveSpeaker [1] {%
+  \par
+  \centerline{\textsc{#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\GiveSpeakerContinued}
+% The space is explicit for clarity.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\GiveSpeakerContinued [1] {%
+  \GiveSpeaker{#1\space\rlap{\textsl{(continued)}}}%
+}
+\newcommand\speak [1] {%
+  \sc@possiblyfinishdirecting
+  \sc@mark{\ShortEmpty}%
+  \pagebreak[2]%
+  \smallskip
+  \sc@mark{\GiveSpeakerContinued{#1}}%
+  \GiveSpeaker{#1}%
+  \par
+  \nopagebreak
+  \noindent
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..99b7c8c2e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% drama.tex -- documentation for the drama LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{drama.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{drama} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{drama.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex-test.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex-test.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4539bd840b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex-test.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+%* filecontents
+% $Id: includex-test.tex,v 1.2 1999/02/27 05:09:26 swift Exp $
+
+%** includex-test-aux.tex
+\begin{filecontents}{includex-test-aux.tex}
+This text is in a separate file that just contains text, and some \LaTeX\ code.
+For a change, let's quote \emph{Moby Dick}, chapter~94:
+\begin{quotation} % 
+  Squeeze!\ squeeze!\ squeeze!\ all the morning long; I squeezed that sperm
+  till I myself almost melted into it; I squeezed that sperm till a strange
+  sort of insanity came over me; and I found myself unwittingly squeezing my
+  co-laborers' hands in it, mistaking their hands for the gentle globules.
+  Such an abounding, affectionate, friendly, loving feeling did this avocation
+  beget; that at last I was continually squeezing their hands, and looking up
+  into their eyes sentimentally; as much as to say,---Oh!\ my dear fellow
+  beings, why should we longer cherish any social acerbities, or know the
+  slightest ill-humor or envy!  Come; let us squeeze hands all round; nay, let
+  us all squeeze ourselves into each other; let us squeeze ourselves
+  universally into the very milk and sperm of kindness.
+
+  Would that I could keep squeezing that sperm for ever! For now, since by many
+  prolonged, repeated experiences, I have perceived that in all cases man must
+  eventually lower, or at least shift, his conceit of attainable felicity; not
+  placing it anywhere in the intellect or the fancy; but in the wife, the
+  heart, the bed, the table, the saddle, the fire-side, the country; now that I
+  have perceived all this, I am ready to squeeze case eternally.  In thoughts
+  of the visions of the night, I saw long rows of angels in paradise, each with
+  his hands in a jar of spermaceti.
+\end{quotation}
+\end{filecontents}
+%**  includex-test-aux1.tex
+\begin{filecontents}{includex-test-aux1.tex}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{alltt}
+
+\newcommand\preamblecmd
+  {This line is due to the preamble of the included file.}
+
+\tdisable
+\tdisableone{flue}
+\tdisableopt[glue]{shoe}
+\tdisabletwo{blue}{grue}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\tdisable
+\tdisableone{flue}
+\tdisableopt[glue]{shoe}
+\tdisabletwo{blue}{grue}
+
+\preamblecmd
+
+This file could be compiled on its own. 
+
+\begin{alltt}
+Here is yet another quotation from Beckett, this time from \emph{Watt}
+(45--46). 
+\end{alltt}
+
+\begin{quotation}
+  The crocuses and the larch turning green every year a week before the others
+  and the pastures red with uneaten sheep's placentas and the long summer days
+  and the new-mown hay and the wood-pigeon in the morning and the cuckoo in the
+  afternoon and the corncrake in the evening and the wasps in the jam and the
+  smell of the gorse and the look of the gorse and the apples falling and the
+  children walking in the dead leaves and the larch turning brown a week before
+  the others and the chestnuts falling and the howling winds and the sea
+  breaking over the pier and the first fires and the hooves on the road and the
+  consumptive postman whistling \emph{The Roses Are Blooming in Picardy} and
+  the standard oil-lamp and of course the snow and to be sure the sleet and
+  bless your heart the slush and every fourth year the February d\`eb\^acle and
+  the endless April showers and the crocuses and then the whole bloody business
+  starting all over again.  
+\end{quotation} 
+
+Notice, just as one single thing among dozens, that ``crocus''
+sounds like ``croak us.''  
+
+\end{document}Error 1 in radical shutdown!
+Error 2 in radical shutdown!
+
+None of this text should ever be set.
+
+\end{filecontents}
+%**  includex-test-aux.sty
+\begin{filecontents}{includex-test-aux.sty}
+\renewcommand\autotest {%
+  This text is coming from the definition of $\backslash$\texttt{autotest} that
+  is in the auxiliary file.
+}
+
+\typeout{Autoload file being loaded!}
+
+\newcommand\madbomber {%
+  \emph{I am the mad bomber!}%
+}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+%* main document
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{includex,compsci}
+
+\begin{document}
+%* Intro
+\def\fileversion{v1}
+\def\filedate{1999/02/26}
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{Testing the \package{includex} package}
+\maketitle
+
+\section{New ways to include}
+
+This will take several pages. 
+
+First, check that we can |\include| as usual, so the rest of this page should
+be blank, and the Melville quote should be alone on the next page.
+
+\include{includex-test-aux}
+
+This should be on a new page.  Now we include the same thing, but it should
+come immediately here because we use |\include*|:
+
+\include*{includex-test-aux}
+
+And this paragraph should immediately follow the Melville.  Now, we check
+|\includedoc| and |\includedoc*| in a similar manner.  The included file is
+going to use the |alltt| environment.  We have loaded the package in the parent
+file.  The |\usepackage| command in the included file should be disabled; if
+not, there will be an error when it tries to redefine the environment.  Also,
+we disable several commands that will produce an error if they are not. This
+should be the last text on this page.
+
+\newcommand\tdisable{\typeout{Error with \protect\tdisable.}}
+\newcommand\tdisableone[1]{\typeout{Error with \protect\tdisableone.}}
+\newcommand\tdisableopt[2][]{\typeout{Error with \protect\tdisableopt.}}
+\newcommand\tdisabletwo[2]{\typeout{Error with \protect\tdisabletwo.}}
+
+\disable{\let\tdisable\relax}
+\disable{\let\tdisableone\Gobble}
+\disable{\let\tdisableopt\GobbleOM}
+\disable{\let\tdisabletwo\GobbleMM}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\checkp {%
+  \@ifundefined{preamblecmd} {%
+      \DTypeout{Preamblecmd undefined.}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \DTypeout{Preamblecmd is: (\preamblecmd).}%
+%    \let\preamblecmd\relax
+    }%
+}
+\makeatother
+\checkp
+
+\includedoc{includex-test-aux1}
+
+\checkp
+
+And this should be on a new page.  The first line should have said it
+comes from the preamble. 
+
+The |\includedoc| family of commands puts the included file into a group.  So
+|\preamblecmd| is not defined now.
+
+Now we do the same thing over, but the file should appear immediately.  
+
+\includedoc*{includex-test-aux1}
+
+\checkp
+
+And this paragraph should immediately follow the Beckett.  Finally, we have to
+check |\includedocskip| and |\includedocskip*|.  The difference will be that
+the first line will say it comes from the parent.  This should be the last text
+on the page.
+
+\newcommand\preamblecmd {%
+  This def of preamblecmd comes from the parent.
+}
+
+\includedocskip{includex-test-aux1}
+
+\checkp
+This should be on a new page.  And once again, the quote should follow
+immediately here:
+
+\includedocskip*{includex-test-aux1}
+
+\checkp
+
+And this text should immediately follow the quote. 
+
+%* end
+
+END OF TEST
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87907d4bd6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% includex.ins          -- docstrip driver for the includex LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    includex.sty or includex.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called includex.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    includex.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{includex.stq}{\from{includex.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file includex.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  includex.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  includex.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed includex.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e452557a80a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0d0c58a8f66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This file is part of the Frankenstein bundle, comprising the
+%   files listed in the file Manifest.txt.  You should have
+%   received the complete bundle when you received this file. 
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   includex LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in
+%   a proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL,
+%   includex.tex includex.ins, and includex.dvi
+%   should have also been distributed to you with this file.  See
+%   README for more information on how to generate a version of
+%   this file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{227}
+% 
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   Includex allows you to include just the contents of one source file into
+%   another, ignoring the text outside the
+%   \code{\begin{document}}\lips\code{\end{document}} in the included file.
+%
+%   This package is useful but may have problems and is unsupported.
+%
+%   See also the \package{newclude} package.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+% \section{Including Files}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\include*}
+% \cs\include was always pretty useless to me because it did a \cs\clearpage
+% before and after the \cs\input.  The macro |\include*| is defined below to be
+% like \cs\include but without the \cs\clearpage s.
+%
+% The other thing we do is define a command \cs\includedoc, which includes a
+% file which is allowed to have its own \cs\documentclass and |\begin{document}|
+% and |\end{document}| and \cs\usepackage commands.  
+%
+% This opens up a whole new world of truly modular \LaTeX{} files.  There is
+% even nothing special about extracting the |document| environment, we can
+% extract \emph{any} environment, or perhaps even other things.
+%
+% There are some problems, however.  Maybe the \cs\usepackage is necessary,
+% maybe it would conflict.  Same with other commands like the \cs\newcommand
+% family. It is simply not (yet) an issue in \LaTeX{} design to consider the
+% implications of parent files.  The problems are not insurmountable.  We can
+% begin by working with a convention, and ultimately maybe make some changes in
+% certain macros.  I will be getting to all this.  I admit I have not looked
+% carefully to see whether the design specifications of \LaTeX3{} address these
+% important issues. 
+%
+% The macros here will be useful in many circumstances, when the included files
+% are themselves simple.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\includedoc}
+% \DescribeMacro{\includedoc*}
+% \DescribeMacro{\includedocskip}
+% \DescribeMacro{\includedocskip*}
+%   There are now two main commands, \cs\includedoc and \cs\includedocskip,
+%   each with a |*| version analogous to the new \cmd{include*}.  Each take a
+%   filename as an argument just like \cs\include.
+%
+%   \cs\includedoc\marg{filename} reads everything in the file except for
+%   \cs\documentclass, \cs\usepackage, |\begin{document}|, |\end{document}|
+%   (and whatever follows it).
+%
+%   \cs\includedocskip\marg{filename} does the same except it also skips
+%   everything between \cs\documentclass and |\begin{document}|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\disable}
+%   At present there is a makeshift way to ignore additional commands when
+%   using \cs\includedoc and \cs\includedocskip. If you want to cause \cs\foo
+%   which takes no arguments to be disabled, say |\disable{\let\foo\relax}|. If
+%   \cs\foo takes one mandatory argument, say |\let\foo\Gobble| instead.  If
+%   \cs\foo takes one optional and one mandatory, say |\let\foo\GobbleOM|.  If
+%   \cs\foo takes two mandatory arguments, say |\let\foo\GobbleMM|.  For other
+%   permutations of arguments, you can extrapolate from the macros defined
+%   below.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{extra ways to include files}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v0.6a}
+\def\filedate{1999/02/23}
+\def\docdate{1999/02/23}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{includex}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+%
+% Now we declare the package, check for \LaTeX2e, and load the other packages
+% needed. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{includex}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Disabling things}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\disable}
+% This allows the disabling hacks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\DisableMonster  % This line is elsewhere for main package
+\newcommand\disable[1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\DisableMonster{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{New things}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@saved@include}
+% \begin{macro}{\include}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@include}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@@include}
+% This is a simple redefinition of \cs\include without the \cs\clearpage
+% commands.  Nothing tricky going on. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\sc@saved@include\include
+\renewcommand\include {%
+  \@ifstar
+      \sc@include
+    \sc@saved@include
+}
+\newcommand\sc@include {%
+  \relax
+  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+    \@latex@error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+  \else
+    \expandafter\sc@@include
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand\sc@@include[1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw 
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \edef\@tempb{#1}%
+    \@for \@tempa:=\@partlist
+      \do{\ifx\@tempa
+            \@tempb
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa 
+    \let\@auxout\@partaux 
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux%
+      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+    \fi
+    \@input@{#1.tex}%
+    \@writeckpt{#1}%
+    \if@filesw
+% NOTE: Robin took out the \immediate here.
+%      \immediate\closeout\@partaux 
+      \closeout\@partaux 
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \@nameuse{cp@#1}%
+  \fi
+  \let\@auxout\@mainaux
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now we start dealing with the much more tricky extraction of the |document|
+% environment.
+%
+% We start with considering how to quit inputting a file.  The idea is to make
+% the |\end{document}| command of the included file call \cs\endinput.  But
+% there is a hitch that characters on the line after the |\end{document}| get
+% inserted when you don't want them to.  To beat that limitation, we have to do
+% some work.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@radical@shutdown}
+% We will add a bunch of commands to this macro, with the idea of \cs\catcode ing
+% everything and its brother to a comment.   This would be a brute force
+% method! 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\sc@radical@shutdown
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First log a message that we're about to do some crazy things. In case
+% something ever goes wrong, this might help.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\sc@radical@shutdown {%
+  \PackageInfo{includex}{\protect\sc@radical@shutdown\space beginning}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we start adding \cs\catcode commands.  These first two should be
+% redundant; but just in case someone changed things\lips.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\sc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\%=14}    % 14 = comment
+\addto@macro\sc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\^=7}     % 7 = superscript
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@disable@char}
+% Next, we define a command we weill use in a loop in a moment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\sc@disable@char[1] {%
+  \addto@macro\sc@radical@shutdown
+    {\catcode`#1=14}}  % 14 = comment
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The following list contains every keyboard char except these three, which are
+% treated specially: |%#|.  
+% The first is already a comment, and we handle the second in a moment.  Each
+% character in the following list is \cs\catcode d to a comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@tfor\sc@t@a:=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz%
+                ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ%
+                ~!@$&*()_+-=[]|/?.,<>%
+                1234567890%
+                `'";:%
+                \^\\\{\}\ % this is really the chars "^\{}" and space
+    \do {\expandafter\sc@disable@char\sc@t@a}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We add |#| separately, because it's tricky or impossible to put it into the
+% list we just used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\sc@disable@char\#
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We end the macro with \cs\endinput.  This has to come after all the previous,
+% otherwise, \TeX{} goes ahead and reads to the end of the line immediately,
+% with regular catcodes.  This is a good theory, I'm not sure it's necessary.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\sc@radical@shutdown{\endinput}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup}
+% We need to use |\sc@radical@shutdown| this way.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\sc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup {%
+  \aftergroup\sc@radical@shutdown
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@begindoc@toks}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@enddoc@toks}
+% These are for \cs\AtBeginIncludedDocument and \cs\AtEndIncludedDocument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\sc@begindoc@toks
+\sc@begindoc@toks{}
+\newtoks\sc@enddoc@toks
+\sc@enddoc@toks{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginIncludedDocument}
+% The analogue of \cs\AtBeginDocument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AtBeginIncludedDocument[1] {%
+    \sc@begindoc@toks\expandafter{\the\sc@begindoc@toks#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtEndIncludedDocument}
+% The analogue of \cs\AtEndDocument
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AtEndIncludedDocument[1] {%
+    \sc@enddoc@toks\expandafter{\the\sc@enddoc@toks#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\includedoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\includedoc*}
+% Now we start from the other end, defining the user command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\includedoc {%
+% Robin's new:
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \def\sc@includebit@cmd{\include*}\sc@includebit
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\sc@includebit@cmd\include\sc@includebit
+  }%
+}
+
+% My old:
+%      {\sc@includebit}
+%    {\clearpage
+%    \sc@includebit[\clearpage]}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@includebit}
+% The commented-out code is for some eventual extensions.
+%
+% Interface is \cmd{sc@includebit}\oarg{postlude}\marg{file} (where
+% \oarg{postlude} is command(s) to be executed after the inclusion is
+% complete); it is assumed that \cmd{sc@includebit@cmd} is either \cs\include
+% or \cmd{include*}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{sc@count}
+\newcounter{bit}
+\newcommand\sc@includebit [2] [] {%
+  \setcounter{sc@count}{\thebit}%
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableMonster  
+    \let\usepackage\GobbleOM
+% Robin's new:
+    \def\enddocument {%
+      \makeatletter
+      \the\sc@enddoc@toks
+      \sc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }
+% My old:
+% \let\enddocument\sc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    \let\documentclass\GobbleOM  
+    \let\documentstyle\GobbleOM  % why worry about branching if 2.09..
+    \def\document {%
+      \the\sc@begindoc@toks
+    }%
+    \def\IncludedJobname {#2}%
+    \sc@includebit@cmd{#2}% 
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  #1
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\includedocskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\includedocskip*}
+% Now we make a similar command that \emph{entirely} skips the preamble,
+% whereas \cs\includedoc only skipped those commands that we specifically
+% disabled.  Obviously this whole business of the preamble needs to be
+% radically reconceived if convenient modularity of documents is to be had.  At
+% the moment, no distinction is made between things like \cs\newcommand and
+% \cs\usepackage that should be exported to a parent file, and those things that
+% should not.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\includedocskip {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \sc@includebitskip
+    }{% ELSE
+    \clearpage
+    \sc@includebitskip[\clearpage]%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% I tried combining |\sc@includebitskip| and |\sc@includebit| but something
+% changed when I used a conditional to do this.  I'm sure the problem could be
+% figured out and the two combined.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@includebitskip}
+% We begin skipping with the \cs\documentclass or \cs\documentstyle command, and
+% stop with the |\begin{document}| command.  With some hacking to the new
+% |verbatim| environment, this could be done.  I haven't done this yet, so this
+% is implemented by stuffing everything into a macro argument.  I can't think
+% of a \cs\begin occurring between \cs\documentclass the \cs\begin document, but
+% that will screw things up if it does.
+%
+% The commented lines here are once again for a future extension.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\sc@includebitskip [2] [] {%
+  \setcounter{sc@count}{\thebit}%
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableMonster
+    \let\enddocument\sc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    \long\def\documentclass ##1\begin{%
+      \begingroup
+      \def\@currenvir{document}%
+      \GobbleM
+    }% "{document}" is still to be read.
+    \let\documentstyle\documentclass
+    \include*{#2}%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  #1\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b2072b08084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+% includex.tex -- documentation for the includex LaTeX package.
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX2e.
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%
+%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
+%     version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later
+%     is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
+%     later.
+%
+%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\makeatletter
+\def\part {%
+  \clearpage
+  \@afterindentfalse
+  \secdef\@part\@spart
+}
+\def\StripV #1{\E@cdr #1\@nil}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{attrib,compsci}
+\newbook\manual {Chicago\nocite{chicago:14} Manual of Style}[Chicago Manual]
+\newbook\MLAman {The\nocite{mlaman} MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing}
+                [The MLA Style Manual]
+\newtheorem{lessoninternal}{Lesson}
+\newenvironment{lesson} {%
+  \let\AttribInit\sffamily
+  \let\PreTrib\textsection
+  \let\PostTrib\ShortEmpty
+  \lessoninternal
+  } {%
+  \endlessoninternal
+  }
+\newcommand\manualref [1] {\textsf{\S #1}}
+\ProcessDTXFile{includex.sty}
+\newlet\MaybeABib\relax
+\IfCitations {
+  \def\MaybeABib {%
+    \newpage
+    \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+    \bibliography{frankenstein}%
+  }
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \usepackage{achicago}
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+}
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\begin{document}
+\date{Version: \StripV\fileversion \qquad Date: \filedate\\
+      \relsize{-2}Documentation revision: \docdate}
+\author{Matt Swift \email{swift@alum.mit.edu}}
+\title{The \textsf{includex} LaTeX package \\\smaller \fileinfo}
+\maketitle
+\DocInput{includex.sty}
+\MaybeABib
+\newpage
+\PrintIndex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dac44ee5b90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+##  DEAR USER, 
+#
+#             please review the top of this Makefile down to the 
+#                   "END OF USER-CONFIGURABLE PARAMETERS".
+#
+#
+# Author: Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+#
+## User-configurable parameters
+# 
+
+# MKTEXMF should point to the root of the TEXMF tree into which you want
+# the files installed.
+ifndef MKTEXMF
+MKTEXMF = /usr/local/lib/texmf
+endif
+
+# These directories are for Frankenstein filesets.
+# 
+# MACRODIR         = destination for LaTeX classes and packages
+# CONFIGDIR        = destination for package and class configuration files
+#                    Some packages and classes in this bundle use configuration
+#                    files (with .cfg endings) in addition to the main macro
+#                    files ending with .sty or .cls.  Normally, CONFIGDIR
+#                    should be the same as MACRODIR.  If you want to alter the
+#                    configuration file, make a copy of it, put it the in the
+#                    LaTeX search path prior to the distributed configuration
+#                    file, and alter the copy.  The CONFIGDIR variable is
+#                    provided in case you can't or don't want to follow this
+#                    advice.
+# BIBDIR           = destination for BibTeX bibliography styles
+# MDVIDIR          = destination for DVI documentation of LaTeX packages
+# BDVIDIR          = destination for DVI documentation of BibTeX styles
+#                    (other documentation formats could be added)
+# SRCDIR           = destination for distributed files not listed above
+
+# The default values are the TDS-compliant values.  If you want to install in
+# alternative locations, given them different values. 
+# 
+# To see what the TDS-compliant values are, type "make" with no arguments to
+# see a message that includes them, or look down below just after the end of
+# the user-configurable variables, where they are defined.
+MACRODIR        = $(TDS-MACRODIR)
+CONFIGDIR       = $(TDS-MACRODIR)
+BIBDIR          = $(TDS-BIBDIR)
+MDVIDIR         = $(TDS-MDVIDIR)
+BDVIDIR         = $(TDS-BDVIDIR)
+SRCDIR          = $(TDS-SRCDIR)
+
+# If your TeX installation is NOT based on the web2c distribution of TeX,
+# comment out the assignment of HAVE_WEB2C below.  That is, if you do not have
+# a program called "kpsewhich" on your system, comment the line out.  Unix
+# installations based on teTeX or TeXLive are web2c-based.  If you have web2c,
+# the Makefile will ensure your ls-R databases are kept up to date.
+ifndef HAVE_WEB2C
+HAVE_WEB2C      = true
+endif
+
+# If you want to use the "unsupported" Frankenstein filesets (i.e., "beta" in
+# this Makefile), you must 1) move the contents of the "unsupported" directory
+# into this directory; and 2) uncomment the definition here.  This value is
+# irrelevant if you're the developer (see below for what that means).
+
+# USE_UNSUP       = true
+
+# The installation procedure needs to be able to change to a directory that is
+# NOT in the LaTeX inputs path.  If you don't have web2c, it also needs to be
+# able to create a temporary file there.  Your downloaded Frankenstein
+# directory should NOT be in the LaTeX inputs path if you want to run this
+# Makefile (otherwise it's fine, that's one easy way to install Frankenstein,
+# as explained in the file INSTALL).
+ifndef TMPDIR
+  TMPDIR = /tmp
+endif
+
+# The $USER envariable is compared to $(DEVELOPER).  If they match, you are
+# assumed to be the developer of Frankenstein, rather than the end user, in
+# which case you have more targets, and some targets do different things.  If
+# you just happen to have 'swift' as a login name, and you don't want to play
+# developer, change this value to anything but the value of your $USER
+# envariable.
+DEVELOPER = swift
+#######
+####### END OF USER-CONFIGURABLE PARAMETERS.
+#######
+#
+## TDS-compliant installation directories
+#
+
+# Frankenstein filesets.
+TDS-MACRODIR        = $(MKTEXMF)/tex/latex/$(bundle-name)
+TDS-BIBDIR          = $(MKTEXMF)/bibtex/bst/achicago
+# The right BIBDIR depends on what's in your bundle.  The following are
+# plausible possibilities:
+# TDS-BIBDIR          = $(MKTEXMF)/bibtex/bst/$(bundle-name)
+# TDS-BIBDIR          = $(MKTEXMF)/bibtex/bst/misc
+TDS-MDVIDIR         = $(MKTEXMF)/doc/latex/$(bundle-name)
+TDS-BDVIDIR         = $(MKTEXMF)/doc/bibtex
+TDS-SRCDIR          = $(MKTEXMF)/source/latex/$(bundle-name)
+
+#
+## bundle parameters
+#
+
+ifeq ($(USER),$(DEVELOPER))
+# If you change the location of the original "frankenbundle/make" subdirectory, set
+# make-dir to point to it relative to this directory.
+make-dir = make
+else
+# Don't change this: it's always . for the end user.
+make-dir = .
+endif
+
+# the name of this file
+calling-makefile = Makefile
+
+# Used as a directory name.  Should be monocase.
+bundle-name      = frankenstein
+
+# The root name (i.e. no extension) of the archive file.  Defaults to the last
+# segment of stable-dir.  (So this example is redundant.)
+bundle-filename  = $(bundle-name)
+
+# title of the bundle in English
+bundle-title     = Frankenstein
+
+# Value should be either `LPPL' or `GPL' unless you have extended Frankenbundle
+# (easy to do).  For now, any value other than `LPPL' means `GPL'.
+#bundle-license   = GPL
+bundle-license   = LPPL
+
+# The file $(bundle-bib).bib in the working directory will be a symlink to the
+# file $(master-bib.bib).  DON'T name an already-existing .bib file containing
+# data in bundle-bib!  It will be deleted by the clean target!  The
+# master-bib.bib file will never be deleted; this is what should contain your
+# data.  The reason we separate these two is so that your master-bib can be in
+# a different directory than your development directory.
+#
+#  If you don't have a bundle .bib file, comment these two definitions out.
+bundle-bib       = $(bundle-name)
+master-bib.bib   = /home/swift/library/TeX/texmf/bibtex/bib/Bib.bib
+
+# Both stable and beta files are distributed.  They can live in different
+# directories on CTAN, but are installed into the same directory in TDS.  I may
+# rethink this in the future; I invite comments.  Alpha files are not
+# distributed.
+
+# CTAN directories under tex-archive/
+# NOTE: *-dir variables should neither begin nor end with a slash.
+# NOTE: Although in the case of Frankenstein beta-dir is a subdirectory of
+#       stable-dir, this need not be true.
+stable-dir = macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein
+beta-dir   = macros/latex/contrib/supported/frankenstein/unsupported
+
+# Extra files to put on CTAN (two different directories) and TDS (one
+# directory).  This file, Frankenfile, and the bundle-bib (if defined) will
+# be automatically included, so you don't need to list them.
+# You may want to include file(s) corresponding to your $(bundle-license).
+stable-extra-files = README INSTALL ChangeLog
+# don't get rid of includex just yet
+# beta-extra-files   = README-unsupported includex-test.tex
+beta-extra-files   = README-unsupported includex-test.tex
+
+stable-packages  = abbrevs achicago attrib blkcntrl compsci dialogue lips \
+		   moredefs newclude slemph titles 
+beta-packages    = bits drama includex
+alpha-packages   = dblefig epigraph footnote quotes \
+                   margins new-margins nimbus-cmb nimbus-mdtb verse letterhead
+
+# For each package with style option files (.sto files), define a variable like
+# this: <package-name>-stos = <rootname-of-sto-file> ...
+newclude-stos    = allocate simple tag # group
+
+stable-classes   = 
+beta-classes     =
+alpha-classes    = myletter
+
+# For each class with class option files (.clo files), define a variable like
+# this: <class-name>-clos = <rootname-of-clo-file> ...
+# (There are none in Frankenstein.)
+
+stable-bibstyles = achicago
+beta-bibstyles   = 
+# FIX: I think Frankenfile needs revision to accommodate alpha-bibstyles
+# alpha-bibstyles  = mla
+
+stable-configs  = abbrevs compsci slemph titles
+beta-configs    = bits
+# NOTE: monster.cfg is a config that doesn't belong to any fileset...hmm.
+alpha-configs   = monster letterhead
+
+# These bundle macro files are required to generate the DVI documentation for
+# all bundle macro files.  You don't need to list the bundle-bib if you have
+# one.
+dox-requirements = abbrevs.sty attrib.sty blkcntrl.sty compsci.sty lips.sty \
+		   moredefs.sty slemph.sty titles.sty achicago.sty achicago.bst
+
+#
+## fileset dependencies
+#
+
+# For each fileset with dependencies X, define a variable <fileset>-deps to be
+# a list of other filesets on which it directly depends.  Just list the other
+# filesets that the first fileset DIRECTLY depends on, that is, appears in the
+# argument of a \RequirePackage (\LoadClass, etc.) or \DoXPackageS command.
+# (If a direct dependency in turn depends on another fileset, you should be
+# defining a variable for it as well, and Make will recognize it needs to build
+# all of them.)
+
+# Stable filesets must not depend on beta or alpha filesets; beta filesets must
+# not depend on alpha filesets.
+
+# stable
+abbrevs-deps     = moredefs,relsize,slemph
+achicago-deps    = blkcntrl moredefs titles
+achicago-bst-deps = achicago
+attrib-deps      = dialogue moredefs
+blkcntrl-deps    = moredefs
+compsci-deps     = abbrevs lips moredefs slemph titles
+dialogue-deps    = blkcntrl moredefs
+newclude-deps    = moredefs
+titles-deps      = moredefs slemph
+
+# beta
+bits-deps        = blkcntrl moredefs
+drama-deps       = abbrevs bits dialogue moredefs
+includex-deps    = moredefs
+
+# alpha
+dblefig-deps     = blkcntrl moredefs
+epigraph-deps    = attrib blkcntrl moredefs
+footnote-deps    = blkcntrl moredefs
+margins-deps     = moredefs
+new-margins-deps = moredefs
+quotes-deps	 = blkcntrl
+
+#
+## include Frankenfile
+#
+
+# this must come before any rules in this Makefile
+include $(make-dir)/Frankenfile
+
+#
+## Emacs file variables
+# Local Variables:
+# outline-regexp: "##+"
+# End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5dbb011dc4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% abbrevs.ins          -- docstrip driver for the abbrevs LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    abbrevs.sty or abbrevs.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called abbrevs.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    abbrevs.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{abbrevs.stq}{\from{abbrevs.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file abbrevs.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  abbrevs.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  abbrevs.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed abbrevs.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2b7c10579ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% achicago-bst.ins          -- docstrip driver for the achicago BibTeX style
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    achicago.bst or achicago.bsq.  This
+    BibTeX style will work ONLY if it is called achicago.bst
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    achicago.bst which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this BibTeX style. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+\nopostamble
+
+\generate{\file{achicago.bsq}{\from{achicago.bst}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file achicago.bsq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  achicago.bst.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  achicago.bsq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed achicago.bst and placed where BibTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ef1f8d09939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% achicago.ins          -- docstrip driver for the achicago LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    achicago.sty or achicago.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called achicago.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    achicago.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{achicago.stq}{\from{achicago.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file achicago.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  achicago.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  achicago.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed achicago.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/attrib.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/attrib.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73c15d446e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/attrib.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% attrib.ins          -- docstrip driver for the attrib LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    attrib.sty or attrib.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called attrib.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    attrib.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{attrib.stq}{\from{attrib.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file attrib.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  attrib.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  attrib.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed attrib.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a7375f32fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% blkcntrl.ins          -- docstrip driver for the blkcntrl LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    blkcntrl.sty or blkcntrl.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called blkcntrl.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    blkcntrl.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{blkcntrl.stq}{\from{blkcntrl.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file blkcntrl.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  blkcntrl.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  blkcntrl.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed blkcntrl.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/compsci.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/compsci.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd56d978f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/compsci.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% compsci.ins          -- docstrip driver for the compsci LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    compsci.sty or compsci.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called compsci.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    compsci.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{compsci.stq}{\from{compsci.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file compsci.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  compsci.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  compsci.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed compsci.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..edb5a749642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% dialogue.ins          -- docstrip driver for the dialogue LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    dialogue.sty or dialogue.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called dialogue.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    dialogue.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{dialogue.stq}{\from{dialogue.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file dialogue.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  dialogue.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  dialogue.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed dialogue.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/lips.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/lips.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0188a95fdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/lips.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% lips.ins          -- docstrip driver for the lips LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    lips.sty or lips.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called lips.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    lips.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{lips.stq}{\from{lips.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file lips.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  lips.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  lips.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed lips.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65c45b5a42e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% moredefs.ins          -- docstrip driver for the moredefs LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    moredefs.sty or moredefs.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called moredefs.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    moredefs.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{moredefs.stq}{\from{moredefs.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file moredefs.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  moredefs.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  moredefs.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed moredefs.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/newclude.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/newclude.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c244e03b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/newclude.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% newclude.ins          -- docstrip driver for the newclude LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    newclude.sty or newclude.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called newclude.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    newclude.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{newclude.stq}{\from{newclude.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file newclude.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  newclude.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  newclude.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed newclude.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/slemph.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/slemph.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..47b7cb5927d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/slemph.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% slemph.ins          -- docstrip driver for the slemph LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    slemph.sty or slemph.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called slemph.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    slemph.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{slemph.stq}{\from{slemph.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file slemph.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  slemph.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  slemph.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed slemph.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/titles.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/titles.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4b650ff4d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/titles.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+% titles.ins          -- docstrip driver for the titles LaTeX package
+%
+%   Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%   Please see the copyright notice in \preamble below.
+
+% This file, when run through TeX or LaTeX, will generate fast loadable files
+% from the .sty, .cls, or .bst files mentioned below.
+
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+    This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+
+    This file may have one of TWO names, either
+    titles.sty or titles.stq.  This
+    LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called titles.sty
+    and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+    distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+    titles.sty which functions identically to this one
+    but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+    but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+    for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+    also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+    information.
+
+    This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+    License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+    The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+    part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% This will get changed to either nothing or \nopostamble.
+
+
+\generate{\file{titles.stq}{\from{titles.sty}{}}}
+
+\Msg{}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  The file titles.stq is a faster replacement for the file}
+\Msg{*  titles.sty.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{*  titles.stq is stripped of comments (documentation) and must be}
+\Msg{*  renamed titles.sty and placed where LaTeX can find it}
+\Msg{*  before it may be used.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************************}
+\Msg{}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c3143045c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{abbrevs} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Abbrevs package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{1997/10/18}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{abbrevs.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{25}
+%
+% \section{\cname{DateMarkSize}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize}
+% I like to use this definition instead of the one in the main file, but I
+% didn't want to require \package{abbrevs} to depend on \package{relsize}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{relsize}
+\def\DateMarkSize {%
+  \relsize{-1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Backwards compatibility}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewCategory}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevPlain}
+%    This can be uncommented to deal with anything you might have written that
+%    referred to these variables before I changed their names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\TMNewCategory\NewAbbrevCategory
+% \newlet\TMDefineAbbrevPlain\TMDefineAbbrevStandard
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Suggestions}
+%
+% Here are ideas commented out that you might want to try. 
+%
+% You can learn a helpful general strategy about how to work with hooks in
+% \LaTeX{} from this example.  If you put the inhibitor directly into
+% \cs\PreFootnote, you could never take it out without either losing whatever
+% else had been put into \cs\PreFootnote, or using some thorny procedure that
+% stepped through the macro and removed just the inhibitor (you don't want to
+% try that).  If you add a ``subhook'' to \cs\PreFootnote, you can turn the
+% subhook on or off without even knowing what else in in \cs\PreFootnote.  You
+% can't redefine \cs\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue.  A \cs\newcommand would work as
+% well as the \cs\newlet here, a tad less efficient.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\FootnoteTMHook\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue
+% \addto@macro\PreFootnote {%
+%   \FootnoteTMHook
+% }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% To undo the effect later, say \code{\let\FootnoteTMHook\relax} or
+% \code{\global\let}\lips as appropriate.
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+%
+% I'm presently writing a dissertation on \beckett.  Although there is
+% comparatively little biographical material available, it is well known that
+% he spent several years under the wing of \joyce, another of the great writers
+% in English this century.  \joyce and \beckett, it is curious, like other
+% great writers, both had trouble with their vision, and both were exiles in
+% some sense.  One of my favorite pieces by \beckett is \worst, a short work
+% written in the 1980's not long before his death: ``Fail again.  Fail
+% better.''  \worst is lyric and exalting to me.  A work I feel is underrated
+% is the radio play \fall (all but his three long plays are collected in \csp).
+% It's extremely funny, and very touchingly compassionate.  Because it is a
+% radio play, it loses less from performance to reading.  I would recommend
+% \fall to anyone.  His later plays (and fiction) are famously enigmatic, but
+% with a little practice, it is not hard to see the same lyric beauty and
+% compassion.  Take the brief television play \nacht (in \csp of course), which
+% has no dialogue, only a few murmured bars of the Schubert song, also brief,
+% and also called \nacht---it's one of the most hauntingly beautiful few
+% minutes of music I've ever heard, and I particularly recommend Cheryl
+% Studer's recording on Deutsche Grammophone.  Every other recording I've heard
+% plays too fast.
+% 
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+% 
+% \joyceshort is short for \joyce, not \joyce Smith. 
+% 
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+% 
+% Now some more rigious and boring testing.  Each pair should be identical.
+% 
+% \newbook\aaa{initial}[subsequent]
+% \newname\www{tmacro}[tmacro-subsequent]
+%
+% {\parindent0pt
+%
+% ^^A\def\ldebug#1{\tracingmacros#1\tracingcommands#1\VerboseErrors\relax}
+% \let\ldebug\Gobble
+%
+% \textit{\textitswitch{initial} hello}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \textit{\aaa hello}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textup{\textitswitch{subsequent} hello}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \textup{\aaa hello}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}~tie\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa~tie
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} regular text\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa regular text
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}: colon\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa: colon
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}; semicolon\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa; semicolon
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}. Period.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa. Period.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}!  Exclamation point.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa!  Exclamation point.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}?  Question mark.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa?  Question mark.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}-hyphen.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa-hyphen.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \texttt{texttt}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \texttt{texttt}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} (leftparen)\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa (leftparen)
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% (\textit{subsequent}) rightparen\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% (\aaa) rightparen
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}, comma\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa, comma.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} tmacro\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \www
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}'s face\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa's face
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} ``quote''\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa ``quote''
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} [leftbracket]\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa [leftbracket]
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% [\textit{subsequent}] rightbracket\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% [\aaa] rightbracket
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}{open group}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa {opengroup}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% {\textit{subsequent}} close group\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% {\aaa} close group
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \{realbrace\}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \{realbrace\}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} 666 number\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa 666 number
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} $x=y^2$ math\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa $x=y^2$ math
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \$realdollar\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \$realdollar
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \#numbersign\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \#numbersign
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}/slash\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa /slash
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}\/ italic correction\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \/ italic correction
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}\ explicit space\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \ explicit space
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}\space \cs\space\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \space \cs\space
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \makeatletter
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}\@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \def\ACRcnta{1}
+% \def\ACRcntb{3}
+% \acromake{CIA}{{\ttfamily CIA}}{Central Intelligence Agency}
+% \newcommand\TMacromakebugit {%
+%   \Debug1
+%   \typeout{CIA \expandafter\meaning\csname CIA\endcsname}
+%   \typeout{LONG \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAlong \endcsname}
+%   \typeout{SHORT \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAshort \endcsname}
+%   \typeout{secondary \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAsecondary \endcsname}
+% }
+%
+% The \CIA is overthrowing Nigeria.
+%
+% The \CIA is watching in your window right now.
+%
+% The \CIA will stop that missile.
+%
+% The \CIA!  The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys.
+%
+% Resetting Acromake abbrevs.
+% \TMResetAcromake
+%
+% The \CIA!  The \CIA! The \CIA.  The \CIA guys.
+%
+% } ^^A closes testing group?
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..668013e4133
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `abbrevs.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% abbrevs.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     abbrevs.sty or abbrevs.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called abbrevs.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     abbrevs.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{abbreviation macros (Frankenstein's briefs)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {abbrevs}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/09/08}
+\def\docdate{2001/09/08}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{abbrevs}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@ic@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space@ {%
+  \maybe@ic@
+  \maybe@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@space@ {%
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \reserved@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =%
+                 \nospacelist
+                 \do \t@st@ic
+  \if@tempswa
+    \space
+  \fi
+}
+\ReserveCS\TMResetAll
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAll
+\ReserveCS\TMFontAll
+
+\newcommand\NewAbbrevCategory [1] {% args:  category
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMFont#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMHook#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro
+    \expandafter\TMResetAll\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\ResetAbbrevs [1] {% args: category-list
+  \@for\sc@t@a:=#1\do {%
+    \@ifundefined{TMReset\sc@t@a} {%
+        \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{The abbreviation category \sc@t@a\space
+                                 is not defined!}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@nameuse{TMReset\sc@t@a}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\TMInitialSuffix {%
+  long%
+}
+\newcommand{\TMSubsequentSuffix} {%
+  short%
+}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacro
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevPlain [3] {% args: \csname category body
+  \NewRobustCommand #1 {%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#2}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#2}#3}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+          \tm@check@nocorr #3\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#2}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #3%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@check@nocorr} {#1#2\nocorr#3\@nil} {%
+  \let\tm@check@left\maybe@ic
+  \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@ic@space}%
+  \def\reserved@a {\nocorr}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \def\reserved@c {#3}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+    \else
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+      \def\check@icr {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty\else
+      \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\newboolean{TMInhibitSwitching} % initially false
+\newboolean{TMAlwaysLong}       % initially false
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcher [5] {% args: definer category csname
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#4}
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !
+        \@tempswafalse
+        ####1%
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+}
+\newcommand\TMDefineAbbrevStandard [3] {% args: category \csname
+                                        %       initial [subsequent]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@defineabbrevstandard{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \TMNewAbbrevPlain{#2}{#1}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@defineabbrevstandard} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: category \csname
+                                                %       initial subsequent
+  \eExpand\expandafter\Gobble\string#2\In {%
+    \TMNewAbbrevSwitcher\TMNewAbbrevPlain{#1}{##1}{#3}{#4}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewUserAbbrevDefiner [2] {% args: \csname category [definer]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}[\TMDefineAbbrevStandard]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@newuserabbrevdefiner}{#1#2[#3]} {% args: \csname category definer
+  \newcommand #1 {%
+    #3{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Generic}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Name}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Book}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Work}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newabbrev}{Generic}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newname}{Name}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newbook}{Book}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newwork}{Work}
+
+\def\TMFontBook {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+\def\TMFontWork {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+\newcommand\DateMark [1] {%
+  \hspace{.2em}{\DateMarkSize\scshape #1}%
+  \@ifnextchar. {%
+      \spacefactor\@m
+    }{% ELSE
+    .\maybe@ic@space
+  }%
+}
+\newlet\DateMarkSize\small
+\newcommand{\PM} {%
+  \DateMark{p.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AM} {%
+  \DateMark{a.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\BC} {%
+  \DateMark{b.c}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AD} {%
+  \DateMark{a.d}%
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{acromake}{%
+    \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{LaTeX is about to fail because \protect\acromake
+is already defined.\MessageBreak Probably you have loaded acromake.sty, and if
+so,\MessageBreak you should simply not load it, since abbrevs.sty
+emulates\MessageBreak acromake.sty.}
+  }{%ELSE
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Acromake}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\acromake}{Acromake}[\TMAcromakeDefiner]
+
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix {secondary}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@acromake@pageref
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAcromakeHook
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake [5] {% args: definer category csname
+  #1{#3}{\TMInitialSuffix}{#2}{#4}
+  #1{#3}{\TMSubsequentSuffix}{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !
+        \@tempswafalse
+        ####1%
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+}
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeDefiner [4] {% args: category csname acronym fulltext
+  \ifnum \ACRcnta < 1\relax
+    \def\ACRcnta {1}%
+  \fi%
+  \Global\NewName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}% macro for counting occurrences
+  \TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake\TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#1}{#2}{#4 (#3)}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#1\endcsname {%
+    \global\DefName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}%
+  }%
+    \TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#2}{\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix}
+      {Acromake}
+      {#3\ (see Page \pageref{TMacromake:#2})}%
+}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacroRootname
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevAcromake [4] {% args: csname-root csname-suffix category body
+  \expandafter\NewRobustCommand\csname #1#2\endcsname {%
+    \gdef\TMCurrentMacroRootname {#1}%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#3}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#3}#4}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+          \tm@check@nocorr #4\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#3}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #4%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@t % temp
+\def\TMHookAcromake {%
+  \edef\tm@t{\TMCurrentMacroRootname}%
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = -1\relax
+    \eExpand\tm@t\In{%
+      \label{TMacromake:##1}%
+    }%
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+  \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta\relax
+    \expandafter\global\csname @\tm@t@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  \else
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcnta\relax
+      \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+\SaveName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+\global\EElet\csname \tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname
+     \csname \tm@t\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix\endcsname
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcntb\relax
+      \RestoreName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \TMHookAcromakeHook
+}
+\newcounter{tm@util}
+\newcommand{\tm@incmacro} [1] {% arg: acroabbrev
+  \eExpand\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname\In {%
+    \setcounter{tm@util}{##1}%
+  }%
+  \stepcounter{tm@util}%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname {\thetm@util}%
+}
+\newcommand\ACRcnta {1}
+\newcommand\ACRcntb {2}
+\newcommand\AcromakePageref {(see Page ##1)}
+\InputIfFileExists{abbrevs.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `abbrevs.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e325c698b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   abbrevs LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, abbrevs.tex
+%   and abbrevs.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{683}
+% 
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   ``Abbreviation macros'' expand to defined text and insert following space
+%   intelligently, based on context.  They can also expand to one thing the first
+%   time they are used and another thing on subsequent invocations.  Thus they
+%   can be abbreviations in two senses, in the source and in the document.
+%   Useful applications include the abstraction of textual elements such as names
+%   without fussing over spacing and the automatic expansion of abbreviations and
+%   acronyms at their first use.  The initial and subsequent expansions of an
+%   abbreviation macro are available at any time via explicit commands.
+%   Abbreviation macros are grouped into categories; there are hooks applicable
+%   to each category.  Categories can be reset so that subsequent abbreviation
+%   macros in that category behave as if used for the first time again.
+%
+%   A generic facility is also provided for suffixes like 1900\BC and 6:00\PM,
+%   which correctly handles following periods.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+%   \section{General}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\nospacelist}
+%   An abbreviation macro \cs\foo that expands to \meta{text} is robust;
+%   \cs\foo can be used in place of \meta{text} almost anywhere.  A space is
+%   inserted following an abbreviation macro when the first non-white character
+%   following it is \emph{not} in the set \cs\nospacelist, whose default value
+%   is \verb*|,.':;?-/~!)]{}\ \/\@xobeysp|.
+%
+%   When an abbreviation macro has different initial and subsequent expansions,
+%   either may be explicitly requested by adding a suffix to the abbreviation
+%   macro.  The commands |\|\meta{command}|short| and |\|\meta{command}|long|
+%   are also defined whenever an abbreviation macro |\|\meta{command} is
+%   defined.  Using the |\|\meta{command}|long| command does not affect what
+%   the next abbreviation macros expands to. 
+%
+%   All abbreviation macros are assigned categories, identified by a string.
+%   Four categories are defined by the package, and it is easy to add more.
+%   Categories facilitate handling different groups of abbreviation macros in
+%   different ways.
+%
+%   \caveat{Regarding CJK macros and probably other 8-bit input.  If you use
+%   the \package{abbrevs} package with the CJK macros for typesetting Chinese,
+%   Japanese, and Korean text, you must define your abbreviations within the
+%   CJK environment.  I believe that the CJK macros work by interpreting 8-bit
+%   input in the source file.  But this input is only interpreted properly
+%   within the CJK environment.  If you define the abbrevs outside, such as in
+%   the preamble, you will just get a bunch of numbers when your abbreviation
+%   expands.}
+%
+%   I would use capital letters for the name of this macro, since it doesn't
+%   seem like a user command to me, but I'm modelling after the kernel's
+%   \cs\nocorrlist.
+%
+%   \section{Usage}
+%
+%   \newbook\worst{Worstward Ho}
+%   \newbook\fall{All That Fall}
+%   \newbook\nacht{Nacht und Tr\"aume}
+%   \newbook\csp{Collected Shorter Plays \emph{(}CSP\emph{)}}[CSP]
+%   \newname\joyce{James Joyce}[Joyce]
+%   \newname\nixon{Richard Milhous Nixon}[Nixon]
+%   \newname\ww{Wordsworth}
+%   \newname\beckett{Samuel Beckett}[Beckett]
+%   \newwork\godot{Waiting for Godot}[Godot]
+%   \newbook\prelude{The Prelude}
+%   \newabbrev\ART{American Repetrory Theater (ART)}[ART]
+%^^A FIX -- reduce, move
+% Examples of how to define abbreviation macros:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%   \newbook\worst{Worstward Ho}
+%   \newbook\fall{All That Fall}
+%   \newbook\nacht{Nacht und Tr\"aume}
+%   \newbook\csp{Collected Shorter Plays \emph{(}CSP\emph{)}}[CSP]
+%   \newname\joyce{James Joyce}[Joyce]
+%   \newname\nixon{Richard Milhous Nixon}[Nixon]
+%   \newname\ww{Wordsworth}
+%   \newname\beckett{Samuel Beckett}[Beckett]
+%   \newwork\godot{Waiting for Godot}[Godot]
+%   \newbook\prelude{The Prelude}
+%   \newabbrev\ART{American Repetrory Theater (ART)}[ART]
+% \end{codeexample}
+% 
+% \todo{Give example of using |short| or |long|.}
+%
+% Examples of how to use the macros, and how they are typeset:\relax
+% \footnote{\cs\lips is defined in the \package{lips} package, part of the
+% \Frankenstein bundle.}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   The manuscripts of \ww's \prelude differ. \lips Before he began \prelude,
+%   \ww wrote \lips
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \nixon was the 37st American President. \lips Many Americans like my uncle
+%   Norm voted for \nixon enthusiastically in both 1968 and 1972.
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \beckett gained international noteriety with the play \godot in the early
+%   1950s.  \beckett wrote \godot, he said, as a diversion from the novels he
+%   was then writing.  I have seen this play at the \ART in Cambridge,
+%   Massachusetts.  The \ART is often disappointing, but I liked their
+%   production of \godot.
+% \end{bothexample}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro{\newabbrev}
+%   \cs\newabbrev\marg{\\command}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an
+%   abbreviation macro \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Generic}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newname}
+%   \cs\newname\marg{\\command}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an
+%   abbreviation macro \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Name}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newbook}
+%   \cs\newbook\marg{\\command}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an
+%   abbreviation macro \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Book}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newwork}
+%   \cs\newwork\marg{\\command}\marg{bibliography
+%   key}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an abbreviation macro
+%   \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Work}.  Works can be distinguished from
+%   books by being listed in a separate bibliography, e.g., of primary works
+%   referred to by short titles in the main text.  The defining command
+%   therefore requires a \BibTeX{} key as an argument.  The first use of the
+%   work serves as a citation to that bibliography, and all uses of the work
+%   generate an index entry.
+%
+% \todo{\cat{Work}s are not yet fully implemented.  Presently they are the same
+% as \cat{Book}s.}
+%
+%   \section{Date Marks}
+% \DescribeMacro{\PM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\AM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\BC}
+% \DescribeMacro{\AD}
+%   These variants of abbreviation macros correctly handle following periods.
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     She left for work before 6\AM, but
+%     did not arrive until 12\PM.  The
+%     interval 5\BC--5\AD is one year
+%     shorter than the interval
+%     95\AD--105\AD.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+%   \section{Emulation of \package{acromake}}
+% We emulate the \package{acromake} package by Paul A.~Thompson (version of
+% 1995/7/16 at \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/acromake.sty}).
+% \package{Abbrevs} will issue an informative warning when it guesses it is
+% about to fail because \package{acromake} is already loaded (we cannot know
+% for certain if it is).  I will add an option so that \package{abbrevs} and
+% \package{acromake} can both be loaded if anyone persuades me it will be
+% useful.
+%
+% One reason to emulate \package{acromake} with \package{abbrevs} is that it
+% can be done easily and by doing so we can avoid keeping two packages around
+% when one will do.  Another is that \package{abbrevs} is a more general and
+% powerful package which adds value to \package{acromake} functionality.
+% \package{Abbrevs} should be a drop-in replacement for \package{acromake}, but
+% you can also take advantage of features of \package{abbrevs}: acromake-style
+% abbreviations obey \cs\TMInhibitSwitching, and they are defined as their own
+% category of abbreviations, \cat{Acromake}, so that \package{acromake}-style
+% abbreviations can be manipulated with the general mechanisms available to any
+% category.
+%
+% The following three \package{acromake} user commands are implemented in
+% \package{abbrevs}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\acromake}
+% \cs\acromake \marg{csname}\marg{initial text}\marg{final text}  FIX dox
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ACRcnta}
+% The macro \cs\ACRcnta contains the number of times (default 1) the initial
+% text (full text) is given.  Use \cs\renewcommand to redefine it.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ACRcntb}
+% The macro \cs\ACRcntb contains the number of iterations (default 2) before
+% the final text is given.  The intermediate text (final text plus page
+% reference) is therefore given $\mbox{|ACRcntb|} - \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$ times.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AcromakePageref}
+% Define the macro \cs\AcromakePageref to contain the text that expresses the
+% page reference.  \package{Abbrevs} will replace the string |##1| in the
+% definition of this macro with the page number where the abbreviation was
+% first used (more precisely, with |\pageref{|\meta{label}|}|).  The default
+% value is |(see Page ##1)| for compatibility with \package{acromake}.  The
+% styles I am familiar with would call for a lowercase ``page.''
+%
+% \caveat{\cs\AcromakePageref not implemented yet}
+%
+%    \subsection{Possible discrepancies}
+%  The counter |util| and the macros \cs\pv and \cs\addtomacro are used
+%  internally by \package{acromake} and are not defined in \package{abbrevs}.
+%  (If you managed to find some use for \cs\addtomacro, you will probably see
+%  easily how to redefine it in this context---and if not, write me.)
+%
+%  The emulation may behave slightly differently due to the difference beteween
+%  the way the \package{xspace} package handles following punctuation and space
+%  and the way \package{abbrevs} does.  I think \package{abbrevs} is very
+%  likely to be as good or better than \package{xspace} at making these
+%  decisions.  Let me know if you think otherwise.
+%
+%   \section{Programmers' interface}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ResetAbbrevs}
+%   When abbreviation macros are reset, their next invocation will expand to
+%   the initial text.  Subsequent occurrences will expand to the subsequent
+%   text again.  For exmaple, using \cs\ResetAbbrevs|{Name}| at the beginning
+%   of chapters will cause the full name to be used only for the first
+%   occurrence in each chapter.  \cs\ResetAbbrevs\marg{category list} resets
+%   all abbreviation macros of the listed categories.  The list is
+%   comma-separated, and the category \cat{All} is a shorthand for all defined
+%   categories.   Example:
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%     \SaveCS\chapter
+%     \renewcommand\chapter {%
+%       \ResetAbbrevs{All}%
+%       \MDSavedchapter
+%     }
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewAbbrevCategory}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMFontAll}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMHookAll}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMResetAll}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMFont<category>}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMHook<category>}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMReset<category>}
+%   To create new categories of abbreviation, use
+%   \cs\NewAbbrevCategory\marg{category name}.  Macros
+%   \cs\TMFont\meta{category}, \cs\TMHook\meta{category}, and
+%   \cs\TMReset{}\meta{category} are all reserved.  The hook and font slots
+%   start empty.  The virtual category \cat{All} is predefined and refers to
+%   all defined categories.  \cs\TMHookAll and \cs\TMFontAll are called
+%   \emph{before} the respective category-specific commands.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewUserAbbrevDefiner}
+%   \cs\NewUserAbbrevDefiner\marg{defining
+%   command}\marg{category}\oarg{definer} defines a user command \meta{defining
+%   command}.  With the default \meta{definer}, \cs\TMDefineAbbrevStandard,
+%   the \meta{defining command} will take the arguments \marg{abbrev
+%   command}\marg{initial text}\oarg{subsequent text} and defines
+%   \meta{abbrev command} to be a plain or switching abbreviation macro as
+%   appropriate.  If given, the optional argument \meta{definer} should be a
+%   macro name, which will be first be passed a \marg{category}, then will
+%   read user arguments (e.g., in the case of \cs\TMDefineAbbrevStandard,
+%   \marg{cs}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent}).  The \meta{definer} is
+%   expected of course to do something like define \marg{cs}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMInitialSuffix}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMSubsequentSuffix}
+%   The factory default suffixes ``short'' and ``long'' may be changed by
+%   changing the definitions of \cs\TMSubsequentSuffix and
+%   \cs\TMInitialSuffix.  The change should be made after the package is
+%   loaded but before any abbreviation macros have been defined.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\DateMark}
+%   Abbreviation macros like \cs\PM are defined as \cs\DateMark{}s, like this,
+%   without the final period:
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%     \newcommand\PM {%
+%       \DateMark{p.m}%
+%     }
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+%  \DescribeMacro{\ifTMInhibitSwitching}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMInhibitSwitchingfalse}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\ifTMAlwaysLong}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMAlwaysLongtrue}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMAlwaysLongfalse}
+% When \cname{ifTMInhibitSwitching} is true, first occurrences of an
+% abbreviation macro will expand to the initial expansion as usual, but they
+% will not trigger the change to subsequent expansions.  Example: inhibit
+% switching inside footnotes, and abbreviations will not be spelled out for the
+% first and only time in a footnote. That is, if their first appearance is in a
+% footnote, their first appearance in the main text will also expand to the
+% long version.  See the configuration file for how to do this.
+%
+% When \cs\TMAlwaysLong is true, every abbreviation macro expands to its
+% initial expansion.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{abbreviation macros (Frankenstein's briefs)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {abbrevs}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/09/08}
+\def\docdate{2001/09/08}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{abbrevs}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%   \section{Requirements}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \caveat{These docs could be much improved.  There are far too many things
+% called ``definers.''  Cleaning up the basic code concepts wouldn't hurt either.}
+%
+%   \section{Basics}
+%
+% Let's begin with the tricky part of inserting space based on context.  The
+% strategy is: first, if the following character is not in \cs\nocorr and the
+% current font is not slanted, insert an italic correction with
+% \cname{sw@slant}; second, if the following character is not in
+% \cs\nospacelist, insert a space.
+%
+% Again, in pseudocode:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% LET T = the next token
+% IF (slanted font is current AND T NOT IN \nocorrlist)
+%   \sw@slant
+% FI
+% IF T NOT IN \nospacelist
+%   \space
+% FI
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nospacelist}
+%   Put these in the order of their frequency.  Anything in \cs\nocorrlist
+%   should also be in here, most likely.  I'm putting in \cname{@xobeysp}
+%   because it's in the \package{xspace} package, but I can't tell you when it
+%   would come up.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@ic@space}
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@ic@space@}
+%   \cname{maybe@ic@space} checks the next character and inserts an italic
+%   correction and space as appropriate.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@ic@space@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   We first call the kernel's \cname{maybe@ic@}, then our own
+%   \cname{maybe@space@}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space@ {%
+  \maybe@ic@
+  \maybe@space@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@space}
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@space@}
+%   \cname{maybe@space} and \cname{maybe@space@} are very similar to the
+%   kernel's analogs \cname{maybe@ic} and \cname{maybe@ic@}, but they check
+%   \cs\nospacelist instead of \cs\nocorr.  \cname{t@st@ic} sets
+%   \cname{@tempswa} false if \cname{@let@token} is in \cs\nospacelist.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\maybe@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@space@ {%
+  \@tempswatrue
+%  \DTypeout{In maybe@space@ my lettoken is [\meaning\@let@token]}%
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \reserved@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =%
+                 \nospacelist
+                 \do \t@st@ic
+  \if@tempswa
+    \space
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Categories}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ResetAbbrevs}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewAbbrevCategory}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetAll}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookAll}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontAll}
+%   Each time an abbreviation of category \cat{C} is defined, some tokens are
+%   added to the contents of |\TMReset|\meta{C}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMResetAll
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAll
+\ReserveCS\TMFontAll
+
+\newcommand\NewAbbrevCategory [1] {% args:  category
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMFont#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMHook#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro
+    \expandafter\TMResetAll\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\ResetAbbrevs [1] {% args: category-list
+  \@for\sc@t@a:=#1\do {%
+    \@ifundefined{TMReset\sc@t@a} {%
+        \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{The abbreviation category \sc@t@a\space
+                                 is not defined!}%
+      }{% ELSE    
+      \@nameuse{TMReset\sc@t@a}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+%   \section{Suffixes}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMInitialSuffix}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMSubsequentSuffix}
+%   When an abbreviation macro is created, two additional commands with these
+%   suffixes are also created.  For example, \cs\foo, \cs\foolong, and
+%   \cs\fooshort.  When abbrevs are used in such a way that ``long'' and
+%   ``short'' don't make sense, it would make sense to change these to
+%   something more descriptive.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TMInitialSuffix {%
+  long%
+}
+\newcommand{\TMSubsequentSuffix} {%
+  short%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Plain abbreviations}
+%
+% The checking that \cname{sw@slant} does for skips and penalties on the list
+% is going to be superfluous for the applications I imagine.  But we trade that
+% for a more flexible macro.
+%
+% We don't check for \cs\nocorr or an empty body; maybe we should when it's
+% first defined; but I ran into really hairy expansion troubles trying to do
+% that and use \cs\DeclareRobustCommand.  FIX.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewAbbrevPlain}
+%   Things are easy when the abbreviation doesn't switch between initial and
+%   subsequent expansions.
+% \todo{pass root and suffix instead of \code{\csname} so that we don't have to parse
+%   it out again later from tmcurrentmacro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacro
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevPlain [3] {% args: \csname category body
+  \NewRobustCommand #1 {%
+%    \xdef\TMCurrentMacro {\expandafter\Gobble\string#1}%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#2}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#2}#3}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We can skip the check for emptiness and containing just a space, since those
+% won't occur with abbreviation macros except by accident, I think.  We proceed
+% straight to a check for \cs\nocorr{}s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \tm@check@nocorr #3\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#2}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #3%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@check@nocorr}
+%   This corresponds to the kernel's \cname{check@nocorr@}.  We simply
+%   substitute \cname{maybe@ic@space} and \cname{maybe@space} in where
+%   necessary.  We also use \cname{tm@check@left} and \cname{tm@check@right}
+%   instead of \cname{check@icl} and \cname{check@icr}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{tm@check@nocorr} {#1#2\nocorr#3\@nil} {%
+  \let\tm@check@left\maybe@ic
+  \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@ic@space}%
+  \def\reserved@a {\nocorr}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \def\reserved@c {#3}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+    \else
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+      \def\check@icr {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty\else
+      \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Control booleans}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifTMInhibitSwitching}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMInhibitSwitchingfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifTMAlwaysLong}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMAlwaysLongtrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMAlwaysLongfalse}
+%   Control booleans.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{TMInhibitSwitching} % initially false
+\newboolean{TMAlwaysLong}       % initially false
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Switching abbreviations}
+%
+% \vspace{7ex}^^A kludge to handle all those macro names 
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewAbbrevSwitcher}
+%   Here is the main abbreviation macro definer.  It works by defining two
+%   macros, one for the initial text and one for the subsequent text, and
+%   setting up a third user command to choose between the two as appropriate.
+%   (The first two are made available to the user by explicit call as well.)
+%   The function used to define the two macros is passed as the first argument
+%   to this function.  Supplied definers are \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain (I will
+%   write \cs\TMNewAbbrevWork and \cs\TMNewAbbrevDotclose soon FIX).  The
+%   second argument is the category---each definer takes at least three
+%   arguments: a command name, a category, and the content.  The third argument
+%   is the user macro name to be created, and the fourth and fifth arguments
+%   are the initial and subsequent expansion texts.
+%
+%   The first part sets three token variables to the three command sequences
+%   that this macro is going to define---the user, initial, and subsequent
+%   commands.  The user command checks its associated boolean variable to see
+%   whether it has been called before.  If so, it calls the ``subsequent''
+%   macro; if not, the ``initial'' macro.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcher [5] {% args: definer category csname 
+%                                    %       initial subseq.
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#4}
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   We've created the initial and subsequent macros, and the boolean.  Now we
+%   define the user macro.  This definition is tricky.  In pseudocode, it looks
+%   like this:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% if #3 definable then
+%   #3 := { if (#3-mentioned AND NOT TMAlwaysLong) then
+%             #3-short
+%           else 
+%             if NOT TMInhibitSwitching then #3-mentioned := (global) true
+%             #3-long
+%           fi }
+% fi
+% \end{codeexample}
+% Hmm, I'm not sure this is any more readable than a sea of
+% \cs\expandafter\cs\noexpand{}s.
+%
+% Notice that in a switching abbrev, the -mentioned boolean is set to true
+% \emph{before} calling the macro itself, so that the hook can check and
+% possibly alter the value.  The \package{acromake} emulation takes advantage
+% of this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+%                is ##1 below:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ####1:
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ########1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################1:
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################################1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%     \gdef\<csname>{%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !                      
+        \@tempswafalse
+%       \if@<csname>mentioned
+        ####1%                         
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+%           \global\@<csname>@mentionedtrue
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMInitialSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+%        \expandafter  \gdef
+%          \expandafter\TMCurrentMacro
+%          \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+} 
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \caveat{The \cs\csname{}s (e.g., either \cs\foolong or \cs\fooshort)
+% \emph{must} be the very last thing to occur in the definitions, or the
+% \cs\futurelet that checks following spacing in, e.g., \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain
+% will break.  This is why we use the construction with \cname{sc@t@a}.  No
+% space must sneak into the macros, either!}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The hard work is done.  Now we define some macros to help create new
+% categories.
+%
+%   \section{Defining commands}
+%
+% A \meta{definer} is always called with a category as a first argument.  The
+% only definers in this version of this package are this one and the one that
+% emulates the \package{acromake} package.  More later!
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevStandard}
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@defineabbrevstandard}
+%   \cs\TMDefineAbbrevStandard is the standard \meta{definer} that makes the
+%   choice between defining an switching or a plain abbreviation, depending on
+%   whether the user supplies a subsequent text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TMDefineAbbrevStandard [3] {% args: category \csname 
+                                        %       initial [subsequent]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@defineabbrevstandard{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \TMNewAbbrevPlain{#2}{#1}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@defineabbrevstandard} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: category \csname 
+                                                %       initial subsequent
+  \eExpand\expandafter\Gobble\string#2\In {%
+    \TMNewAbbrevSwitcher\TMNewAbbrevPlain{#1}{##1}{#3}{#4}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewUserAbbrevDefiner}
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@newuserabbrevdefiner}
+%   \mbox{} 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewUserAbbrevDefiner [2] {% args: \csname category [definer]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}[\TMDefineAbbrevStandard]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@newuserabbrevdefiner}{#1#2[#3]} {% args: \csname category definer
+  \newcommand #1 {%
+    #3{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Basic categories}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetGeneric}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetName}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetBook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookGeneric}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookName}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookBook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontGeneric}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontName}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontBook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\newabbrev}
+% \begin{macro}{\newname}
+% \begin{macro}{\newbook}
+% \begin{macro}{\newwork}
+%    Right now, the \cat{Book} and \cat{Work} categories are separate but
+%    equal.  A future revision will distinguish them by keeping track of more
+%    information about \cat{Work}s, with the idea of using them to generate a
+%    separate bibliography and index in a long document that refers to a
+%    certain list of books by short titles.  E.g., my thesis is on Samuel
+%    Beckett, and I want to refer to his works by short titles, and
+%    automatically generate a Beckett bibliography of only the ones I use,
+%    listed by title.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Generic}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Name}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Book}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Work}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newabbrev}{Generic}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newname}{Name}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newbook}{Book}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newwork}{Work}
+
+\def\TMFontBook {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+\def\TMFontWork {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Date marks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMark}
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DateMark [1] {%
+  \hspace{.2em}{\DateMarkSize\scshape #1}%
+  \@ifnextchar. {%
+      \spacefactor\@m
+    }{% ELSE
+    .\maybe@ic@space
+  }%
+}
+\newlet\DateMarkSize\small
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PM}
+% \begin{macro}{\AM}
+% \begin{macro}{\BC}
+% \begin{macro}{\AD}
+%   Some common time abbreviations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\PM} {%
+  \DateMark{p.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AM} {%
+  \DateMark{a.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\BC} {%
+  \DateMark{b.c}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AD} {%
+  \DateMark{a.d}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Emulation of \package{Acromake}}
+%
+% \caveat{This code is a \emph{mess!}  Consider all but the user functions
+% ``internal.''  I will reimplement it all another time.  Meanwhile it works,
+% and the user interface is \package{acromake}'s anyway, so it won't change.}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetAcromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontAcromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookAcromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookAcromakeHook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix}
+% \begin{macro}{\acromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@acromake@pageref}
+%   Define the category \cat{Acromake} and declare its user defining
+%   command to be \cs\acromake.  Create a suffix \TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix
+%   analogous to \cs\TMInitialSuffix and \cs\TMSubsequentSuffix.
+%
+% Instead of building more generality into \package{abbrevs}, I emulate
+% \package{acromake} with a few hacks, since I don't see a \emph{general} need
+% for more than two expansions.  Counting iterations, on the other hand, is
+% something I would like to do for all abbrevs.  Doing so is tantamount to
+% replacing the present |-mentioned| booleans with ``counter'' macros.
+%
+% The emulation is done in the following way.  Let's call the three expansions
+% of an \package{acromake} macro the \meta{am-initial}, \meta{am-secondary},
+% and \meta{am-subsequent} expansions, in order.  These must be mapped onto the
+% \package{abbrevs} concepts of \term{inital} and \term{subsequent} expansions.
+% The \cs\acromake command as I define it here defines a switching abbrev whose
+% initial text contains \meta{am-initial} and subsequent text contains
+% \meta{am-subsequent}.  It also defines a plain abbrev with a suffix
+% \cs\TMAcroSecondarySuffix (analogous to \cs\TMInitialSuffix and
+% \cs\TMSubsequentSuffix) that expands to \meta{am-secondary}.  In a switching
+% abbrev, the associated |-mentioned| boolean is set to |true| \emph{before}
+% calling the macro itself (and therefore its hook).  The hook can therefore
+% reset the boolean to |false|, and I do this in \cs\TMHookAcromake until it is
+% time to go from the \meta{am-initial} to the \meta{am-secondary} expansions.
+% \cs\TMInhibitSwitching affects the \cat{Acromake} category like all others,
+% and \cs\TMResetAcromake behaves as expected.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{acromake}{%
+    \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{LaTeX is about to fail because \protect\acromake
+is already defined.\MessageBreak Probably you have loaded acromake.sty, and if
+so,\MessageBreak you should simply not load it, since abbrevs.sty
+emulates\MessageBreak acromake.sty.}
+  }{%ELSE
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Acromake}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\acromake}{Acromake}[\TMAcromakeDefiner]
+
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix {secondary}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@acromake@pageref
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We're going to use the main hook, so provide another free one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAcromakeHook
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% I'm not sure why \package{acromake} does this check for odd values of
+% \cs\ACRcnta.  I use logic below that I think does reasonable things with odd
+% values.
+% 
+% I think \package{acromake} tried to inhibit using \meta{am-secondary} when it
+% appeared on the same page as the (first!)\ \meta{am-initial} instance, but I
+% also think there was a spurious $0$ in the source that broke this feature.
+% I've emulated the working feature.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% consider these acromake functions internal for now!
+% differs from regular version in passing args to definer
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake [5] {% args: definer category csname 
+%                                    %       initial subseq.
+  #1{#3}{\TMInitialSuffix}{#2}{#4}
+  #1{#3}{\TMSubsequentSuffix}{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+%                is ##1 below:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ####1:
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ########1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################1:
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################################1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%     \gdef\<csname>{%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !                      
+        \@tempswafalse
+%       \if@<csname>mentioned
+        ####1%                         
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+%           \global\@<csname>@mentionedtrue
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMInitialSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+%        \expandafter  \gdef
+%          \expandafter\TMCurrentMacro
+%          \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+} 
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeDefiner [4] {% args: category csname acronym fulltext
+  \ifnum \ACRcnta < 1\relax
+    \def\ACRcnta {1}%
+  \fi%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \package{Acromake} uses a suffix of |z| here, which IMHO is a bad idea, so
+%  I use something a user will not put in a source file: a prefix of |tm@acromake@|.
+%  See below for why we start at $-1$.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \Global\NewName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}% macro for counting occurrences
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define an abbrev that switches from \meta{am-initial} to
+% \meta{am-subsequent}.  Hack the resetting macro to reset the count as well as
+% the |-mentioned| boolean.  Reset to $0$ not $-1$ so that we only label once!
+% Is this an argument for having the ``mentioned'' boolean switch at the
+% transition from \meta{am-secondary} to \meta{am-subsequent}?  (so that
+% resetting goes back to \meta{am-secondary} instead of \meta{am-initial}.)  I
+% think so; or, better, define a \emph{new} label each time we reset.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake\TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#1}{#2}{#4 (#3)}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#1\endcsname {%
+    \global\DefName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define an additional abbrev that expands to \meta{am-secondary}.  In the code
+% below, Fred replaces the |#1| with something else with |#1| in it; Ethel
+% replaces the new |#1| with the contents of \cname{sc@toks@a}.  (The |#| is
+% quoted with more |#|'s below.)  Hmm, this expansion business could probably
+% be simplified by thinking it through from the beginning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%   \def\tm@acromake@pageref {%
+%     \sc@toks@a={\noexpand\pageref{TMacromake:#2}}%
+%     \EExpand\AcromakePageref\In {%  ``Fred''
+%       \EExpand\sc@toks@a\In {% ``Ethel''
+%         ####1%
+%       }%
+%     }%
+%   }%
+%  \eExpand\tm@acromake@pageref\In {%
+    \TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#2}{\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix}
+      {Acromake}
+      {#3\ (see Page \pageref{TMacromake:#2})}%
+%        {#3\ ##1}%
+%  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now define \cs\TMHookAcromake.  
+% Arg, first have to define an alternative of \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain because of
+% the odd problem described above.  Same as \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain except takes
+% first argument in two parts and defines \TMCurrentMacroRootname, which will
+% be used in the hook.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacroRootname
+% plain's args: csname category body
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevAcromake [4] {% args: csname-root csname-suffix category body
+  \expandafter\NewRobustCommand\csname #1#2\endcsname {%
+    \gdef\TMCurrentMacroRootname {#1}%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#3}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#3}#4}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We can skip the check for emptiness and containing just a space, since those
+% won't occur with abbreviation macros except by accident, I think.  We proceed
+% straight to a check for \cs\nocorr{}s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \tm@check@nocorr #4\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#3}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #4%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+%\def\tm@chop#1 {#1}%
+%\def\tm@choplong#1long{#1}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@t % temp
+\def\TMHookAcromake {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We handle inhibition of switching as follows.  If the count is $-1$, this is
+% the first iteration, so make the \cs\label, increment the count to $0$, and
+% proceed.  If switching is not inhibited, increment the counter.  Then proceed
+% with choosing the right expansion based on the counter.  A first iteration in
+% the normal case will therefore increment the counter twice from $-1$ to $1$.
+% A first iteration in the case that switching is inhibited will advance the
+% counter once to $0$, where it will stay until switching is permitted.
+%
+% I need to extract the root name from the three suffixed names -- why can't I
+% do that?!
+%    \begin{codeexample}
+% \documentclass{minimal}
+% \begin{document}
+% \def\gobble#1{}
+% \def\one{j}
+% \edef\two{\expandafter\gobble\string\j}
+% %\edef\two{\two} % doesn't help
+% \edef\three{\two}
+% \typeout{one: [\meaning\one]}
+% \typeout{two: [\meaning\two]}
+% [\one] [\two]
+% \typeout{\ifx\one\two ifx same\else ifx different -- WHY?!\fi}
+% \typeout{\if\one\two if same\else if different\fi}
+%    \end{codeexample}
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%  \edef\tm@t{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\TMCurrentMacro}%
+%  \edef\tm@t{\E@cdr\tm@t\@nil}%
+%  \edef\tm@t{\expandafter\tm@choplong\TMCurrentMacro}%
+  \edef\tm@t{\TMCurrentMacroRootname}%
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = -1\relax
+    \eExpand\tm@t\In{%
+%      \typeout{initial: labeling ##1}%
+      \label{TMacromake:##1}%
+    }%
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+  \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+%  \typeout{BEGIN: count is \csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $< \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$, reset the |-mentioned| boolean so
+% that the expansion will be the initial text i.e., \meta{am-initial}, again
+% the next time.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% doesn't work:
+%  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta%
+% doesn't work:
+%  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta %
+% works:  I have no clue why...
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta\relax
+%    \typeout{use before cnta}%
+    \expandafter\global\csname @\tm@t@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $= \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$, use the initial text (i.e.,
+% \meta{am-initial}) one last time and switch to using \meta{am secondary} next
+% time.  We allow the |-mentioned| boolean to become |true| by refraining from
+% resetting it.  We save the existing subsequent macro (which expands to
+% \meta{am-subsequent}) and substitute the abbrev that expands to
+% \meta{am-secondary}.  The bounds check on \cs\ACRcnta at the beginning
+% guarantees that we execute this clause once.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcnta\relax
+      \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+%	\typeout{use at cnta A}%
+	\SaveName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+%	\typeout{use at cnta B}%
+	\global\EElet\csname \tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname
+		     \csname \tm@t\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix\endcsname
+%	\typeout{use at cnta C}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $> \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$ and $<= \mbox{|ACRcntb|}$,
+% the expansion is \meta{am-secondary}, we only check whether we are currently
+% on the page of the original use of the \meta{am-initial} text and in this
+% case use \meta{am-subsequent}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%     \@tempswafalse
+%     \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcntb\relax
+%       \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname > \ACRcnta\relax
+% 	\@tempswatrue
+%       \fi
+%     \else
+%       \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcntb\relax
+%         \@tempswatrue
+%       \fi
+%     \fi
+%     % ie    cnta < count <= cntb
+%     \if@tempswa  
+% %      \typeout{use between cnta and cntb}%
+%         \eExpand\tm@t\In{%
+%             \typeout{page [\thepage]  ref [\r@TMacromake:##1]}%
+%           \expandafter\ifnum\expandafter\thepage\expandafter=\csname r@TMacromake:##1\endcsname\relax
+% %            \typeout{this instance should be subsequent instead of secondary}%
+%             % insert a * to signal where:
+% %            *%
+%             % FIX how to do it??  I leave it broken for now, as it is broken in acromake
+% 	    % itself, 
+%           \fi
+%         }%
+%     \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $= \mbox{|ACRcntb|}$, we want to restore the definition of
+% the subsequent macro.  This test is not in an \cs\else clause to handle the
+% case where $\mbox{|ACRcnta|} = \mbox{|ACRcntb|}$.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcntb\relax
+%      \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname > \ACRcnta\relax
+%	\typeout{use between cnta and cntb}%
+%      \fi
+%    \fi
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcntb\relax
+%      \typeout{use at cntb}%
+      \RestoreName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \TMHookAcromakeHook
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@incmacro}
+% \begin{macro}{\c@tm@util}
+% This is Paul's trick for using a macro like a counter.  I reduce the command
+% to its essential function in this context.  It looks like Paul wanted a more
+% general command.  I think if you define such a command (or set of commands
+% that emulate counters with macros) they do not belong here but in
+% \package{moredefs} or their own package.  I also 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{tm@util}
+\newcommand{\tm@incmacro} [1] {% arg: acroabbrev
+  \eExpand\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname\In {%
+    \setcounter{tm@util}{##1}%
+  }%
+  \stepcounter{tm@util}%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname {\thetm@util}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ACRcnta}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ACRcnta {1}
+\newcommand\ACRcntb {2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AcromakePageref}
+% The string |#1| will make it into the macro, which will in another
+% context be replaced with a \cs\pageref.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AcromakePageref {(see Page ##1)}
+% suggestion:
+% \renewcommand\AcromakePageref {(see page ##1)}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% We've built up the groundwork and leave the definitions of useful things to
+% the configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{abbrevs.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{abbrevs.cfg}{}{}
+% 
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..853e2c2b3c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `achicago.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% achicago.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     achicago.sty or achicago.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called achicago.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     achicago.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+
+%%
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual author-date citations}
+\def\DoXPackageS {achicago}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{achicago}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,slemph,titles,verbatim}
+\newboolean{Annotate}
+\newcommand\annotate {%
+  \Annotatetrue
+}
+\newcommand\noannotate {%
+  \Annotatefalse
+}
+\providesavebox\sc@box@a
+\newcommand\PreCiteWork {%
+  (\csname%
+}
+\newcommand\PostCiteWork {%
+  \end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a})%
+}
+\newcommand\MidCiteWork {%
+  \endcsname,\penalty9000\ \begin{lrbox}{\sc@box@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\citework [2] {%
+  \PreCiteWork #2\MidCiteWork #1\PostCiteWork
+}
+\newcommand\PreAnnotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\defcommand\@openbib@code {%
+  \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+  \itemindent -\bibindent
+  \listparindent \itemindent
+  \parsep \z@
+}
+\let\newblock\relax
+\newcommand\ac@mmmdash {%
+  \rule[.6ex]{3em}{.03ex}%
+}
+\newcommand*\SCduplicate [1] {%
+  \ac@mmmdash
+}
+\newlet\ac@begingobble\comment
+\newlet\ac@endgobble\endcomment
+\newenvironment{SCannotation} {%
+    \ifAnnotate
+      \let\PreQuotation\PreAnnotation
+      \relax\quotation
+    \else
+      \expandafter\ac@begingobble
+    \fi
+  }{%
+  \ifAnnotate
+    \relax\endquotation
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ac@endgobble
+  \fi
+}
+\ReserveCS\SCcite
+\newlet\UnexpandableProtect\@unexpandable@protect
+
+\newcommand*\ac@firstoftwo [2] {#1}
+\newcommand*\ac@secondoftwo [2] {#2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacetwo [2] {#1\ #2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacepretwo [2] {#1\ \PreCite #2}
+
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost [2] {%
+  \PreCite #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi\PostCite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwo [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwopost [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi \PostCite
+}
+
+\newlet\PreCite  (
+\newlet\PostCite )
+\def\cite {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeN {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacepretwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeA {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeANP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newlet\shortcite\cite
+\newlet\shortciteNP\citeNP
+\newlet\shortciteN\citeN
+\newlet\shortciteA\citeA
+\newlet\shortciteANP\citeANP
+\newcommand*\citeyear {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeyearNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\ReserveCS\ac@citesep
+\newcommand\ac@cite@sc {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ;%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@comma {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ,%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite {%
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \@tempswatrue
+      \ac@@cite
+    }{% ELSE
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \ac@@cite[]%
+  }%
+}
+\providecommand\@writeaux {%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout
+}
+\NewName*{ac@@cite} {[#1]#2} {% args: [optarg] label % optarg MANDATORY
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\citation{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \@cite{%
+    \InitCS\sc@t@a
+    \@for\ac@label:=#2\do {%
+      \sc@t@a
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ac@citesep\ }% add space
+      \@ifundefined{b@\ac@label} {%
+          {\bfseries ?}%
+          \@warning{Citation `\ac@label' on page \thepage\space undefined}%
+        }{% ELSE
+        \@nameuse{b@\ac@label}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{#1}%
+}
+\setlength\bibindent{1.5em}
+\newcommand\ac@defbib [2] {%
+  \renewenvironment*{thebibliography} [1] {%
+      #1*{#2\@mkboth{#2}{#2}}%
+      \list{}{%
+                          \leftmargin\z@
+                          \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+                          \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+                          \itemindent -\bibindent
+                          \listparindent \itemindent
+                          \parsep \z@}%
+      \sfcode`\.=\@m
+      \def\newblock {%
+        \hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em%
+      }%
+      \let\@biblabel\Gobble
+      \sloppy
+      \clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+    }{%
+    \def\@noitemerr {%
+      \@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}%
+    }%
+    \relax\endlist
+  }%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{article} {%
+    \ac@defbib{\section}{\refname}%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \ac@defbib{\chapter}{\bibname}%
+}
+\InitCS\ac@defbib  % FIX -- where else can I do this?
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `achicago.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28bb4254297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   achicago LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, achicago.tex
+%   and achicago.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{284}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \package{Achicago} provides a documentation style for \LaTeX{} that aims
+%   for compliance with the \manual.  It uses author-date citations (per
+%   ch.~16), but bibliography entries contain unabbreviated information (per
+%   ch.~15).  Requires accompanying \BibTeX{} bibliography style,
+%   \bst{achicago}.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A FIX no idea why I have to do this.
+%
+% \section{General}
+%
+% This package is a companion to the \bst{achicago} \BibTeX{} bibliography
+% style.  The set of citation commands offered by \package{achicago} is
+% unfortunately shared only with an early implementation of a \manual-compliant
+% documentation style, \package{achicago} and \bst{achicago}.  FIX: any others?
+% In the future, I hope to make \package{achicago} compatible with the most
+% common 
+% 
+% have to commit to using this bibstyle-package combination when you write your
+% sources.  This needn't be true, and one day I am going to create a series of
+% mappings from other common bibstyles that are conceptually similar, such as
+% the \bst{harvard} styles.  The user commands are slightly different, but it
+% should be the case that either set of user commands can be the front end for
+% either bibstyle.
+%
+% Here in this documentation you will read about the commands you will use in
+% your \LaTeX{} source file to make citations, and what the citations look
+% like.  Documentation of the \bst{achicago} bibstyle itself is in the file
+% \file{achicago-bst.dvi}.  There you can read about what the References
+% section, the actual book list, looks like.  There are also some new fields
+% recognized and other information you might want to know that relates to your
+% \BibTeX{} bibliography database file (\ext{bib} file).  You may also wish to
+% look at the \package{titles} package (also in the \Frankenstein bundle),
+% which can be very helpful in typesetting various styles of titles properly,
+% even when nested.  The \package{achicago} package already requires the
+% \package{titles} package, so those commands are always there if you want to
+% use them.
+%
+% \caveat{This documentation is sparse but should be accurrate.  I will improve
+% it in the future.}
+%
+% \section{Notes on the future of this package and bibstyle}
+%
+% \manualref{16.25} permits this combination.
+%
+% In the future I hope to document more closely \manual's principles wrt each
+% entry type, the many choices given by \manual.
+% 
+% Untested and indeed hardly testable nature of the subject, with all its many
+% permutations and difficult special bibliographic cases.  Feedback is very
+% welcome, especially with citations from  \manual.
+%
+% FUTURE One thing I realize now is that I've kept the same user interface I
+% inherited, which I don't think corresponds with any other popular style.
+% Besides refinement, this is the next major step in the future of this
+% bibstyle-package.
+%
+% \section{Pros and cons of this style}
+%
+% FIX: terminology: reference style, citation style, bibstyle, bibliography style
+%
+% When you are required to use a certain reference style, your judgment is not
+% called for.  In the cases where it is, here are some considerations.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%   \item[citations are verbose]
+
+%   Sometimes this information is useful to the reader, sometimes not.  If in
+%   most citations it is not useful, consider a style with briefer citations.
+%   \item[citation style and quality of writing]
+%%
+%   FIX cite btxdoc Oren Patashnik argues that ``encourages the passive
+%   voice and vague writing.''  I'm not sure.  Even if it's true, an author can
+%   surely resist this ``encouragement.''  To encourage is not to require.  Do
+%   consider how well \emph{you} write using different citation styles.  If the
+%   document is already written, realize that if you change the citation style
+%   to one different than the author had in mind while writing, you may make
+%   reading it more awkward.  Then again, maybe you will improve it.
+%   \item[ease of locating references] 
+%
+%   The entry for (Benson et~al. 1980) will appear any number of entries
+%   \emph{after} the entry for (Benson et~al. 1999) when the former was written
+%   by Benson, Zymursky, Wheeler, and Flynn and the latter by Benson (i.e., the
+%   same Benson), Floyd, Wheeler, and Flynn, since Zymursky compares greater
+%   than Floyd.
+%
+%   This is an issue to consider if you have a large number of entries with the
+%   same initial author (or editor) and often with different sets of 3 or more
+%   subsequent authors.  This is, in general, very unlikely.
+%
+%   The entry for (Gr\"uber 1990b) may not follow the entry for (Gr\"uber
+%   1990a) immediately.  When (the same) Gr\"uber has authored 
+%   Any number of entries may intervene, but their
+%   principals will all be exactly Gr\"uber.  Entries will intervene only in
+%   the case when Gr\"uber both authored and edited a work in the same year,
+%   and authored one a work with a later date.  
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% Here are the various citing commands, and examples of the citations they produce.
+%
+% \todo{What about the situation when you end a sentence with something ending
+% with ``et~al.''---in this case you don't want to reproduce the period.}
+%
+% Distinct examples are \typeset{distinguished this way}.
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{*{3}{p{.33\textwidth}}}
+%  \cs\cite\marg{key}
+%    & parenthesized list of up to 3 principals or one ``et~al.'' plus a year label
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978)} \typeset{(Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985)} \\
+%  \cs\cite\oarg{spec}\marg{key1}
+%    &
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978, 17)} \typeset{Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985, \S 3.3)} \\
+%  \cs\cite\marg{key1,key2}
+%    &
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978; Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985)} \\
+%  \cs\cite\oarg{spec}\marg{key1,key2} FIX: how does this work?
+%    &
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978; Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985)} \\
+%  \cs\citeNP\meta{key}
+%    & as \cs\cite but without enclosing parentheses
+%    & \typeset{Brown 1978} \typeset{Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985} \\
+%  \cs\citeA\marg{key}
+%    & as \cs\cite but without year label(s)
+%    & \typeset{(Brown)} \typeset{(Jarke, Turner, and Stohl)} \\
+%  \cs\citeANP\marg{key}
+%    & as \cs\citeA but without enclosing parentheses
+%    & \typeset{Brown} \typeset{Jarke, Turner, and Stohl} \\
+%  \cs\citeyear\marg{key}
+%     & as \cs\cite but without principal list
+%     & \typeset{(1978} \typeset{1985} \\
+%  \cs\citeyearNP\marg{key}
+%    & as \cs\citeyear but without enclosing parentheses
+%    & \typeset{1978} \typeset{1985} \\
+%  \cs\citeN\marg{key}\footnotemark
+%    & principal list and parenthesized year label (i.e., a noun phrase)
+%    & FIX: referring to author instead of paper? need good example \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \footnotetext{This command should only be used for one key.}
+% \todo{Should I use a warning in case more than one key is given to a command
+% that shouldn't have them?}
+%
+%   \subsection{Short citation labels}
+%
+% Previous versions of \package{achicago} offered a parallel set of citation
+% commands with the prefix |short| that created citations with abbreviated
+% labels (\cs\shortcite, \cs\shortciteNP, \cs\shortciteA, \cs\shortciteANP,
+% \cs\shortciteN).  \package{Achicago} now offers only one kind of label, which
+% is abbreviated according to principles in the \manual as much as possible.
+% For backwards compatibility, the |short| citation commands still function,
+% but they are identical to their non-|short|, and will produce a warning that
+% this syntax is deprecated.  Do not use the |short| commands in new documents.
+%
+% \section{Some technical notes}
+%
+% \todo{See \manualref{16.14} for issues to do with multiple citations.}
+%
+% \section{History}
+% 
+% I wrote this package incorporating \file{chicago\{,a\}.bst} and
+% file{chicago.sty} (v4, 92/8).  By now I've almost totally rewritten it.  It
+% was a great mess because it had been based on \file{newapa.bst} which had
+% been based on several other bibstyles, and each author had really just hacked
+% up what was there in the previous bibstyle apparently without fully
+% understanding it.  Now, of course, it is a shining example of clarity and
+% efficiency.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual author-date citations}
+\def\DoXPackageS {achicago}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{achicago}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,slemph,titles,verbatim}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{Annotate}
+\newcommand\annotate {%
+  \Annotatetrue
+}
+\newcommand\noannotate {%
+  \Annotatefalse
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \cs\citework is supposed to be a general command for citing things declared
+% with \cs\newwork in the \package{abbrevs} package.  It has one optional and
+% one required argument so that it is parallel with the other citing commands,
+% but I cannot see any use for it without the optional argument.  Environments
+% can exert complete control over how this macro looks by resetting the three
+% parameters.  The default will look good outside all environments, in running
+% text.
+%
+% The second argument is expected to be something defined with \cs\newwork.  
+% 
+% Needs modification to handle the empty optional arg.  Watch interfering with
+% things surrounding macros might have set. \cs\relax's are intentionally left
+% out to let constructions like \cs\csname\lips\cs\endcsname [eh? FIX] work on
+% the arguments.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PreCiteWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\PostCiteWork}
+%   \begin{macrocode}
+\providesavebox\sc@box@a
+\newcommand\PreCiteWork {%
+  (\csname%
+}
+\newcommand\PostCiteWork {%
+  \end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a})%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We don't want to be unbreakable here, but we want a high penalty.  We
+% absolutely do not want to break the number range, so we put it in an lrbox.
+%
+% I think comma is better, even though it might seem fussy, because it is
+% better parallel with the way \cs\cite works with an optional page argument:  the
+% convention is that page numbers come after commas.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\MidCiteWork {%
+  \endcsname,\penalty9000\ \begin{lrbox}{\sc@box@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\citework [2] {%
+  \PreCiteWork #2\MidCiteWork #1\PostCiteWork
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% The {} fools abbrevs.dtx into not adding an extra space
+% \newcommand\MidCiteWork {%
+%   \endcsname{}\penalty9000\ \begin{lrbox}{\sc@box@a}%
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \todo{Make citework* with no parentheses, or other alternative.}
+%
+% FIX:  When the ? is placed there, there are two left parens, one right.
+%
+% We want the remaining macros in this section to be available in their own
+% piece. 
+%
+% \todo{is \cs\PreChunk the only dependence on blkcntrl?  Should make this not
+% necessary if so.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\PreAnnotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This will make the definition of the \env{thebibliography} environment in
+% \file{classes.dtx} do the right thing.  FIX: not defined in letter class?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@openbib@code {%
+  \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+  \itemindent -\bibindent
+  \listparindent \itemindent
+  \parsep \z@
+}
+\let\newblock\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This doesn't work at the beginning, for some reason.   The auxfiles are not
+% set up right?  URK: don't do this.  Confuses users and also prevents anyone
+% from using achicago.sty with another bibstyle, such as a modified achicago.bst.
+% Is there a way I can provide a useful warning message for those who might
+% have been using this before, without a \cs\bibliographystyle
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\AtEndDocument {%
+%  \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+%}  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The \bst{achicago} bibliography style will insert some macros that are not
+% defined by \LaTeX, and some that must have new meanings.  They are:
+% \cs\citeN, \cs\SCcite, \cs\SCduplicate, \code{\begin{SCannotation}},
+% \code{\end{SCannotation}}.
+%
+% Some of these commands should properly have |@| in their names, but
+% |@|-commands cannot appear in the \ext{bbl} file.  As a compromise, the names
+% have the prefix |SC|.
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\SCduplicate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@mmmdash}
+% The argument will contain the `label' that is a duplicate, in case it might
+% ever be of use.  But for now, we just want to replace duplicates with 3-em
+% dashes.
+%
+% \todo{provide option to spell out the duplicate when it is the first entry on
+% a page (oneside) or verso page (twosided)}
+%
+% A 3em-dash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ac@mmmdash {%
+  \rule[.6ex]{3em}{.03ex}%
+}
+\newcommand*\SCduplicate [1] {%
+  \ac@mmmdash
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PreAnnotation}
+% \begin{macro}{\ac@begingobble}
+% \begin{macro}{\ac@endgobble}
+% \begin{environment}{SCannotation}
+% This sets up the \env{SCannotation} environment.  When the boolean
+% \cs\IfAnnotate is false, we gobble everything between \code{\begin{SCannotation}}
+% and \code{\end{SCannotation}}.
+%
+% We require the \package{verbatim} package to do this.  I used to put the text
+% into an |lrbox| and just never use the box.  This required balanced text
+% inside (not a bad thing), but it also would process any \cs\cite-like
+% commands that appeared in the gobbled text, which could lead to perpetual
+% warnings about unresolved references.  There were in fact no unresolved
+% references, but the warnings were annoying.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\ac@begingobble\comment
+\newlet\ac@endgobble\endcomment
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{I shouldn't define annote in terms of quotation, we should copy a
+% standard one here; What is the point of the \cs\relax?  I ended up removing
+% them before the \cname{ac@begingobble} cases because I had to use the
+% \cs\expandafter.}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{SCannotation} {%
+    \ifAnnotate
+      \let\PreQuotation\PreAnnotation
+      \relax\quotation
+    \else
+      \expandafter\ac@begingobble
+    \fi
+  }{%
+  \ifAnnotate
+    \relax\endquotation
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ac@endgobble
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\SCcite}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@firstoftwo}
+% \cs\SCcite is what \bst{achicago} produces.  Its args are `label',
+% and `year.label'. FIX: aak, plus tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\SCcite
+\newlet\UnexpandableProtect\@unexpandable@protect
+
+\newcommand*\ac@firstoftwo [2] {#1}
+\newcommand*\ac@secondoftwo [2] {#2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacetwo [2] {#1\ #2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacepretwo [2] {#1\ \PreCite #2}
+
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost [2] {%
+  \PreCite #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi\PostCite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwo [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwopost [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi \PostCite
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\PreCite}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PostCite}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\PreCite  (
+\newlet\PostCite )
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cite}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeNP}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeA}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeN}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeANP}
+% The way this works is: \cname{\@cite} is called once for each citing command,
+% and \cs\SCcite is called once for each key.  The results are spaced by either
+% semicolons (\cname{\ac@cite@sc}) or commas (\cname{\ac@cite@comma}), and
+% these become argument |#1| for \cname{\@cite}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\cite {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeN {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacepretwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeA {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeANP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%    
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortcite}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteNP}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteN}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteA}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteANP}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\shortcite\cite
+\newlet\shortciteNP\citeNP
+\newlet\shortciteN\citeN
+\newlet\shortciteA\citeA
+\newlet\shortciteANP\citeANP
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\citeyear}
+%  \begin{macro}{\citeyearNP}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\citeyear {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeyearNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@citesep}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@cite@sc}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@cite@comma}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\ac@citesep
+\newcommand\ac@cite@sc {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ;%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@comma {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ,%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@cite}
+% This command executes \cname{\b@foo} for every \cs\foo in the list of cited
+% labels, and separates them by arg |#1|.
+%
+% There has got to be a more elegant solution to this whole thing. FIX
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite {%
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \@tempswatrue
+      \ac@@cite
+    }{% ELSE
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \ac@@cite[]%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \todo{handle reserving names}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\@writeaux {%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout
+}
+\NewName*{ac@@cite} {[#1]#2} {% args: [optarg] label % optarg MANDATORY
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\citation{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \@cite{%
+    \InitCS\sc@t@a
+    \@for\ac@label:=#2\do {%
+      \sc@t@a
+%      \let\sc@t@a\ac@citesep
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ac@citesep\ }% add space
+      \@ifundefined{b@\ac@label} {%
+          {\bfseries ?}%
+          \@warning{Citation `\ac@label' on page \thepage\space undefined}%
+        }{% ELSE
+        \@nameuse{b@\ac@label}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\bibindent}
+% Indent second and subsequent lines of bibliographic entries.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength\bibindent{1.5em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
+% There is no \option{openbib} option.  The definitions of \cs\newblock and
+% \cname{@biblabel} are kept local in case something else weird is going on.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ac@defbib [2] {%
+  \renewenvironment*{thebibliography} [1] {%
+      #1*{#2\@mkboth{#2}{#2}}%
+      \list{}{%
+                          \leftmargin\z@
+                          \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+                          \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+                          \itemindent -\bibindent
+                          \listparindent \itemindent
+                          \parsep \z@}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \manual does not acknowledge different spacings after different marks of
+% punctuation, distinguish interword from intersentence space, or give rules
+% about where to break a line near an ellipsis.  So we are on our own in the
+% bibliography.  I have chosen to leave things as they are done in the standard
+% bibliography styles, because I haven't yet given it my close consideration.
+% That is, we leave all the punctuation the same except for the period, which
+% we set to~1000, I forget now whether that's a lower or upper case letter.
+% Extending the space after a period when appropriate seems to be the purpose
+% of using \cs\newblock, in this bibstyle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \sfcode`\.=\@m
+      \def\newblock {%
+        \hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em%
+      }%
+      \let\@biblabel\Gobble
+      \sloppy
+      \clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+    }{%
+    \def\@noitemerr {%
+      \@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}%
+    }%
+    \relax\endlist
+  }%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{article} {%
+    \ac@defbib{\section}{\refname}%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \ac@defbib{\chapter}{\bibname}%
+}
+\InitCS\ac@defbib  % FIX -- where else can I do this?
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{environment}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d907cecec32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+% \AddToCheckSum{309}
+%
+% \begin{warning}
+%   This code has not been well tested yet.  The output routine of \LaTeX{} is
+%   very complicated, and unforseen problems might arise.
+% \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NextAux
+% \DescribeMacro\DynamicAux
+% \DescribeMacro\StaticAux
+%   The macro \cs\NextAux changes \cname{@auxout} to a new stream if one is
+%   available, and gives an error otherwise.  The macro is implemented in
+%   dynamic and static ways which can be selected with \cs\DynamicAux and
+%   \cs\StaticAux\marg{number of streams}.  The number of streams can be from 2
+%   to~16.  The dynamic implementation is the default; I do not see much use
+%   for the static implementation at present.  The \option{static} option is
+%   the equivalent of the declaration |\StaticAux{10}|.  The \option{dynamic}
+%   selects the dynamic implementation.
+%
+%   \cs\StaticAux can be invoked after \cs\DynamicAux, but not the other way
+%   around (at least, the streams allocated by \cs\StaticAux are not
+%   recovered).  Macros which use \cs\NextAux do not have to know whether the
+%   implementation is static or dynamic.
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Wheels}
+%
+% The output streams are manipulated with the help of a data structure I call a
+% \word{wheel}.
+%
+% A \term{wheel} has 0 or more \term{spokes} and can be \term{rolled}.  Each
+% spoke is a \TeX{} token, probably a control sequence name, and has an
+% internal name.  You can access the spoke at the 12 o'clock or ``top''
+% position of a wheel.  In computerese, a wheel is a circularly linked list of
+% tokens, and the operation of rolling moves a pointer along it in a certain
+% direction by one element.  
+%
+% Wheels and operations on wheels are local.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\InitWheel
+% \DescribeMacro\DefWheel
+%   You make a wheel either with \cs\InitWheel\marg{\\csname}, which makes
+%   \meta{\\csname} a wheel with no spokes, or
+%   \cs\DefWheel\marg{\\csname}\marg{spokes}, which makes a wheel with
+%   \meta{spokes} for spokes.  The first spoke in \meta{spokes} is the top, the
+%   second will be top after one roll, and the first will be top again after
+%   $n$ rolls, if there are $n$ spokes.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Roll
+% \DescribeMacro\Top
+% \DescribeMacro\AddSpokes
+%   Wheels are rolled by \cs\Roll\marg{wheel}.  Spokes can be added to a
+%   wheel with \cs\AddSpokes\marg{wheel}\marg{spokes}.  When $n$ spokes are
+%   added, the previous top will be at the top after $n$ rolls.
+%   \cs\Top\marg{wheel} expands eventually to the top spoke, which then can
+%   further expand, and so on.
+%   
+% \DescribeMacro\IfTop
+%   \cs\IfTop\marg{wheel}\marg{spoke}\marg{true clause}\marg{false clause}
+%   compares the top of \meta{wheel} with \meta{spoke} using \cname{ifx}, and
+%   executes either \meta{true clause} or \meta{false clause} as appropriate.
+%   (The \package{newclude} package doesn't actually use this command; it's
+%   provided to ``round out'' the wheel data structure.)
+%
+% \caveat{Don't put more than one token as the second argument to \cs\IfTop.}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Preliminaries}
+%
+% We require the \package{afterpage} package.  The intuitive justification is
+% that \cs\write{}s are delayed until the current page is shipped out.  We need
+% to keep an output stream open until its last \cs\write has been actually
+% handled; after that, the stream can be made available again.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{afterpage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@aux@wheel}
+%   We use the wheel structure to handle both the static case and the dynamic
+%   case.  The spokes of the wheel are macros |\nc@auxout@|\meta{n}.  Their
+%   first-level expansion is \meta{n}, a positive integer from 0 to~15.  Each
+%   spoke has two corresponding macros.  |\nc@auxout@|\meta{n}|@stream| is a
+%   stream name allocated by \cs\newwrite.  |\nc@auxout@|\meta{n}|@inuse| is a
+%   global boolean which is |true| iff the corresponding stream is currently in
+%   use.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InitWheel\nc@aux@wheel
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@count}
+%    We need an internal counter.  Notice that the stream numbers used in the
+%    auxwheel start at 0, so the stream associated with with the numeral 4 is
+%    the fifth stream.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{nc@count}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@aux@wheel@size}
+%   \cname{nc@aux@wheel@size} is a pseudo-counter that holds the present size
+%   of the aux wheel.  In the static case it never changes and is set only for
+%   consistency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\nc@aux@wheel@size
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NextAux}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\NextAux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The kernel allocates two streams for the include system, \cname{@mainaux} and
+% \cname{@partaux}.  The auxwheel is initialized with these two streams.  The
+% first, corresponding to the principle source, is always marked in use.
+%
+% \todo{Reserve the stream names.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@nc@auxout@1@inuse@}
+
+\ReserveName{nc@auxout@1}
+\NewName*{nc@auxout@1} {} {1}
+
+\ReserveName{nc@auxout@1@stream}
+\expandafter\let\csname nc@auxout@1@stream\endcsname\@partaux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@init@aux@wheel}
+% We initialize the wheel with the first spoke.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@init@aux@wheel {%
+  \EExpand\csname nc@auxout@1\endcsname\In {%
+    \AddSpokes\nc@aux@wheel##1%
+  }
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Static allocation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\StaticAux}
+%   nonpositive numbers are treated the same as~1. \todo{bounds check; the
+%   counter's max should be one less than the number, since we have stream 0.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\StaticAux [1] {%
+  \def\nc@aux@wheel@size {#1}
+  \setcounter{nc@count}{2}
+  \nc@init@aux@wheel
+  \@whilenum \value{nc@count} <= \nc@aux@wheel@size
+    \do {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First define the macros that make up the wheel itself to be their spoke
+% numbers.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+     \eExpand*\thenc@count\In {%
+       \NewName*{nc@auxout@\thenc@count} {} {%
+          ##1%
+        }%
+      }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Next allocate the corresponding stream.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \EExpand\csname nc@auxout@\thenc@count@stream\endcsname\In {%
+        \@nameuse{newwrite}##1%
+      }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Next create the corresponding flag (they start |false|).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \provideboolean{@nc@auxout@\thenc@count @inuse@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now add the spoke itself.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \EExpand\csname nc@auxout@\thenc@count\endcsname\In {%
+        \ReserveCS#1%
+        \AddSpokes\nc@aux@wheel##1%
+      }
+      \stepcounter{nc@count}
+    }
+  \def\NextAux {%
+    \Roll\nc@aux@wheel
+    \@nameuse{if@nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @inuse@}%
+      \MonsterError{newclude} {%
+        You can't nest \protect\include this deeply!%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \Elet\@auxout\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Dynamic allocation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DynamicAux}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@addnewauxstream}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DynamicAux {%
+  \def\nc@aux@wheel@size {1}
+  \nc@init@aux@wheel
+  \def\NextAux {%
+    \Roll\nc@aux@wheel
+    \@nameuse{if@nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @inuse@}%
+      \nc@addnewauxstream
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Either the top spoke was not in use, or we have added a fresh spoke at the
+% top -- so the top spoke represents what we want.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \Elet\@auxout\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname
+    \typeout{NextAux has just set auxout to stream 
+            \the\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname.
+             We are using spoke number
+            \csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel\endcsname.}
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% It works out that the new spoke should have a spoke number one greater than
+% the current wheel size.  We use the |nc@count| counter to find this number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@addnewauxstream {%
+  \setcounter{nc@count}{\nc@aux@wheel@size}%
+  \stepcounter{nc@count}%
+  \typeout{Allocating another spoke (spoke number \thenc@count)}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First we add the spoke itself, then initialize the corresponding objects.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \EExpand*\csname nc@auxout@\thenc@count\endcsname\In {%
+    \AddSpokes\nc@aux@wheel##1%
+  }%
+  \EExpand*\thenc@count\In {%
+    \DefName*{nc@auxout@##1} {} {##1}%
+    \provideboolean{@nc@auxout@##1@inuse@}%
+    \def\nc@aux@wheel@size {##1}%
+    \EExpand*\csname nc@auxout@##1@stream\endcsname\In {%
+      \@nameuse{newwrite}####1%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\DynamicAux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Including}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@include}
+%   The only way I see how to set the |inuse| flag to |false| at the proper
+%   time is to use the \package{afterpage} package.  What I would really like
+%   is to \cs\write something with side effects.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@include [2][] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#2.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \edef\reserved@b{#2}%
+    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do
+      {\ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \stepcounter{IncludeDepth}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cname{nc@t@c} is going to preserve the current \ext{aux} stream number to
+% restore \cname{@auxout}, in case there is a nested \cs\include.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\nc@t@c {%
+      \the\@auxout
+    }%
+    \if@filesw
+      \NextAux
+      \openout\@auxout #2.aux
+      \write\@auxout{\relax}%
+      \expandafter\global
+        \csname @nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @inuse@true\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@include@finish@<N>}
+% The next line defines the macro |\nc@include@finish@|\meta{n} to close the
+% output stream that is presently open.  We have an interesting task here of
+% getting certain unique information to macros after the \cname{@input} when we
+% might end up recursing during the \cname{@input}.  To do this, we immediately
+% expand the variables we need and store them in a macro which will \emph{not}
+% be altered by a recursion of \cs\include.  We have set up the |IncludeDepth|
+% counter to allow us to define such a macro, which is unique to \emph{this}
+% instance of \cs\include.
+%
+% \begin{warning}
+%   The macro names |\nc@include@finish@|\meta{n} where \meta{n} is an
+%   integer are overwritten, that is, they are not allocated in a safe way.
+% \end{warning}
+%
+% The following lines are intended to make this definition, where |<D>|
+% represents the current value of |IncludeDepth|, |<P>| represents the spoke
+% number of the current top of \cname{nc@aux@wheel}, and |<S>| represents the
+% stream number for the current part, i.e., the current value of
+% \cname{@auxout}, and |<X>| represents the stream number that was current
+% before \cs\include got called (this is saved in \cname{nc@t@c}).
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%   \def\nc@include@finish@<D> {%
+%     \closeout<S>%
+%     \global\chardef\@auxout=<X>%
+%     \afterpage{\global\@nc@auxout@<P>@inuse@false}
+%   }
+% \end{codeexample}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \EExpand\theIncludeDepth\In {%                   ##1
+      \EExpand\the\@auxout\In {%                       ####1
+        \DefName{nc@include@finish@##1} {} {%
+          \closeout####1%
+          \global\chardef\@auxout=\nc@t@c
+          \typeout{Restored auxout to stream number 
+                            \nc@t@c \space (old: \the\@auxout)}
+          \typeout{executing afterpage}%
+          \EExpand\csname @nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel
+                          @inuse@false\endcsname\In {% ########1
+            \afterpage{%
+              \typeout{Finishing.  auxout is now \the\@auxout;  current spoke
+                     is \csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel\endcsname\space
+                      with stream number
+                  \the\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname
+                    }%
+              \global########1%
+            }%                                                 Afterpage
+          }%                                                   EExpand
+        }%                                                     DefName
+      }}%                                                      EExpand
+    \fi %                                                      \if@filesw
+    \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now execute the text of the optional argument to \cs\include.  Notice that if
+% we change to a new \ext{aux} file, we should do it before the optional
+% argument. This is important so that sectioning commands will appear in the
+% right order.  If the sectioning command were to write to \cname{@mainaux},
+% then it would come \emph{after} the whole included \ext{aux} file, instead of
+% before it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    #1%
+    \@input@{#2.tex}%
+    \@writeckpt{#2}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \csname nc@include@finish@\theIncludeDepth\endcsname
+    \fi
+    \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We mustn't restore the counter before we have finished using it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \addtocounter{IncludeDepth}{\m@ne}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the file is excluded by the \cs\includeonly command, we don't load it and
+% execute the file's checkpoint instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \else
+    \@nameuse{cp@#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+%   \subsubsection{Checkpoints}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@writeckpt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@wckptelt}
+%   We must redefine the macros which write the checkpoints.  \cname{@auxout}
+%   is substituted for \cname{@partaux}; I think this change should be in the
+%   kernel anyway!  And we remove the \cs\immediate{}s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@writeckpt [1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@setckpt{#1}\@charlb}%
+    \begingroup
+      \let\@elt\@wckptelt
+      \cl@@ckpt
+    \endgroup
+    \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\@wckptelt [1] {%
+  \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\setcounter{#1}{\the\@nameuse{c@#1}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Wheels}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\InitWheel}
+% \begin{macro}{\Roll}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfTop}
+% \begin{macro}{\Top}
+% \begin{macro}{\AddSpokes}
+%   A wheel is implemented as a macro.  The tokens of its first-level expansion
+%   are the spokes, the top being the first.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\InitWheel [1] {% args: wheel
+  \InitCS#1%
+}
+\newcommand\Roll [1] {% args: wheel
+  \edef #1{%
+    \expandafter\nc@roll #1\nc@llor
+  }%
+}
+\ReserveCS\nc@llor
+\NewNameDef{nc@roll} {#1\nc@llor} {%
+  \@cdr#1\@nil\@car#1\@nil
+}
+\newcommand\Top [1] {% args: wheel
+  \E@car #1\@nil
+}
+\newcommand\IfTop [4] {% args: wheel token true false
+  \EExpand#1\In {%
+    \edef\nc@t@b {%
+      \expandafter\noexpand\@car##1\@nil
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At this point, the first-level expansion of \cname{nc@t@b} is a single token,
+% the top of the wheel.  We \cs\let \cname{nc@t@a} to this token.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \Elet\nc@t@a\nc@t@b
+  \let\nc@t@b #2%
+  \ifx\nc@t@a\nc@t@b
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand\AddSpokes [2] {% args: wheel spokes
+  \EExpand#1\In {%
+    \def #1{#2##1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2c32786d2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `attrib.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% attrib.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     attrib.sty or attrib.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called attrib.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     attrib.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{attribution of block elements (Frankenstein's hat)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {attrib,dialogue}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.3}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{attrib}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+\newlength{\AttribMinSkip}
+  \setlength{\AttribMinSkip}{2em}
+\newcommand\PreTrib {%
+  (%
+}
+\newcommand\PostTrib {%
+  )%
+}
+\ReserveCS\AttribInit
+\newcommand\at@init {%
+  \SaveCS\footnote
+  \def\footnote {%
+    \normalcitations\MDSavedfootnote
+  }%
+  \attribcitations
+  \ifhmode
+    \unskip
+  \fi
+  \AttribInit
+}
+\newcommand\attribcitations {%
+  \SaveCS\PreCiteWork
+  \SaveCS\PostCiteWork
+  \def\PreCiteWork {%
+    \csname
+  }%
+  \def\PostCiteWork {%
+    \relax\end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a}%
+  }%
+  \SaveCS\PreCite
+  \SaveCS\PostCite
+  \let\PreCite\ShortEmpty
+  \let\PostCite\ShortEmpty
+}
+%% FIX
+\newcommand* \normalcitations {%
+  \RestoreCS\PreCite
+  \RestoreCS\PostCite
+  \RestoreCS\PreCiteWork
+  \RestoreCS\PostCiteWork
+}
+\newcommand\attrib [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \at@init
+    \nobreak\hfil\penalty50%
+    \hskip\AttribMinSkip
+    \vadjust{}\nobreak\hfil
+    {\PreTrib\relax#1}{\PostTrib}%
+    \parfillskip\z@
+    \nobreak
+    \finalhyphendemerits0%
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand\attribstar [2] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \addto@macro\PostTrib {%
+      \normalcitations
+      \starnote{#2}%
+    }%
+    \attrib{#1}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `attrib.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e840265b166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   attrib LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, attrib.tex
+%   and attrib.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{89}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \cs\attrib macro attributes block elements, for example when citing a
+%   reference after a block quotation.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Attributions}
+%
+% FIX: maybe \cs\attrib when not in a block environment should do this, with
+% appropriate hooks added, etc.: use the blkcntrl hooks. and Pre stuff.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%  \def\attrib [1] {%
+%    (\begingroup
+%    \attribcitations
+%    #1%
+%    \endgroup
+%    )%
+%  }
+% \end{codeexample}
+% Here's an example of the kind that inspires the question: \code{({\attribcitations
+% \citework{3}{unnam}, and see page~\pageref{q:aporia}})}.  This way
+% \cs\attribcitations and \cs\normalcitations could still be defined only
+% within \cs\attrib, which seems the most sensible.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\attrib
+%   I wrote \cs\attrib in order to have an abstract way to attribute the source
+%   of quotations of prose or verse in an academic style.  The formatting is
+%   that recommended by the \manual, except that attributions of block
+%   quotations of prose are given flush right, to allow the reader to locate a
+%   quotation more quickly when returning to the text.
+%
+%   Use \cs\attrib\marg{attribution} at the end of any block of text,
+%   such as the \env{quote}, \env{quotation}, \env{verse}, and \env{dialogue}
+%   environments (the last is defined in the \package{dialogue} package, also
+%   part of the \Frankenstein bundle).
+%
+%   For \env{verse}, you ought to use either a blank line or a final \cs{\\}
+%   before your attribution.  For \env{quote}, \env{quotation}, and
+%   \env{dialgoue}, don't leave a blank line.
+%
+%   \cs\attrib will place the attribution flush right to the margins of the
+%   block.  If there is enough room on the last line, the attribution will be
+%   given on the last line, otherwise it moves down to a line of its own.
+%
+%   You can put pretty much anything as the text of the attribution, including
+%   citations and footnotes.  
+%
+%   For those using the \package{achicago} and \package{abbrevs} packages (also
+%   in the \Frankenstein bundle), \cs\citework works very well.  If you're
+%   using regular \cs\cite or another package, I recommend using the FIX hook
+%   below to remove the usual parens or braces around citations that occur
+%   within the \cs\attrib argument.  It makes more sense to me that way.
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\normalcitations
+%   If parens are normally around citations, they are removed when citations
+%   occur within attributions.  The idea is that you can simply write
+%   \code{\attrib{\cite{key}}} and what normally surrounds the citation will be
+%   replaced with \cs\PreTrib and \cs\PostTrib (which of course could be the
+%   same thing, but doing it this way allows attributions to contain things
+%   \emph{other} than just a citation and still everything will look right).
+%
+%   Whenever within an attribution you want the normal behavior of citations
+%   back, write \cs\normalcitations.  \cs\normalcitations is automatically used
+%   within footnotes within attributions; it's used in the \package{epigraph}
+%   package; and occasionally a user will want to invoke it, when the
+%   attribution is unusual.  I find that most attributions are either just a
+%   citation, or they do not have a citation at all.  Sometimes I've wanted an
+%   attribution consisting of a citation plus some other text, for which cases
+%   I provided \cs\normalcitations as a user command.
+%
+%   \todo{Right now the only time there is any concept of ``normal'' or
+%   altered behavior of \cs\cite commands is with the \package{achicago}
+%   package.  I should make it so that \cs\attrib by default leaves off braces,
+%   brackets, etc, around citations, for the standard definition of \cs\cite also.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\attribcitations
+%
+%   FIX: dox, example.
+%
+% \section{Examples}
+%   Following are several examples that use \cs\attrib.  They should be
+%   self-explanatory.
+%
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{quotation}
+%     [My plays] deal with distress.  Some people object to this in my writing.
+%
+%     At a party an English intellectual---so called---asked me why I write always
+%     about distress.  As if it were perverse to do so!  He wanted to know if my
+%     father had beaten me or my mother had run away from home to give me an
+%     unhappy childhood.  I told him no, that I had had a very happy childhood.
+%     Then he thought me more perverse than ever.  I left the party as soon as
+%     possible and got into a taxi.  On the glass partition between me and the
+%     driver were three signs: one asked for help for the blind, another help for
+%     orphans, and the third for relief for the war refugees.  One does not have to
+%     look for distress.  It is screaming at you even in the taxis of London.
+%     \attrib{\cite[24]{driver:beckett:madeleine}}
+%   \end{quotation}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \providelength\mtslen
+%   \newcommand\makethisspace [1] {%
+%     \settowidth{\mtslen}{#1}%
+%     \hspace*{\mtslen}%
+%   }
+%   \begin{verse}
+%     \makethisspace{Where Joy for ever dwells:} Hail horrours, hail \\
+%     Infernal World, and thou profoundest Hell \\
+%     Receive thy new Possessor: One who brings \\
+%     A mind not to be chang'd by Place or Time. \\
+%     The mind is its own place, and in it self \\
+%     Can make a Heav'n of Hell, a Hell of Heav'n. \\
+%     What matter where, if I be still the same, \\
+%     And what I should be, all but less then he \\
+%     Whom Thunder hath made greater?  Here at least \\
+%     We shall be free; th' Almighty hath not built \\
+%     Here for his envy, will not drive us hence: \\
+%     Here we may reign secure, and in my choyce \\
+%     To reign is worth ambition though in Hell: \\
+%     Better to reign in Hell, then serve in Heav'n.
+%
+%     \attrib{\book{Paradise Lost} 1.250--63,
+%             \cite{milton:riverside:paralost}}
+%   \end{verse}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% You can have a footnote inside the attribution.  The boxed example below is
+% meant to approximate a whole page (that is, the footnote appears at the
+% bottom of the page, not directly underneath the quotation).
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{verse}
+%     Jacke boy, ho boy newes,\\
+%     \quad the cat is in the well,\\
+%     let us ring now for her Knell,\\
+%     \quad ding dong ding dong Bell.
+%
+%     \attrib{\cite[149]{opie:nursery}\footnote {%
+%   Perhaps more familiar is the nursery rhyme that begins ``Ding,
+%   dong, bell, / Pussy's in the well,'' which Opie and Opie also cite.  It does
+%   not seem clear in that rhyme, however, without contextual knowledge, that the
+%   cat has died and the bell rings its knell.}}
+%   \end{verse}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% Here is a quotation from \citeNP{beckett:watt}:
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \newwork\watt{Watt}
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     One day Watt, coming out from behind a bush, almost ran into Mr~Knott,
+%     which for an instant troubled Watt greatly, for he had not quite finished
+%     adjusting his dress.  But he need not have been troubled.  For Mr~Knott's
+%     hands were behind his back, and his head bowed down, towards the ground.
+%     Then Watt in his turn looking down at first saw nothing but the short green
+%     grass, but when he had looked a little longer he saw a little blue flower
+%     and close by a fat worm burrowing into the earth.  So this was what had
+%     attracted Mr~Knott's attention, perhaps.  So there for a short time they
+%     stood together, the master and the servant, the bowed heads almost touching
+%     \lips, until the worm was gone and only the flower remained.  One day the
+%     flower would be gone and only the worm remain, but on this particular day
+%     it was the flower that remained, and the worm that went.  And then Watt,
+%     looking up, saw that Mr~Knott's eyes were closed, and heard his breathing,
+%     soft and shallow, like the breathing of a child asleep.
+%     \attrib{\citework{145--46}{watt}}
+%   \end{quote}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% Finally, here's a very simple example from the same book.  When the context
+% is clear, you might just want page numbers in the attribution.
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     For Watt now found himself in the midst of things which, if they
+%     consented to be named, did so as it were with reluctance.\lips Looking at
+%     a pot, for example, \lips it was in vain that Watt said, Pot, pot.  Well,
+%     perhaps not quite in vain, but very nearly. \lips It resembled a pot, it
+%     was almost a pot, but it was not a pot of which one could say, Pot, pot,
+%     and be comforted.  It was in vain that it answered, with unexceptionable
+%     adequacy, all the purposes, and performed all the offices, of a pot, it
+%     was not a pot.  And it was just this hairbreadth departure from the
+%     nature of a true pot that so excruciated Watt\lips.  For he could always
+%     hope, of a thing of which he had never known the name, that he would
+%     learn the name, some day, and so be tranquillized.
+%
+%     \attrib{81--82}
+%   \end{quote}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% Here's an example of use with the \env{dialogue} environment.  Not much
+% different than the others, but the quotes are nice, and I'll demonstrate a
+% use of \cs\normalcitations.  \refer{b}'s speeches are interspersed through
+% the play with \refer{a}'s and \refer{c}'s, but it's interesting to read them
+% consecutively.
+%\begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{dialogue}
+%     \speak{b} on the stone together in the sun on the stone at the edge of the
+%       little wood and as far as eye could see the wheat turning yellow vowing every
+%       now and then you loved each other just a murmur not touching or anything of
+%       that nature you one end of the stone she the other long low stone like
+%       millstone no looks just there on the stone in the sun with the little wood
+%       behind gazing at the wheat or eyes closed all still no sign of life not a
+%       soul abroad no sound
+%   
+%     \speak{b} all still just leaves and ears and you too still on the stone in a
+%       daze no sound not a word only every now and then to vow you loved each other
+%       just a murmur one thing could ever bring tears till they dried up altogether
+%       that thought when it came up among the others floated up that scene
+%   
+%     \speak{b} on the stone in the sun gazing at the wheat or the sky or the eyes
+%       closed nothing to be seen but the wheat turning yellow and the blue sky
+%       vowing every now and then you loved each other just a murmur tears without
+%       fail till they dried up altogether suddenly there in whatever thoughts you
+%       might be having whatever scenes perhaps way back in childhood or the womb
+%       worst of all or that old Chinaman long before Christ born with long white
+%       hair
+%   
+%     \speak{b} no sight of the face or any other part never turned to her nor she to
+%       you always parallel like on an axle-tree never turned to each other just
+%       blurs on the fringes of the field no touching or anything of that nature
+%       always space between if only an inch no pawing in the manner of flesh and
+%       blood no better than shades no worse if it wasn't for the vows
+%   
+%     \speak{b} \lips on the fringe of the field and every now and then in the great
+%       peace like a whisper so faint she loved you
+%
+%     \attrib{\play{That Time}{} \normalcitations\cite{beckett:csp:that}}
+% \end{dialogue}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \section{Programmer's Interface}
+%
+% You might want to use \cs\attrib as part of some other command you define.
+% For example, I wrote a command for epigraphs,
+% \cs\epigraph\marg{text}{attribution}, which used \cs\attrib internally.  For
+% this type of thing, and also in general I suppose, you might want to change
+% the behavior of \cs\attrib.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\AttribMinSkip
+%   \cs\AttribMinSkip is a length, the minimum amount of horizontal space that
+%   must come after any previous text and before the attribution.  The default
+%   value is \code{2em}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreTrib
+% \DescribeMacro\PostTrib
+%   When you write \cs\attrib{attribution}, \cs\PreTrib will immediately
+%   precede \meta{attribution} and \cs\PostTrib will immediately follow it.
+%   Notice how the attributions in the examples above were in parentheses, but
+%   we didn't have to write them.  The default value of \cs\PreTrib is a left
+%   parenthesis and the default value of \cs\PostTrib is a right parenthesis.
+%   \cs\PreTrib and \meta{attribution} are executed inside a group that doesn't
+%   include \PostTrib, and \cs\PostTrib is executed in a group all by itself,
+%   like this:  \code{{\PreTrib\relax#1}{\PostTrib}}.  Honestly I can't tell
+%   you right now why it's done this way, but I'm sure I have some good reason
+%   for it!
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\AttribInit
+%   \cs\AttribInit is an hook, empty by default, that gets executed after some
+%   standard setup but before the core of the \cs\attrib macro.  It is executed
+%   within a group that includes \cs\PreTrib, \meta{attribution}, and
+%   \cs\PostTrib, so perhaps it is appropriate for a font style change or
+%   something (I haven't made use of it myself).
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{attribution of block elements (Frankenstein's hat)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {attrib,dialogue}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.3}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{attrib}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Macros}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AttribMinSkip}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreTrib}
+% \begin{macro}{\PostTrib}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\AttribMinSkip}
+  \setlength{\AttribMinSkip}{2em}
+\newcommand\PreTrib {%
+  (%
+}
+\newcommand\PostTrib {%
+  )%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AttribInit}
+% \begin{macro}{\at@init}
+%   This heart of this code is from the \TeX book \cite[106]{knuth:texbook}.
+%   If you contribute anything to the horizontal or vertical list before the
+%   \cs\unskip, it will cancel the effect of the \cs\unskip.  You probably
+%   don't want to do that.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\AttribInit
+\newcommand\at@init {%
+  \SaveCS\footnote
+  \def\footnote {%
+    \normalcitations\MDSavedfootnote
+  }%
+  \attribcitations
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If there's a blank line before the \cs\attrib, we want to leave \cs\parskip
+% extra space above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifhmode
+    \unskip
+  \fi
+  \AttribInit
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\attribcitations}
+%    Sets up citations for within an attrib-like environment.  Should probably
+%    be called within a group.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\attribcitations {%
+  \SaveCS\PreCiteWork
+  \SaveCS\PostCiteWork
+  \def\PreCiteWork {%
+    \csname
+  }%
+  \def\PostCiteWork {%
+    \relax\end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a}%
+  }%
+  \SaveCS\PreCite
+  \SaveCS\PostCite
+  \let\PreCite\ShortEmpty
+  \let\PostCite\ShortEmpty
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\normalcitations}
+%% FIX
+% Would you ever want this and \cs\attribcitations defined outside of the scope
+% of an \cs\attrib?  Perhaps \cs\let it to a warning outside of \cs\attrib.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand* \normalcitations {%
+  \RestoreCS\PreCite
+  \RestoreCS\PostCite
+  \RestoreCS\PreCiteWork
+  \RestoreCS\PostCiteWork
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\attrib}
+%   Knuth says that \cs\vadjust is more efficient here than \cs\hbox, but I
+%   don't understand why: I guess it's simply a trivial non-discardable item on
+%   the horizontal list \cite[316]{knuth:texbook}.
+% FIX: I can get a page break after the text and before the attribution; it's
+%   happening with attribstar and when the attribution is dropped to the next
+%   line, but not sure if that's the only case (first quote in ``impotence''
+%   section of library copy of dissertation).  Also pages 53, 57 of same.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\attrib [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \at@init
+    \nobreak\hfil\penalty50%
+    \hskip\AttribMinSkip
+    \vadjust{}\nobreak\hfil
+    {\PreTrib\relax#1}{\PostTrib}%
+    \parfillskip\z@
+    \nobreak
+    \finalhyphendemerits0%
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Something you can't use}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\attribstar}
+%   There is one macro, \cs\attribstar, in this package that you can't use
+%   because you don't have a package that I haven't released yet.  I don't want
+%   to release it because it still has a couple of small but significant
+%   problems that can lead to mistakes.  If I took \cs\attribstar out of this
+%   package, however, I'd have to maintain two different versions of
+%   \package{attrib}.  So here is a glimpse of a future bright star.
+%
+% \code{\DescribeMacro\attribstar}\par
+%   Use this instead of a standard footnote in an attribution when you want the
+%   note to appear on the page of the quotation.  That is, it is not a 
+%   substantive note, but something like ``italics mine'' or ``ellipses in 
+%   original'' which belongs there on the page, not in endnotes, in case
+%   footnotes are ever moved there.
+% \begin{comment}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     My mother was deeply religious.  So was my brother.  He knelt down at his
+%     bed as long as he could kneel\lips.  [They] got no value from their
+%     religion when they died.  At the moment of crisis it had no more depth
+%     than an old-school tie\lips.  When you pass a church on an Irish bus, all
+%     the hands flurry in the sign of the cross.  One day the dogs of Ireland
+%     will do that too and perhaps also the pigs.
+%   
+%     \attribstar{\cite[25]{driver:beckett:madeleine}}{Driver ``reconstructs''
+%     Beckett's words ``from notes made immediately after'' their conversation
+%     \cite[22]{driver:beckett:madeleine}.}
+%   \end{quote}
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \end{comment}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\attribstar [2] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \addto@macro\PostTrib {%
+      \normalcitations
+      \starnote{#2}%
+    }%
+    \attrib{#1}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..014d95cedab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `blkcntrl.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% blkcntrl.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     blkcntrl.sty or blkcntrl.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called blkcntrl.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     blkcntrl.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%% FIX; using smallblocks option gives option clash when other packages require
+\def\fileinfo{block control}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{blkcntrl}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,relsize}
+\DeclareBooleanUserOptions{smallblocks}{normalblocks}
+\@onlypreamble\smallblocks
+\@onlypreamble\normalblocks
+\ExecuteOptions{normalblocks}
+\ProcessOptions
+\newboolean{@in@footnote@}
+\newcommand\PreFootnote {%
+  \@in@footnote@true
+}
+\ReserveCS\PreChunk
+\newcommand\PreQuote {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreQuotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreVerse {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\defcommand\@makefntext [1] {%
+  \setlength\parindent{\@ne em}%
+  \noindent
+  \hb@xt@ 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+  {\PreFootnote #1}%
+}
+\renewenvironment{verse}
+               {\let\\\@centercr
+               \relax\list{}{\setlength{\itemsep}{\z@}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{-1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\listparindent}{\itemindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \addtolength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}}%
+                \item\relax\PreVerse\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quotation}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\listparindent}{1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{\listparindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \setlength{\parsep}{\z@ \@plus\p@}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuotation\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quote}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuote\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\AtBeginDocument {%
+  \if@smallblocks@
+    \addto@macro\PreChunk {%
+      \if@in@footnote@
+      \else
+        \relsize{-1}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `blkcntrl.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b313925e20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   blkcntrl LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, blkcntrl.tex
+%   and blkcntrl.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{97}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   Inserts hooks into certain block elements and footnotes.  Also provides a
+%   command to set block quotations one size smaller than the main text.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{General}
+%
+% This package has two purposes.  First, it inserts several hooks into
+% constructs in the standard document classes so that other packages can use
+% the hooks.  The \package{achicago}, \package{attrib}, \package{dialogue}, and
+% \package{bits} packages in the \Frankenstein bundle require
+% \package{blkcntrl}.  Second, \package{blkcntrl} offers one option itself that
+% uses the hooks.  The \option{smallblocks} option has the same effect as using
+% \cs\smallblocks in the preamble, for which see below.  The
+% \option{normalblocks} option means no \cs\smallblocks, and is there simply
+% for completeness.
+%
+%% FIX; using smallblocks option gives option clash when other packages require
+%  blkcntrl.  Do thorough review of option passing.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\smallblocks
+%     When \cs\smallblocks is declared in the preamble, footnotes and the block
+%     elements \env{quote}, \env{quotation}, and \env{verse} are set one size
+%     smaller (i.e., \code{\relsize{-1}}).
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\normalblocks
+%
+% \section{Programmers' interface}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreChunk
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreQuote
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreQuotation
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreVerse
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreFootnote
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{block control}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{blkcntrl}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,relsize}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\normalblocks}
+% \begin{macro}{\smallblocks}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@smallblocks@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@smallblocks@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@smallblocks@false}
+%  \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareBooleanUserOptions{smallblocks}{normalblocks}
+\@onlypreamble\smallblocks
+\@onlypreamble\normalblocks
+\ExecuteOptions{normalblocks}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{General get-control hook hacks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@in@footnote@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@in@footnote@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@in@footnote@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreFootnote}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreChunk}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreQuote}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreQuotation}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreVerse}
+%   Additions to these hooks should be made with \cname{\addto@macro}.
+%   Deletions should be accomplished by scoping.
+%
+%   I think macros are much more convenient as hooks than tokens.  I use the
+%   prefixes |Pre| or |Post|.  We want to add a hook to the usual definition
+%   here, to gain some control over relative sizing in footnotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@in@footnote@}
+\newcommand\PreFootnote {%
+  \@in@footnote@true
+}
+\ReserveCS\PreChunk
+\newcommand\PreQuote {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreQuotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreVerse {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
+%   All we're doing is adding the \cs\PreFootnote hook.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@makefntext [1] {%
+  \setlength\parindent{\@ne em}%
+  \noindent
+  \hb@xt@ 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+  {\PreFootnote #1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{verse}
+% \begin{environment}{quotation}
+% \begin{environment}{quote}
+%   Again all we're doing to these environments is adding the hooks.
+%
+%   The hook cannot be put into the second argument, which is called before the
+%   paragraph preceding the environment has been ended (unless the environment
+%   started a new one).  
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment{verse}
+               {\let\\\@centercr
+               \relax\list{}{\setlength{\itemsep}{\z@}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{-1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\listparindent}{\itemindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \addtolength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}}%
+                \item\relax\PreVerse\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quotation}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\listparindent}{1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{\listparindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \setlength{\parsep}{\z@ \@plus\p@}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuotation\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quote}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuote\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument {%
+  \if@smallblocks@
+    \addto@macro\PreChunk {%
+      \if@in@footnote@
+      \else
+        \relsize{-1}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cae918c1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{compsci} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Compsci package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{45}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{compsci.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\ALaTeX}
+%  \begin{macro}{\Frankenstein}
+%  \begin{macro}{\monster}
+%  \begin{macro}{\CTAN}
+%  \begin{macro}{\kpse}
+%  \begin{macro}{\gemacs}
+%  \begin{macro}{\auctex}
+%  \begin{macro}{\nts}
+%  \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex}
+%  \begin{macro}{\etex}
+%  \begin{macro}{\LaTeXiii}
+%  \begin{macro}{\idvi}
+% Various program names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newprogram\Frankenstein{Frankenstein}
+\newlet\monster\Frankenstein
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{Hmm, \ALaTeX{} kernel uses \cs\DeclareRobustCommand.  What does
+% \LaTeX{} kernel do?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\requirecommand\ALaTeX {%
+\defcommand\ALaTeX {%
+  A\LaTeX%
+}
+\newabbrev\ctan{CTAN}
+\newprogram\kpse{kpathsea}
+\newprogram\gemacs{\textrm{GNU} Emacs}
+\newprogram\auctex{AUC-\TeX}
+\newprogram\nts{$\cal NTS$}
+\newprogram\MakeIndex{{\normalshape\em Makeindex\/}}
+\newprogram\etex{e-\TeX}
+\newprogram\LaTeXiii{\LaTeX~3}
+\newprogram\idvi{IDVI}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8bc92c4561d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `compsci.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% compsci.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     compsci.sty or compsci.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called compsci.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     compsci.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{macros for writing about macros (Frankenstein's conscience)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{compsci}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{abbrevs,alltt,lips,moredefs,relsize,shortvrb,%
+                slemph,titles,url,verbatim}
+\DeclareOption{hyperlatex} {%
+  \FrankenInfo{compsci}{hyperlatex}
+  \UndefineCS\code
+  \UndefineCS\file
+  \AtEndOfPackage {
+    \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+    \newlet\cs@url\url
+    \renewcommand*\url [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \let\sc@t@a\cs@url
+      \else
+        \defcommand\sc@t@a [1] {%
+          #1\footnote{See \texttt{##1}.}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    }
+    \renewcommand*\email [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \expandafter\cs@email
+      \else
+        #1 \expandafter\cs@email
+      \fi
+    }
+  }
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+%%
+%%
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+\newcommand*\code {%
+  \begingroup
+    \urlstyle{ttnobreak}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\url@ttnobreakstyle {%
+  \def\UrlFont     {\ttfamily}%
+  \def\UrlSpecials {\do\ {\ }}%
+  \def\UrlOrds     {\do\*\do\-}%
+}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode `|=0
+  \catcode `[=1
+  \catcode `]=2
+  \catcode`\{=12
+  \catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`\\=12
+  |gdef|@xverbatim#1\end{codeexample}[#1|end[codeexample]]
+  |gdef|@sxverbatim#1\end{codeexample*}[#1|end[codeexample*]]
+|endgroup
+\newcommand\codeexample {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \frenchspacing
+  \@vobeyspaces
+  \@xverbatim
+}
+\NewName{codeexample*} {} {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \@sxverbatim
+}
+\newcommand\@docverbatim {%
+  \trivlist
+  \item[]%
+  \if@minipage\else
+    \vskip\parskip
+  \fi
+  \leftskip\@totalleftmargin
+  \rightskip\z@
+  \parindent\z@
+  \parfillskip\@flushglue
+  \parskip\z@
+  \@@par
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \def\par {%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \hbox{}%
+    \fi
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \@@par
+    \penalty\interlinepenalty
+    \check@percent
+  }%
+  \obeylines
+  \let\do\do@noligs
+  \verbatim@nolig@list
+  \let\do\@makeother
+  \dospecials
+}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentIgnore{\catcode`\%9\relax}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentComment{\catcode`\%14\relax}
+\newenvironment{codeexamplex} {%
+    \alltt
+    \def\\{\char`\\}%
+    \MakePercentIgnore\relax
+  }{%
+  \endalltt
+}
+\newenvironment{typesetexample} {%
+    \quote
+  }{%
+  \endquote
+}
+\newwrite \verbatim@out
+\DefName{end@cs@verbatim@write} {} {%
+  \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out
+  \@esphack
+}
+\defcommand\cs@verbatim@write [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1
+  \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
+  \catcode`\^^M\active \catcode`\^^I=12
+  \def\verbatim@processline {%
+    \if@cs@using@doc@
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\expandafter\GobbleM\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \else
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \verbatim@start
+}
+\newboolean{verbtab@ok}
+\newboolean{@cs@first@line@}
+\ReserveCS\cs@verbatim@input
+\@cs@first@line@true
+{\catcode`\~=\active \lccode`\~=`\^^M \lccode`\N=`\N
+  \lowercase{%
+    \gdef\cs@verbatim@input #1{%
+      \begingroup
+        \@verbatim\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
+        \def\verbatim@addtoline##1~{%
+          \verbatim@line\expandafter{\the\verbatim@line##1}%
+        }%
+        \openin\verbatim@in@stream=#1
+        \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+          \FrankenError{compsci}
+            {Can't find file #1!}\@eha
+        \else
+          \verbtab@oktrue
+          \verbatim@line {}%
+          \def\verbtab@prev@line{PREVINIT~}%
+          \loop
+            \read\verbatim@in@stream to \verbtab@line
+            \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+              \verbtab@okfalse
+            \else
+              \if@cs@first@line@
+                \@cs@first@line@false
+              \else
+                \expandafter\verbatim@addtoline\verbtab@prev@line
+                \the\verbatim@line
+                \par
+                \verbatim@line {}%
+              \fi
+              \let\verbtab@prev@line\verbtab@line
+            \fi
+          \ifverbtab@ok \repeat
+          \closein\verbatim@in@stream
+        \fi
+        \endtrivlist
+      \endgroup
+      \@doendpe
+    }%               \gdef
+  }%                \lowercase
+}%                  catcodes
+\newboolean{@cs@using@doc@}
+\newenvironment{bothexample} {%
+    \@ifundefined{ver@doc.sty} {%
+        \@cs@using@doc@false
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@cs@using@doc@true
+    }
+    \par
+    \begingroup
+     \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+  }{%
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \cs@verbatim@input{\jobname.vrb}%
+  \endgroup
+  \par\noindent{\sffamily\larger LOOKS LIKE:}%
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+      \MakePercentComment
+      \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}
+\newenvironment{splitexample} [1] {%
+  \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+    #1
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \codeexample
+  }{%
+  \endcodeexample
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+    \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}
+\newcommand\caveat [1] {%
+  \cs@caveat
+  #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{warning} {%
+    \cs@caveat
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@caveat {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries Warning:}\space
+}
+\newcommand\todo [1] {%
+  \cs@todo
+    #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{todoenv} {%
+    \cs@todo
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@todo {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries To do:}\space
+}
+\NewTextFontCommand \program \TMFontProgram % generic name of computer program
+\NewTextFontCommand \bst     \ttfamily      % name of BibTeX bibliography style
+\NewTextFontCommand \class   \slshape       % name of LaTeX class
+\NewTextFontCommand \env     \ttfamily      % name of environment
+\NewTextFontCommand \ext     \ttfamily      % name of file extension
+\NewTextFontCommand \option  \ttfamily      % name of package or class option
+\NewTextFontCommand \package \slshape       % name of LaTeX package
+\NewTextFontCommand \cat     \sffamily      % name of a category
+\newlet             \typeset \fbox          % text as it appears when typeset
+\newlet             \file    \path          % name of disk file
+\newcommand\cs@email {%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\UrlLeft{<}%
+    \def\UrlRight{>}%
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\cs@email@nobrace {%
+  \begingroup
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\email{\cs@email}
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces%
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\gdef\meta{\begingroup\let\\\textbackslash\normalfont\obeyspaces\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\let^^M\do@space\let \do@space%
+\def\-{\egroup\discretionary{-}{}{}\hbox\bgroup\itshape}%
+\m@ta}%
+\endgroup
+\defcommand\m@ta [1] {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox\bgroup$\langle$\itshape#1\/$\rangle$\egroup
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\do@space {%
+  \egroup
+  \space
+  \hbox\bgroup\itshape\futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+\def\sp@ce {%
+  \ifx\next\do@space
+    \expandafter\sp@@ce
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\sp@@ce [1] {%
+  \futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+\defcommand*\marg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily\char`\{\meta{#1}\char`\}}%
+}
+\defcommand*\oarg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily[\meta{#1}]}%
+}
+\NewRobustCommand*\cname [1] {%
+  \expandafter\code\expandafter{\bslash#1}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cmd {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \@ifnextchar \bgroup
+      \cs@cmd@grouped
+    \cs@cmd@ungrouped
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@grouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@ungrouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic@space
+  \endgroup
+}
+\let\cs\cmd
+%%
+\def\partname {%
+  Part%
+}
+\newcommand*\ProcessDTXFile [1] {%
+  \def\filename {#1}%
+  \def\JusTLoaDInformatioN {}%
+  \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  \input{#1}%
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN % not necessary in my usage, but safe
+}
+\newcommand*\IfCitations [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{initelyHavECitationS} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\IfJustLoadInformation [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\SaveDoXVarS {%
+  \SaveCS\fileinfo \SaveCS\fileversion
+  \SaveCS\filedate \SaveCS\docdate
+  \SaveCS\DoXPackageS
+  \def\RestorECitationS {%
+    \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  }%
+  \IfCitations {%
+    \let\RestorECitationS\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\RestoreDoXVarS {%
+  \RestoreCS\fileinfo \RestoreCS\fileversion
+  \RestoreCS\filedate \RestoreCS\docdate
+  \RestoreCS\DoXPackageS
+  \RestorECitationS
+}
+\newcommand*\AddToCheckSum [1] {%
+  \global\advance\check@sum #1%
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Program}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newprogram}{Program}
+\def\TMFontProgram {%
+  \relsize{-1}\ttfamily
+}
+\providecommand\BibTeX {%
+  {\rmfamily B\kern-.05em{\scshape i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em
+    T\kern-.1667em\raisebox{-.7ex}{E}\kern-.125emX}%
+}
+\InputIfFileExists{compsci.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `compsci.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f01f9523b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1124 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   compsci LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, compsci.tex
+%   and compsci.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{620}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \package{Compsci} is useful whenever writing about programming, but
+%   especially when writing about \TeX{} and especially when used as a supplement
+%   to the \class{ltxdoc} class to document \LaTeX{} macros in a literate
+%   programming style with \ext{dtx} files.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Textual elements}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\env}
+%   \cs\env\marg{environment name} typesets the name of a \LaTeX{} environment.
+%    For example, the \env{enumerate} environment.
+% \todo{Add \cs\bib how about?}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\bst}
+%   \cs\bst\marg{bibstyle name} typesets the name of a \BibTeX{} bibliography
+%   style.  For example, the \bst{achicago} bibstyle.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\package}
+%   \cs\package\marg{package name} typesets the name of a \LaTeX{} package.
+%   For example, the \package{compsci} package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\class}
+%   \cs\class\marg{class name} typesets the name of a \LaTeX{} class. For
+%   example, the \class{letter} class.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\file} 
+%   \cs\file\marg{file name} typesets the name of a disk file.
+%   For example, the file \file{Makefile.in}.
+%   \todo{Should I use url.sty's \cs\path command for this?}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ext}
+%   \cs\ext\marg{extension} typesets the name of a disk file extension.  For
+%   example, the extension \ext{dvi}.  The argument should not include the dot
+%   that separates the root name from the extension.  The dot can be inserted
+%   by the macro if you want it.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\caveat}
+% \DescribeEnv{warning}
+%   \cs\caveat\marg{warning text} typesets warning paragraphs.
+%   You can also enclose the \meta{warning text} in a \env{warning}
+%   environment.  Using the \env{warning} environment is necessary if the
+%   \meta{warning text} is to include \code{|...|}s, a \env{codeexample}
+%   environment or other ``verbatim'' constructs.
+%
+%   \caveat{This is an example \cs\caveat or \env{warning} environment.}
+%   
+% \DescribeMacro\todo
+% \DescribeEnv{todoenv}
+%   The \cs\todo\marg{text} command and the \env{todoenv} environment are
+%   analogous to \cs\caveat and \env{warning}, but they typeset paragraphs of a
+%   task ``to do''.
+%
+%   \todo{This is an example \cs\todo or \env{todoenv} environment.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\code}
+% \DescribeMacro{\code*}
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \DescribeMacro{|...|}
+%   \cs\code\marg{verbatim text} and \code{|}\meta{verbatim text}\code{|}
+%   typeset short pieces of code verbatim.  For example,
+%   \code+|{{+\code{@#%$^\|} looks like      ^^A $}} for emacs
+%^^A  Dang tricky to give a tricky example!
+%   \begingroup
+%     \def~{\char`\\}%
+%     \makeatother
+%     \catcode`\[=1\catcode`\]=2\catcode`\{=12\relax
+%     \catcode`\#=12
+%     \catcode`\+=14 +
+%     \catcode`\$=12 +
+%     \catcode`\^=12 +
+%     \catcode`\%=12 \fbox[\ttfamily {{@#%$^~]\endgroup.        ^^A for emacs $
+%
+%   Instead of matching curly braces, any two identical characters, even a
+%   space, may be used to contain the \meta{verbatim} after the \cs\code
+%   command.
+%
+%   \todo{Implement \cname{code*}.  Like \cname{verb*}, \cname{code*} marks
+%   spaces explicitly.  This is not an example todo, this is a real one for the
+%   \package{compsci} package!}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\typeset}
+%    \cs\typeset\marg{text} typesets \meta{text} in a normal way, but indicates
+%    by boxing that the contents are an example of how some piece of code
+%    actually appears.  For example, \code{this} looks like \typeset{this} when
+%    typeset.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{typesetexample}
+%   These example environments may be used to present a piece of source code
+%   and what it looks like when typeset.  The \env{typesetexample} environment
+%   typesets its contents like \cs\typeset except they are set off in their own
+%   indented block element instead of being boxed. 
+%
+%   \begin{typesetexample}
+%     This is an example of the \env{typesetexample} environment.
+%   \end{typesetexample}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexample}
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexample*}
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexamplex}
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexamplex*}
+%   The \env{codeexample} and
+%   \env{codeexample*} environments are similar analogs of \cs\code and
+%   \cname{code*}.  The \env{codeexamplex} environment is like the
+%   \env{codeexample} environment except that |\|, |{|, |}| have their usual
+%   meanings. Inside the argument, \cs\\ produces a typeset backslash.  
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%   This is a \env{codeexample} environment: \(\int e^x\,dx\)  {}{{{!#@$%^&\
+%   There is a percent sign in the source after the $.
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+%   \begin{codeexample*}
+%   This is a \env{codexample*} environment: \(\int e^x\,dx\)  {}{{{!#@$%^&\
+%   Someday I would like to get rid of the leading spaces in a line.
+%   \end{codeexample*}
+%
+%   \begin{codeexamplex}
+%   This is a \env{codeexamplex} environment:  \(\int e^x\,dx\)  {}{{{}}}!#@$%^&\\
+%   The earlier examples had three unmatched open-braces which had to be
+%   closed in this environment.  Also the backslash had to be doubled.
+%   Percent signs get ignored---a BUG.
+%   \end{codeexamplex}
+%
+%   \begin{warning}
+%     The \env{codeexamplex} environment ideally should ignore \code{%}s in the
+%     first column and print all others.  The best I can do for the moment is
+%     to ignore \emph{all} \code{%}s.
+%   \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{bothexample}
+% \DescribeEnv{bothexample*}
+%   The \env{bothexample} and \env{bothexample*} environments typeset their
+%   contents two times, side by side.  The left side is set like either a
+%   \env{codeexample} or \env{codeexample*} environment, and the right side is
+%   set like a \env{typesetexample} environment.
+%
+%   I find setting a line width of 65 characters in your editor helps keep
+%   this kind of example from bleeding to the right.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     This is one part of a \env{bothexample} environment: 
+%     \(\int e^x\,dx\)  \fbox{jub-jub} \par
+%     The contents must not contain any \LaTeX{} errors.
+%
+%     There is an annoying \% plus three explicit spaces at the beginning of
+%     the first part.  They are a bug!  Also notice also the missing percent 
+%     sign after the backslash after ``annoying''---another bug that affects
+%     the verbatim part only.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+% 
+% \DescribeEnv{splitexample}
+% \DescribeEnv{splitexample*}
+%   The \env{splitexample} environment takes an argument which is used on the
+%   right side (the typeset side) of an element that looks like
+%   \env{bothexample}.  The contents of the environment are set on the left
+%   side.  This is a way to cheat, making the right side something other than
+%   the strict tyepsetting of what's on the left.
+%  
+%   \begin{warning}
+%     The \env{splitexample} and \env{bothexample} environments \emph{execute}
+%     example code.  The example code is executed in a group, but be careful
+%     with global assignments, and with assignments that might screw up the
+%     example environment itself before the group ends.  Notice that
+%     \cs\setcounter is global.
+%   \end{warning}
+%
+%   The \env{bothexample} and \env{splitexample} environments use an auxiliary
+%   file with extension \ext{vrb}, but a second pass with \LaTeX{} is not
+%   necessary.
+% 
+%   \todo {Implement \env{splitexample} and \env{splitexample*}.}
+%
+%   \todo {Get the \env{bothexample} sub-environments side by side!  Right now
+%   they are sequential.  I recommend keeping line length inside this
+%   environment less than 40, however, in case the side-by-side presentation is
+%   ever possible.  I have not followed this advice myself.}
+%
+%   \todo {Implement \env{codeexamplex*}.}
+%
+%   \caveat{The \env{bothexample} environment is working nicely now, but I have
+%   not even touched the other complicated verbatim-like environments, so they
+%   might be broken.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\url}
+% \DescribeMacro{\email}
+% \DescribeMacro{\path}
+% \DescribeMacro{\file}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{url} package by Donald
+%   Arseneau to handle the typesetting of URLs, email addresses, and filesystem
+%   paths.  See that package for details of how line breaks are handled within
+%   these elements.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\option}
+%   \cs\option\marg{option name} typesets the name of a package or class
+%   option.  For example, the \option{landscape} option.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\program}
+%   \cs\program\marg{program name} typesets the name of a computer program.
+%   For example the \program{xdvi} program.  See also \cs\newprogram below.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\lips}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{lips} package, so you can
+%   use the \cs\lips command for text ellipses.  My love is like a red red rose
+%   \lips.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\book}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{titles} package, so several
+%   commands like \cs\book are available.
+%
+% \section{Referring to commands}
+%
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \DescribeMacro{\cs}
+% \DescribeMacro{\cmd}
+%   \cs\cs\marg{command sequence} typesets a command sequence, such as the one
+%   that starts this sentence.  \cs\cmd does the same thing.  For example,
+%   \code{\cs\foo} looks like \typeset{\cs\foo}.  When writing, e.g.,
+%   \code{\cs\foo} the following spacing is automatically handled.  The result
+%   doesn't look different from using the \code{|...|} or \cs\code syntax, but
+%   the markup allows the parsing of the macro name itself for some future
+%   purpose such as indexing.  
+%
+%  \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+%   \begin{warning}
+%     You cannot say \code{\cs\foo@bar} when |@| is not a letter (category code
+%     11), you must say \code{\cs{\foo@bar}} or \code{\cname{foo@bar}} instead.
+%
+%     Nor can you say \code{\cs\par}.  It trips on \cname{text@command}.
+%
+%     Nor can you say \code{\cs\iffoo}.  Use \code{\cname{iffoo}} instead.
+%   \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\cname}
+%   \cs\cname\marg{command name} is like \cs\cs but its argument is evaluated
+%   and prefixed with a backslash character.    For example, writing 
+%   |\cname{@tfor}| gives you \typeset{\cname{@tfor}}. 
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\marg}
+% \DescribeMacro{\oarg}
+%   \cs\marg\marg{mandatory argument} typesets a mandatory argument, and
+%   \cs\oarg\marg{optional argument} typesets an optional argument.  For
+%   example, These macros are defined with \cs\meta, so you can use |\\| for a
+%   typeset backslash.
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     \cs\GobbleMOM\marg{first arg}\oarg{optional second arg}\marg{third arg}
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\meta}
+%   \cs\meta\marg{text} refers to a syntactic placeholder.  You would use this
+%   for example to talk about one of the arguments of a command you've
+%   introduced, like \meta{text} above, which can contain normal text but is
+%   broken across lines only at spaces.  Within the argument |\\| is a typeset
+%   backslash.
+%
+% \section{Miscellaneous}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newprogram}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{abbrevs} package to define
+%   the |Program| category of abbreviation.  Use
+%   \cs\newprogram\marg{\\csname}\marg{initial expansion}\oarg{subsequent
+%   expansion} to define a new abbreviation \marg{\\csname} for a program.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ProcessDTXFile}
+%   \cs\ProcessDTXFile can be used by a documentation driver file of the kind
+%   you might be inclined to make using the \package{doc} package.  Its purpose
+%   is to be able to load a package up to a certain point so that just
+%   descriptive information can be read without reading in the whole file.
+%   \cs\ProcessDTXFile\marg{filename} defines the variable
+%   \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN and inputs the file \meta{filename}.  To be useful,
+%   the file must have a statement that branches on whether
+%   \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN is defined.  For an example of its use, see the
+%   present package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\MaybeBibliography}
+% 
+%  Sorry, you will need to look at the source below.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AddToCheckSum}
+%   \cs\AddToCheckSum\marg{number} simply adds \meta{number} globally to the
+%   checksum counter implemented in the \package{doc} package.    This macro
+%   finds applications when the sources of a package are spread over one or
+%   more files such as configuration files or files concatenated by a
+%   \program{Make} process.  For an example of its use, see the present package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\BibTeX}
+%   The \BibTeX{} logo is provided if it isn't already defined.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{macros for writing about macros (Frankenstein's conscience)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{compsci}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+% 
+%
+% \section{Requirements and context}
+%
+% ^^A FIX do check and set boolean for being inside \Doc thing etc. have to
+% ^^A branch on all verbatim-like stuff.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{abbrevs,alltt,lips,moredefs,relsize,shortvrb,%
+                slemph,titles,url,verbatim}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Hyperlatex option}
+% Handle \option{hyperlatex} option here.  \todo{Should this inherit globally?}
+% Long URLs are so common and screw up LaTeX in the middle of a paragraph that
+% a good scheme seems to be to relegate them to footnotes.  Make option/switch
+% for footnotes and inline.
+%
+% Actually, when it's a footnote, there's almost never going to be a linebreak,
+% unless the url is longer than the textwidth of the footnote...so |\textt{}|
+% is probably going to be fine.
+%
+% Could also use \code{\marginpar{\smaller\url{#1}}}---definitely would have to
+% use \cs\url not \cs\textt there.
+%
+% We undefine \cs\code and \cs\file immediately because we want
+% \package{compsci}'s versions not \package{hyperlatex}'s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{hyperlatex} {%
+  \FrankenInfo{compsci}{hyperlatex}
+  \UndefineCS\code
+  \UndefineCS\file
+  \AtEndOfPackage {
+%    \UndefineCS\code  hunh?????
+    \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+    \newlet\cs@url\url
+    \renewcommand*\url [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \let\sc@t@a\cs@url
+      \else
+        \defcommand\sc@t@a [1] {%
+          #1\footnote{See \texttt{##1}.}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    }
+    \renewcommand*\email [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \expandafter\cs@email
+      \else
+        #1 \expandafter\cs@email
+      \fi
+    }
+  }
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{Alternative ways to handle things}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+%    \def\sc@t@a {%
+%       #1%
+%       \begingroup
+%         \def\UrlLeft {( see}%
+%         \def\UrlRight {)}%
+%         \Url
+%     }%
+%%
+%    \def\sc@t@a {%
+%       #1%
+%       \begingroup
+%         \def\UrlLeft{\footnote\bgroup}%
+%         \def\UrlRight {.\egroup}%
+%         See \Url
+%     }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Textual elements}
+%
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{macro}{\code}
+% \begin{macro}{|...|}
+% \begin{macro}{\url@ttnobreakstyle}
+%   We use the \package{url} package to implement \cs\code and the
+%   \package{shortvrb} package to implement \code{|...|}.  There are no
+%   linebreaks in either.  See the respective packages for considerations of
+%   robustness.
+%
+% \todo {summarize robustness considerations here.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|} 
+\newcommand*\code {%
+  \begingroup
+    \urlstyle{ttnobreak}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\url@ttnobreakstyle {%
+  \def\UrlFont     {\ttfamily}%
+  \def\UrlSpecials {\do\ {\ }}%
+  \def\UrlOrds     {\do\*\do\-}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{codeexample}
+% \begin{environment}{codeexample*}
+%   What I'm doing here is defining \env{codeexample} and \env{codeexample*} to
+%   be just like the \package{doc} package's \env{verbatim} and
+%   \env{verbatim*}.  That is, they ignore |%| 
+%   characters at the beginning of lines.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode `|=0
+  \catcode `[=1
+  \catcode `]=2
+  \catcode`\{=12
+  \catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`\\=12
+  |gdef|@xverbatim#1\end{codeexample}[#1|end[codeexample]]
+  |gdef|@sxverbatim#1\end{codeexample*}[#1|end[codeexample*]]
+|endgroup
+\newcommand\codeexample {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \frenchspacing
+  \@vobeyspaces
+  \@xverbatim
+}
+\NewName{codeexample*} {} {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \@sxverbatim
+}
+\newcommand\@docverbatim {%
+  \trivlist
+  \item[]%
+  \if@minipage\else
+    \vskip\parskip
+  \fi
+  \leftskip\@totalleftmargin
+  \rightskip\z@
+  \parindent\z@
+  \parfillskip\@flushglue
+  \parskip\z@
+  \@@par
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \def\par {%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \hbox{}%
+    \fi
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \@@par
+    \penalty\interlinepenalty
+    \check@percent
+  }%
+  \obeylines
+  \let\do\do@noligs
+  \verbatim@nolig@list
+  \let\do\@makeother
+  \dospecials
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\MakePercentIgnore}
+% \begin{macro}{\MakePercentComment}
+%    These are defined in the \package{doc} package, which may be loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentIgnore{\catcode`\%9\relax}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentComment{\catcode`\%14\relax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{codeexamplex}
+%   The \env{codeexamplex} environment ideally should ignore |%|s in the
+%   first column and print all others.  The best I can do for the moment is to
+%   ignore |%|s. \todo{use verbatim-write trick}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{codeexamplex} {%
+    \alltt
+    \def\\{\char`\\}%
+    \MakePercentIgnore\relax
+  }{%
+  \endalltt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{typesetexample}
+%   The \env{typesetexample} environment is simple, it's just the \env{quote} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{typesetexample} {%
+    \quote
+  }{%
+  \endquote
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%   To implement the \env{bothexample} environments we write out the contents
+%   of the environment and read them in twice, typesetting them differently
+%   each time.  The \env{verbatimwrite} environment comes from the
+%   \package{moreverb} package.  Reading the text twice seems unavoidable
+%   because we want to read them with different catcodes each time.
+%
+%   \todo {Figure whether the tab stuff here is going is a help or a
+%   hindrance.}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\verbatim@out}
+% \begin{macro}{\end@cs@verbatim@write}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@verbatim@write}
+% \begin{macro}{\verbtab@oktrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\verbtab@okfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifverbtab@ok}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@cs@first@line@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@cs@first@line@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@cs@first@line@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@verbatim@input}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newwrite \verbatim@out
+\DefName{end@cs@verbatim@write} {} {%
+  \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out
+  \@esphack
+}
+\defcommand\cs@verbatim@write [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1
+  \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
+  \catcode`\^^M\active \catcode`\^^I=12
+  \def\verbatim@processline {%
+    \if@cs@using@doc@
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\expandafter\GobbleM\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \else
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \verbatim@start
+}
+\newboolean{verbtab@ok}
+\newboolean{@cs@first@line@}
+\ReserveCS\cs@verbatim@input
+\@cs@first@line@true
+{\catcode`\~=\active \lccode`\~=`\^^M \lccode`\N=`\N
+  \lowercase{%
+    \gdef\cs@verbatim@input #1{%
+      \begingroup
+        \@verbatim\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
+        \def\verbatim@addtoline##1~{%
+          \verbatim@line\expandafter{\the\verbatim@line##1}%
+        }%
+        \openin\verbatim@in@stream=#1
+        \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+          \FrankenError{compsci}
+            {Can't find file #1!}\@eha
+        \else
+          \verbtab@oktrue
+          \verbatim@line {}%
+          \def\verbtab@prev@line{PREVINIT~}%
+          \loop
+            \read\verbatim@in@stream to \verbtab@line
+            \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+              \verbtab@okfalse
+            \else
+%              \DTypeout{My line is: [\meaning\verbtab@line]}%
+              \if@cs@first@line@
+%                \DTypeout{I'm avoiding printing: [\meaning\verbtab@prev@line]}%
+                \@cs@first@line@false
+              \else
+%                \DTypeout{I'll print: [\meaning\verbtab@prev@line]}%
+                \expandafter\verbatim@addtoline\verbtab@prev@line
+                \the\verbatim@line
+                \par
+                \verbatim@line {}%
+              \fi
+              \let\verbtab@prev@line\verbtab@line
+            \fi
+          \ifverbtab@ok \repeat
+          \closein\verbatim@in@stream
+        \fi
+        \endtrivlist
+      \endgroup
+      \@doendpe
+    }%               \gdef
+  }%                \lowercase
+}%                  catcodes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{bothexample}
+% \begin{environment}{bothexample*}
+%   The first \cs\begingroup\lips{}\cs\endgroup I think is necessary to contain
+%   the verbatim activity.  The second is necessary so that activity in the
+%   example environment does not effect anything outside it.  Of course global
+%   activity will, so be careful!  The \cs\minipage effects the second
+%   group. [Hmm, I don't see a ``second'' group\lips.]
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@cs@using@doc@}
+\newenvironment{bothexample} {%
+    \@ifundefined{ver@doc.sty} {%
+        \@cs@using@doc@false
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@cs@using@doc@true
+    }
+    \par
+    \begingroup
+     \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+  }{%
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \cs@verbatim@input{\jobname.vrb}%
+  \endgroup
+  \par\noindent{\sffamily\larger LOOKS LIKE:}%
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+      \MakePercentComment
+      \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{splitexample}
+% \begin{environment}{splitexample*}
+%   We can't use |#1| in the end-environment part, so we write it out.  Again
+%   we have the problem of |%|s.  
+%   \caveat{This is broken!}  ^^A FIX
+%   ^^A FIX:  keep this in step with developments in the presentation of the
+%   ^^A       botheexample stuff.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newenvironment{gogog}[1]
+%   {\verbatimwrite{\jobname.vrb}#1}
+%   {\endverbatimwrite}
+\newenvironment{splitexample} [1] {%
+  \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+    #1
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \codeexample
+  }{%
+  \endcodeexample
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+    \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caveat}
+% \begin{environment}{warning}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@caveat}
+% \begin{macro}{\todo}
+% \begin{environment}{todoenv}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@todo}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caveat [1] {%
+  \cs@caveat
+  #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{warning} {%
+    \cs@caveat
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@caveat {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries Warning:}\space
+}
+\newcommand\todo [1] {%
+  \cs@todo
+    #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{todoenv} {%
+    \cs@todo
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@todo {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries To do:}\space
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\program}
+% \begin{macro}{\bst}
+% \begin{macro}{\class}
+% \begin{macro}{\env}
+% \begin{macro}{\ext}
+% \begin{macro}{\file}
+% \begin{macro}{\option}
+% \begin{macro}{\package}
+% \begin{macro}{\cat}
+% \begin{macro}{\typeset}
+%   Abstract markup of terms and objects.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewTextFontCommand \program \TMFontProgram % generic name of computer program
+\NewTextFontCommand \bst     \ttfamily      % name of BibTeX bibliography style
+\NewTextFontCommand \class   \slshape       % name of LaTeX class
+\NewTextFontCommand \env     \ttfamily      % name of environment
+\NewTextFontCommand \ext     \ttfamily      % name of file extension
+\NewTextFontCommand \option  \ttfamily      % name of package or class option
+\NewTextFontCommand \package \slshape       % name of LaTeX package
+\NewTextFontCommand \cat     \sffamily      % name of a category
+\newlet             \typeset \fbox          % text as it appears when typeset
+\newlet             \file    \path          % name of disk file
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\email}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@email@nobrace}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@email}
+% The \option{hyperlatex} option will change \cs\email at the end of this
+% package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\cs@email {%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\UrlLeft{<}%
+    \def\UrlRight{>}%
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\cs@email@nobrace {%
+  \begingroup
+%    \def\UrlLeft{<}%
+%    \def\UrlRight{>}%
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\email{\cs@email}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \section{Referring to commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\meta}
+% \begin{macro}{\m@ta}
+% \begin{macro}{\do@space}
+% \begin{macro}{\sp@ce}
+% \begin{macro}{\sp@@ce}
+%   Here I redefine \cs\meta to include a \cs\normalfont right at the beginning
+%   inside a group, since the command was working strangely when \cs\ttfamily
+%   was in effect.  Also, I redefine |\\| to be a typeset backslash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces%
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\gdef\meta{\begingroup\let\\\textbackslash\normalfont\obeyspaces\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\let^^M\do@space\let \do@space%
+\def\-{\egroup\discretionary{-}{}{}\hbox\bgroup\itshape}%
+\m@ta}%
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These are simply from the \package{doc} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\m@ta [1] {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox\bgroup$\langle$\itshape#1\/$\rangle$\egroup
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\do@space {%
+  \egroup
+  \space
+  \hbox\bgroup\itshape\futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+\def\sp@ce {%
+  \ifx\next\do@space
+    \expandafter\sp@@ce
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\sp@@ce [1] {%
+  \futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\marg}
+% \begin{macro}{\oarg}
+%   These use \cs\meta and are therefore slightly different than their
+%   counterparts in \class{ltxdoc}.  A tiny bit of breakability is added at the
+%   beginning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand*\marg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily\char`\{\meta{#1}\char`\}}%
+}
+\defcommand*\oarg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily[\meta{#1}]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cname}
+% \begin{macro}{\cmd}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs}
+%   For referring to a \LaTeX{} macro.  The code is a mix from the
+%   \class{ltxdoc} class and the \package{abbrevs} package.  There is no need
+%   to check for \cs\nocorr commands inside the argument so we skip
+%   \cs{\text@command}.  We might conceivably be in a typewriter slanted, so we
+%   do check for italic corrections.  We don't handle the case of calling this
+%   in math mode (see the definition of \cs\DeclareTextFontCommand in the
+%   kernel).
+%
+%   We handle the cases of |\cmd{\foo}| and \cmd\foo differently.  The latter
+%   needs logic to determine the following space, whereas the former does not.
+%   They both need italic corrections.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewRobustCommand*\cname [1] {%
+  \expandafter\code\expandafter{\bslash#1}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cmd {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \@ifnextchar \bgroup
+      \cs@cmd@grouped
+    \cs@cmd@ungrouped
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@grouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@ungrouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic@space
+  \endgroup
+}
+\let\cs\cmd
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Miscellaneous}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\partname}
+% \begin{macro}{\ProcessDTXFile}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfJustLoadInformation}
+% \begin{macro}{\JusTLoaDInformatioN}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfCitations}
+% \begin{macro}{\initelyHavECitationS}
+% \begin{macro}{\SaveDoXVarS}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreDoXVarS}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestorECitationS}
+% \begin{macro}{\AddToCheckSum}
+%   See the version control section above and all throughout the \Frankenstein
+%   bundle for examples of when you might want to use these commands.
+%%
+% ^^A FIX Add ltxdoc check for addtochecksum?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\partname {%
+  Part%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We make sure it's OK to use \cs\def\DoXPackageS multiple times.  You might
+% need to call packages with options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ProcessDTXFile [1] {%
+  \def\filename {#1}%
+  \def\JusTLoaDInformatioN {}%
+  \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  \input{#1}%
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN % not necessary in my usage, but safe 
+}
+\newcommand*\IfCitations [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{initelyHavECitationS} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\IfJustLoadInformation [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\SaveDoXVarS {%
+  \SaveCS\fileinfo \SaveCS\fileversion
+  \SaveCS\filedate \SaveCS\docdate
+  \SaveCS\DoXPackageS
+  \def\RestorECitationS {%
+    \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  }%
+  \IfCitations {%
+    \let\RestorECitationS\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\RestoreDoXVarS {%
+  \RestoreCS\fileinfo \RestoreCS\fileversion
+  \RestoreCS\filedate \RestoreCS\docdate
+  \RestoreCS\DoXPackageS
+  \RestorECitationS
+}
+\newcommand*\AddToCheckSum [1] {%
+  \global\advance\check@sum #1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newprogram}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontProgram}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookProgram}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetProgram}
+%   Provide for program abbreviations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Program}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newprogram}{Program}
+\def\TMFontProgram {%
+  \relsize{-1}\ttfamily
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\BibTeX}
+% The \BibTeX{} logo.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\BibTeX {%
+  {\rmfamily B\kern-.05em{\scshape i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em
+    T\kern-.1667em\raisebox{-.7ex}{E}\kern-.125emX}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% Other things are deferred to a configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{compsci.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{compsci.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..898486702a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `dialogue.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% dialogue.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     dialogue.sty or dialogue.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called dialogue.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     dialogue.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{dialogue environment (Frankenstein's mouth)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {dialogue,attrib}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.1}
+\def\filedate{1999/03/01}
+\def\docdate{1996/04/11}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{dialogue}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize}
+\NewTextFontCommand\refer\ReferStyle
+
+\newcommand\ReferStyle {%
+  \scshape
+}
+\newcommand\direct [1] {%
+  [{\DirectStyle #1}]%
+}
+\newcommand\DirectStyle {%
+  \relsize{-1}%
+  \slshape
+}
+\newcommand*\DialogueLabel [1] {%
+  \scshape\lowercase{#1}:\hfil
+}
+\newcommand\PreDialogue {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newenvironment{dialogue} {%
+    \begin{list}{} {%
+        \setlength\itemsep{\z@ \@plus .5ex}%
+        \setlength\parsep{\parskip}%
+        \setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}%
+        \defcommand\speak [1] {\item[{##1}]}%
+        \let\makelabel\DialogueLabel
+      }%
+      \PreDialogue\relax
+    }{%
+  \end{list}%
+  }
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `dialogue.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..190b1be0b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   dialogue LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, dialogue.tex
+%   and dialogue.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{43}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \env{dialogue} environment is for citing short passages of scripted
+%   dialogue.  It is not for typsetting a long script.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%   
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Dialogue}
+%
+% An example will have to suffice for most documentation at the moment.
+% \cs\attrib is defined in the \package{attrib} package, also in the
+% \Frankenstein bundle.
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{dialogue}
+%     \speak{Vladimir} Whare are all these corpses from?
+%     \speak{Estragon} These skeletons.
+%     \par\lips\par
+%     \speak{Vladimir} A charnel-house!  A charnel-house!
+%     
+%     \attrib{\play{Waiting for Godot}, 41 \normalcitations\cite{beckett:godot}}
+%
+%     \medskip
+%     \direct{
+%     Estragon has exited offstage to right and left and come ``panting'' back
+%     and fallen into Vladimir's arms.  \emph{---Ed.}
+%     }
+%     \speak{Estragon} I'm in hell!
+%     \speak{Vladimir} Where were you?
+%     \speak{Estragon} They're coming there too!
+%     \speak{Vladimir} We're surrounded! \direct{\refer{Estragon} makes a rush
+%                      towards back.}  Imbecile!  There's no way out there.
+%                      \direct{\refer{He} takes \refer{Estragon} by the arms
+%                      and drags him towards front.  Gesture towards front.}
+%                      There!  Not a soul in sight!  Off you go!  Quick!
+%                      \direct{\refer{He} pushes \refer{Estragon} towards
+%                      auditorium.  \refer{Estragon} recoils in horror.}  You
+%                      won't?  \direct{\refer{He} contemplates auditorium.}
+%                      Well I can understand that.  Wait till I see.
+%                      \direct{\refer{He} reflects.}  Your only hope left is to
+%                      disappear.
+%   
+%     \attrib{47}
+%   \end{dialogue} 
+% \end{bothexample} 
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\direct
+%   \cs\direct\marg{directions}  Inline stage directions.  Can be used anywhere.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\refer
+%   \cs\refer\marg{speaker} Refer to a character in a play.  Can be used anywhere.
+% 
+% \DescribeEnv{dialogue}
+%   Inside the \env{dialogue} environment, commands \cs\direct, and \cs\refer
+%   behave differently, but have the same function.
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\speak
+%   \cs\speak\marg{speaker}  Introduce the speech of speaker \meta{speaker}
+%   within a \env{dialogue} environment.
+%
+% \section{Programmer's interface}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ReferStyle
+% \DescribeMacro\DirectStyle
+% \DescribeMacro\DialogueLabel
+% \DescribeMacro\PreDialogue
+%
+%   These macros are available for adjusting the behavior of the user
+%   commands.  I'm afraid you'll have to read the (easy) code until I write
+%   better documentation.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{dialogue environment (Frankenstein's mouth)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {dialogue,attrib}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.1}
+\def\filedate{1999/03/01}
+\def\docdate{1996/04/11}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{dialogue}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{The macros}
+%
+% The standard classes set \cs\partopsep, \cs\parsep, \cs\topsep, and
+% \cs\itemsep to positive values.  \cs\leftmargin goes to |2.5em| in
+% onecolumn.  \cs\labelsep is |.5em|; \cs\labelwidth = \cs\leftmargin -
+% \cs\labelsep.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\refer}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReferStyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\direct}
+% \begin{macro}{\DirectStyle}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewTextFontCommand\refer\ReferStyle
+
+\newcommand\ReferStyle {%
+  \scshape
+}
+\newcommand\direct [1] {%
+  [{\DirectStyle #1}]%
+}
+\newcommand\DirectStyle {%
+  \relsize{-1}%
+  \slshape
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DialogueLabel}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreDialogue}
+% \begin{environment}{dialogue}
+%   The first line of a new speaker has the speaker's name flush with the left
+%   margin of the surrounding text, then the default \cs\labelsep, then the
+%   first line of dialogue.  Subsequent lines all begin |2.5em| in, and end
+%   |2.5em| before the surrounding text.  Interparagraph space is the same as
+%   the surrounding text's.  Extra positive stretchability of |.5ex| is added
+%   between speakers.  \todo{Ensure that the units will be relative to the current
+%   size \emph{in} the environment, not the current size when the setting is
+%   done.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DialogueLabel [1] {%
+  \scshape\lowercase{#1}:\hfil
+}
+\newcommand\PreDialogue {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newenvironment{dialogue} {%
+    \begin{list}{} {%
+        \setlength\itemsep{\z@ \@plus .5ex}%
+        \setlength\parsep{\parskip}%
+        \setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}%
+        \defcommand\speak [1] {\item[{##1}]}%
+        \let\makelabel\DialogueLabel
+      }%
+      \PreDialogue\relax
+    }{%
+  \end{list}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{environment}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c3133423f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `lips.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% lips.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     lips.sty or lips.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called lips.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     lips.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual text ellipses (Frankenstein's lips)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2.1}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{lips}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\newcommand*\Lips {}
+\let\Lips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Lips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@lips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand*\BracketedLips {}
+\let\BracketedLips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\BracketedLips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@blips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newlet\lips\Lips
+\newlet\olips\lips
+\DeclareOption{mla} {%
+  \let\lips\BracketedLips
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+\newcommand\lp@lips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      .\penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\ %
+      \GobbleIgnoreSpaces
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lp@blips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleIgnoreSpaces [1] {%
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\newcommand*\lp@bang {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rparen {}
+\newcommand*\lp@comma {}
+\newcommand*\lp@slash {}
+\newcommand*\lp@colon {}
+\newcommand*\lp@semic {}
+\newcommand*\lp@q {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rbrack {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rquote {}
+\newcommand*\lp@tilde {}
+
+\let\lp@bang=!
+\let\lp@rparen=)
+\let\lp@comma=,
+\let\lp@slash=/
+\let\lp@colon=:
+\let\lp@semic=;
+\let\lp@q=?
+\let\lp@rbrack=]
+\let\lp@rquote='
+\let\lp@tilde=~
+
+
+\newcommand \LPNobreakList {%
+  \lp@comma \lp@colon  \lp@semic
+  \lp@q \lp@bang
+  \lp@rparen \lp@rquote \lp@rbrack \egroup
+  \lp@slash
+}
+\newcommand\lp@lips@check@punct {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\lp@tilde
+  \else
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \let\@fortmp\PunctList
+    \expandafter\@tforloop\LPNobreakList\@nil\@nil\@@\reserved@a {%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\reserved@a
+\@tempswafalse
+\@break@tfor
+      \fi
+     }%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \ %
+    \else
+      \nobreak\ %
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `lips.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..35b60029eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   lips LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, lips.tex
+%   and lips.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{207}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \cs\lips command generates text ellipses that are closer to what
+%   \manual suggests than what \cs\dots produces.  It does the right thing in
+%   most circumstances, and so is easy to use.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Text Ellipses}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\lips}
+% The macro \cs\lips should be used for all text ellipses, that is, ellipses
+% not part of a mathematical expression.
+%
+% \manual does not acknowledge different spacings after different marks of
+% punctuation, distinguish interword from intersentence space, or give rules
+% about where to break a line near an ellipsis.  Given a context where such
+% spaces do vary and rules for linebreaks can be given, I arrived at the
+% following rules for handling them around ellipses.
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Pre-, post-, and intra-ellipsis space is normal intra-word space, which
+%       should be 3-to-em.  In \LaTeX{} there is also some glue (it's a 
+%       ``rubber space'').
+% \item When non-period punctuation $p$ follows \cs\lips, $p$ is followed by
+%       the space that normally follows $p$.
+% \item A period following \cs\lips is treated as if the period preceded
+%       \cs\lips.  Conceptually, an ellipsis never precedes a period, so
+%       conceptually there is only one case; but it is convenient to be able to
+%       type either \code{\lips.} or \code{.\lips}.
+% \item Lines are a tiny bit breakable before ellipses and a tiny bit
+%       breakable after ellipses that are not followed by punctuation.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% In figure~\ref{fig:usage} are examples of correct usage and in
+% figure~\ref{fig:comp} is a comparison of \cs\lips to \cs\dots.  You can
+% substitute any of the characters \code$!"()*+,-/:;=?@[]'`|<>~{}$ for the
+% exclamation point in the examples.  There can be additional contiguous spaces
+% after \cs\lips, just like after any command name.  There can also be
+% contiguous spaces before \cs\lips.
+%
+% \begin{figure}
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{lc}
+% \bfseries source & \bfseries \hspace*{4em} result
+% \end{tabular}\par\nobreak
+% \par\nobreak
+% \begin{tabular}{|lp{1in}|}
+% \hline
+% \verb*|Hello\lips. And|   & Hello\lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \lips. And|  & Hello \lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello.\lips And|   & Hello.\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello. \lips And|  & Hello. \lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|one,\lips, three|  & one,\lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|one, \lips, three| & one, \lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello\lips and|    & Hello\lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \lips and|   & Hello \lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello!\lips And|   & Hello!\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello! \lips And|  & Hello! \lips And   \\\hline
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \caption{\label{fig:usage}Examples of correct usage of \cs\lips.}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \begin{figure}
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{lc}
+% \bfseries source & \bfseries \hspace*{4em} result
+% \end{tabular}\par
+% \par
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{tabular}{|lp{1in}|}
+% \hline
+% \verb*|Hello\dots. And|   & Hello\dots. And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello\lips. And|   & Hello\lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \dots. And|  & Hello \dots. And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello \lips. And|  & Hello \lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello.\dots And|   & Hello.\dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello.\lips And|   & Hello.\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello. \dots And|  & Hello. \dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello. \lips And|  & Hello. \lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|one,\dots, three|  & one,\dots, three  \\
+% \verb*|one,\lips, three|  & one,\lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|one, \dots, three| & one, \dots, three \\
+% \verb*|one, \lips, three| & one, \lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello\dots and|    & Hello\dots and    \\
+% \verb*|Hello\lips and|    & Hello\lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \dots and|   & Hello \dots and    \\
+% \verb*|Hello \lips and|   & Hello \lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello!\dots And|   & Hello!\dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello!\lips And|   & Hello!\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello! \dots And|  & Hello! \dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello! \lips And|  & Hello! \lips And   \\\hline
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \caption{\label{fig:comp}Comparison of \cs\lips with \cs\dots.}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \end{figure}
+% 
+% \section{Line breaking considerations}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\LPNobreakList
+%   When \cs\lips is followed by certain punctuation (\code|,:;?!)']}/| by
+%   default), we never want to break a line after the ellipsis and before that
+%   punctuation.  For the other punctuation, such as open parenthesis and open
+%   quote, we want normally breakable space following the ellipsis.
+%   \cs\LPNobreakList is a list of those characters before which \cs\lips
+%   should \emph{never} break a line.  To force unbreakable space following
+%   \cs\lips, follow \cs\lips with a tie (|~|).
+%
+% \section{Limitations}
+%
+% \cs\lips does the right thing after \cname{par}, but after \cs\indent or
+% \cs\noindent there is an extra preceding space (see the final section on
+% testing for an example).  Suggestions on how to handle this problem are
+% welcome.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual text ellipses (Frankenstein's lips)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2.1}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{lips}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{The macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Lips}
+% \begin{macro}{\BracketedLips}
+% \begin{macro}{\lips}
+% \begin{macro}{\olips}
+%   If we're in math mode, raise an error.  If we're in vertical mode, leave it
+%   and do an ellipsis not breakable at the end.  If we're in horizontal mode,
+%   call \cname{lp@lips@hmode}.
+%
+%   Normally I would use \cs\NewRobustCommand, but this seems not enough reason
+%   to require the \package{moredefs} package.  We reserve the name \cs\lips by
+%   hand.  In the future, this package may require \package{moredefs}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\Lips {}
+\let\Lips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Lips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@lips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand*\BracketedLips {}
+\let\BracketedLips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\BracketedLips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@blips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{need the relax to avoid mistaking as optarg in some
+% contexts?}  In MLA style, that is, with the \option{mla} option, \cs\lips
+% gives you brackets, meaning you To get no brackets, use \cs\olips for
+% ``original lips,'' that is, ellipses in the original document.  \todo{Better
+% dox here.  Are options case sensitive?  If so, make MLA=mla.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\lips\Lips
+\newlet\olips\lips
+\DeclareOption{mla} {%
+  \let\lips\BracketedLips
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@lips@hmode}
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@blips@hmode}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleIgnoreSpaces}
+%   The horizontal mode case.  Then we remove the last skip on the horizontal
+%   list.  If the next character is a period, we want to act as if the period
+%   preceded \cs\lips, so we plonk down a period, a minimally-breakable space,
+%   then an ellipsis ending with normally-breakable space.  This keeps the
+%   ellipsis on the same line as the sentence it follows if at all possible,
+%   but allows it to spill onto the next line if there's no other way to avoid
+%   an overfull line.  Then we want to gobble up the period that's about to
+%   come, and ignore any spaces after it, since we've already inserted proper
+%   space.
+%
+%   If the next character is not a period, we output a minimally-breakable
+%   space and an ellipsis.  To decide whether to follow it with unbreakable or
+%   normally-breakable space, we need to know more about the next character
+%   than just that it is not a period, so we \cs\let it to scratch |a| and call
+%   \cname{lp@lips@check@punct}.
+%
+% \todo{document different logic with bracketed lips; how the heck to handle
+% greater inter-sentence space?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\lp@lips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      .\penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\ %
+      \GobbleIgnoreSpaces
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+% hmm, have to keep the check for period i guess because i don't want it in
+% nobreaklist?  because the break/nobreak is different?  because it's more efficient?
+\newcommand\lp@blips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleIgnoreSpaces [1] {%
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LPNobreakList}
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@<punctuation>}
+%   We'd like to use \code{\ifcat.\sc@t@a} for this, but that won't work when
+%   we get a command sequence in scratch |a|.  Bummer.
+%   Do I really need to define all this punctuation now?  It protects against
+%   something becoming an active char or otherwise changing catcodes after the
+%   \package{lips} package is loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\lp@bang {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rparen {}
+\newcommand*\lp@comma {}
+\newcommand*\lp@slash {}
+\newcommand*\lp@colon {}
+\newcommand*\lp@semic {}
+\newcommand*\lp@q {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rbrack {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rquote {}
+\newcommand*\lp@tilde {}
+
+\let\lp@bang=!
+\let\lp@rparen=)
+\let\lp@comma=,
+\let\lp@slash=/
+\let\lp@colon=:
+\let\lp@semic=;
+\let\lp@q=?
+\let\lp@rbrack=]
+\let\lp@rquote='
+\let\lp@tilde=~
+
+% \egroup
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% I'm making an attempt to put these in order of expected frequency.  A
+% doublequote could be at the beginning or end of a quotation, so half the time
+% you'll have to correct by adding |{}|, so let's leave it out
+% so there's one less to check.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand \LPNobreakList {%
+  \lp@comma \lp@colon  \lp@semic
+  \lp@q \lp@bang 
+  \lp@rparen \lp@rquote \lp@rbrack \egroup
+  \lp@slash
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@lips@check@punct}
+%   Add nonbreakable space if scratch |a| is in \cs\LPNobreakList; add
+%   normally-breakable space otherwise.  Add no space at all if scratch |a| is
+%   a tie---the tie will add nonbreakable space. We use just the guts of
+%   \cname{@tfor} for efficiency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\lp@lips@check@punct {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\lp@tilde
+  \else
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \let\@fortmp\PunctList
+    \expandafter\@tforloop\LPNobreakList\@nil\@nil\@@\reserved@a {%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\reserved@a
+	\@tempswafalse
+	\@break@tfor
+      \fi
+     }%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \ %
+    \else
+      \nobreak\ %
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% You might want to compare the \LaTeX{} version (as of 95/12/01).
+% \cname{fontdimen3} is the interword stretchability, not interword space.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textellipsis}{%
+%   .\kern\fontdimen3\font
+%   .\kern\fontdimen3\font
+%   .\kern\fontdimen3\font
+% }
+% \def\mathellipsis{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+% \DeclareRobustCommand{\dots}{%
+%   \ifmmode\mathellipsis\else\textellipsis\fi
+% }
+% \let\ldots\dots
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \section{Ante-\cs\lips}
+%
+% This is some testing.  We need some text here as the first paragraph after
+% the \cs\section.
+%
+% : \lips.
+%
+% : \lips text.
+%
+% : \lips)
+%
+% ; \lips.
+%
+% ; \lips text.
+%
+% ; \lips)
+%
+% ! \lips.
+%
+% ! \lips text.
+%
+% ! \lips)
+%
+% t \lips.
+%
+% t \lips text.
+%
+% t \lips)
+%
+% T \lips.
+%
+% T \lips text.
+%
+% T \lips)
+%
+% , \lips.
+%
+% , \lips text.
+%
+% , \lips)
+%
+%  \par \lips and (|\par \lips and|)
+%  \par and (|\par and|)
+%
+%  \par\indent \lips (|\par\indent \lips and|)
+%  \par\indent and (|\par\indent and|)
+%
+%  \par\noindent \lips and (|\par\noindent \lips and|)
+%  \par\noindent and (|\par\noindent and|)
+%
+%  \par And.\lips \par (|And.\lips \par|)
+%  \par And. \par (|And. \par|)
+%
+% \section{Post-\cs\lips}
+%
+%  \cs\lips before a tie: One two three.\lips~tiedtolips (I doubt you'd want to
+%  do this.)
+%
+%  \cs\lips before ), e.g., punctuation transparent to spacefactors:
+%
+%  (One two three.\lips)\ This follows the ) with interword space, to compare.
+%
+%  (One two three.\lips) This should follow the ) with intersentence space.
+%
+%  (One two three.\lips\@) This should follow the ) with intersentence space.
+%
+% \cs\lips before shortverb: \lips |shortverb verbatim stuff|
+%
+% \cs\lips before \cs\textsf: \lips \textsf{sansserif}
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \cs\lips before |\\|: \lips \\
+% second line of a \env{center} environment
+% \end{center}
+%
+% \cs\lips before \cs\#: \lips \#
+%
+% \cs\lips before |<|: \lips <
+%
+% \cs\lips before an abbrev: \lips \Frankenstein
+%
+% \cs\lips before \cs\cite: \lips \cite{chicago:14}
+%
+% \cs\lips before |$|: \lips $f=ma$            ^^A$
+%
+%^^A \cs\lips in math mode (error!): $\lips^2$
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \cs\lips before |&|: \lips & second column of a \env{tabular}
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..81752d699c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `moredefs.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% moredefs.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     moredefs.sty or moredefs.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called moredefs.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     moredefs.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{more defining commands (Frankenstein's brain)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.8}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{moredefs}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\newcommand*\@ifundefined@cs [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a{%
+    \expandafter\@gobble\string #1%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined\reserved@a
+      \@firstoftwo
+    \@secondoftwo
+}
+\newcommand\IfElement{}
+\def\IfElement #1\In#2{%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =#2\do {%
+      \ifx #1\sc@t@a
+        \@tempswatrue
+        \@break@tfor
+      \else
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@nothing{}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@or@long [1] {% args: defining-command
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\l@ngrel@x\relax
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+      #1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\l@ngrel@x\long
+    \def\sc@star@nothing {}%
+    #1%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\md@check@star {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\sc@star@nothing \ShortEmpty
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\requirecommand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@command
+}
+\newcommand\require@command [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter\CheckCommand\sc@star@nothing
+  }%
+  {#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\InitCS {%
+  \@star@or@long\Init@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Init@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \l@ngrel@x\def#1{}%
+}
+\newcommand\InitName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Init@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Init@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{}{}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveCS {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing{#1} {}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\NewName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{} {}%
+}
+\InitCS*\ShortEmpty
+\InitCS\LongEmpty
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@c
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@d
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@e
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@f
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@g
+\newcommand\newtokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \@nameuse{newtoks}#1%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\newlet [2] {% args: \csname-a \csname-b
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \let #1#2%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providetokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \@nameuse{newtokens}#1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providetokens\space is not reallocating
+                           token variable \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing contents are [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providelength [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newlength{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providelength\space is not reallocating
+                           \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providesavebox [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newsavebox{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providesavebox\space is not reallocating
+                           box \protect#1.}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providecounter [1] {% args: string
+  \@ifundefined{c@#1} {%
+      \newcounter{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providecounter\space is not reallocating
+                           counter #1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\expandafter\number\csname c@#1\endcsname]}%
+  }%
+}
+
+
+\requirecommand*\newboolean [1] {% args: string
+  \expandafter
+    \@ifdefinable\csname if#1\endcsname {%
+      \expandafter\newif\csname if#1\endcsname
+    }%
+}
+
+\@ifpackageloaded{ifthen} {%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \requirecommand*\provideboolean [1] {% args: string
+    \@ifundefined {if#1} {%
+        \newboolean{#1}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\provideboolean\space is not reallocating
+                             \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                             The value is [\@nameuse{if#1}TRUE\else FALSE\fi]}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\newtokens\sc@toks@a
+\newtokens\sc@toks@b
+
+\newcommand\addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\g@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\UndefineCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \let#1\@undefined
+}
+\newcommand\UndefineName [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname\@undefined
+}
+\newcommand\defcommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@command
+}
+\newcommand\def@command {%
+  \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+  \new@command
+}
+\newcommand\DefName {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@name
+}
+\newcommand\def@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\NewName {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@name
+}
+\newcommand\new@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \defcommand\reserved@a {%
+      #1%
+    }%
+    \@notdefinable
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\sc@global {%
+  \relax
+}
+\newcommand\Global {%
+  \def\sc@global {%
+    \global\let\sc@global\relax\global
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\CheckName {%
+  \@star@or@long\check@name
+}
+\newcommand\check@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{reserved@a}{#2}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\@check@eq\csname #1\endcsname\reserved@a
+}
+\newcommand\RequireName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@name
+}
+\newcommand\require@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter   \expandafter
+      \expandafter \CheckName
+      \expandafter \sc@star@nothing
+                   \csname #1\endcsname
+      {#2}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewTextFontCommand [2] {% args: \csname font-command
+  \NewRobustCommand#1[1]{%
+    \ifmmode
+      \nfss@text{#2##1}%
+    \else
+      \leavevmode
+      {\text@command{##1}%
+       #2\check@icl ##1\check@icr
+       \expandafter}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewRobustCommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@robustcommand
+}
+\newcommand\new@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \let\sc@t@a\relax
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \new@@robustcommand #1%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\new@@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a {\string#1}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \edef\reserved@b {%
+    \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b
+  }%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+      \noexpand\x@protect
+      \noexpand#1%
+    \fi
+    \noexpand\protect
+    \expandafter\noexpand\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+  }%
+ \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+ \expandafter\new@command\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\Elet {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter
+}
+\newcommand*\EElet {%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\expandafter
+}
+\newcommand\NewUserInfo {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\new@userinfo
+}
+\newcommand*\new@userinfo [2][] {% args: [\csname] \csname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\sc@star@nothing{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b {#1}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@b\ShortEmpty
+    \edef\sc@t@a {%
+      \edef\noexpand\sc@t@b{%
+        \E@cdr\string#2\@nil
+      }%
+    }%
+    \lowercase\expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+  \else
+    \edef\sc@t@b {\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\sc@t@a {%
+    \noexpand\NewName\sc@star@nothing{\sc@t@b}{####1}
+      {\noexpand\renewcommand\sc@star@nothing\noexpand#2{####1}}
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\SaveCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newlet\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname#1%
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \Elet#1\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+}
+\newcommand\SaveName [1] {% args: csname
+  \ReserveName{MDSaved#1}%
+  \EElet\csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+        \csname #1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreName [1] {% args: csname
+  \EElet\csname #1\endcsname
+        \csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\eExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExpand
+}
+\NewName{sc@eExpand} {#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a{#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@star@nothing\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter   \sc@t@b
+    \expandafter {\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\EExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@EExpand
+}
+\NewName{sc@EExpand}{#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \let\sc@t@c\sc@star@nothing
+  \expandafter   \expandafter
+    \expandafter \defcommand
+    \expandafter \sc@t@c
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter {#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@t@c\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter\sc@t@b
+    \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\eExecute {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExecute
+}
+\newcommand\sc@eExecute [1] {% args: body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a {#1}%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\NewName{E@cdr} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@cdr #1\@nil
+}
+\NewName{E@car} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@car #1\@nil
+}
+\newlet\Gobble\@gobble
+\newlet\GobbleM\@gobble
+\newcommand\GobbleO {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\newlet\GobbleMM\@gobbletwo
+\newcommand\GobbleOM {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleOM
+    \Gobble
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleMO [1] {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleOM} {[#1]#2}
+  {}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleO} {[#1]}
+  {}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \newboolean{@#1@}%
+  \DeclareOption{#1} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@true}
+  }%
+  \DeclareOption{#2} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@false}
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanUserOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \DeclareBooleanOptions{#1}{#2}%
+  \ReserveName{#1}%
+  \ReserveName{#2}%
+  \EElet \csname#1\endcsname\csname @#1@true\endcsname
+  \EElet \csname#2\endcsname\csname @#1@false\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\ToggleBoolean [1] {% arg: boolean
+  \csname if#1\endcsname
+    \sc@global\csname #1false\endcsname
+  \else
+    \sc@global\csname #1true\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\VerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \showboxbreadth #1%
+  \showboxdepth #1%
+}
+\newcommand*\GVerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \global\c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \global\showboxbreadth #1%
+  \global\showboxdepth #1%
+}
+\ReserveCS\md@maybe@global
+\newcommand*\Debug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\relax
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\GDebug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\global
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\md@debug [1] {% args: debug-level
+  \ifnum #1 > 0%
+    \let\sc@t@a\@M
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DTypeout ##1{%
+      \typeout{##1}%
+    }%
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DGobbleM ##1{%
+      \typeout{DGobbleM: [##1]}%
+    }%
+    \ifnum #1 > 1%
+      \md@maybe@global\def\DDTypeout ##1{%
+        \typeout{##1}%
+      }%
+      \ifnum #1 > 2%
+        \md@maybe@global\def\DDDTypeout ##1{%
+          \typeout{##1}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@a\m@ne
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+  \fi
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingoutput#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingpages#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingmacros#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingcommands#1 %
+  \ifx\md@maybe@global\relax
+    \VerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \else
+    \GVerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Global debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \fi
+}
+\newlet\DTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+\newcommand\FrankenWarning [2] {% args: package warning
+  \GenericWarning  % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) WARNING: #2}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenError [3] {% args: package error-message help-text
+  \GenericError % args: continuation message where-help what-help
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) error: #2}
+    {See the documenation for the #1 package for more information.}
+    {#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenInfo [2] {% args: package info
+  \GenericInfo    % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) says: #2}%
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `moredefs.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28c26446c3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1478 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   moredefs LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, moredefs.tex
+%   and moredefs.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{793}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   A delightful collection of defining, expansion, and debugging commands that
+%   make elegant programming in \LaTeX{} fun and easy.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% These macros were written in response to practical programming needs.  Most
+% of the packages I have written, whether distributed or not, depend on this
+% package.  Using these constructs has saved me a lot of time and made my code
+% much more readable---that is, maintainable and improvable.  For examples of
+% these macros in useful applications, see the packages in the \Frankenstein
+% bundle.
+%
+% \section{Naming conventions}
+%
+% The convention is that a capital \emph{E} means the macro expands something
+% just once.  A lowercase \emph{e}, as in \cs\edef, means the macro expands
+% something all the way to unexpandable tokens.
+%
+% The specification \meta{\\csname} means a control sequence with a preceding
+% backslash; the specification \meta{csname} means a control sequence without a
+% preceding backslash.  \meta{csname} arguments are expanded.  Commands which
+% take \meta{csname} arguments have |Name| in their names.
+%
+% When I write \word{package} in this documentation, I mean \LaTeX{} package or
+% class.
+%
+% \section{Conditionals}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\@ifundefined@cs}
+%   \cname{@ifundefined@cs}\marg{\\csname}\marg{true}\marg{false} executes the
+%   \meta{true} clause if \meta{\\csname} is not defined, and the \meta{else}
+%   clause otherwise.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\IfElement...\string\In}
+%   To check whether a token \meta{thingma} is \cs\ifx-equal to any token in a
+%   list of tokens stored in a macro \meta{list}, use
+%   \cs\IfElement\meta{thingma}\cs\In\meta{list}\marg{true}\marg{false}.  The
+%   top-level expansion of \meta{list} must be a list of tokens to compare with
+%   \meta{thingma} with \cs\ifx.  If the \meta{thingma} is in the \meta{list},
+%   the \meta{true} clause is executed; otherwise, the \meta{false} clause is
+%   executed.
+%
+% \section{Defining commands}
+%   \subsection{\protect\code{*} and no-\protect\code{*} forms}
+%  The naming convention of most defining commands in the \LaTeX{} kernel and
+%  in \package{moredefs} is that the no-|*| form of the command is |long| and
+%  the |*|-form is not |long|.
+%
+%   \subsection{User commands}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\InitCS
+% \DescribeMacro{\InitCS*}
+%   \cs\InitCS and \cname{InitCS*} take one argument, \meta{\\csname}, and
+%   initialize it to |{}|.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\InitName
+% \DescribeMacro{\InitName*}
+%   \cs\InitName and \cname{InitName*} are the same but take an argument
+%   \meta{csname} without a backslash.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ShortEmpty
+% \DescribeMacro\LongEmpty
+%   To make it easier to avoid the problem of comparing |long| and
+%   non-|long| macros with \cname{ifx}, compare macros with \cs\ShortEmpty
+%   and \cs\LongEmpty.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ReserveCS
+% \DescribeMacro{\ReserveCS*}
+%   \cs\ReserveCS\marg{\\csname} reserves \meta{\\csname} for the current
+%   package's use.  The variable is also initialized with the \cs\InitCS or
+%   \cs\InitCS* as appropriate.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ReserveName
+% \DescribeMacro{\ReserveName*}
+%   \cs\ReserveName and \cname{ReserveName*} are the same but take an argument
+%   \meta{csname} without a backslash.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\SaveCS
+% \DescribeMacro\RestoreCS
+%   \cs\SaveCS\marg{\\csname} saves the present value of \meta{\\csname} in a
+%   macro (\cname{MDSaved}\meta{csname}).  The saved value is restored to
+%   \meta{\\csname} by \cs\RestoreCS\marg{\\csname}.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\SaveName
+% \DescribeMacro\RestoreName
+%   \cs\SaveName and \cname{RestoreName} are the same but take an argument
+%   \meta{csname} without a backslash.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\requirecommand
+% \DescribeMacro{\requirecommand*}
+%   \cs\requirecommand takes arguments like \cs\newcommand and behaves like
+%   \cs\providecommand (defined in the kernel) with the following difference:
+%   if the control sequence is already defined, \cs\requirecommand calls
+%   \cs\CheckCommand to make sure that the new and existing definitions are
+%   identical, whereas \cs\providecommand assumes that if the control sequence
+%   is already defined, the existing definition is appropriate.
+%   \cs\requirecommand, like \cs\defcommand, \emph{guarantees} that a control
+%   sequence will have the given definition, but \cs\requirecommand also warns
+%   you if there was a previous and different existing definition.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\newtokens
+% \DescribeMacro\newlet
+% \DescribeMacro\newboolean
+%    \cs\newtokens\marg{\\csname}, \cs\newlet\marg{\\csname}\marg{\\csname},
+%    and \cs\newboolean\marg{csname} give an error if their control sequence
+%    argument is already defined.  \cs\newtokens creates a token variable.
+%    \cs\newlet does a \cs\let assignment.  \cs\newboolean\marg{csname} creates
+%    three new control sequences: two switches, |\csnametrue| and
+%    |\csnamefalse|, and a test, |\ifcsname|.  \cs\newtokens is \emph{not}
+%    |outer|.  Is there any reason this really matters?
+%
+%    \begin{warning}
+%    Limitation: You can't use \cs\newlet to \cs\let a command sequence
+%    to a character with a catcode not equal to 10 (space), 11 (letter), 12
+%    (other), or 13 (active).  For example, you can't say |\newlet\foo#|.
+%    Also, you cannot use |=| with \cs\newlet like you can with \cs\let.
+%    \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\providetokens
+% \DescribeMacro\provideboolean
+% \DescribeMacro\providesavebox
+% \DescribeMacro\providecounter
+% \DescribeMacro\providelength
+%   Like the kernel's \cs\providecommand, the commands
+%   \cs\providetokens\marg{\\csname}, \cs\provideboolean\marg{csname},
+%   \cs\providesavebox\marg{\\csname}, \cs\providecounter\marg{csname}, and
+%   \cs\providelength\marg{\\csname} will create a new object (or objects)
+%   based on the name \meta{\\csname} or \meta{csname} only if they are not
+%   already defined.  See the corresponding commands that begin with |\new|
+%   instead of |\provide| for a description of what kind of object is created.
+%   In contrast with \cs\providecommand, however, these commands will write a
+%   record to the log file if their argument was already defined
+%   (\cs\providecommand does nothing at all in this case).
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\UndefineCS
+% \DescribeMacro\UndefineName
+%   \cs\UndefineCS\marg{\\csname} causes \meta{\\csname} to be undefined.
+%   \cs\UndefineName does the same for a \meta{csname}.  Use with caution.
+%   \cs\global works before them.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\defcommand
+% \DescribeMacro{\defcommand*}
+%   \cs\defcommand\marg{\\csname}\oarg{\# of args}\oarg{default for an optarg}
+%   defines \meta{\\csname} in the same manner as \cs\newcommand except no
+%   warning or error is issued if \meta{\\csname} is already defined.
+%
+%   \cs\defcommand is very similar to the primitive \cs\def, so why would you
+%   want to use it?  For one thing, the syntax is the same as all the other
+%   \LaTeX{} defining commands, so it is easier to read, and easier to change
+%   the word \code{defcommand} to one of the other defining commands.  Second,
+%   \cs\defcommand{}s that take arguments have simpler syntax when defining
+%   commands are nested.  You still have to double the |#| characters in the
+%   definition body, but the argument specification (e.g., |[n]|) is the same
+%   as if not nested.
+%
+%   There is a performance-syntax tradeoff; I choose to use \cs\defcommand
+%   whenever the command to be defined is taking an argument.  When it does not
+%   take an argument, there is no difference between \cs\def and \cs\defcommand
+%   except that \cs\def is faster.
+%
+%   I see very little reason to ever use \cs\renewcommand.  It causes an error
+%   when the control sequence is \emph{not} already defined.  Conceivably this
+%   is useful during development to catch programming mistakes, but much more
+%   often I find that I don't care whether the control sequence was defined or
+%   not, and therefore the error \cs\renewcommand might raise is inappropriate
+%   and a problem.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NewName
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewName*}
+%   \cs\NewName\marg{csname}\marg{template}\marg{body} defines \meta{csname} to
+%   expand to \meta{body} using a \TeX-style argument \meta{template},
+%   e.g. |#1#2\@nil| or simply |#1#2|.  
+%   If \meta{csname} is already defined, an error will be signalled.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DefName
+% \DescribeMacro{\DefName*}
+%   \cs\DefName is like \cs\NewName but no error is signalled if \meta{csname}
+%   is already defined.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Global
+%   If the command \cs\Global immediately precedes \cs\NewName, \cs\DefName, or
+%   \cs\ToggleBoolean, then the definition will be global.
+%
+%   \todo{Get something like \cs\Global going for all the new commands, not
+%   just \cs\DefName and \cs\NewName.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\CheckName
+% \DescribeMacro{\CheckName*}
+%   \cs\CheckName is like \cs\NewName but instead of defining the control
+%   sequence, it checks whether the control sequence has the given definition.
+%   If so, no action is taken; if not, a warning is given.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\RequireName
+% \DescribeMacro{\RequireName*}
+%   \cs\RequireName is to \cs\requirecommand as \cs\NewName is to
+%   \cs\newcommand.  The syntax is
+%   \cs\RequireName\marg{csname}\marg{template}\marg{body}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NewTextFontCommand
+% \DescribeMacro\NewRobustCommand
+%   \cs\NewTextFontCommand and \cs\NewRobustCommand are just like the kernel's
+%   \cs\DeclareTextFontCommand and \cs\DeclareRobustCommand, but they signal an
+%   error instead of just a warning if their first argument is already defined.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Elet
+% \DescribeMacro\EElet
+%   \cs\Elet expands the second token after it once and then \cs\let{}s the
+%   first token to the second token.  \cs\global works before it.  \cs\EElet
+%   expands the two tokens that come after it once each, and then \cs\let{}s
+%   the first to the second. \cs\global works before it.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NewUserInfo
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewUserInfo*}
+%   \cs\NewUserInfo\oarg{user-cmd}\marg{variable}, where \meta{variable} has
+%   some capital letters, will define the lowercase version of \meta{variable}
+%   to be a user command that redefines \meta{variable} to its argument.  The
+%   argument \meta{user-cmd},  if supplied, is used for the user command,
+%   overriding the default of the lowercased \meta{variable}.
+%
+%   For example, |\NewUserInfo*\Subtitle| defines a user command
+%   |\subtitle|\marg{text} which does the equivalent of
+%   |\defcommand\Subtitle{|\meta{text}|}|.
+%
+%   \cs\NewUserInfo uses \cs\ReserveCS to initialize \meta{variable};
+%   \cs\NewUserInfo** uses \cs\ReserveCS*.
+%
+%   These have |@| in their names because they are modelled after kernel
+%   commands. \todo{Sort out naming comventions and write them down.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\addto@macro}
+% \DescribeMacro{\lg@addto@macro}
+%   \cname{addto@macro}\marg{\\csname}\marg{tokens} adds \meta{tokens} to the
+%   end of \marg{\\csname}.  The redefinition of \marg{\\csname} is local.  The
+%   kernel provides the global equivalent, \cname{g@addto@macro}.
+%   \cname{lg@addto@macro} is both |long| and global.
+%   \caveat{These commands won't work with a \meta{\\csname} that takes
+%   arguments.}
+% \begin{todo}
+% Probably it would not be too hard to handle that case.  Here is how you would
+% do it by hand for one example:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% % something like: \def\@chapter[#1]#2{...}
+%
+% \typeout{\meaning\@chapter}
+%
+% \renewcommand\addto@macro [2] {%
+%   \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1[##1]{##2}#2}%
+%   \edef#1[##1]##2{%
+%     \the\sc@toks@a
+%   }%
+% }
+%
+% \def\doodie#1{bobo \textsc{#1}}
+% \tracingonline1
+%
+% \Debug2
+% \addto@macro\@chapter {\doodie blorful}
+% \Debug0
+%
+% \typeout{\meaning\@chapter}
+% \end{codeexample}
+% \end{todo}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\prependto@macro}
+% \DescribeMacro{\g@prependto@macro}
+% \DescribeMacro{\lg@prependto@macro}
+%   \cname{prependto@macro}\marg{\\csname}\marg{tokens} adds \meta{tokens} to
+%   the beginning of \marg{\\csname}.  The redefinition of \marg{\\csname} is
+%   local.  The global equivalent is \cname{g@prependto@macro}.
+%   \cname{lg@prependto@macro} is both |long| and global.
+%
+% \section{Controlling expansion}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\EExpand...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro{\EExpand*...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro{\eExpand...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro{\eExpand*...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro\eExecute
+% \DescribeMacro{\eExecute*}
+%   A common construction is to \cs\edef a scratch variable to something and
+%   then execute the scratch variable.  The \cs\eExecute macro takes a single
+%   argument, expands it fully, then executes it.
+%
+%   \cs\eExpand\marg{first tokens}\cs\In\marg{second tokens} expands the
+%   \meta{first tokens} inside \meta{second tokens} wherever |#1| occurs.
+%   \cs\EExpand expands the first token of \meta{first tokens} only once.
+%   These commands can nest.
+%
+%   For example,
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     \def\a {\b}
+%     \def\b {Hello }
+%     \def\x {d}
+%     \eExpand\a worl\x\In {%
+%       \def\c {This is a good way to avoid lots of noexpands and
+%               expandafters.  #1.  And I continue.}%
+%       \def\x {boogaloo}% \x is already expanded in the def of \c
+%       \c
+%     }
+%
+%     \EExpand\a BLOOB\x\In {%
+%       \def\x{avoid }
+%       \edef#1{\b world}% BLOOB\x is syntactic sugar
+%       This is a good way to \x lots of noexpands and
+%       expandafters.  \a BLOOB\x.  And I continue.%
+%     }
+%   \end{bothexample}
+% The two commands expand to the same three sentences.  Here is one more
+% example, showing (again) how \cs\EExpand expands only the first token of its
+% argument only once::
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \def\x{XXX}
+%   \def\a{AAA\x}
+%   \def\b{BBB}
+%   \EExpand\a\b\In{%
+%     \def\x{xxx}
+%     \def\a{aaa}
+%     \def\b{YYY}
+%     #1
+%   }
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \begingroup
+%   \catcode`\ =11\relax
+%   \DescribeMacro{\E@car...\string\@nil }
+%   \DescribeMacro{\E@cdr...\string\@nil } 
+% \endgroup
+%   Let $T$ be the sequence of tokens between \cname{E@car} and \cname{@nil}.
+%   The first token of $T$ is expanded once, and \cs{\E@car...\@nil}
+%   expands to the first token of the result.
+%
+%   \cname{E@cdr...\@nil} is similar, but expands to the entire result
+%   \emph{except} its first token.
+%
+%  For example, after
+%  \begin{codeexample}
+%    \def\a {Hello}
+%    \def\b { world}
+%  \end{codeexample}
+%  |\E@car \a there\b.\@nil| would expand first of all to
+%  |H|\@.  And |\E@cdr \a there\b.\@nil| would expand first of all to 
+%  |ellothere\b.|, and then eventually expand fully to |ellothere world.|.
+%     
+%   The example is more complicated than you would normally use.  Usually you
+%   want to |car| and |cdr| a sequence of tokens contained in macro |\foo|, and
+%   this is easy enough with |\E@car\foo\@nil|.  To chop off the first token of
+%   |\foo|, |\edef\foo {\E@cdr\foo\@nil}|.   (If you're wondering, the space
+%   after |\foo| is irrelevant.)
+%
+% \section{Gobbling}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Gobble}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleO}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleMM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleMO}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleOM}
+%   It occurs fairly often that you want to gobble things while \cs\makeatother
+%   is in effect, so these command names have no |@|'s.  The |M| stands for a
+%   mandatory argument, and the |O| stands for an optional argument.  For
+%   example, suppose there is a command |\foo|\oarg{optarg}\marg{marg}.  If you
+%   |\let\foo\GobbleOM|, then the arguments to |\foo| will be gobbled
+%   appropriately.
+%
+%   \cs\Gobble is the same as \cs\GobbleM, in imitation of the internal
+%   \cname{@gobble}.
+%
+% \section{Option declaration}
+%
+%   The follwing two commands may be used in packages before the
+%   \cs\ProcessOptions command is issued.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareBooleanOptions
+%   \cs\DeclareBooleanOptions\marg{on}\marg{off} declares a new boolean
+%   variable |@|\meta{on}|@| and makes it |true| if the option
+%   \option{\meta{on}} is given to the package, and |false| if the option
+%   \option{\meta{off}} is given, or if neither is given.  I think it is good
+%   programming style not to rely on the default, always declaring either
+%   \meta{on} or \meta{off} with an \cs\ExecuteOptions statement.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareBooleanUserOptions
+%   \cs\DeclareBooleanUserOptions\marg{on}\marg{off} is like
+%   \cs\DeclareBooleanOptions, but additionally declares two user commands
+%   \meta{\\on} and \meta{\\off} which are \cs\let to |\@|\meta{on}|@true| and
+%   |\@|\meta{off}|@false|, respectively.  Use this command when it is sensible
+%   to change the status of the option after the package has been loaded.
+%
+% \section{Toggle a boolean}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ToggleBoolean
+%   \cs\ToggleBoolean\marg{boolean} changes the state of \meta{boolean} from
+%   |false| to |true| or vice versa.  The argument \meta{boolean} should not
+%   include an initial |if| or final |true| or |false|.  The redefinition is
+%   local unless \cs\Global precedes \cs\ToggleBoolean.
+%  
+% \section{Debugging}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\VerboseErrors
+%   \LaTeX{} by default gives very little context for errors.
+%   \cs\VerboseErrors\oarg{number} causes \LaTeX{} to give \meta{number} lines
+%   of context, or the maximum by default.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\GVerboseErrors
+%   Like \cs\VerboseErrors but effective globally.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Debug
+%   \cs\Debug\marg{number} sets a debugging parameter to \meta{number}.  I have
+%   plans to turn this into a bitwise parameter like many C programs, but right
+%   now the behavior is to issue a message with \cs\typeout, call
+%   \cs\VerboseErrors, and use the parameter to assign values to
+%   \cs\tracingoutput, \cs\tracingpages, \cs\tracingmacros, and
+%   \cs\tracingcommands.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\GDebug
+%   \cs\GDebug\marg{number} is as \cs\Debug but its assignments are
+%   \cs\global.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DTypeout
+% \DescribeMacro\DDTypeout
+% \DescribeMacro\DDDTypeout
+%   \cs\DTypeout expands to \cs\typeout when \cs\Debug is 1 or greater, and
+%   \cs\GobbleM otherwise.  \cs\DDTypeout is \cs\GobbleM unless \cs\Debug is 2
+%   or greater; \cs\DDDTypeout is \cs\GobbleM unless \cs\Debug is 3 or greater.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DGobbleM
+%   Like \cs\GobbleM but when \cs\Debug is 1 or greater, tells you what it's
+%   gobbling with a \cs\typeout.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\FrankenError
+% \DescribeMacro\FrankenWarning
+% \DescribeMacro\FrankenInfo
+%   The commands \cs\FrankenError, \cs\FrankenWarning, and \cs\FrankenInfo are
+%   defined here for use by other \Frankenstein packages and classes.  They are
+%   simply wrappers for the obvious kernel commands (i.e., substitute
+%   ``Generic'' for ``Franken'').
+% 
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{more defining commands (Frankenstein's brain)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.8}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{moredefs}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Conditionals}
+%   We start with the conditionals section because we want to use
+%   \cname{@ifundefined@cs} in this package to make some of the subsequent
+%   definitions easier to read.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined@cs}
+%   \mbox{} 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@ifundefined@cs [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a{%
+    \expandafter\@gobble\string #1%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined\reserved@a
+      \@firstoftwo
+    \@secondoftwo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfElement...\In}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IfElement{}
+\def\IfElement #1\In#2{%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =#2\do {%
+      \ifx #1\sc@t@a
+%        \DTypeout{[\meaning #1] matches element [\meaning\sc@t@a]
+%                 in [\string#2].}%
+        \@tempswatrue
+        \@break@tfor
+      \else
+%        \DTypeout{[\meaning #1] matches NO elements in [\string #2].}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Defining commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@star@or@long}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@star@nothing}
+%   The macros \cname{sc@star@or@long} and \cname{sc@star@nothing} are parallel
+%   to the kernel's \cname{@star@or@long} and \cname{l@ngrel@x}, which control
+%   whether definitions are |long| or not.  \cname{sc@star@or@long} causes the
+%   value of \cname{sc@star@nothing} to be either |*| or empty, depending on
+%   whether it finds a |*| when it is called.  It also sets the kernel's
+%   \cname{l@ngrel@x} to nothing or \cs\long, respectively.  (We need both
+%   flags at least once.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@nothing{}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@or@long [1] {% args: defining-command
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\l@ngrel@x\relax
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+      #1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\l@ngrel@x\long
+    \def\sc@star@nothing {}%
+    #1%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\md@check@star}
+%   Looks for a star with \cname{@ifstar} and sets \cname{sc@star@nothing} to
+%   |*| if there is a star and \cs\ShortEmpty if not.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\md@check@star {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\sc@star@nothing \ShortEmpty
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\requirecommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\requirecommand*}
+% \begin{macro}{\require@command}
+%  A typical application of the star mechanisms is \cs\requirecommand.
+%    \begin{macrocode}   
+\newcommand\requirecommand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@command
+}
+\newcommand\require@command [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter\CheckCommand\sc@star@nothing
+  }%
+  {#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\InitCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\InitCS*}
+% \begin{macro}{\InitName}
+% \begin{macro}{\InitName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveCS*}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveName}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\ShortEmpty}
+% \begin{macro}{\LongEmpty}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\InitCS {%
+  \@star@or@long\Init@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Init@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \l@ngrel@x\def#1{}%
+}
+\newcommand\InitName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Init@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Init@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{}{}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveCS {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing{#1} {}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\NewName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{} {}%
+}
+\InitCS*\ShortEmpty
+\InitCS\LongEmpty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@c}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@d}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@e}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@f}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@g}
+%   Scratch variables.  ^^A FIX
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@c
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@d
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@e
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@f
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@g
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newtokens}
+% \begin{macro}{\newlet}
+%   Because \cs\newtoks is \cs\outer, we have to fool \cs\def into allowing it
+%   to be in its argument by using \cname{@nameuse}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newtokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \@nameuse{newtoks}#1%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\newlet [2] {% args: \csname-a \csname-b
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \let #1#2%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\providetokens}
+% \begin{macro}{\providelength}
+% \begin{macro}{\providesavebox}
+% \begin{macro}{\providecounter}
+% \begin{macro}{\newboolean}
+% \begin{macro}{\provideboolean}
+%   The \cs\newboolean command is the same as the one in the \package{ifthen}
+%   package; so that package won't clash with this one.  Isn't
+%   \cs\requirecommand nice?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\providetokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \@nameuse{newtokens}#1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providetokens\space is not reallocating
+                           token variable \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing contents are [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providelength [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newlength{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providelength\space is not reallocating
+                           \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providesavebox [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newsavebox{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providesavebox\space is not reallocating
+                           box \protect#1.}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providecounter [1] {% args: string
+  \@ifundefined{c@#1} {%
+      \newcounter{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providecounter\space is not reallocating
+                           counter #1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\expandafter\number\csname c@#1\endcsname]}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following definition follows the one in the \package{ifthen} package:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+% \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}
+%          [1999/01/07 v1.1a Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)]
+
+\requirecommand*\newboolean [1] {% args: string
+  \expandafter
+    \@ifdefinable\csname if#1\endcsname {%
+      \expandafter\newif\csname if#1\endcsname
+    }%
+}
+
+% old def of \cs\newboolean I had before 15 Feb 00:
+%  \csname newif\expandafter\endcsname\csname if#1\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Notice that \cs\defcommand is not defined yet.
+%
+% If the \package{ifthen} package is loaded \emph{either} before or
+% after this package, the \cs\provideboolean command will be the one defined in
+% \package{ifthen}.  Otherwise, it will be the one defined here.
+%
+% There are two minor differences between this definition and the one in the
+% \package{ifthen} package: (1) my command will barf on undefined but
+% ``undefinable'' commands, e.g., ones that begin with \cs\end, which \LaTeX{}
+% reserves; (2) my command writes an informational message to the log file when
+% the boolean variable is already defined.  I'm not sure how useful the
+% informational message is, but the first difference should I think also be in
+% the \package{ifthen} package, so \todo{I'm putting it on my list to write the
+% \LaTeX{} team requesting this change.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{ifthen} {%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \requirecommand*\provideboolean [1] {% args: string
+    \@ifundefined {if#1} {%
+        \newboolean{#1}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\provideboolean\space is not reallocating
+                             \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                             The value is [\@nameuse{if#1}TRUE\else FALSE\fi]}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following definition is what's in the \package{ifthen} package, for
+% reference.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \requirecommand*\provideboolean [1] {% args: string
+%   \@ifundefined{if#1}{%
+%     \expandafter
+%       \newif\csname if#1\endcsname}\relax
+% }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@toks@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@toks@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\addto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lg@addto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\prependto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\g@prependto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lg@prependto@macro}
+%   There are still missing a couple of the permutations, but I won't add them
+%   until I need them.  You can add them yourself in the configuration file
+%   \file{moredefs.cfg}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtokens\sc@toks@a
+\newtokens\sc@toks@b
+
+\newcommand\addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\g@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\UndefineCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\UndefineName}
+%   \cs\global works before them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\UndefineCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \let#1\@undefined
+}
+\newcommand\UndefineName [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname\@undefined
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\defcommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\defcommand*}
+% \begin{macro}{\def@command}
+%   See the user documentation for a discussion of when to use this insteae of \cs\def.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\defcommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@command
+}
+\newcommand\def@command {%
+  \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+  \new@command
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DefName}
+% \begin{macro}{\DefName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\def@name}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewName}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@name}
+% \begin{macro}{\Global}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@global}
+%  \cs\Global works before \cs\DefName, \cs\NewName, and \cs\ToggleBoolean
+%  only!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DefName {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@name
+}
+\newcommand\def@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\NewName {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@name
+}
+\newcommand\new@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \defcommand\reserved@a {%
+      #1%
+    }%
+    \@notdefinable
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\sc@global {%
+  \relax
+}
+\newcommand\Global {%
+  \def\sc@global {%
+    \global\let\sc@global\relax\global
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\CheckName}
+% \begin{macro}{\CheckName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\check@name}
+% \begin{macro}{\RequireName}
+% \begin{macro}{\RequireName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\require@name}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\CheckName {%
+  \@star@or@long\check@name
+}
+\newcommand\check@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{reserved@a}{#2}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\@check@eq\csname #1\endcsname\reserved@a
+}
+\newcommand\RequireName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@name
+}
+\newcommand\require@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter   \expandafter
+      \expandafter \CheckName
+      \expandafter \sc@star@nothing
+                   \csname #1\endcsname
+      {#2}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewTextFontCommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewRobustCommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@robustcommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@@robustcommand}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewTextFontCommand [2] {% args: \csname font-command
+  \NewRobustCommand#1[1]{%
+    \ifmmode
+      \nfss@text{#2##1}%
+    \else
+      \leavevmode
+      {\text@command{##1}%
+       #2\check@icl ##1\check@icr
+       \expandafter}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewRobustCommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@robustcommand
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We need a second level here because otherwise the \cs\fi that closes
+% \cname{@ifdefinable} will become the definition of the closing
+% \cname{new@command}.  We could use a chain of \cs\expandafter{}s but that
+% would be confusing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\new@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \let\sc@t@a\relax
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \new@@robustcommand #1%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\new@@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a {\string#1}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \edef\reserved@b {%
+    \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b
+  }%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+      \noexpand\x@protect
+      \noexpand#1%
+    \fi
+    \noexpand\protect
+    \expandafter\noexpand\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+  }%
+ \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+ \expandafter\new@command\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Elet}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\Elet {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\EElet}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\EElet {%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\expandafter
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewUserInfo}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewUserInfo*}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@userinfo}
+%   Using \cs\lowercase in this macro is tricky, since it gets expanded only in
+%   \TeX's stomach.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewUserInfo {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\new@userinfo
+}
+\newcommand*\new@userinfo [2][] {% args: [\csname] \csname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\sc@star@nothing{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b {#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we were not given the optional user-cmd, define scratch |b| to be a
+% lowercase version of the variable, without the backslash.  Otherwise use the
+% user-cmd given, without the backslash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifx\sc@t@b\ShortEmpty
+    \edef\sc@t@a {%
+      \edef\noexpand\sc@t@b{%
+        \E@cdr\string#2\@nil
+      }%
+    }%
+    \lowercase\expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+  \else
+    \edef\sc@t@b {\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now define the user-cmd to be a redefinition of the variable.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \edef\sc@t@a {%
+    \noexpand\NewName\sc@star@nothing{\sc@t@b}{####1}
+      {\noexpand\renewcommand\sc@star@nothing\noexpand#2{####1}}
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SaveCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\SaveName}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreName}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\SaveCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newlet\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname#1%
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \Elet#1\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+}
+\newcommand\SaveName [1] {% args: csname
+  \ReserveName{MDSaved#1}%
+  \EElet\csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+        \csname #1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreName [1] {% args: csname
+  \EElet\csname #1\endcsname
+        \csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Controlling expansion}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\EExpand...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\EExpand*...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@EExpand}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExpand...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExpand*...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@eExpand}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExecute}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExecute*}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@eExecute}
+% Uses \cname{sc@t@a}, \cname{sc@t@b}, \cname{sc@t@c}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\eExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExpand
+}
+\NewName{sc@eExpand} {#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a{#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@star@nothing\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter   \sc@t@b
+    \expandafter {\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\EExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@EExpand
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When this is |short|, both the two args are |short|.  \cname{sc@star@nothing}
+% gets reset by the first \cs\defcommand, so we save it in \cname{sc@t@c}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{sc@EExpand}{#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \let\sc@t@c\sc@star@nothing
+  \expandafter   \expandafter
+    \expandafter \defcommand
+    \expandafter \sc@t@c
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter {#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@t@c\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter\sc@t@b
+    \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\eExecute {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExecute
+}
+\newcommand\sc@eExecute [1] {% args: body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a {#1}%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\E@car}
+% \begin{macro}{\E@cdr}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{E@cdr} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@cdr #1\@nil
+}
+\NewName{E@car} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@car #1\@nil
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Gobbling}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Gobble}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleM}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleO}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleMM}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleMO}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleOM}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@gobbleO}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@gobbleOM}
+%   \textsf{M} for mandatory arg, i.e., one token.  \textsf{O} for optional arg,
+%   i.e., a square-brace pair.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\Gobble\@gobble
+\newlet\GobbleM\@gobble
+\newcommand\GobbleO {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\newlet\GobbleMM\@gobbletwo
+\newcommand\GobbleOM {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleOM
+    \Gobble
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleMO [1] {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleOM} {[#1]#2}
+  {}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleO} {[#1]}
+  {}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Option declaration}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareBooleanOptions}
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareBooleanUserOptions}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \newboolean{@#1@}%
+  \DeclareOption{#1} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@true}
+  }%
+  \DeclareOption{#2} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@false}
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanUserOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \DeclareBooleanOptions{#1}{#2}%
+  \ReserveName{#1}%
+  \ReserveName{#2}%
+  \EElet \csname#1\endcsname\csname @#1@true\endcsname
+  \EElet \csname#2\endcsname\csname @#1@false\endcsname
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Toggle a boolean}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ToggleBoolean}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ToggleBoolean [1] {% arg: boolean
+  \csname if#1\endcsname
+    \sc@global\csname #1false\endcsname
+  \else
+    \sc@global\csname #1true\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Debugging}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\VerboseErrors}
+% \begin{macro}{\GVerboseErrors}
+%   We do not use \cs\setcounter but rather set these counters locally.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\VerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \showboxbreadth #1%
+  \showboxdepth #1%
+}
+\newcommand*\GVerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \global\c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \global\showboxbreadth #1%
+  \global\showboxdepth #1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Debug}
+% \begin{macro}{\GDebug}
+% \begin{macro}{\md@maybe@global}
+%   Set \cs\debug to 0, 1, or~2.  ^^A remember \cs\showlists
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\md@maybe@global
+\newcommand*\Debug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\relax
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\GDebug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\global
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\md@debug [1] {% args: debug-level
+  \ifnum #1 > 0%
+    \let\sc@t@a\@M
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DTypeout ##1{%
+      \typeout{##1}%
+    }%
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DGobbleM ##1{%
+      \typeout{DGobbleM: [##1]}%
+    }%
+    \ifnum #1 > 1%
+      \md@maybe@global\def\DDTypeout ##1{%
+        \typeout{##1}%
+      }%
+      \ifnum #1 > 2%
+        \md@maybe@global\def\DDDTypeout ##1{%
+          \typeout{##1}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@a\m@ne
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+  \fi
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingoutput#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingpages#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingmacros#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingcommands#1 %
+  \ifx\md@maybe@global\relax
+    \VerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \else
+    \GVerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Global debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DTypeout}
+% \begin{macro}{\DTypeout}
+% \begin{macro}{\DTypeout}
+% \begin{macro}{\DGobbleM}
+%   When the debugging parameter is not set, these commands gobble their
+%   argument.  \todo{Streamline dox about ``debugging parameter''; should be
+%   something checkable, no?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\DTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FrankenError}
+% \begin{macro}{\FrankenWarning}
+% \begin{macro}{\FrankenInfo}
+%   \mbox{} 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\FrankenWarning [2] {% args: package warning
+  \GenericWarning  % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) WARNING: #2}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenError [3] {% args: package error-message help-text
+  \GenericError % args: continuation message where-help what-help
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) error: #2}
+    {See the documenation for the #1 package for more information.}
+    {#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenInfo [2] {% args: package info
+  \GenericInfo    % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) says: #2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..071ce7f85f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `newclude.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% newclude.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     newclude.sty or newclude.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called newclude.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     newclude.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+
+\def\fileinfo{A new system for including files (Frankenstein's backbone)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2}
+\def\filedate{1999/11/02}
+\def\docdate{1999/11/02}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{newclude}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+\InitCS\sc@t@a
+\DeclareOption{simple} {%
+  \input{simple.sto}
+  \let\sc@t@a\endinput
+}
+\DeclareOption{tag} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{tag.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareOption{allocate} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{allocate.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareBooleanOptions{dynamic}{static}
+\ExecuteOptions{tag}
+\ProcessOptions
+\sc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@c
+\newtokens\nc@toks@a
+\newcommand\DefaultIncludeSurround {%
+  \par
+}
+\newlet\IncludeSurround\DefaultIncludeSurround
+\newcounter{IncludeDepth} % starts at 0
+\newcommand\IfAllowed [1] {%
+  \@firstoftwo
+}
+\newcommand\includeall {%
+  \let\includeonly\Gobble
+}
+\defcommand\includeonly [1] {%
+  \@partswtrue
+  \edef\@partlist {\zap@space#1 \@empty}%
+  \@for\nc@t@a:=\@partlist \do {%
+    \InitName*{nc@part@\nc@t@a}%
+  }%
+  \defcommand\IfAllowed [1] {% args: part-name
+    \@ifundefined{nc@part@##1} {%
+        \let\nc@t@c\@secondoftwo
+      }{% ELSE
+      \let\nc@t@c\@firstoftwo
+    }%
+    \nc@t@c
+  }%
+}
+\def\include {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\nc@t@b\IncludeSurround
+      \nc@include
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\nc@t@b\clearpage
+    \nc@include
+  }%
+}
+\ReserveCS\DisableAll
+\newcommand\Disable [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\DisableAll{#1}%
+}
+\ReserveCS\nc@radical@shutdown
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown {%
+  \MonsterInfo{newclude}
+    {\protect\nc@radical@shutdown\space beginning}}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\%=14}    % 14 = comment
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\^=7}     % 7 = superscript
+\newcommand\nc@disable@char[1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown
+    {\catcode`#1=14}}  % 14 = comment
+\@tfor\sc@t@a:=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz%
+                ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ%
+                ~!@$&*()_+-=[]|/?.,<>%
+                1234567890%
+                `'";:%
+                \^\\\{\}\ % this is really the chars "^\{}" and space
+    \do {\expandafter\nc@disable@char\sc@t@a}
+\nc@disable@char\#
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\endinput}
+\newcommand\nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup {%
+  \aftergroup\nc@radical@shutdown
+}
+\newcommand\includedoc {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnv##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\includedocskip {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnvSkip##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\IncludeEnv [2] {% args: environment instance
+  \md@check@star
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%           ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@includeenv} {#1#2[#3]} {% args: environment instance [prehook]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%      ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@@includeenv} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \let\documentclass\GobbleOM
+    \let\usepackage\GobbleOM
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \include##1{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName {nc@@includeenvskip} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+    \long\def\documentclass ##1\begin{document}{%
+      \begingroup
+      \def\@currenvir{document}%
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  #1%
+}
+\newcommand\DeclareFormattingPackage [1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@formatting@packages{,#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\nc@formatting@packages {times,helvetic}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `newclude.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..759797767c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   newclude LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, newclude.tex
+%   and newclude.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{208}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \package{Newclude} is a backwards-compatible reimplementation of the
+%   \LaTeX{} system for including files.  The princpal new features are: (1)
+%   the restriction that \cs\clearpage{}s must surround an included file is
+%   removed, (2) the restriction that \cs\include{}s cannot be nested is
+%   removed, and (3) the provision of hooks executed before and after the
+%   contents of an included file.  Newclude accomplishes the first two by using
+%   a single \ext{aux} file instead of many.
+%
+%   Still in development, but already useful in many situations, are new
+%   commands that include partial contents of independent \LaTeX{} files, which
+%   can also be processed on their own (that is, files that contain
+%   \cs\documentclass, |\begin{document}|, etc.).  \package{Newclude} absorbs
+%   and supersedes the former package \package{includex}.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+%   \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Let us call a file that might be included into another document with a
+% command in the \cs\include family a \term{part}.  When a part is actually
+% included during a particular processing run, let us call it an \term{included
+% part}, and when it is not included, let us call it an \term{unincluded part}.
+% Notice that an unincluded part is \emph{not} the same as a file that was
+% never a candidate for inclusion with a command in the \cs\include family.
+%
+% The \package{newclude} package adds these features to the standard LaTeX{}
+% inclusion system:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%   \item\label{item:hooks} Hooks \cs\AtBeginInclude and \cs\AtEndInclude are provided.
+%   \item\label{item:hooks:opt} Optional arguments to \cs\include and friends
+%         override current values of \cs\AtBeginInclude and \cs\AtEndInclude.
+%   \item \cname{include*} is like \cs\include but with arbitrary commands
+%         rather than \cs\clearpage{}s surrounding the part.
+%   \item \cs\include and friends can be nested.
+%   \item \cs\includeall cancels the effect of \cs\includeonly.
+%   \item \cs\IfAllowed\meta{filename} is a new conditional that branches,
+%         depending on what has been declared in an \cs\includeonly.
+%   \item Commands \cs\includedoc etc.\ include a part that can be processed
+%         independently.  These features are in development.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \package{Newclude} accepts three mutually-exclusive package options, with
+% \option{tag} the default when no package option is given.
+%
+% Loading \package{newclude} with the \option{simple} option provides only
+% features \ref{item:hooks} and~\ref{item:hooks:opt}.  If you don't use either
+% of these new features, the standard \LaTeX{} and \package{newclude} inclusion
+% systems will behave identically except in some unusual and benign odd cases
+% relating the the parsing of the new optional arguments to \cs\include, which
+% are discussed below in that command's documentation.
+% 
+% The options \option{tag} and \option{allocate} each implement all the above
+% features with a different method.  Each method introduces different
+% discrepancies from standard \LaTeX{} which are discussed below in sections
+% \ref{opt:tag} and~\ref{opt:allocate}.  If I discover how to make one method
+% never inferior to the other, I will remove the other option from the package.
+%
+%   \section{Usage}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\include
+% \DescribeMacro\AtBeginInclude
+% \DescribeMacro\AtEndInclude
+%   \cs\include\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\oarg{posthook} behaves like
+%   standard \LaTeX{}'s \cs\include except that it can be nested and the
+%   contents of the two hook arguments, when they are given, are inserted at
+%   the beginning and end of the part whenever it is included, overriding the
+%   current values of \cs\AtBeginInclude and \cs\AtEndInclude.
+%
+%   \caveat{Right square braces (|]|s) in the optional arguments must be
+%   surrounded by curly braces to avoid confusing the argument parser.}
+%
+%   \caveat{A left square brace (|[|) that immediately follows an
+%   \cs\include command's mandatory \meta{filename} argument (after optional
+%   whitespace) will be considered to delimit the beginning of the
+%   \meta{posthook} argument.  If you want an actual left brace character in
+%   this position, you must precede it with something that will terminate
+%   \TeX's search for an optional argument, such as \cs\relax, |{}|, or a
+%   paragraph division (explicit or implicit).}
+%
+%   The commands \cs\AtBeginInclude\meta{tokens} and
+%   \cs\AtEndInclude\meta{tokens} are analagous to standard \LaTeX{}'s commands
+%   \cs\AtBeginDocument\meta{tokens} and \cs\AtEndDocument\meta{tokens}.
+%
+%   FIX: multiple instances concatenate?
+%
+%   FIX give name to what's held by atbegininclude so that an override can mention it
+%   
+%   When the optional argument \meta{prehook} is given to \cs\include, its
+%   contents will be used instead of whatever has been specified with
+%   \cs\AtBeginInclude, for that one inclusion.  Likewise, \meta{posthook} will
+%   be used in place of whatever has been specified with \cs\AtEndInclude for
+%   that one inclusion.  
+%
+%   For example, putting the \cs\chapter declaration in the \meta{prehook}
+%   argument allows the chapter name, and, optionally, a corresponding \LaTeX{}
+%   label, to be kept in the including file, rather than the included file:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \include [\chapter{Whales}
+%           \label{ch:whales}]
+%          {big-cetecea}
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+%   The \meta{posthook} argument can be used, for example, to delimit or undo
+%   declarations made in the \meta{prehook} or the included file: FIX: better
+%   example, since these coudl simple appear before/after the \cs\include
+%   without ill effect.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \include [\begingroup\larger] % this part in larger type
+%          {manifesto}
+%          [\endgroup]
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\include*}
+% \DescribeMacro\IncludeSurround
+% \DescribeMacro\DefaultIncludeSurround
+%   \cname{include*}\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\oarg{posthook} is like
+%   \cs\include but omits the usual \cs\clearpage{}s that surround an included
+%   part, replacing them with \cs\IncludeSurround, which defaults to
+%   \cs\DefaultIncludeSurround.  The contents of \cs\IncludeSurround are
+%   inserted before the \meta{prehook} or whatever has been specified with
+%   \cs\AtBeginInclude, and after the \meta{posthook} or whatever has been
+%   specified with \cs\AtEndInclude.
+% 
+%   \caveat{A space gets inserted after an \cname{include*} unless it is
+%   suppressed by a |%| immediately following.  Combined with trailing spaces 
+%   in the included file, this may lead to unwanted spaces.  For this reason,
+%   \cs\DefaultIncludeSurround is initialized to \cname{par}.  When the user
+%   must explicitly change \cs\IncludeSurround to achieve totally smooth flow
+%   from main file to included file, they are more likely to consult this
+%   documentation if they spot a problem.  Package and class writers should
+%   take this difficulty into account when changing \cs\DefaultIncludeSurround.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includeonly
+%   The \cs\includeonly command is reimplemented, but its usage and behavior is
+%   the same as the standard \LaTeX{} version.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includeall
+%   The \cs\includeall command cancels the effect of any \cs\includeonly
+%   command presently in effect.  
+% 
+%   If you write an \cs\includeonly so that each file appears on its own line,
+%   it is particularly easy to add and remove files to include by commenting
+%   out their lines, but it becomes laborious to comment out the entire
+%   \cs\includeonly command.  It's easy, however, to uncomment a single
+%   \cs\includeall command when you want to process the entire document.  (Or
+%   \cs\includeall could be inserted from the command line that invokes
+%   \LaTeX{}, and so on.)
+% 
+%   \section{Experimental features}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includeenv
+%   \cs\includeenv\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\marg{environment name}%
+%                 \marg{instance}\oarg{posthook}
+%   \cs\includeenv*\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\marg{environment name}%
+%                 \marg{instance}\oarg{posthook}
+%
+%   \cs\includeenv includes the contents of a single \LaTeX{} environment that
+%   appears in \meta{filename}.  The environment is specified by giving its
+%   name (\meta{environment}) and an instance of that environment in the file
+%   (\meta{instance}).  Presently, \meta{instance} is ignored, so that it will
+%   always be the contents of the first occurrence in \meta{filename} of a
+%   \LaTeX{} environment with the name \meta{environment} that will be
+%   included.  In the future, the \meta{instance} argument may be used to
+%   specify the $n$th instance of the environment within the file, or further
+%   specify the environment to be extracted in some other way.
+%   
+% FIX: right now they're required; skip text up to documentclass OR the target, 
+% then branch?
+%
+% Good preamble syntactic sugar: |\let\TheMarkupDeclarations\begin|
+%
+% \todo{You can insert a \cs\usepackage into the main aux file and have it
+% loaded properly.  If we discover a \cs\usepackage that is not a formatting
+% package, one strategy is to insert a corresponding \cs\usepackage into the
+% (main) aux file and then bail after the preamble.}
+%
+% \todo{You can't skip verbatim text via macro argument processing and sugar.
+% this means that a major reimplementation of skipping using verbatim methods
+% will have to be done.}
+%
+%   The included file is permitted (but not required) to have its own
+%   \cs\documentclass command and \code{\begin{document}}\lips
+%   \cs{\end{document}} pair.  \cs\includeenv extracts the specified
+%   environment by processing the preamble if one exists, skipping text up
+%   until the beginning of the specified environment, processing the contents
+%   of the environment, and skipping the rest of the included part.
+%  
+%   Notice that while a \code{\begin{document}}\lips\code{\end{document}} pair
+%   may not technically delimit a \LaTeX{} environment, you may nevertheless
+%   (because it looks exactly like an environment) set \meta{environment} to
+%   |document| to extract the contents of the \env{document} ``environment'' of
+%   \meta{filename}.
+%
+%   Consider the following issues when you are tempted to use this
+%   command.  Maybe the \cs\usepackage you are about to disregard is necessary
+%   to processing the part's contents.  Maybe it conflicts with a package
+%   already loaded at top level.  Maybe both!  The same holds of course for the
+%   defining commands like \cs\newcommand that one expects to find in a
+%   package.
+%  
+%   A deep problem with the design of a \LaTeX{} source file exists with
+%   respect to the function of the preamble.  The preamble contains
+%   declarations that determine how the document below will be formatted.
+%   Unfortunately, there is no way to make the distinction between:
+%   \begin{enumerate}
+%     \item 
+%      declarations that signal that certain markup will appear in the document
+%      that are either not defined in the \LaTeX{} kernel or are used with a
+%      different syntax
+%     \item declarations that describe how a certain instance
+%      of the document should be formatted
+%   \end{enumerate}
+%   Examples in the first category are \code{\usepackage{url}} and \code{FIX
+%   example}, and examples in the second are \code{\usepackage{times}} and
+%   \code{FIX}.  When you want to include the document or a part of it in
+%   another document, it is absolutely necessary to make this distinction so
+%   that declarations in category (1) can be processed and declarations in
+%   category (2) can be ignored.  ^^A FIX: \cat{} is a compsci command?
+%
+%   Adopting a convention on the use of the preamble can overcome this design
+%   problem, but it will not fix the problem for legacy files whose preambles
+%   do not obey the convention.  Legacy files that contain category (1)
+%   declarations in their preambles must either be altered or specifically
+%   accommodated with additional commands.
+%
+%   The convention I suggest is to |\usepackage{preamble}|.  \cs\beginmarkup
+%   \cs\endmarkup. FIX.  Can we arrange to load 
+%
+%   When \cs\includeenv encounters a \cs\usepackage command in the included
+%   part, it looks at the packages in the argument of \cs\usepackage and issues
+%   a warning if the package is not already loaded and does not appear on a
+%   list of packages known whose use falls entirely within category (2).  (See
+%   the \cs\DeclareFormattingPackage command below.)
+%
+%   The \cs\documentclass command is of course also a category (1) declaration.
+%   Presently, if \cs\includeenv detects that the arguments to an included
+%   \cs\documentclass command differ from the arguments of the
+%   \cs\documentclass command of the including document, it will issue a
+%   warning, and continue.  In the future, I hope to make this behavior smarter
+%   by having \cs\includeenv take specific actions for specific combinations of
+%   arguments.  For example, if the included document's class implies the use
+%   of markup not defined in the parent's class, an appropriate action would be
+%   to define the missing markup commands.  A document of class \class{report}
+%   and a document of class \class{article}, on the other hand, do not (I don't
+%   think) declare different markup, so that there should be no warning in this
+%   case.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\includeenv*}
+%   \cname{includeenv*} is analogous to \cname{include*}, that is, it surrounds
+%   the included part with \cs\IncludeSurround rather than \cs\clearpage.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includedoc
+% \DescribeMacro{\includedoc*}
+%   \cs\includedoc\oarg{prehook}\marg{file name}\oarg{posthook} is shorthand
+%   for
+%   \cs\includeenv\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\marg{|document|}\marg{}\oarg{posthook}.
+%
+%   \cname{includedoc*} is analogous to \cname{includeenv*}.
+%
+%   \section{Options}
+%
+%     \subsection{Simple}\label{opt:simple}
+%
+% If the \option{simple} option is given, the only new feature provided is the
+% hooks (features \ref{item:hooks} and~\ref{item:hooks:opt} above).  As
+% with standard \LaTeX{}, \cs\clearpage{}s surround an \cs\include and nesting
+% \cs\include{}s gives an error.  \package{Newclude} will only behave
+% differently than standard \LaTeX{}  command scans for
+% possible optional arguments will make a different.
+%
+
+%
+%     \subsection{Tag}\label{opt:tag}
+% The \option{tag} option causes \LaTeX{} to use just one \ext{aux} file.  
+% This option, which is the default, works well.  I am aware of the following
+% two differences from the kernel's including system:
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%   \item 
+%    If the \LaTeX{} process is stopped during the processing of a part, all
+%    information normally stored in an \ext{aux} file from that point in the
+%    document forward is lost.  In the kernel's system, processing the document
+%    twice more would recover any \ext{aux} information previously generated for
+%    parts.
+%   
+%    If \LaTeX{} is always invoked in \cs\nonstopmode (e.g., by \auctex), then
+%    this difference is only going to occur when there are catastrophic errors
+%    that cause even \cs\nonstopmode to terminate processing.
+%   
+%  \item Other packages and classes that redefine kernel commands that write to
+%    \cname{@auxout} will cause problems.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% The first difference must be accepted.  The second difference can be removed
+% on a case by case basis, by specifically coding compatibility with such
+% packages and classes.  I intend to do this.  Here is a list of such packages
+% and classes known to me:
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{l}
+%   \meta{none so far}
+% \end{tabular}
+% If you discover any more for this list, please write me!
+%
+% It's also very easy to revise the other package to be compatible with
+% \package{newclude} as it is now.  See section~\ref{adapt} below, which
+% includes a list of relevant kernel commands.
+%
+%     \subsection{Allocate}\label{opt:allocate}
+%
+% The second way (the \option{allocate} option) represents my first attempt at
+% a solution, and until I am sure it has no advantages over \option{tag} under
+% any circumstances, it will continue to be an option.
+%
+% The \option{allocate} option causes \LaTeX{} to dynamically allocate \TeX{}
+% output streams to each part as they are needed.  Streams are allocated when
+% processing of the part begins, and are reclaimed after the ejection of the
+% last page to which the part has contributed.  Like the old system, a separate
+% \ext{aux} file is created for each part.  The limitation of this
+% implementation is that \TeX{} only possesses 16 output streams.  Each of the
+% commands \cs\tableofcontents, \cs\listoffigures, \cs\listoftables,
+% \cs\makeglossary, and \cs\makeindex causes \LaTeX{} to use one output stream.
+% The remainder (minus any streams required by packages and classes) are
+% available for the including system.  If $n$ streams are available, the level
+% of nesting possible is $n - 1$ minus the maximum number of parts that occur
+% on the same page.  For example, if 10 streams are available and the parts
+% never appear on the same page (the old behavior required by the
+% \cs\clearpage{}s), then 8 levels of nesting are possible (which is 8, not 7
+% more than with the old system).  The maximum number of parts that may
+% contribute the to same page is calculated with the same equation.  Note:
+% \TeX's page-breaking algorithm looks ahead until it has more than enough
+% material to fill one page.  You must count all the new \ext{aux} files that
+% are opened during a look-ahead as contributing to the page in question, even
+% if some of the later ones do not actually contribute to the page after the
+% break is chosen.
+%
+% The \option{allocate} solution is itself implemented in two ways.  The system
+% either reserves a fixed number of output streams from the start, or will
+% dynamically claim and free them as needed.  The dynamic solution is the
+% default.  I do not see much use for the static solution at present.  If the
+% dynamic system claims streams that are later required, then it is simply a
+% question of whether \package{newclude} or the other feature is going to
+% signal an error about having no more streams to allocate.
+%
+%   \section{Programmers' interface}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\IfAllowed
+%   \cs\IfAllowed\marg{part name}\marg{true}\marg{false} executes \meta{true}
+%   if \meta{part-name} is on the list of files to be included and \meta{false}
+%   otherwise.  If there is no list, executes \meta{true}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\IncludeName
+%   \cs\IncludeName expands to the name of the part currently being processed.
+%   In the toplevel source file, it will expand to \cs\jobname.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ParentName
+%   \cs\ParentName expands to the name of the part that includes the part
+%   currently being processed.  In the toplevel source file, expanding
+%   \cs\ParentName will generate a warning and expand to \cs\jobname (which is
+%   also what \cs\IncludeName expands to).
+%
+% FIX: root source file?  toplevel?  master? principle source?  glossary!
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareFormattingPackage
+%   \cs\DeclareFormattingPackage\marg{package name} declares \meta{package
+%   name} to be a package that only makes formatting declarations, that is, the
+%   effect of using it falls entirely within category (2).  If a formatting
+%   package occurs in a \cs\usepackage declaration in the preamble of a part
+%   included by \cs\includeenv, no warning will be given.  An example of a
+%   formatting package is the \package{times} package.  No facility is provided
+%   to distinguish the case when a package is used with or without certain
+%   package options, so do not declare a package as a formatting package unless
+%   it is so regardless of the options it is passed.
+%
+%   If you send me the names of formatting packages, I will include them in the
+%   next release of \package{newclude}.  Meanwhile, you may declare them in
+%   \file{newclude.cfg}.  Do the same for your local formatting packages if you
+%   wish.  It does no harm to declare a package as a formatting package more
+%   than once.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ifSkipPreamble
+% \DescribeMacro\SkipPreambletrue
+% \DescribeMacro\SkipPreamblefalse
+%   
+% \DescribeMacro\Disable
+% \DescribeMacro\DisableAll
+%   \cs\Disable\marg{tokens} provides a way to ignore additional commands when
+%   using \cs\includeenv and friends.  If you want to cause the macro \cs\foo
+%   which takes no arguments to be entirely ignored in parts, issue the command
+%   \code{\Disable{\let\foo\relax}} any time before including the parts you
+%   want to affect.  If \cs\foo takes one mandatory argument, write
+%   \code{\let\foo\Gobble} instead.  If \cs\foo takes one optional and one
+%   mandatory, write \code{\let\foo\GobbleOM}.  And so on.  For other examples,
+%   see the gobbling commands in the \package{moredefs} package (which
+%   \package{newclude} requires), or write your own.
+%
+%   The arguments to \cs\Disable are accumulated and executed by the command
+%   \cs\DisableAll, which is executed inside a group that contains a part when
+%   it is included.
+%
+%   There is no way to undo the effect of issuing a \cs\Disable command.
+%
+%   \section{How to play nicely with \package{newclude}}\label{adapt}
+%
+% To adapt a package or class for use with the \option{tag} option of
+% \package{newclude}:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item replace |\immediate\write\@auxout| with \cs{\@writeaux}
+% \item replace |\protected@write\@auxout| with \cs{\protected@writeaux}
+% \item add
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \providecommand\@writeaux {%
+%   \immediate\write\@auxout
+% }
+% \providecommand\protected@writeaux {%
+%   \protected@write\@auxout
+% }
+% \end{codeexample}
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{A new system for including files (Frankenstein's backbone)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2}
+\def\filedate{1999/11/02}
+\def\docdate{1999/11/02}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{newclude}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%   \section{Review of the kernel's inclusion system}
+%
+% One \ext{aux} file is written to disk for the \term{principle source} and one
+% for each of the included \term{parts}.  The reason to have a separate ones
+% for the parts is so that information from the last time the part was included
+% is retained in subsequent runs even when the part is excluded by
+% \cs\includeonly.  Suppose a part is processed once, and on a subsequent run
+% its name is removed from the \cs\includeonly list.  This run will still read
+% in the part's \ext{aux} file, since the \ext{aux} file of any part that was
+% \cs\included during the last run is always read.  But the information therein
+% is not going to be regenerated in this run, since the part will not be
+% processed.  The main \ext{aux} file is created anew with each run, so this
+% information would be lost if it resided there.
+%
+% To handle writing these multiple \ext{aux} files, the kernel uses two of
+% \TeX's output streams.  When a routine writes to an auxiliary file, it writes
+% to \cname{@auxout}, which is \cs\let to either \cname{@mainaux}, the
+% \ext{aux} file for the principle source, or \cname{@partaux} the \ext{aux}
+% file for all the parts each in turn.
+%
+% When encountering an \cs\include command, but before deciding whether or not
+% to actually load the part, the kernel writes a command to \cname{@mainaux}
+% that will load the part's \ext{aux} file.  The main \ext{aux}
+% file is loaded by \cs\document, so that \emph{all} \ext{aux} files are read
+% in every time the principle source is processed.
+%
+% If a part is actually loaded, a \term{checkpoint} is written to the part's
+% \ext{aux} file consisting of a snapshot of the counters (a record of the
+% values of all \LaTeX{} counters).  On the next run, if the part is not
+% actually loaded, the information in its \ext{aux} file has nevertheless
+% already been processed by \cs\document.  Processing the checkpoint causes a
+% macro to be defined that when invoked restores the counter state.  When
+% \cs\include does not actually load a part it calls this checkpoint macro
+% instead to alter the present counter state.
+%
+% This system has pitfalls as well as benefits.  It is useful to keep the
+% bibliography, citations, cross references, and page numbers up to date in
+% certain situations, but the results can be confusing sometimes, because
+% checkpoints are not documented. (Perhaps this is remedied in the 2d edition
+% of the \LaTeX{} manual.)  How, besides reading the code, or finding out the
+% hard way, is anyone supposed to guess that rearranging two ``deactivated''
+% \cs\include statements in a principle source will bring havoc on the page
+% numbers?
+%
+%   \section{Discussion of \package{newclude}'s inclusion system}
+%
+% The simple removal of the \cs\clearpage{}s that surround an included part
+% would cause a problem involving the delayed action of \cs\write commands.
+% Suppose a part ending with a \cs\write command ends halfway down a page, and
+% another \cs\write occurs in the principle source immediately (or soon) after
+% the inclusion.  The first must be written to \cname{@partaux} and the second
+% to \cname{@mainaux}.  If we close \cname{@partaux} while the first \cs\write
+% is still pending, that is, before the current page has been shipped out, then
+% the \cs\write will be destined for a closed stream and therefore go to the
+% log file and terminal.  The \cs\clearpage{}s solve this by flushing all
+% pending \cs\writes.  Then we can close \cname{@partaux} immediately and
+% reopen \cname{@mainaux}.
+%
+% Successful removal of the \cs\clearpage{}s can be accomplished either by
+% having the entire document use just one auxiliary file, or by allocating
+% additional output streams so that it becomes possible to avoid closing
+% \cname{@partaux} until after the current page is shipped out when all the
+% \cs\write{}'s to it have been completed.
+%
+%   \section{Package initialization}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InitCS\sc@t@a
+\DeclareOption{simple} {%
+  \input{simple.sto}
+  \let\sc@t@a\endinput
+}
+%^^A\DeclareOption{group} {%
+%^^A  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{group.sto}}
+%^^A}
+\DeclareOption{tag} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{tag.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareOption{allocate} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{allocate.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareBooleanOptions{dynamic}{static}
+\ExecuteOptions{tag}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the \option{simple} option has been given, end right here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\sc@t@a
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%   \section{Simple}
+%
+% The above option processing causes the file \file{simple.sto} to be loaded
+% when the \option{simple} is given.  After it is loaded, processing stops.
+% When the \option{simple} option is not given, \package{newclude} package code
+% continues in section~\ref{sec:common}.
+%
+% \input{simple.sto}
+%
+%   \section{Common}\label{sec:common}
+%
+% The code in this section is common to the \option{tag} and \option{allocate}
+% options.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@t@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@t@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@t@c}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@toks@a}
+%     Scratch variables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@c
+\newtokens\nc@toks@a
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IncludeSurround}
+% \begin{macro}{\DefaultIncludeSurround}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DefaultIncludeSurround {%
+  \par
+}
+\newlet\IncludeSurround\DefaultIncludeSurround
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\c@IncludeDepth}
+%   With nested \cs\include{}s, we need some way for the various ones to
+%   distinguish themselves, so we keep track of the nested depth with the
+%   |IncludeDepth| counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{IncludeDepth} % starts at 0
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfAllowed}
+% \begin{macro}{\includeonly}
+% \begin{macro}{\includeall}
+%  I think it's more efficient to define a macro for each included part on the
+%  list than it is to search through the list possibly twice for each one.
+%  Other opinions on making this whole thing more efficient?
+%  
+%  We are using the usual \LaTeX{} trick of undefined control sequences
+%  comparing equally with \cs\relax.  Empty control sequences are \emph{not}
+%  the same.  Should be followed by \meta{true clause} then \meta{false
+%  clause}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IfAllowed [1] {%
+  \@firstoftwo
+}
+\newcommand\includeall {%
+  \let\includeonly\Gobble
+}
+\defcommand\includeonly [1] {%
+  \@partswtrue
+%  \DTypeout{INCLUDEONLY}%
+  \edef\@partlist {\zap@space#1 \@empty}%
+  \@for\nc@t@a:=\@partlist \do {%
+    \InitName*{nc@part@\nc@t@a}%
+  }%
+  \defcommand\IfAllowed [1] {% args: part-name
+    \@ifundefined{nc@part@##1} {%
+%        \DTypeout{##1 NOTALLOWED}%
+        \let\nc@t@c\@secondoftwo
+      }{% ELSE
+%      \DTypeout{##1 ALLOWED}%
+      \let\nc@t@c\@firstoftwo
+    }%
+    \nc@t@c
+  }%
+%  \DTypeout{ENDINCLUDEONLY}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\include}
+% \begin{macro}{\include*}
+%   This is the principle user command.  The scratch variable \cname{nc@t@b}
+%   contains what really surrounds the included file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\include {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\nc@t@b\IncludeSurround
+      \nc@include
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\nc@t@b\clearpage
+    \nc@include
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%   \section{Experimental common}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Disable}
+% \begin{macro}{\DisableAll}
+% This allows the disabling hacks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\DisableAll
+\newcommand\Disable [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\DisableAll{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We start with considering how to quit inputting a file.  The idea is to make
+% the \code{\end{document}} command of the part call \cs\endinput.  But there
+% is a hitch that characters on the line after the \code{\end{document}} get
+% inserted when you don't want them to.  To beat that limitation, we have to do
+% some work.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@radical@shutdown}
+% We will add a bunch of commands to this macro, with the idea of \cs\catcode{}ing
+% everything and its brother to a comment.   This would be a brute force
+% method! 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\nc@radical@shutdown
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First log a message that we're about to do some crazy things. In case
+% something goes wrong, this might help.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown {%
+  \MonsterInfo{newclude}
+    {\protect\nc@radical@shutdown\space beginning}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we start adding \cs\catcode commands.  These first two should be
+% redundant; but just in case someone changed things\lips.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\%=14}    % 14 = comment
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\^=7}     % 7 = superscript
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@disable@char}
+% Next, we define a command we weill use in a loop in a moment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@disable@char[1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown
+    {\catcode`#1=14}}  % 14 = comment
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following list contains every keyboard char except these three, which are
+% treated specially: |%#|.  
+% The first is already a comment, and we handle the second in a moment.  Each
+% character in the following list is \cs\catcode{}d to a comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@tfor\sc@t@a:=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz%
+                ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ%
+                ~!@$&*()_+-=[]|/?.,<>%
+                1234567890%
+                `'";:%
+                \^\\\{\}\ % this is really the chars "^\{}" and space
+    \do {\expandafter\nc@disable@char\sc@t@a}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We add |#| separately, because it's tricky or impossible to put it into the
+% list we just used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\nc@disable@char\#
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% We end the macro with \cs\endinput.  This has to come after all the previous,
+% otherwise, \TeX{} goes ahead and reads to the end of the line immediately,
+% with regular catcodes.  This is a good theory, I'm not sure it's necessary.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\endinput}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup}
+% We need to use \cname{nc@radical@shutdown} this way.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup {%
+  \aftergroup\nc@radical@shutdown
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\includedoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\includedoc*}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\includedoc {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnv##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\includedocskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\includedocskip*}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\includedocskip {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnvSkip##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IncludeEnv}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@includeenv}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@@includeenv}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IncludeEnv [2] {% args: environment instance
+  \md@check@star
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%           ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@includeenv} {#1#2[#3]} {% args: environment instance [prehook]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%      ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@@includeenv} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \let\documentclass\GobbleOM  
+    \let\usepackage\GobbleOM
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \include##1{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName {nc@@includeenvskip} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+    \long\def\documentclass ##1\begin{document}{%
+      \begingroup
+      \def\@currenvir{document}%      
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  #1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \section{Tag}
+%
+% The code in this section is processed when the \option{tag} package option is
+% given (or, because the \option{tag} option is the default, when no package
+% options are given.)
+%
+% \input{tag.sto}
+%
+%   \section{Allocate}
+%
+% The code in this section is processed when the \option{allocate} package
+% option is given.
+%
+% \input{allocate.sto}
+%
+%   \section{Benign packages}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareFormattingPackage}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@formatting@packages}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DeclareFormattingPackage [1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@formatting@packages{,#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\nc@formatting@packages {times,helvetic}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..80fbcabe9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+% \AddToCheckSum{67}
+%
+% The \option{simple} option adds the optional argument to \cs\include, and
+% does nothing else.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\include}
+%   I'm not really sure why the \cs\relax is there; I'm imitating the kernel's
+%   command. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\include {%
+  \relax
+  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+    \@latex@error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@include
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@include}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@include [2][] {%
+  \clearpage
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#2.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \edef\reserved@b{#2}%
+    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do
+      {\ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \let\@auxout\@partaux
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\openout\@partaux #2.aux
+      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% All we did was change |#1| to |#2| and add the next line.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    #1%
+    \@input@{#2.tex}%
+    \clearpage
+    \@writeckpt{#2}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \@nameuse{cp@#2}%
+  \fi
+  \let\@auxout\@mainaux
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c6cd087897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{slemph} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{slemph package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.0}
+\def\filedate{1996/01/24}
+\def\docdate{1996/01/24}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{12}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{slemph.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\em}
+% Slanted emphasis.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\em\slswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d40812f5fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `slemph.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% slemph.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     slemph.sty or slemph.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called slemph.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     slemph.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{slanted emphasis (Frankenstein's gait)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{1999/02/25}
+\def\docdate{1999/02/25}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{slemph}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\newcommand\itswitch {}
+\newcommand\slswitch {}
+\newcommand\textitswitch {}
+\newcommand\textslswitch {}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\itswitch {%
+  \@nomath\itswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{it}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else
+    \itshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\slswitch {%
+  \@nomath\slswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{sl}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else
+    \slshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textitswitch\itswitch
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textslswitch\slswitch
+\InputIfFileExists{slemph.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `slemph.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f48c93cb761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   slemph LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, slemph.tex
+%   and slemph.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{41}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \package{slemph} package defines the commands \cs\itswitch, \cs\slswitch,
+%   \cs\textitswitch, and \cs\textslswitch, which switch between slanted or
+%   italic type and upright type.  They can be used to represent emphasis with
+%   slanted type.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\itswitch
+%   \cs\itswitch calls \cs\itshape if the current font is not italic, and
+%   \cs\upshape if the current font is italic.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\slswitch
+%   \cs\slswitch calls \cs\slshape if the current font is not slanted, and
+%   \cs\upshape if the current font is slanted.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\textitswitch
+%   \cs\textitswitch\marg{text} sets its argument with \cs\itshape if the
+%   current font is not italic, or \cs\upshape if the current font is italic.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\textslswitch
+%   \cs\textslswitch\marg{text} sets its argument with \cs\slshape if the
+%   current font is not slanted, or \cs\upshape if the current font is slanted.
+%
+% Regarding all four commands above, notice that the factory definition of
+% \cs\em would switch based on whether the current font was \emph{sloped},
+% which includes both slanted and italic type.  I think slanted and italic type
+% are different enough that you can leave, say, an italic word in the midst of
+% a slanted context and it will still communicate to the reader whatever italic
+% type signifies in an upright context.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{slanted emphasis (Frankenstein's gait)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{1999/02/25}
+\def\docdate{1999/02/25}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{slemph}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{The switchers}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\itswitch}
+%  \begin{macro}{\textitswitch}
+%  \begin{macro}{\slswitch}
+%  \begin{macro}{\textslswitch}
+% Normally we would use the \cs\NewRobustCommand and \cs\NewTextFontCommand
+% commands from the \package{moredefs} package, but this package is so small we
+% might as well do that by hand and avoid dependence on that larger package,
+% for efficiency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\itswitch {}
+\newcommand\slswitch {}
+\newcommand\textitswitch {}
+\newcommand\textslswitch {}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\itswitch {%
+  \@nomath\itswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{it}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else 
+    \itshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\slswitch {%
+  \@nomath\slswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{sl}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else
+    \slshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textitswitch\itswitch
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textslswitch\slswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% Load a configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{slemph.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{slemph.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8bfe0fa161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+% \AddToCheckSum{441}
+%
+% \subsection{Writing to \cname{@auxout}}
+%
+% \todo{
+%   Might I need to do \code{\let\protect\@unexpandable@protect} instead of
+%   \cs\noexpand, in the def of \cname{\protected@writeaux}?
+% }
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@writeaux@main}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@protected@writeaux@main}
+% The |main| versions are exactly the same as what they replaced.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@writeaux@main {%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout
+}
+\newcommand\nc@protected@writeaux@main {%
+  \protected@write\@auxout
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@writeaux@aux}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@protected@writeaux@aux}
+% When you remove the \cs\immediate, you have to expand whatever's in the
+% argument at the time you invoke \cs\write.  \cs\IncludeName and
+% \cname{@percentchar}, and other exandables in |#2| will get expanded now.
+% The \cname{@percentchar} and the |^^J|s are there because lines written to
+% \cname{@auxout} must be on lines by themselves to satisfy \BibTeX.  The
+% |^^J|s write newlines, and the \cname{@percentchar} eliminates a newline when
+% the \ext{aux} file is read in again later. Accommodating \BibTeX{} requires
+% special consideration several times below as well.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@writeaux@aux [1] {% args: write-text
+  \eExecute {%
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@auxtag{\IncludeName}{\@percentchar^^J#1^^J}}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\nc@protected@writeaux@aux [2] {% args: init-hook write-text
+  \protected@write\@auxout{#1}{\string\@auxtag{\IncludeName}{\@percentchar^^J#2^^J}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@writeaux}
+% \begin{macro}{\@protected@writeaux}
+% We start with the |main| versions.  We don't reserve the control sequences
+% \cname{@writeaux} and \cname{protected@writeaux} because the hack to adapt
+% other packages might have already defined it with \cs\providecommand.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@writeaux\nc@writeaux@main
+\let\protected@writeaux\nc@protected@writeaux@main
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Kernel redefinitions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibitem}
+% \begin{macro}{\@lbibitem}
+% \begin{macro}{\label}
+% \begin{macro}{\@citex}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
+% \begin{macro}{\nocite}
+% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents}
+% These are simple redefinitions of kernel functions.  The changes are the
+% substitutions for the writing commands described above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand*\@bibitem [1] {%
+  \item
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}}%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\DefName*{@lbibitem} {[#1]#2} {%
+  \item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]%
+  \if@filesw
+    \begingroup
+      \let\protect\noexpand
+      \@writeaux{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\defcommand*\label [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \protected@writeaux{}{\string\newlabel{#1}{{\@currentlabel}{\thepage}}}%
+  \@esphack
+}
+\defcommand\addtocontents [2] {%
+  \protected@writeaux
+      {
+       \let\label\Gobble
+       \let\index\Gobble
+       \let\glossary\Gobble
+      }
+      {\string\@writefile{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\DefName*{@citex} {[#1]#2} {%
+  \let\@citea\@empty
+  \@cite {%
+    \@for\@citeb:=#2\do {%
+      \@citea
+      \def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }%
+      \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+      \if@filesw
+        \@writeaux{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+      \fi
+      \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb} {%
+	  \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
+	  \G@refundefinedtrue
+	  \@latex@warning
+	    {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
+	}{% ELSE
+        \hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{#1}% second arg to \@cite
+}
+\defcommand*\bibliography [1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\bibdata{#1}}%
+  \fi
+  \@input@{\jobname.bbl}%
+}
+  \defcommand*\bibliographystyle [1] {%
+  \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined\else
+    \expandafter\AtBeginDocument
+  \fi
+  {\if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\bibstyle{#1}}%
+  \fi}%
+}
+\defcommand*\nocite [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \@for\@citeb:=#1\do {%
+    \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \@writeaux{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+    \fi
+    \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb} {%
+	\G@refundefinedtrue
+        \@latex@warning{Citation `\@citeb' undefined}%
+      }{}%
+    }%
+  \@esphack
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Checkpoints}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@writeckpt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@wckptelt}
+% The \cname{@charlb}, \cname{@charrb}, and \cname{@percentchar} stuff is to
+% satisfy \BibTeX{} (see above).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand*\@writeckpt [1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@setckpt{#1}\@charlb\@percentchar}%
+    {\let\@elt\@wckptelt
+     \cl@@ckpt}%
+    \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\@wckptelt [1] {%
+  \write\@auxout{\string\setcounter{#1}{\the\@nameuse{c@#1}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Including}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IncludeName}
+% \begin{macro}{\ParentName}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@includename@<N>}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IncludeName {%
+  \@nameuse{nc@includename@\theIncludeDepth}%
+}
+\newcommand\ParentName {%
+  \ifnum\value{IncludeDepth}= 0
+    \jobname
+    \FrankenWarning{newclude}{Requested name of parent of principle source}%
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The incrementation of the \cs{IncludeDepth} counter is local to the group.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\c@IncludeDepth by \m@one
+      \@nameuse{nc@includename@\theIncludeDepth}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\NewName {nc@includename@0} {} {\jobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@include}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@@include}
+%   \todo{dox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@include [2][] {% args: hook filename
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%]
+      \nc@@include{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@@include{#1}{#2}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@@include}{#1#2[#3]} {% args: prehook filename posthook
+  \IfAllowed{#2} {%
+      \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+      \stepcounter{IncludeDepth}%
+      \DefName*{nc@includename@\theIncludeDepth} {} {#2}%
+      \let\@writeaux\nc@writeaux@aux
+      \let\protected@writeaux\nc@protected@writeaux@aux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now execute the text of the optional argument to \cs\include.  
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      #1%
+      \@input@{#2.tex}%
+      #3%
+      \@writeckpt{#2}%
+      \let\@writeaux\nc@writeaux@main
+      \let\protected@writeaux\nc@protected@writeaux@main
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We mustn't restore the counter before we have finished using it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \addtocounter{IncludeDepth}{\m@ne}%
+      \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+     }{% ELSE
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the file is not allowed, we don't load it and do two things instead.  We
+% execute the part's checkpoint, then we write out the part's auxcommands and
+% checkpoint again.  We must handle the case when the auxcommands isn't
+% defined; but the checkpoint will always be defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \@ifundefined{cp@#2} {%
+%        \DTypeout{No information on part [#2]!}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@nameuse{cp@#2}%
+      \if@filesw%
+        \nc@write@auxcommands{#2}%
+        \nc@write@ckpt{#2}%
+      \fi%                                                  if@filesw
+    }%                                                      if@undefined
+  }%                                                        IfAllowed
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@write@auxcommands}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@write@ckpt}
+% \todo{dox}
+% 
+% \cs\meaning produces catcode 12's for all chars except spaces which are 10.
+% Begin making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12| (other).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\^^M=12 %% double percents mean they're there only because of the catcode
+%%
+\Global\DefName*{nc@write@auxcommands} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \@ifundefined{nc@auxcommands@#1} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@auxtag{#1}\@charlb\@percentchar}%
+    \EExpand*\csname nc@auxcommands@#1\endcsname\In {%
+      \edef\nc@t@a {%
+        \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning ##1%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \edef\nc@t@a {\expandafter\nc@strip@M\nc@t@a\@nil}%
+%    \DTypeout{The auxcommands: \meaning\nc@t@a}%
+    \begingroup %%
+      \catcode`\^^M=12 % other
+      \nc@for\nc@t@b:=\nc@t@a\do {%
+%	 \DTypeout{auxcommand ITEM: \meaning\nc@t@b}%
+	\EExpand\nc@t@b\In {%
+	  \write\@auxout{##1}%
+	}%
+      }%
+    \endgroup %%
+    \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+  }%
+}%%
+\Global\DefName*{nc@write@ckpt} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \write\@auxout{\string\@setckpt{#1}\@charlb\@percentchar}%
+  \EExpand*\csname cp@#1\endcsname\In {%
+    \edef\nc@t@a {%
+       \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning ##1%
+     }%
+  }%
+  \edef\nc@t@a {\expandafter\nc@strip@M\nc@t@a\@nil}%
+  \begingroup %%
+    \catcode`\^^M=12 % other
+    \nc@for\nc@t@b:=\nc@t@a\do {%
+%      \DTypeout{checkpoint ITEM: \meaning\nc@t@b}%
+      \EExpand\nc@t@b\In {%
+	\write\@auxout{##1}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \endgroup %%
+  \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@for}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@forloop}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@iforloop}
+%   \cname{nc@for} is like the kernel's \cname{@for} but divides its list at
+%   |^^M|$_{12}$ instead of |,|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Global\NewName{nc@for} {#1:=#2\do#3} {% FIX (what?)
+  \expandafter   \def %%
+    \expandafter \@fortmp %%
+    \expandafter {#2}%
+  \ifx\@fortmp\@empty \else %%
+    \expandafter\nc@forloop#2^^M\@nil^^M\@nil\@@#1{#3}%
+  \fi %%
+}%%
+\Global\NewName{nc@forloop} {#1^^M#2^^M#3\@@#4#5} {%
+  \def#4{#1}%
+  \ifx #4\@nnil \else %%
+    #5%
+    \def#4{#2}%
+    \ifx #4\@nnil \else %%
+      #5%
+      \nc@iforloop #3\@@#4{#5}%
+    \fi %%
+  \fi %%
+}%%
+\Global\NewName{nc@iforloop} {#1^^M#2\@@#3#4} {%
+  \def#3{#1}%
+  \ifx #3\@nnil %%
+    \expandafter\@fornoop %%
+  \else %%
+    #4%
+    \relax %%
+    \expandafter\nc@iforloop %%
+  \fi %%
+  #2\@@#3{#4}%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@strip@M}
+%   This strips a final |^^M|$_{12}$ from its argument. \todo{I think this could be
+%   built in to \cname{nc@for}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Global\NewName{nc@strip@M} {#1^^M\@nil} {#1}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@auxtag}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@auxtag}
+%   We both execute and save.  \todo{efficiency? check only once, then redefine
+%   auxtag?} \todo{dox}.
+%
+% I could use |\EExpand\In| for clarity, but I go for efficiency on this
+% crucial macro.
+%
+% Begin making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12| (other).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\^^M\active %% double percents mean they're there only because of the catcode
+%%
+\Global\NewName*{@auxtag} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \begingroup %%
+    \catcode`\^^M\active %%
+    \@@auxtag{#1}%
+}%%
+\Global\NewName*{@@auxtag} {#1#2} {% args: partname auxcommands
+    \@ifundefined {nc@auxcommands@#1} {%
+	\nc@toks@a={#2}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \expandafter   \nc@toks@a %%
+	\expandafter \expandafter %%
+	\expandafter {\csname nc@auxcommands@#1\endcsname#2}%
+    }%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname nc@auxcommands@#1\endcsname{\the\nc@toks@a}%
+    #2%
+  \endgroup %%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@setckpt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setckpt}
+% \todo{dox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Global\DefName*{@setckpt} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \begingroup %%
+    \catcode`\^^M\active %%
+    \@@setckpt{#1}%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs\endgroup terminates the change in catcode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@@setckpt [2] {% args: partname checkpoint
+    \expandafter\gdef\csname cp@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% What this does is effectively remove all the tags.  The end of document hook
+% is processed before the closing processing of the \ext{aux} files, during
+% which checking for things like undefined references is done.    At this point
+% we do not need the tags.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument {%
+  \let\@auxtag\@secondoftwo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..27b3a5c16d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{titles} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{titles package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{24}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{titles.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{User Customization}
+%
+% Put your own alterations and additions here.  For example.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \let\word\textslswitch
+  \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
+  \newlet\film\textitswitch
+  \newlet\essaytitle\Wrapquotes
+  \newlet\chaptertitle\Wrapquotes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \setlength\parindent{0pt}
+% \raggedright
+%
+%   \subsection{Question and exclamation marks}
+%
+% \newcommand\TestQE [1] {%
+%   Test string: [#1]\qquad Result: 
+%   \IfQuestionOrExclamation{#1}
+%       {Question or Exclamation}
+%     {Declarative}
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title??%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title! Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title! Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?? Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!! Title%
+% }
+%
+%   \subsection{Plain}
+%
+% \book{Book Title}.  Test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title}, test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title}; test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title} test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}.  Test.
+%
+% ``Play Title.''  Test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}, test.
+%
+% ``Play Title,'' test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title};  test.
+%
+% ``Play Title'';  test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title} test.
+%
+% ``Play Title'' test.
+%
+% \play{title}~tie
+%
+% ``title''~tie
+%
+% \play{title}\ explicit space
+%
+% ``title''\ explicit space
+%
+% \play{title}\space \cs\space
+%
+% ``title''\space \cs\space
+%
+% \play{title}/slash
+%
+% ``title''/slash
+%
+% \play{title}\/ italcorr
+%
+% ``title''\/ italcorr
+%
+% \newpage {\makeatletter
+%
+% \play{title}\@xobeysp xobey
+%
+% }
+%
+% {\makeatletter
+%
+% ``title''\@xobeysp xobey
+%
+% }
+%   \subsection{Nested beginnings}
+%
+%%
+%
+% \book{\book{Book Title} begins first book title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\book{Book Title}, begins first book title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\book{Book Title}. begins first book title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\book{Book Title}; begins first book title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%
+% \book{\play{Play Title} begins first book title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\play{Play Title}, begins first book title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\play{Play Title}. begins first book title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\play{Play Title}; begins first book title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%
+% \play{\book{Book Title} begins first play title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\book{Book Title}, begins first play title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\book{Book Title}. begins first play title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\book{Book Title}; begins first play title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%
+% \play{\play{Play Title} begins first play title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\play{Play Title}, begins first play title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\play{Play Title}. begins first play title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\play{Play Title}; begins first play title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%   \subsection{Nested endings}
+%
+%  There are too many cases I think to test them all.  I'm testing to
+%  three levels of nesting.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%   \subsection{double and single nosuck}
+% \newcommand\note [1] {%
+%   \medskip{\bfseries #1:}%
+% }
+% 
+% \note{OS=open-single\quad OD=open-double\quad CS=close-single\quad
+%   CD=close-double
+% 
+% The following pairs of lines in medium weight roman should look identical.
+% 
+% The line in typewriter font is the source text.
+% 
+% The following line in medium weight roman is what that source produces.
+% 
+% The third line is what the second line \emph{ought} to produce}
+% 
+% |The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.|
+% 
+% The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.
+% 
+% The word ``quoted'' is quoted.
+% 
+% \medskip
+% |The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.|
+% 
+% The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.
+% 
+% The word `scare' is in scare quotes.
+% 
+% \note{Nesting with no abuttment}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
+% 
+% ``The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the lazy dogs.''
+% 
+% \medskip
+% |\WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
+% 
+% `The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the laxy dogs.'
+% 
+% \note{OS+OS, CD+CS}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% `\,`The quick brown fox jumped over the ``lazy dogs.''\,'
+% 
+% \note{OS+OD, CD+CS}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
+% 
+% \note{OD+OD, CS+CD}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% ``\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,''
+% 
+% \note{OS+OD, CS+CS}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
+% 
+% \endgroup
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c540e9a5348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `titles.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% titles.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     titles.sty or titles.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called titles.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     titles.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{title macros (Frankenstein's references)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{titles}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+\ReserveCS\ti@domelater
+\DeclareOption{british} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNN
+    \@doublequotes@false
+  }
+}
+\DeclareOption{american} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNS
+    \@doublequotes@true
+  }
+}
+\ExecuteOptions{american}
+\ProcessOptions
+\newcommand\IfQuestionOrExclamation [1] {%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \ti@checkfor@q #1?\@nil
+  \ti@checkfor@e #1!\@nil
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+\newboolean{@ti@sw@}
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev@prev
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@q} {#1?#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b{?}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@e} {#1!#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b{!}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@suck [1] {%
+  \IfQuestionOrExclamation {#1} {%
+      \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \begingroup
+      \if@doublequotes@
+        \@doublequotes@false
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@suck}%
+      \else
+        \@doublequotes@true
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@suck}%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    \endgroup
+    }%
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@nosuck [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \if@doublequotes@
+      \@doublequotes@false
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck}%
+    \else
+      \@doublequotes@true
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck}%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newboolean{@doublequotes@}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNS {%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIS {%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNN {%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIN {%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSN [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesDN [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSK [1] {% FIX: test
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck\@%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\ReserveCS\Wrapquotes
+\ti@domelater
+\newcommand\ti@open@double {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@open@single {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@openquote {%
+  \futurelet\sc@t@a\ti@@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@@openquote {%
+  \sc@t@f
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNS
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIS
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesDN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSK
+    \,%
+  \else
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+\newboolean{@look@nosuck@}
+\@look@nosuck@false
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@nosuck {%
+  \@look@nosuck@true
+%% FIX
+  \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+      \sc@t@f
+    }{% ELSE
+      \sc@t@f\space
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@suck {%
+  \@look@nosuck@false
+  \ti@q@ifnextcharin {.,} {%
+      \sc@t@c\sc@t@f\DGobbleM % This gobbles the original punctuation.
+    }{% ELSE
+    \@look@nosuck@true
+    \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+        \sc@t@f
+      }{% ELSE
+      \sc@t@f\space
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%% FIX
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnextcharin [3] {% args: charlist true false
+  \gdef\sc@t@e {#1}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@a {#2}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@b {#3}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@check {%
+  \futurelet\sc@t@c\ti@q@ifnch
+}
+%%    \verb*|\ |
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnch {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\ifvmode
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@ifvmode
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@@ifnch
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@@ifnch {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\check@icr
+    \defcommand\sc@t@d [1] {%
+      ##1\aftergroup\ti@q@check
+    }%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\endgroup
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\@sptoken
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@space
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\egroup
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@suck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@suck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@nosuck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@nosuck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck
+  \else
+              \@tempswafalse
+              \expandafter   \@tfor
+                \expandafter \sc@t@g
+                \expandafter :%
+                \expandafter =%
+                             \sc@t@e
+                             \do {%
+                  \expandafter\ifx\sc@t@g\sc@t@c
+                  \@tempswatrue
+                  \@break@tfor
+                \else
+                \fi
+              }%
+              \if@tempswa
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause
+              \else
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause
+              \fi
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@handle@ifvmode {%
+  \FrankenInfo{titles}
+    {Handling an \string\ifvmode\space following a title.\MessageBreak
+     If you now get an error that \string\sc@t@d\space does not\MessageBreak
+     match its definition, this \string\ifvmode\space is\MessageBreak
+     unexpected}%
+  \DefName{sc@t@d} {\ifvmode\else\check@icr\fi} {%
+    \ifvmode
+    \else
+      \check@icr
+    \fi
+    \aftergroup\ti@q@check
+  }%
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\ReserveCS\ti@q@handle@space
+\let\sc@t@a\:
+\def\:{\ti@q@handle@space} \expandafter\def\: {\ti@q@check}
+\let\:\sc@t@a
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@suck [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@suck [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck [1] {%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck [1] {%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newlet\word\textitswitch
+\newlet\foreign\textitswitch
+\newcommand\foreignword [1] {%
+  \phrase{\word{#1}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand\phrase [1] {%
+  \textquoteleft #1\textquoteright\@%
+}
+\newlet\term\textitswitch
+\newlet\defn\textslswitch
+\newlet\book\textitswitch
+\newlet\journal\textitswitch
+\newlet\music\textitswitch
+\newlet\article\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\storytitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\poemtitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\play\textitswitch % \manualref{7.145}
+\newlet\craft\textitswitch
+\newlet\species\textitswitch
+\InputIfFileExists{titles.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `titles.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2d58e469d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1312 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   titles LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, titles.tex
+%   and titles.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{783}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \package{titles} package defines macros that typeset the titles of
+%   books, journals, etc. and handle following spacing and punctuation
+%   intelligently, based on context.  These are useful for bibliographic
+%   databases, for example.  Also defined is other markup like \cs\word,
+%   \cs\defn, \cs\phrase, etc.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+%
+% There are two package options, \option{british} and \option{american}, the default
+% is \option{american}.  They select the conventional way to use quotation marks:
+% British style is use single quotes, and do not suck following period or comma
+% inside; American style is to use double quotes and to suck following period
+% or comma inside.
+%
+% \section{Words and phrases}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\word
+%   Typeset a word or phrase referred to as a noun with \cs\word\marg{word}.
+%   The argument is not expected to contain punctuation.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     \word{Elephant} is such a silly word.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\phrase
+%   Typeset a phrase used as a noun rather than direct quotation with
+%   \cs\phrase\marg{phrase}.  The argument might well have punctuation,
+%   including final punctuation, which should not be considered to be
+%   punctuation of the containing sentence.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     The sentence \phrase{And stop calling me Shirley!} occurs
+%     twenty-seven times.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\foreign}
+%   Typeset a foreign word or phrase with \cs\foreign\marg{foreign text}.
+%   
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     I couldn't think of the \foreign{mot juste} at the time.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\foreignword}
+%   Typeset a foreign word or phrase referred to as a noun with
+%   \cs\foreignword\marg{foreign word}.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     Only later did I realize that the right word was
+%     \foreignword{bouffon}.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+%   \caveat {Notice that writing \code{\foreign{\word{text}}} or vice versa is
+%   not necessarily going to do the right thing.  Suppose \cs\foreign and
+%   \cs\word were both set to \cs\textitswitch (which are in fact the default
+%   settings below).  Then \code{\foreign{\word{text}}} is going to cancel out
+%   and look just like the surrounding text.  This is not the most intuitive
+%   fact, but it's not worth it to try to make \cs\foreign and \cs\word smart
+%   enough to see each other inside themselves.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\term}
+%    \cs\term\marg{technical term} typesets a techincal term in a different
+%    font.  You might want to use this where a techincal term is first used, or
+%    defined.  One could enhance this macro and \cs\defn to help build an
+%    automatic glossary
+%
+%    \begin{bothexample}
+%      This sort of thing is called a \term{blibnil}.
+%    \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\defn}
+%   \cs\defn\marg{definition} typesets a definition, perhaps of a technical
+%   term.  One could enhance this macro and \cs\defn to help build an automatic
+%   glossary
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     We may describe a \term{blibnil} as \defn{a slibnil with
+%     three arms}.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \section{Titles}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\book
+%   \cs\book\marg{book title} typesets a book title.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     Some people find \book{Moby-Dick} dull, but I thought
+%     it was exciting.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\journal
+%   \cs\journal\marg{journal title} typesets a journal title.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     I liked it so much I started a scholarly journal called
+%     \journal{The Melville Times} with the inheritance from
+%     my grandmother.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\music
+%   \cs\music\marg{music title} typesets a music title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     My journal didn't do very well; I moped around my office
+%     and listened to Schubert's \music{Winterreise}.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\article
+%   \cs\article\marg{article title} typesets a article title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     Then one day I received an article, \article{Pip and
+%     the Milk of Human Kindness}, by express mail from Wales.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\poemtitle
+%   \cs\poemtitle\marg{poem title} typesets a poem title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     I then wrote my famous poem \poemtitle{Jump for Joy like
+%     the Butterflies of Troy} in five minutes.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+%   Sometimes longer poems are distinguished from shorter ones in type when
+%   they have been published separately as a book [FIX give reference].  This
+%   package defines a macro \cs\longpoem in the configuration file in the
+%   following way:
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%     \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\play
+%   \cs\play\marg{play title} typesets a play title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     To celebrate the popularity of the article, I took the
+%     author to the theater to see the acclaimed play
+%     \play{Grave in Waterloo}, starring Vincent Price.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%  
+% \DescribeMacro\craft
+%   \cs\craft\marg{craft title} typesets a title of a craft or ship.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     With tears in my heart, I put the author on the \craft{HMS Shangrila}
+%     bound for Wales.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%  
+% \DescribeMacro\species
+%   \cs\species\marg{[ genus ] species [ subspecies ]} typesets the Latin
+%   generic and/or specific names for an organism.
+%
+%   \begin{lesson}
+%     \manual specifies italic type.  Genus names should be capitalized, and
+%     may be abbreviated on subsequent appearances with the initial letter.
+%     Following designations should be in roman.  E.g., ``var.''\ for
+%     ``variant'' following species name and ``sp.''\ for ``species'' following
+%     genus name, meaning ``any species in the genus.''  \attrib{7.102--4}
+%
+%     Higher groupings should be in capitalized roman.  English derivatives of
+%     scientific names, e.g., amoeba, are lowercased.  \attrib{7.105--6}
+%                                                      
+%     \todo{\package{abbrevs}
+%     category for genus/species and/or datemark for suffixes}
+%   \end{lesson}
+%
+% \begin{warning}
+%   Right now there is a small discrepancy between the behavior of
+%   \cs\textitswitch and \cs\Wrapquotes regarding what happens when followed by
+%   a command sequence such as \cs\footnote.  I hope to make these things
+%   completely parallel one day, but for now, realize that after using a
+%   titling macro that uses \cs\Wrapquotes, you must use |{}| before any
+%   following command sequence that you want to immediately follow the title
+%   with no intervening space.  The only case I can think of is \cs\footnote.
+%   If you forget the |{}|, you will have an extra space after the title and before the
+%   footnotemark.  The following example illustrates this behavior and
+%   contrasts it with \cs\textitswitch:
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \newabbrev\foo{Foo}
+%   
+%   \book{Foo}\foo
+%   
+%   \book{Foo} \foo
+%   
+%   \book{Foo}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \book{Foo}{}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}\foo
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo} \foo
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}{}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}.\footnote{footie}
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \end{warning}
+%
+% \section{Programmer's interface}
+%
+%  \DescribeMacro\Wrapquotes
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesNS
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesIS
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesNN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesIN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesSN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesDN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesSK
+%    \cs\Wrapquotes\marg{text} wraps \meta{text} in quotes.  Single quotes are
+%    used initially if the \option{singlequotes} option is given to the
+%    package, and double quotes if no option or the \option{doublequotes}
+%    option is given to the package.  
+%     
+%    When quotation marks inserted by \cs\Wrapquotes and friends are doubled up
+%    (this occurs sometimes when nesting them), a thinspace (|\,|) is inserted
+%    between the abutted quotes.
+%
+%    \cs\Wrapquotes will be \cs\let to one of the six macros
+%    \cs\Wrapquotes\meta{XY}. 
+%
+%    In the two-letter suffix \meta{XY}, first letter |N| means ``normal'' and
+%    |I| means ``inverse.''  These are macros that switch between single and
+%    double quotes when they nest: an inverse wrapquotes wraps with single
+%    quotes when a normal wrapquotes would wrap with double quotes, and vice
+%    versa.  First letter |S| for ``single'' and |D| for ``double'' are for
+%    macros that always wrap with single or double quotes.  Spacing and
+%    punctuation following the closing quotes are handled intelligently by
+%    macros with second letter |S|, which means means suck a following period
+%    or comma into the closing quote, that is, if what follows is a comma or
+%    period, it is pulled inside the quotes (following American practice).
+%    Second letter |N| means ``nosuck,'' that is, don't suck.  Second letter
+%    |K| means ``kill'': the same as |N| but suppress the effect of any
+%    punctuation in the quoted argument on spacing that follows the closing
+%    quotes (i.e., execute \cs\@, which sets the spacefactor to~1000).  This is
+%    only useful in certain technical writing where punctuation in the quoted
+%    argument should not be considered puncutation of the containing sentence.
+%
+%    A space is inserted after the closing quotes unless what follows is in the
+%    set |;?:!-)]'\textquoteright{|, in which case no space is inserted.^^A for Emacs: }
+%  FIX: that would be |\nospacelist|
+%
+%  \DescribeMacro\IfQuestionOrExclamation
+%    \cs\IfQuestionOrExclamation\marg{text}\marg{true}\marg{false} 
+%    executes \meta{true} clause iff \meta{text} ends with a question mark or
+%    an exclamation point; executes \meta{false} clause otherwise.
+%
+%   \subsection{Limitations of Wrapquotes and friends}
+%    ^^A FIX: hmm, can't use \cs or \protect\cs
+%      \subsubsection{Nesting}
+%     \begin{warning}
+%       For proper nesting of \cs\Wrapquotes and friends, user commands must be
+%       \cs\let to \cs\Wrapquotes or one of the six \cs\Wrapquotes\meta{XY}
+%       commands instead of using a \cs\def-like defining command.  It's OK to
+%       \cs\let % a user macro to something like \cs\Wrapquotes which itself
+%       has been % \cs\let to one of the six \cs\Wrapquotes\meta{XY} macros.
+%
+%       The user command which is \cs\let to one of the \cs\Wrapquotes commands
+%       must furthermore appear in the source.  That is, it must not appear as
+%       the result of an expansion.  Among other things, this means that
+%       nesting won't work properly if you put \cs\Wrapquotes into an abbrev
+%       (see the \package{abbrevs} package in the \Frankenstein bundle).
+%
+%       For applications where nesting will not occur, there should be nothing
+%       to worry about.
+%    \end{warning}
+%
+%      \subsubsection{Italic corrections}
+%
+%      \begin{warning}
+%        The question of when to insert an italic correction is not nearly as
+%        simple as it might seem.  I cannot figure good rules which cover all
+%        cases, and I do not trust the behavior of the kernel's macros as a
+%        guide.  So I can not tell you whether this package handles italic
+%        corrections properly.  If you discover behavior which you think is
+%        wrong, please let me know with an example and an argument.
+%      \end{warning}
+%
+%      \subsubsection{A slight bug}
+%      \begin{warning}
+%        Right now there is a small bug in cases where closing quotes fall at
+%        the end of italic text, such as
+%        \begin{bothexample}
+%          \normalfont
+%          \book{My love of \poemtitle{Daffodils}}, by H.~Moneysworth.
+%        \end{bothexample}
+%        These cases loose because the closing quotation marks and any
+%        sucked-in punctuation are going to be in roman, not italic, or italic,
+%        not roman.  Only the more obsessive will notice this flaw.  I'm sure I
+%        will come up with a way to handle this for a future version of this
+%        package.
+%      \end{warning}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{title macros (Frankenstein's references)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{titles}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@domelater}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\ti@domelater
+\DeclareOption{british} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNN
+    \@doublequotes@false
+  }
+}
+\DeclareOption{american} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNS
+    \@doublequotes@true
+  }
+}
+\ExecuteOptions{american}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Wrapquotes}
+%
+% Here we go!  This is not a picnic, so leave your jelly jar home.
+%
+%   \subsection{Titles that are Questions or Exclamations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfQuestionOrExclamation}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@checkfor@q}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@checkfor@e}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@prev}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@prev@prev}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ti@sw@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ti@sw@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@ti@sw@}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IfQuestionOrExclamation [1] {%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \ti@checkfor@q #1?\@nil
+  \ti@checkfor@e #1!\@nil
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The large majority of titles will not contain a question mark or exclamation
+% point.  The large majority of those that do will have a single mark or point
+% at the end.  We could (I think) use a simpler check that processed all titles
+% by looping through to examine the end, but a slightly more complicated check
+% will handle the majority of cases very quickly (and at a constant speed,
+% rather than proportional to title length) and not greatly slow down
+% processing the remaining two unusual cases.  We divide our argument (with an
+% extra question mark tacked onto the end) into what's before the first
+% question mark and what's after it.  Then we examine what's after it and
+% interpret the results thus:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [empty] no question mark in title
+% \item [question mark] title ends with question mark (and there are no other
+%       question marks)
+% \item [text ending with one question mark] a question mark occurs in the
+%       title, but not at the end
+% \item [text ending with two question marks] title ends with a question mark
+%       (and there is a previous question mark)
+% \end{description}
+% We set switch |a| to true if the title ends with a question mark.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@ti@sw@}
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev@prev
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@q} {#1?#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%  
+  \def\sc@t@b{?}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We use a loop to whittle down |#2| until \cname{ti@prev} contains the last
+% character and \cname{ti@prev@prev} contains the second-to-last.  We know that
+% \cname{ti@prev} is going to be a question mark.  Iff \cname{ti@prev@prev} is a
+% question mark, we are in the final case above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi  
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Exact same logic applies to exclamation points.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@e} {#1!#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%  
+  \def\sc@t@b{!}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi  
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Highlevel macros}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@wrapquotes@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@wrapquotes@nosuck}
+%   These two are the top-level internal macros, and they are pretty sane.  One
+%   sucks in a following period or comma, the other does not.
+%   \cname{ti@wrapquotes@suck} does not suck, however, when the title ends in a
+%   question or exclamation point.
+%
+%  The group here is necessary to scope the \cname{@doublequotes@} boolean.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@suck [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{top of wrapquotes@suck}%
+  \IfQuestionOrExclamation {#1} {%
+      \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+%    \DTypeout{top of wrapquotes@suck ELSE}%
+    \begingroup
+      \if@doublequotes@
+%        \DTypeout{double true in suck}%
+        \@doublequotes@false
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@suck}%
+      \else
+%        \DTypeout{double false in suck}%
+        \@doublequotes@true
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@suck}%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    \endgroup
+    }%
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@nosuck [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \if@doublequotes@
+%      \DTypeout{double true in nosuck}%
+      \@doublequotes@false
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck}%
+    \else
+%      \DTypeout{double false in nosuck}%
+      \@doublequotes@true
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck}%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesNS}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesIS}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesNN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesIN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesSN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesDN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesSK}
+% \begin{macro}{\Wrapquotes}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@doublequotes@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@doublequotes@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@doublequotes@false}
+%   Now we can define the secondary programmers' macros.
+%
+%   We simply reserve \cs\Wrapquotes here, and assign it in the user options
+%   section above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@doublequotes@}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNS {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes NS}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIS {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes IS}%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNN {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes NN}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIN {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes IN}%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSN [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes SN}%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesDN [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes DN}%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSK [1] {% FIX: test
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes SK}%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck\@%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\ReserveCS\Wrapquotes
+\ti@domelater
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Opening quotes}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@open@double}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@open@single}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@openquote}
+%   We start by putting an opening mark in scratch |f| with a global
+%   definition.  
+%
+%   I can't remember why it's global.  In the macros that close quotes, we want
+%   to keep that information around past a group end because we're using
+%   \cs\aftergroup, but that doesn't seem to apply for opening them.  Best not
+%   to change what's not broke, however.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@open@double {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@open@single {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Then we look ahead with scratch |a|.  We are looking ahead at the first
+% character of the contents of the \cs\Wrapquotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@openquote {% 
+  \futurelet\sc@t@a\ti@@openquote
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the opening mark.  Then, if we are about to open another quote, insert
+% the space appropriate to separate contiguous quotation marks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@@openquote {%
+  \sc@t@f
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNS
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is NS); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is NN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is IN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIS
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is IS); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is SN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesDN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is DN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSK
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is SK); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Closing macros that don't suck}
+%
+% This case that doesn't suck is easier, so we warm up with it.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@@nosuck}
+%   \mbox{}   
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@quote@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@look@nosuck@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@look@nosuck@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@look@nosuck@false}
+%    \todo{Document this flag.  It's a hack, we must set it before each call
+%    to \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} I think.  What it stands for is something
+%    like the presence of the tokens \cname{ti@close@single@nosuck} and
+%    \cname{ti@close@double@nosuck} in the list of chars to look for, but since
+%    they aren't really chars they can't go in the list, so instead we set the
+%    flag.  Somewhat cleaner would be putting a flag char in the list, but I
+%    can't think of what char I could safely use.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@look@nosuck@}
+\@look@nosuck@false
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@nosuck {%
+%  \DTypeout{Starting ti@close@quote@nosuck}%
+  \@look@nosuck@true
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%% FIX
+% Aha, but here is a good reason to leave in |.,| in our substitute for \cs\nospacelist.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+%      \DTypeout{Found a nosuck no-spacer.  C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@f
+    }{% ELSE
+%      \DTypeout{Found a nosuck spacer. C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@f\space
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Closing macros that suck}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@suck}
+%   We need to look ahead beyond the \cs\endgroup that ends
+%   \cname{Wrapquotes??}.  The lookahead mechanism that gets invoked in scratch
+%   |a| below could handle looking past the \cs\endgroup, but I think it is
+%   more efficient to skip it by using \cs\aftergroup.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@suck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@@suck}
+%   This part isn't so bad yet.  To close the quotes, we again start with the
+%   closing mark in scratch |f|, with a global definition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nospacelist}
+%   Put these in the order of their frequency.  Anything in \cs\nocorrlist
+%   should also be in here, most likely.  I'm putting in \cname{@xobeysp}
+%   because it's in the \package{xspace} package, but I can't tell you when it
+%   would come up.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@quote@suck}
+%   Then we use \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} to look as far ahead as necessary for
+%   a significant character.  The latest significant character found is
+%   available in scratch |c|.  The work of handling all the cases of what we
+%   might find while looking ahead is divided up between
+%   \cname{ti@close@quote@suck} and \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin}.
+%   \cname{ti@close@quote@suck} handles the last step in the process, and
+%   \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} handles all the steps up to the last.
+%
+%   Here is what \cname{ti@close@quote@suck} does, in English.  If we find a
+%   comma or period, we put it inside the closing quote, and gobble the one we
+%   found.  That is, we print out scratch |c|, then scratch |f|, then gobble a
+%   character.  If we find something in the set given in \cs\nospacelist, do
+%   not leave a space after the closing mark.  That is, just print out scratch
+%   |f|. If we find something else, we leave a space after the closing mark.
+%   That is, print scratch |f| and a space.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@suck {%
+%  \DTypeout{Starting ti@close@quote@suck}%
+  \@look@nosuck@false
+  \ti@q@ifnextcharin {.,} {%
+%      \DTypeout{Found a comma or period. C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@c\sc@t@f\DGobbleM % This gobbles the original punctuation.
+    }{% ELSE
+%    \DTypeout {Before second ti@qifnextcharin.  C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+    \@look@nosuck@true
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{todoenv}
+%   Using \cs\nospacelist is inefficient here, since some of the cases,
+%^^A for Emacs {
+%   namely \verb*|,.\@sptoken}|, are never going to be there and shouldn't be
+%   checked for, since they are passed over by \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} before
+%   the list is compared.  But it would be good to have this parallelism between
+%   \package{abbrevs} and \package{titles}.
+% \end{todoenv}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+%        \DTypeout{Found a suck no-spacer.  C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+        \sc@t@f
+      }{% ELSE
+%      \DTypeout{Found a suck spacer. C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@f\space
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Looking ahead}
+%
+%   Now things are getting fun.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@ifnextcharin}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@check}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@ifnch}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@@ifnch}
+%   These macros are modeled after the definition of \cname{@ifnextchar} which
+%   skips spaces.  While looking ahead for the next significant character,
+%   these macros skip spaces, \cs\egroup, \cs\endgroup, \cname{check@icr},
+%   \cname{ti@close@double} and \cname{ti@close@single} while doing the right
+%   thing after each.
+%
+%   The first argument should be a list of tokens.  If the next significant
+%   char is in the list, then the |true| clause is executed, otherwise the
+%   |false| clause is executed.  The next significant char is left in scratch
+%   |c| so it can be accessed by the clauses.
+%
+%   The three arguments to \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} are saved in global
+%   variables because while looking ahead we must continue past the ends of
+%   groups.
+%
+%% FIX
+% Not sure I need gdef for scratch |e|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnextcharin [3] {% args: charlist true false
+%  \sc@toks@a{#1}%
+%  \DTypeout{charlist unexpanded is =[\the\sc@toks@a]}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@e {#1}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@a {#2}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@b {#3}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Having saved the arguments, we look ahead with scratch |c|.  This step is not
+% in the macro above so that we can jump back to \cname{ti@q@check} whenever we
+% want to look ahead another character.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@check {%
+  \futurelet\sc@t@c\ti@q@ifnch
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Scratch |c| contains the current char.  Scratch |d| is the action to take at
+% the end of this macro.  We attempt to order these possibilities to make
+% \cs\Wrapquotes most efficient, though it is a guess which items will be
+% encountered most frequently.
+% 
+% The actions taken for each of the possibilities are the following:
+% \begin{description}
+%   \item[\cs\ifvmode]  Assume that the \cs\Wrapquotes was the argument of a
+%     \cs\TextFontCommand from certain \LaTeX{} kernels.  Gobble three more tokens
+%     expected to follow the \cs\ifvmode, execute them, and continue on to look
+%     ahead another character.  See documentation of
+%     \cname{ti@q@handle@ifvmode} for more details.
+%   \item[\cname{check@icr}] This means the \cs\Wrapquotes was the 
+%     argument of a \cs\TextFontCommand.  Gobble the \cname{check@icr} 
+%     and look ahead another character after we exit the
+%     group that the \cs\TextFontCommand has given us.
+%   \item[\cs\endgroup and {\normalfont\ttfamily \}}] Pass right by an \cs\endgroup or
+%     |}| and look ahead another char.
+%   \item[\cname{@sptoken} (a non-explicit space)] Handle a non-explicit space by calling
+%     \cname{ti@q@handle@space}, which gobbles the space and looks ahead
+%     another char.  When the user or a macro has followed the titles with an
+%     \emph{explicit} space such as a tie, or the
+%%    \verb*|\ |
+%     or \cs\space macros, we do nothing and let this be caught by the
+%     comparison to the tokens in the argument of \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin}.
+%   \item[\cname{ti@close@double@suck},
+%         \cname{ti@close@single@suck}]
+%   \item[\cname{ti@close@double@nosuck}, and
+%         \cname{ti@close@single@nosuck}]  We are in a nested
+%         \cs\Wrapquotes.  Call \cname{ti@q@handle@single/double@suck/nosuck} 
+%         as appropriate, which 
+%         gobbles the closequotes token, adds properly-padded closing quotes to
+%         scratch |f|, and then goes on to look ahead another character.
+% \end{description}
+% The lookahead process stops when it finds something not on this list.  Then
+% it compares what it found to the list of characters given to
+% \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} and executes the |true| or |false| clause as
+% appropriate.
+%
+% First we have to handle the case of finding an \cs\ifvmode.  We can't bundle
+% this test in with the tests for other tokens, so it gets its own macro,
+% \cname{ti@q@handle@ifvmode}, which see for details.  The remaining cases are
+% handled in \cname{ti@q@@ifnch}.  
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnch {%
+%  \DTypeout{The lookahead in ti@q@ifnch: [\meaning\sc@t@c]}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\ifvmode
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@ifvmode
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@@ifnch
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@@ifnch {%
+%  \DTypeout{entering ti@q@@ifnch}%
+%  \expandafter\sc@toks@a\expandafter{\sc@t@c}%
+%  \DTypeout{ti@q@@ifnch: C expanded once is =[\the\sc@toks@a]}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\check@icr
+%    \DTypeout{Handling check@icr}%
+    \defcommand\sc@t@d [1] {%
+%      \DTypeout{check@icr handler: gobbling [\meaning ##1]}%
+      ##1\aftergroup\ti@q@check
+    }%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\endgroup 
+%    \DTypeout{Handling endgroup}%
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\@sptoken
+%    \DTypeout{Handling space}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@space
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\egroup
+%    \DTypeout{Handling egroup}%
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@suck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@double@suck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@suck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@single@suck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@nosuck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@double@nosuck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@nosuck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@single@nosuck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We've handled all the lookahead cases, so now we are left with the simple
+% comparison of the next char with the charlist.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+              \@tempswafalse
+              \expandafter   \@tfor
+                \expandafter \sc@t@g
+                \expandafter :%
+                \expandafter =%
+                             \sc@t@e
+                             \do {%
+                  \expandafter\ifx\sc@t@g\sc@t@c
+%                  \DTypeout{We have a match of [\meaning\sc@t@c]
+%                           with [\expandafter\meaning\sc@t@g]}%
+                  \@tempswatrue
+                  \@break@tfor
+                \else
+%                  \DTypeout{We have NO match between [\meaning\sc@t@c]
+%                           with [\meaning\sc@t@g]}%
+                \fi
+              }%
+              \if@tempswa
+%                \DTypeout{Choosing true clause [\meaning\sc@t@a]}%
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause
+              \else
+%                \DTypeout{Choosing false clause [\meaning\sc@t@b]}%
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause
+              \fi
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+%  \DTypeout{About to fall out of ti@q@@ifnch and do this [\meaning\sc@t@d]}%
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@ifvmode}
+%   This is in its own macro for clarity and to avoid problems with skipping
+%   over clauses.
+%
+%   \cname{ti@q@ifnch} has to take two different kinds of \LaTeX{} kernel into
+%   account.  The 1996/12/01 and 1997/06/01 kernels used a different definition
+%   of \cs\DeclareTextFontCommand:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\def \DeclareTextFontCommand #1#2{%
+%  \DeclareRobustCommand#1[1] {%
+%    \ifmmode
+%      \nfss@text{#2##1}%
+%    \else
+%      \leavevmode
+%      {\text@command{##1}%
+%       #2\check@icl ##1\ifvmode\else\check@icr\fi
+%       \expandafter}%
+%    \fi
+%  }%
+%}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   All other kernels leave out the check for vertical mode (kernels from
+%   1997/12/01 include it when necessary inside \cname{check@icr}).  The macro
+%   \cname{ti@q@ifnch}, which will be called immediately before this point of
+%   difference, handles both cases by looking for both \cs\ifvmode and
+%   \cname{check@icr}.  For the history, see \LaTeX{} bug report 2646.
+%
+%   The check for \cs\ifvmode must not be part of a nested conditional.  \TeX{}
+%   can't match \cs\if{}s with \cs\fi{}s properly when you nest tests for
+%   \cs\if-type tokens.  See p.~211 of the \TeX{}book.
+%
+%   When we encounter an \cs\ifvmode, we must assume we are inside a
+%   TextFontCommand declared by one of the two kernel versions mentioned above.
+%   If not, we are in an unknown situation and we will bomb.  Since the error
+%   message in this case won't be helpful, we warn the user in the log file.
+%   We use scratch |d| to gobble both the \cs\ifvmode and what we expect will
+%   follow the \cs\ifvmode, namely \code{\else\check@icr\fi}.  After swallowing
+%   those, we reissue those same commands and then proceed with our lookahead.
+%   We want to issue those commands, which conditionally introduce an italic
+%   correction, before looking further ahead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@handle@ifvmode {%
+%  \DTypeout{Handling ifvmode}%
+  \FrankenInfo{titles}
+    {Handling an \string\ifvmode\space following a title.\MessageBreak
+     If you now get an error that \string\sc@t@d\space does not\MessageBreak
+     match its definition, this \string\ifvmode\space is\MessageBreak
+     unexpected}%
+  \DefName{sc@t@d} {\ifvmode\else\check@icr\fi} {%
+    \ifvmode
+    \else
+      \check@icr
+    \fi
+    \aftergroup\ti@q@check
+  }%
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@space}
+%   Handle the case of a following space: gobble the space and call
+%   \cname{ti@q@check}.
+%
+%   This little bit of trickery sneaks a space in as the \cs\def template,
+%   thereby causing a space following \cname{ti@q@handle@space} to get gobbled.
+%   We use the control character \cname{:} and restore its value.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\ti@q@handle@space
+\let\sc@t@a\:
+\def\:{\ti@q@handle@space} \expandafter\def\: {\ti@q@check}
+\let\:\sc@t@a
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@single@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@double@suck}
+%   Handle the single and double sucking cases: gobble the closequotes token
+%   with a \cs\def template, add some stuff to scratch |f| and call
+%   \cname{ti@q@check}.  These are put in their own macros only to avoid
+%   clutter above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@suck [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{handle double suck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f before: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f after: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@suck [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{handle single suck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f before: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f after: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck}
+%   Handle the single and double nosucking cases.  Add inter-quote space to
+%   scratch |f| and exit \cname{ti@q@@ifnch} with |true| or |false| depending
+%   on whether we were looking for it.  We had to do it this way instead of the
+%   normal \cname{if} test above at the end of \cname{ti@q@@ifnch} because
+%   \cname{ti@close@double@nosuck} is more than one character long.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck [1] {%
+% \DTypeout{handle double nosuck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+%      \DTypeout{And we're looking for \string\ti@close@double@nosuck.}%
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+%      \DTypeout{After adding padding, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+%    \DTypeout{But we're not looking for \string\ti@close@double@nosuck.}%
+%    \DTypeout{F is unchanged, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck [1] {%
+% \DTypeout{handle single nosuck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+%      \DTypeout{And we're looking for \string\ti@close@single@nosuck.}%
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+%      \DTypeout{After adding padding, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+%    \DTypeout{But we're not looking for \string\ti@close@single@nosuck.}%
+%    \DTypeout{F is unchanged, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Words and phrases}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\word}
+% \begin{macro}{\foreign}
+% \begin{macro}{\foreignword}
+% \begin{macro}{\phrase}
+% \begin{macro}{\term}
+% \begin{macro}{\defn}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\word\textitswitch
+\newlet\foreign\textitswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{\cs\phrase is the result of expansion here: what effect will this have
+% on its proper nesting, and is this something to worry about?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\foreignword [1] {%
+  \phrase{\word{#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs\@ cancels the effect on spacing of any final punctuation in the
+% argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\phrase\WrapquotesSK -- whoops, doesn't work as intended,
+% \phrase{foo}s puts a space before the following `s'
+
+% old definition:
+\newcommand\phrase [1] {%
+  \textquoteleft #1\textquoteright\@%
+}
+\newlet\term\textitswitch
+\newlet\defn\textslswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Titles}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\book}
+% \begin{macro}{\journal}
+% \begin{macro}{\music}
+% \begin{macro}{\article}
+% \begin{macro}{\storytitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\poemtitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\play}
+% \begin{macro}{\craft}
+% \begin{macro}{\species}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\book\textitswitch
+\newlet\journal\textitswitch
+\newlet\music\textitswitch
+\newlet\article\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\storytitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\poemtitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\play\textitswitch % \manualref{7.145}
+\newlet\craft\textitswitch
+\newlet\species\textitswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% User alterations and additions and package testing are in a configuration
+% file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{titles.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the \emph{distributed} configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{titles.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/frankenstein.tpm b/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/frankenstein.tpm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..942cd8dceed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/frankenstein.tpm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "../../support/tpm.dtd">
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:TPM="http://texlive.dante.de/">
+  <rdf:Description about="http://texlive.dante.de/texlive/Package/frankenstein.zip">
+    <TPM:Name>frankenstein</TPM:Name>
+    <TPM:Type>Package</TPM:Type>
+    <TPM:Date>2007/05/18 16:32:49</TPM:Date>
+    <TPM:Version></TPM:Version>
+    <TPM:Creator>karl</TPM:Creator>
+    <TPM:Title>The frankenstein package.</TPM:Title>
+    <TPM:Description></TPM:Description>
+    <TPM:Author></TPM:Author>
+    <TPM:Size>3374986</TPM:Size>
+    <TPM:License></TPM:License>
+    <TPM:Build/>
+    <TPM:RunFiles size="731580">
+texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/frankenstein/frankenstein.bib
+texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/frankenstein/achicago.bst
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty
+texmf-dist/tpm/frankenstein.tpm
+    </TPM:RunFiles>
+    <TPM:DocFiles size="2610328">
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/ChangeLog
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/Frankenfile
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/INSTALL
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/README
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ver
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.bsq
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/README-unsupported
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.cfg
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.ins
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.sty
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.ins
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.sty
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex-test.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.ins
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.sty
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.tex
+    </TPM:DocFiles>
+    <TPM:SourceFiles size="38264">
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/Makefile
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/attrib.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/compsci.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/lips.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/newclude.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/slemph.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/titles.ins
+    </TPM:SourceFiles>
+    <TPM:Provides>Package/frankenstein</TPM:Provides>
+  </rdf:Description>
+</rdf:RDF>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf/lists/frankenstein b/Master/texmf/lists/frankenstein
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e2ab5665204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf/lists/frankenstein
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/ChangeLog
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/Frankenfile
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/INSTALL
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/README
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ver
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.bsq
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/achicago.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/attrib.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/compsci.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/lips.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/newclude.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/slemph.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/titles.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/README-unsupported
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.cfg
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.ins
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.sty
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/bits.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.ins
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.sty
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/drama.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex-test.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.ins
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.sty
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/frankenstein/unsupported/includex.tex
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/Makefile
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago-bst.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/achicago.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/attrib.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/compsci.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/lips.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/newclude.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/slemph.ins
+texmf-dist/source/latex/frankenstein/titles.ins
+texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/frankenstein/frankenstein.bib
+texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/frankenstein/achicago.bst
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty
+texmf-dist/tpm/frankenstein.tpm
+
+texmf/lists/frankenstein
diff --git a/Master/texmf/tpm/collection-latexextra.tpm b/Master/texmf/tpm/collection-latexextra.tpm
index 210a8e40bc9..277525f8c09 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/tpm/collection-latexextra.tpm
+++ b/Master/texmf/tpm/collection-latexextra.tpm
@@ -191,6 +191,7 @@ A large collection of add-on packages for LaTeX.
       <TPM:Package name="forloop"/>
       <TPM:Package name="formlett"/>
       <TPM:Package name="formular"/>
+      <TPM:Package name="frankenstein"/>
       <TPM:Package name="fribrief"/>
       <TPM:Package name="fullblck"/>
       <TPM:Package name="fullpict"/>